Siemens AG 2011

Drive and Control Components for

Cranes
Catalog CR 1 2012

Cranes
Answers for industry.

 Siemens AG 2011

Related catalogs
Motion Control
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120
and Motors for
Production Machines

PM 21

www.siemens.com/automation/infocenter

SINAMICS Drives
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format
Units and Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150
Converter Cabinet Units
E86060-K5521-A131-A2-7600

D 21.3

Motors
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors 1)
Frame sizes 56 to 450
Power 0.06 to 1250 kW

D 81.1

www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/docu
You can order the listed documentation or download it in
common file formats (PDF, ZIP).

E86060-K5581-A111-A3-7600
MD 10.1

E86060-K5710-A111-A4-7600
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET

IK PI

E86060-K6710-A101-B7-7600
SIMATIC HMI /
ST 80 / ST PC
PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7600
SITRAIN
Training for Automation and
Industrial Solutions
Only available in German
E86060-K6850-A101-C2
Industry Mall
Information and ordering platform
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall

1)

You will find all information material, such as brochures,

catalogs, manuals and operating instructions up-to-date under
the addresses
www.siemens.com/cranes

E86060-K4921-A101-A2-7600

FLENDER couplings
FLENDER Standard Couplings

Additional documentation

Supplement: E86060-K5581-E111-A1-7600
News:
E86060-K5581-A121-A3-7600

ITC

 Siemens AG 2011

Cranes
Drive and
Control Components
for Cranes
Catalog CR 1 2012

The products and systems described in this

catalog are distributed
under application of a
certified quality and environmental management system in accordance with DIN EN ISO
9001 and DIN EN ISO
14001 (Certified Registration No. 002241 QM
UM). The certificate is
recognized by all IQNet
countries.

Supersedes:
Catalog HE 1 1999
Catalog News HE 1 N, February 2007
Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction

SIMOCRANE
Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE
Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE
Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE
Application examples

Drive systems

Motors

Crane components

Services and
documentation

SIMOCRANE symbols
Appendix

Printed on paper from

constantly managed forests
and controlled sources.
PEFC/04-31-0835

www.pefc.org

10

 Siemens AG 2011

0/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Answers for industry.

Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the

manufacturing and the process industry as well as in
the building automation business. Our drive and automation
solutions based on Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and
Totally Integrated Power (TIP) are employed in all kinds
of industry. In the manufacturing and the process industry.
In industrial as well as in functional buildings.

Siemens offers automation, drive, and

low-voltage switching technology as
well as industrial software from standard products up to entire industry solutions. The industry software enables our
industry customers to optimize the entire value chain from product design
and development through manufacture
and sales up to after-sales service. Our
electrical and mechanical components
offer integrated technologies for the entire drive train from couplings to gear
units, from motors to control and drive
solutions for all engineering industries.
Our technology platform TIP offers robust solutions for power distribution.

The high quality of our products

sets industry-wide benchmarks.
High environmental aims are part of
our eco-management, and we implement these aims consistently. Right
from product design, possible effects on
the environment are examined. Hence
many of our products and systems are
RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazardous Substances). As a matter of course,
our production sites are certified according to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
environmental protection also means
most efficient utilization of valuable
resources. The best example are our
energy-efficient drives with energy
savings up to 60 %.

Check out the opportunities our

automation and drive solutions provide.
And discover how you can sustainably
enhance your competitive edge with us.

Siemens CR 1 2012

0/3

 Siemens AG 2011

ERP Enterprise Resource Planning

Management Level

MES Manufacturing Execution Systems

SIMATIC IT

Operations Level

SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control (DCS)

Industrial Software for

Product Design
Production Planning
Engineering

Commissioning
Operation
Maintenance
Modernization and Upgrade

Energy Management
Asset Management

Control Level
SINUMERIK
Computer Numerical Control

SIMOTION
Motion Control

SIMATIC NET
Industrial
Communication

SIMATIC Controllers
Modular / PC-based

Field Level
PROFIBUS PA
Process Instrumentation

SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification

SIMATIC Distributed I/O

HART

Totally
Integrated
Automation

IO-Link

Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.

0/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

TIA is characterized by its unique continuity.

It provides maximum transparency at all levels
with reduced interfacing requirements covering
the field level, production control level, up to the
corporate management level. With TIA you also
profit throughout the complete life cycle of your
plant starting with the initial planning steps
through operation up to modernization, where
we offer a high measure of investment security resulting from continuity in the further development
of our products and from reducing the number of
interfaces to a minimum.

Ethernet

Ethernet

SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA-System

The unique continuity is already a defined

characteristic at the development stage of
our products and systems.

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC HMI
Human Machine Interface

The result: maximum interoperability covering

the controller, HMI, drives, up to the process
control system. This reduces the complexity of
the automation solution in your plant. You will
experience this, for example, in the engineering
phase of the automation solution in the form of
reduced time requirements and cost, or during
operation using the continuous diagnostics facilities of Totally Integrated Automation for increasing
the availability of your plant.

SIRIUS Industrial Controls

PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
SINAMICS Drive Systems

Low-Voltage Distribution

AS-Interface
KNX GAMMA instabus

Totally
Integrated
Power

Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens provides

an integrated basis for the implementation of customized
automation solutions in all industries from inbound to
outbound.

Siemens CR 1 2012

0/5

 Siemens AG 2011

Much more
than a catalog.
The Industry Mall.

Selecting
Find your products in the structure tree, in the new "Bread-crumb"
navigation or with the integral search machine with expert functions.
Electronic configurators are also integrated into the Mall. Enter the
various characteristic values and the appropriate product will be displayed with the relevant order numbers. You can save configurations,
load them and reset them to their initial status.

You have a catalog in your hands that will serve

you well for selecting and ordering your products.
But have you heard of the electronic online catalog (the Industry Mall) and all its benefits? Take a
look around it sometime:

Ordering
You can load the products that you have selected in this way into the
shopping basket at a click of the mouse. You can create your own templates and you will be informed about the availability of the products
in your shopping cart. You can load the completed parts lists directly
into Excel or Word.

www.siemens.com/industrymall

Delivery status
When you have sent the order, you will receive a short e-mail confirmation which you can print out or save. With a click on "Carrier", you
will be directly connected to the website of the carrier where you can
easily track the delivery status.
Added value due to additional information
So you have found your product and want more information about it?
In just a few clicks of the mouse, you will arrive at the image data base,
manuals and operating instructions. Create your own user documentation with My Documentation Manager.
Also available are FAQs, software downloads, certificates and
technical data sheets as well as our training programs. In the image
database you will find, depending on the product, 2D/3D graphics,
dimension drawings and exploded drawings, characteristic curves or
circuit diagrams which you can download.
Convinced? We look forward to your visit!

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE
crane technology platform
1/2

Preconfigured crane control modules

and automation of every type of crane

1/4

Crane solutions Components in the

application

1/8

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

1/9

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

1/10

SIMOCRANE Crane Management

System

1/11

Crane components

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Overview
Competent and innovative
Crane technology and lifting gear at SIEMENS have a long tradition. As far back as 1891, SIEMENS had equipped a 1.5 tonne
slewing crane with regenerative feedback into the line supply.

Siemens is setting standards in energy efficiency and

energy management

With our drive technology today we can achieve a lifting capacity of much more than 14,000 tonnes and a hoisting gear speed
exceeding 180 m/min.

Rising energy costs and reduction of CO2 emissions are also

concerns that demand innovative economical and environmentally sound solutions. Regenerative systems, energy-efficient
motors, as well as hybrid drives with intelligent energy management system are today's solutions for the future.

Trends and requirements

Platform concept

We create significant customer benefits through savings in fuel

costs and reduction of CO2 emissions with our rubber-tyred gantry cranes thanks to our ECO concept. With our automation and
safety concepts we implement automatic guided crane operation.

In order to meet these requirements, SIEMENS has developed

the SIMOCRANE technology platform. With the solutions developed by Siemens we cope with the challenge of shorter and
shorter handling times for loads combined with energy-saving
requirements.

The rapid growth of worldwide container transport with ever

shorter cargo handling times results in new demands for crane
manufacturers, system integrators and operators of harbor
cranes. Coping with large dimensions, high speeds and heavy
loads despite highly demanding precision and safety requirements and all imaginable climatic environmental conditions is
a characteristic challenge for this field of application.

Standardization and specialization

The industrial environment is characterized by a wide variety of

crane types and load suspension devices. Precision and safety is
crucial here, but throughput of goods and availability are also important factors. Depending on the type of goods to be transported, careful transport and damage prevention can be a decisive factor. Industrial cranes are often part of a process chain
(e.g. ladle crane) or are integrated into system landscapes of a
logistical type (e.g. warehouse management).

As a leading sector specialist, SIEMENS offers the innovative

SINAMICS drive and control systems for this purpose. On this
platform the modular, maintenance-friendly drive and control
components of SIMOCRANE form the basis for controlling the
motion of a crane.
The portfolio is supplemented with a series of technology options of SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology which, in a suitable
combination, optimize operation of a crane and increase the
availability.
The concept of a modular technology platform also contributes
to the shortening of the configuring and commissioning times.

Preconfigured crane control modules for controlling and

automating all types of crane

simocrane

Basic Technology
Advanced Technology
Crane Management System

G_CR01_EN_00238

Preconfigured crane control modules and

automation of every type of crane

1/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Preconfigured crane control modules and
automation of every type of crane

Overview (continued)
Scalable in hardware and software

Continuous consulting

Our products and solutions cover the requirements of cranes in

dockside applications (container loading and unloading, stack
mode and grab mode), as well as in industrial applications in the
steel and paper industries (ladle cranes, winding applications),
in shipbuilding (Goliath cranes) and in numerous other industrial
applications. Due to their scalability they support customers
both in the implementation of complex large cranes with high
drive outputs of up to several 1000 kW and demanding functional scope (sway control, automation), as well as simpler crane
types with lower outputs of just a few kW and a low degree of
automation (manual operation).

We accompany you over the complete lifecycle of your crane.

With engineering and mechatronic support for the creation of the
optimal solution for your crane. During the implementation, installation and commissioning phases as well as during service
work this is achieved by provision of spare parts, on-site service
and the appropriate maintenance contracts. In the creation of
the optimal solution for your crane through to implementation
and handover to the plant as well as during servicing work on
site or via Teleservice.
In cooperation with you, we also develop concepts for modernizing and converting old crane systems.

Life cycle support

Modernization
Evaluation
Products to Turnkey

Design
Mechatronic support
Design review

Operation
Spareparts
Service & support
Service contracts

Realization
Products to Turnkey
PM@Cranes
G_CR01_EN_00321

Catalog CR 1 offers products and solutions for all crane

applications
Catalog CR1 describes the portfolio of products and solutions
for implementation in cranes. In addition to the detailed product
descriptions, it is demonstrated in the applications chapter what
a complete crane application can look like. This section illustrates what is covered by standard products and where the
application component is relevant in the application.
Note:
A glossary of terms for SIMOCRANE can be found in the
appendix.

Siemens CR 1 2012

1/3

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Overview (continued)
Harbor cranes
Applications:
Container cranes
- STS cranes
(Ship-to-Shore Crane)
Grab cranes
- GSU cranes
(Grab Ship Unloader)
Stacking cranes
- ASC cranes
(Automated Stacking Crane)
- RTG cranes
(Rubber Tired Gantry Crane)
- RMG cranes
(Rail Mounted Gantry Crane)

Example: STS crane, lifting capacity up to 120 t, trolley speed up to 250 m/min
Crane topology
SIMATIC S7-300

Drive system:
SINAMICS S120

SIMOCRANE CMS

Controller:
SIMOTION D
SIMATIC S7

Ethernet
PROFIBUS
DC link

I/O:
PROFIBUS / PROFINET

DRIVE-CLiQ

HMI/diagnostics:
SIMOCRANE CMS

ET 200

Line contactor

Crane switch
Boom
Transformer

Infeed

Transformer

Auxiliary
power supply

Hoisting gear

Gantry

Trolley

1 Active Interface Module in chassis format

SIMOTION D435

2 Active Line Module in chassis format

Motor Module in chassis format

3 CU320 Control Unit

SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

1/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_EN_00323

Crane solutions Components in the application

7 CX32 Controller Extension

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Crane solutions Components in the application

Overview (continued)
Harbor cranes
Drive systems

SINAMICS S120 high-performance multi-axis drive system

Chassis units
Infeed/regenerative feedback modules from 16 kW to 900 kW (up to 3420 kW through
parallel connection)
Motor Modules for the operation of three-phase squirrel-cage motors from 1.6 kW to 800 kW
Cabinet units
Line Connection Modules for connecting line-side components to the supply system
Active Line Modules for the input/regenerative feedback of 300 kW to 900 kW (up to
3420 kW through parallel connection)
Motor Modules for the operation of three-phase squirrel-cage motors from 110 kW to 800 kW
Switch-Over Modules for connecting Motor Modules to motors for optimal utilization
and/or redundancy of the drive components
Multi Motor Connection Modules for connecting several motors to a common Motor
Module in multiple-motor applications for gantries
Motor Double Choke Modules for interconnecting motor reactors in applications with
long motor cables, e.g. gantries

Motors

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors for use with SINAMICS S120

Hoisting gear motors
1PH8 motors, IP23/IP55, S3-40 %, 340 - 1970 kW, 3961 - 18225 Nm
1PH7 motors, IP55, S3-40 %, 140 - 228 kW, 2228 - 3629 Nm
1PL6 motors, IP23, S3-40 %, 345 - 566 kW, 3295 - 5405 Nm
1LG4/1LG6 motors, IP55, S4-40 %, 127 - 418 kW, 1265 - 2939 Nm
Gantry motors
1LP4/1LP6 motors, with spring-operated brake, IP55, S3-40 %,
2.4 - 105 kW, 23.9 - 695 Nm

Siemens CR 1 2012

1/5

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Overview (continued)
Industrial cranes
Applications:
Ladle cranes
Bridge cranes
- OHBC
(Overhead bridge crane)
Goliath cranes

Example: Ladle crane, hoisting capacity 200 - 500 t, gantry speed approx. 60 m/min

Crane topology
Drive system:
SINAMICS S120

HMI

SIMATIC S7-300

Controller:
SIMOTION D
SIMATIC S7

PROFIBUS
DC link
DRIVE-CLiQ

I/O:
PROFIBUS / PROFINET
HMI/diagnostics:
WinCC flexible
ET 200

Line contactor
Crane switch

Transformer
Infeed

1/6

Hoisting gear

Trolley

Gantry

1 Active Interface Module in chassis format

4 SIMOTION D435

2 Active Line Module in chassis format

5 Motor Module in chassis format

3 CU320 Control Unit

6 SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_EN_00322

Crane solutions Components in the application

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Crane solutions Components in the application

Overview (continued)
Industrial cranes
Drive systems

SINAMICS S120 high-performance multi-axis drive system

Chassis units
Infeed/regenerative feedback modules from 16 kW to 900 kW (up to 3420 kW through
parallel connection)
Motor Modules for the operation of three-phase squirrel-cage motors from 1.6 kW to 800 kW
Cabinet units
Line Connection Modules for connecting line-side components to the supply system
Active Line Modules for the input/regenerative feedback of 300 kW to 900 kW (up to 3420 kW
through parallel connection)
Motor Modules for the operation of three-phase squirrel-cage motors from 110 kW to 800 kW
Switch-Over Modules for connecting Motor Modules to motors for optimal utilization and/or
redundancy of the drive components
Multi Motor Connection Modules for connecting several motors to a common Motor Module in
multiple-motor applications for gantries
Motor Double Choke Modules for interconnecting motor reactors in applications with long
motor cables, e.g. gantries

SIMOTRAS HD
Chassis units
Thyristor AC power controllers from 20 kW to 580 kW for three-phase slip ring motors

Motors

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors for use with SINAMICS S120

Hoisting gear motors
1PH8 motors, IP23/IP55, S3-40 %, 340 - 1970 kW, 3961 - 18225 Nm
1PH7 motors, IP55, S3-40 %, 140 - 228 kW, 2228 - 3629 Nm
1PL6 motors, IP23, S3-40 %, 345 - 566 kW, 3295 - 5405 Nm
1LG4/1LG6 motors, IP55, S4-40 %, 127 - 418 kW, 1265 - 2939 Nm
Three-phase slip-ring motors for use with SIMOTRAS HD
Hoisting gear motors
1LT9 motors, IP54, S3-40 %, 1.5 - 29 kW, 15 - 200 Nm
1LT8 motors, IP54, S3-40 %, 20 - 315 kW, 246 - 2200 Nm
Gantry motors
1LV9 motors with disk brake, IP54, S3-40 %, 1.9 - 29 kW, 15 - 200 Nm

Siemens CR 1 2012

1/7

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Overview (continued)
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
SIMOCRANE offers scalable technology modules for crane
automation to increase productivity. The technology module
basis is SIMOCRANE Basic Technology which is expanded with
the Advanced Technology modules such as Sway Control, Skew
Control and Truck Positioning.

The different modules enable the applications required in the

crane environment for automation of manual, semi or fully automatic cranes to be represented.

Visualization
SIMATIC HMI

Drive system
SINAMICS S120

Control
SIMOTION D

Motors
G_CR01_EN_00239

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology enables and optimizes the motion control of the different axes of a crane, also interactively. The
software concept is modular, which makes it easier to implement
different crane types.
The hardware platform for SIMOCRANE Basic Technology is the
drive-based Motion Controller SIMOTION D. Together with the
SINAMICS S120 drives family, SIMOCRANE offers a high-performance drive system for total control of the motion and therefore
provides the platform for automation of the crane.

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology includes the following software

modules for the drives:
Hoisting gear
Gantry
Trolley
Slewing gear
Grab
Boom hoist or luffing gear
SIMOCRANE
Basic Technology
Hardware: SIMOTION D435
and CX32
Software: SIMOTION Scout
engineering system

G_CR01_XX_00204a

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

1/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

Overview (continued)
SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology
Apart from the drive technology, technological supplementary
functions and sensor-based automation components are gaining in importance in the fulfillment of current market requirements. An important trend with cranes is the increasing degree
of automation. SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology comprises
optional additional components for increasing productivity, and
increasing safety for personnel and machines.
These perfectly interacting function modules can be combined
to achieve different degrees of automation.

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems

Each movement of a crane with cable guides results in the load

swaying and therefore represents a risk to humans and property.
Transport processes also take longer to complete. A sway control system can be used to make the transport processes more
effective and safer.
SIMOCRANE offers a high-performance sway control system
with hoist control that ensures a high degree of safety for persons, transport goods and equipment. Automatic sway control
relieves the crane driver and also ensures faster and more accurate positioning of the load.
In the case of automated motion control, a sway control system
is essential for avoiding the risk of collisions and accidents. In
the case of grab cranes, a completely controlled sway is necessary.
SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning System

Truck positioning is a task that affects the duration of transport of

the load.
At terminals which use trucks for transportation, drivers are
instructed manually or must rely on their judgment. This has a
detrimental effect on personnel safety and on the duration of
positioning tasks. Truck Positioning increases safety, optimizes
the positioning process and indirectly reduces the wear on the
materials of cranes and trucks.

Siemens CR 1 2012

1/9

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Overview (continued)
Status display

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS
Hardware: SIMOTION PCs
(Rack PC, Touch PC)
Software: SIMATIC WinCC +
options/AddOns

G_CR01_XX_00240

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

The SIMOCRANE CMS Crane Management System is a PCbased visualization application (SCADA) for crane drivers, maintenance personnel, and plant operators. It provides the following
functions:
Graphical visualization of the crane system
Condition monitoring and real-time trace
Alarm/event reporting system and support for diagnostics
Recording measured values for various operating parameters
Recording and analysis of cargo handling data
Recording and evaluation of operating hours and counters
Direct call of referenced information

Graphical condition monitoring Fault status

DataMonitor

SIMOCRANE CMS is a graphics-based, user-oriented system

that supports users in a simple manner during operation as well
as with troubleshooting and rectification of faults. This reduces
the downtime for a crane. SIMOCRANE CMS provides the crane
operator with important data for analysis. Critical states are signaled to the crane driver preemptively to prevent damage.
The system architecture is based on conventional standards and
thus offers the facility for integrating into existing IT and automation landscapes. WinCC has a number of available communication channels for connecting to automation systems of different
manufacturers. The connection to higher-level logistics systems
is also possible thanks to the openness of the system.

Graphic DataMonitor

SIMOCRANE application examples

SIMOCRANE offers a range of coordinated products that, in
different combinations, fulfill a wide range of different requirements.
The high degree of scalability is a decisive advantage in the
implementation of simple manual crane applications through to
semi or fully automated crane applications.
The diversity and combination possibilities of SIMOCRANE
products for implementing the different requirements will be
illustrated here.
Through the use of Basic Technology and different Advanced
Technology functions, different applications can be implemented and various degrees of automation can be achieved.

1/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction
Crane components

Overview (continued)
Drive systems
SINAMICS S120
SIMOTRAS HD
Resistor units
Contactors

SINAMICS is the new drive platform from Siemens designed for

mechanical and plant engineering.
Crane applications place demanding requirements on the dynamic response and integration capability of additional technology functions.

Crane components
Crane components
Controllers
Double master switches
Controller monitors

Crane components such as crane controllers, master switches

and controller monitors complete the portfolio in the segment of
drive and control components.

SINAMICS S120 provides the solution for these demanding

tasks in combination with the crane motors listed in Chapter 3 of
this catalog. SINAMICS S120 is characterized by the following
properties:
Modularity
Combination
High performance in terms of output and closed-loop control
Multi-axis drive solutions with higher-level motion control for
cranes can be implemented using the SINAMICS S120 system
components.
SIMOTRAS HD drive components and the 1LT series of slip-ring
motors are ideally suited to retrofitting in industrial crane applications. The SIMOTRAS HD three-phase AC controllers can be
easily integrated into existing, conventional crane control systems (contactor controls).
They are easy to handle, smooth in operation, and therefore protect the complete mechanical system of the crane. Their extreme
ruggedness makes these components ideally suited to applications in harsh industrial environments, e.g. in steelworks and
foundries.
Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors

This new range of Siemens motors was designed to fulfill the

special requirements of motors for lifting gear. This resulted in
the compact, forced-ventilated, three-phase 1PH8, 1PH7 and
1PL6 motors in the top-end performance range. Their specific
characteristics such as high power density, low moment of inertia, and high overload capability make these motors ideally
suited to applications in hoists, holding gear and closing gear.
The 1LG4 and 1LG6 motor series are ideally suited as hoist motors in the mid-performance range. The axially-mounted external
fan (natural or forced ventilation) supports the operation of motors, also over long periods at rated torque, at low speeds.
For gantries - or motorized trolleys - naturally cooled motors without fans of the 1LP4 and 1LP6 series with built-on spring-operated brakes are available. All crane motors are specially designed for operation on converters, such as SINAMICS.

Siemens CR 1 2012

1/11

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE crane technology platform

Introduction

Notes

1/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE
Standard Technology
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/4
2/4
2/7
2/9
2/10
2/10

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

Motion control
General
Hardware
SIMOTION D435 Control Unit
SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension
Hardware configuration
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT
Engineering system
Security note
In the case of software for remote maintenance or connection to higher-level
networks, suitable protection measures
must be taken (including IT security,
e.g. network segmentation) to guarantee safe operation of the system. You
can find more information on Industrial
Security on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurityy

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Motion control

Overview

Applications

Crane applications

The SIMOCRANE Basic Technology sector solution has been

available since mid-2007. The SIMOCRANE Basic Technology is
a system of hardware and software packages for automating
cranes that supports you in achieving maximum performance
with crane applications. The new solution has the following features:
The basic technology comprises the following standard functions and covers the motion control of all of the main drives of
a crane:
- Hoist
- Gantry
- Trolley
- Slewing gear
- Grab
- Boom hoist or luffing gear
All of the functions proven in practice are found again on the
SIMOTION platform. Furthermore, the latest requirements
have been taken into account.
New closed-loop control concept for synchronous operation
and positioning with position controller
Adaptation to customized requirements; a package supports
both:
- "Ready-to-run" (for parameterization only) as well as
- "Ready-to-apply" (for adapting by the user)
The technological basis is the SIMOTION D motion control
system.

Benefits
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology provides the following benefits:
Standard applications significantly reduce the time for engineering ("Ready-to-run")
Easy adaptation and expansion for customized requirements
("Ready-to-apply")
One platform for all crane technologies (different crane technologies such as sway control are systematically added to the
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology)
Consequently:
The number of interfaces is reduced with SIMOTION D
Engineering and commissioning costs are reduced
Standardization is made easier.

2/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

The SIMOCRANE Basic Technology has a modular software

structure. The application solution can be flexibly implemented
for different types of crane, e.g. for
Harbor cranes
- STS (container quay crane, also for double spreader in
tandem mode)
- RMG (Rail Mounted Gantry)
- GSU (ship unloaders) etc.
High and medium-performance industrial cranes with cranespecific technology
- Coil cranes
- Gantry cranes
- Waste incineration cranes, etc.

Design
Structure of an axis grouping with the SIMOTION D435
motion control system in the crane application
A SIMOTION D435 crane application comprises the following
components:
A SIMOTION D435 Control Unit, designed for open and
closed-loop control of a multiple axis line-up
A SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension when using more than
4 axes (see "Topology of container quay crane", Page 2/9)
Several SINAMICS S120 Motor Modules (power units)
Other drive components, such as
- Power supply
- Filter
- Reactor, etc.
The connection between SIMOTION D435 and the SINAMICS
S120 Motor Modules which is implemented with DRIVE-CLiQ
in a star topology to ensure axis redundancy (see "Topology of
container quay crane", Page 2/9).
A CU320 Control Unit for open and closed-loop control of the
parallel infeed (up to 4 infeed units)
One or more SINAMICS S120 Line Modules
(In SIMOCRANE Basic Technology, the infeed unit is separately controlled by the SIMATIC S7, see "Topology of container quay crane", Page 2/9).
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology software
The SIMOCRANE Basic Technology package not only provides
the basic functionality, the SIMOTION Motion Control technology
package (for positioning, synchronous operation, etc.) and standard libraries, but also the Crane Basic Technology package
complete with two libraries. The package also contains several
complete standard applications for cranes.

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Motion control

Selection and ordering data

Further information

Scope of delivery

Notes on licensing

The SIMOCRANE Basic Technology package offers a control

system with hardware and software for various crane applications.

Licensing is in accordance with the serial number of the memory

card (CompactFlash card), but is not specific to the software
version. The crane application software cannot run without
licenses. The licensing is via Siemens Motion Control Web
License Manager.

It includes:
Hardware:
SIMOTION D435

Training

CompactFlash card:
Current firmware version
Licenses:
- SIMOTION Multi-Axes (for motion control)
- SIMOTION IT (for service, diagnostics and commissioning
through an Internet browser)
- SIMOTION Crane Basic Technology
(for functions in the crane DCC library)

Siemens Cranes offers crane-specific training:

www.siemens.nl/training/cranes

Software on CD:
Setup with crane DCC library and online help
Crane FB library
Standard applications, e.g. for a container quay crane (STS)
or a ship unloading crane (GSU), etc.
Documentation
Order No.
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

6AU1660-4AA10-0AA0

Supplementary components
Depending on the application, the following components can be
supplied for open-loop and closed-loop control:
Order No.
SIMOTION CX32
(SINAMICS Controller Extension)

6SL3040-0NA00-0AA0

SINAMICS DRIVE-CLiQ
DMC20 Hub Module

6SL3055-0AA00-6AA0

SINAMICS Sensor Module

SMC 30 Cabinet-Mounted

6SL3055-0AA00-5CA1

SINAMICS TM31 Terminal Module

6SL3055-0AA00-3AA0

SIMOTION SCOUT V4.1 SP5

6AU1810-1BA41-5XA0

Optional Drive Control Chart (DCC)

package V2.0 SP5
for SIMOTION/SINAMICS

6AU1810-1JA20-5XA0

SINAMICS S120 drive systems, motors and connection systems

are not included in the package (see Chapter 6 "Drive Systems").
These components must be ordered separately.
Further information on selection and ordering of supplementary
components can be found in the following catalogs:
PM21 SIMOTION, SINAMICS, and motors for production
machines
D81.1 Low-voltage motors, IEC squirrel-cage motors
IK PI Industrial communication, distributed I/O, PROFIBUS

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/3

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Hardware
SIMOTION D435 Control Unit

Overview

Design

SIMOTION D435 platform

Display and diagnostics:

LEDs to display operating states and errors
3 measuring sockets
Integrated I/O:
8 digital inputs
8 digital inputs/outputs (max. 8 as high-speed cam outputs,
max. 6 as high-speed probe inputs)
Communication:
4 x DRIVE-CLiQ
2 x Industrial Ethernet
2 x PROFIBUS DP
2 x USB
Data backup:
1 slot for SIMOTION CompactFlash card
Further interfaces:
Terminals for 24 V electronics power supply

Integration
SIMOTION D435

SIMOTION D is a compact, drive-based version of SIMOTION

based on the SINAMICS drives family. With SIMOTION D, the
motion control functionalities of SIMOTION as well as the drive
software of SINAMICS S120 run on a shared control hardware.
With the integrated drive computing functions it allows the D435
Control Unit to operate up to 4 vector axes.
Motion tasks can be easily and uniformly resolved using
SIMOTION. The IEC 61131-3-compliant PLC integrated in
SIMOTION D means that the system is not just capable of controlling sequences of motions, but the entire machine as well.
The technology packages, function libraries and multi-layer
architecture of the runtime system combine to achieve the
scalable functionality of SIMOTION. This results in the following
benefits:
Directly uses the innovative structure of SINAMICS S120 compact construction to reduce the cabinet volume
Versatile networking thanks to onboard PROFIBUS DP and
Industrial Ethernet interfaces, as well as via PROFINET IO
(optionally via CBE30 Communication Board)
Easy to service thanks to CompactFlash card, which can be
easily replaced and contains all data (programs, data, drive
parameters)

SIMOTION
D4x5
PROFINET IO
CBE30
(optional)
X1400 P1
P2
P3
P4
DRIVECLiQ

PROFINET IO
IRT/RT I/Os

(only
with
D445-1)
Ethernet

X120
X130

Onboard
I/Os

X122
X132

Digital inputs/
outputs

Power
supply

X124

24 V supply

PROFIBUS DP
X126

X136

USB

DRIVE-CLiQ cable

Ethernet cable

Siemens CR 1 2012

SINAMICS S120
Drive
components

Ethernet
node

PROFIBUS cables

PROFIBUS DP
node

6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0

Programming
device (PG)

X125
X135

USB memory
stick
G_PM10_EN_00081g

SIMOTION D4x5 connection overview

2/4

e.g. SINAMICS
S120/CBE20,
ET200S

X100
to
X103
X104
X105

Option Modules
The following Option Modules are available for SIMOTION D4x5
Control Units:
CBE30 Communication Board for connection to PROFINET IO
TB30 Terminal Board for the expansion with 4 digital inputs,
4 digital outputs, 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs

Order No.
Pre-assembled cable

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Hardware
SIMOTION D435 Control Unit

Technical data
SIMOTION D435
STANDARD Performance
PLC and motion control performance
Maximum number of axes

32

Minimum PROFIBUS cycle

1 ms

Minimum PROFINET transmission cycle

0.5 ms

Minimum servo/interpolator cycle clock

1.0 ms

Integrated drive control

Max. number of axes for integrated drive control
(servo / vector / U/f)

6 / 4 / 8 (alternative)
(drive control based on CU320, firmware version 2.x)

Memory
RAM (work memory) (+ 20 MB for Java applications)

35 MB

RAM disk (load memory)

23 MB

Retentive memory

364 KB

Persistent memory
(user data on CF)

300 MB

Communication
DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces

USB interfaces

Ethernet interfaces

PROFIBUS interfaces

2
Equidistant and isochronous
Can be configured as master or slave

PROFINET interfaces

Optionally over CBE30:

1 interface with 4 ports
Supports PROFINET IO with IRT and RT
Can be configured as PROFINET IO controller and/or device

General technical data

Fan

Optional fan/battery module (single fan)

Supply voltage
Rated value

24 V DC

Permissible range

20.4 ... 28.8 V

Current consumption, typ.

(excluding digital outputs and
DRIVE-CLiQ supply)

600 mA

Starting current, typ.

6A

Power loss, typ.

15 W

Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport

40 ... +70 C

Operation

0 ... 55 C
Maximum installation altitude 2000 m above sea level.
Above an altitude of 2000 m, the max. ambient temperature decreases
by 7 C every 1000 m; maximum 5000 m above sea level.

Permissible relative humidity

(without condensation)

5 ... 95 %

Atmospheric pressure

700 ... 1060 hPa

Degree of protection in accordance with EN 60529 (IEC 60529)

IP20

Dimensions (W x H x D)

50 mm x 380 mm x 230 mm

Weight
SIMOTION D

2600 g

CompactFlash card

10 g

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/5

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Hardware
SIMOTION D435 Control Unit

Technical data (continued)

SIMOTION D435
STANDARD Performance

Digital inputs

Input voltage
- Rated value

24 V DC

- For "1" signal

15 ... 30 V

- For "0" signal

-3 ... +5 V

Galvanic isolation

Yes, in groups of 4

Current consumption, typ.

at 1 signal level

10 mA at 24 V

Input delay, typ.

(hardware)

L H: 50 s
H L: 100 s

Digital inputs/outputs
(parameterizable)

8 (max. 6 as high-speed probe inputs,

max. 8 as high-speed cam outputs)

If used as an input
Input voltage
- Rated value

24 V DC

- For "1" signal

15 ... 30 V

- For "0" signal

3 ... +5 V

Galvanic isolation

No

Current consumption, typ.

at 1 signal level

10 mA at 24 V

Input delay, typ.

(hardware)

L H: 50 s
(5 s as probe input)
H L: 100 s
(50 s as probe input)

Probe input, accuracy

5 s

If used as an output
Rated load voltage
- Permissible range

24 V DC
20.4 ... 28.8 V

Galvanic isolation

No

Current load, max.

500 mA per output

Residual current, max.

2 mA

Output delay time, typ./max.

(hardware, with 48 load)

L H: 150 s/400 s
H L: 75 s/100 s

Cam output, accuracy

(reproducibility)

125 s

Switching frequency of the outputs, max.

- For resistive load

100 Hz

- With inductive load

2 Hz

- For lamp load

11 Hz

Short-circuit protection

Yes

Other technical data

Non-volatile data backup 1)
Backup time, min.

5 days
(real-time clock/SRAM backup)

Charging time, typ.

A few minutes

Approvals, according to

cULus

1)

Alternative: Longer buffer duration using fan/battery module or permanent

buffering on a CompactFlash card with system command.

2/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Hardware
SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension

Overview
SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension

In the crane application (see "Topology of container quay crane"),

the SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension is implemented for the
function module group, e.g. 2 x gantry or 2 x trolley. Thus communication between the function modules, such as master-slave
torque control between gantry 1 and gantry 2, is performed
within a CPU.
The SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension is a component in
SINAMICS S120 format and supports scaling of the drive-end
computing performance of the SIMOTION D435 Control Unit.
Each CX32 can control up to four additional vector axes.
The data for the CX32 is stored exclusively on the SIMOTION
D435 Control Unit, which means no action has to be taken when
the module is replaced.
The controller is connected to SIMOTION D with DRIVE-CLiQ
which ensures high-performance isochronous control of the
drives without additional modules.

SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension

Technical data
SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension
Integrated drive control
Max. number of axes for integrated drive control
(servo / vector / U/f)

6 / 4 / 8 (alternative)
(drive control based on CU320, firmware version 2.x)

Communication
DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces

General technical data

Supply voltage
Rated value

24 V DC

Permissible range

20.4 ... 28.8 V

Current consumption, typ.

(excluding digital outputs and DRIVE-CLiQ supply)

800 mA

Starting current, typ.

1.6 A

Power loss

20 W

Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport

40 ... +70 C

Operation

0 ... 55 C
Maximum installation altitude 2000 m above sea level.
Above an altitude of 2000 m, the max. ambient temperature decreases
by 7 C every 1000 m; maximum 5000 m above sea level.

Permissible relative humidity (without condensation)

5 ... 95 %

Atmospheric pressure

700 ... 1060 hPa

Degree of protection in accordance with EN 60529 (IEC 60529)

IP20

Dimensions (W x H x D)

25 mm x 380 mm x 230 mm

Weight

2200 g

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/7

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Hardware
SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension

Technical data (continued)

SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension
Digital inputs

Input voltage
- Rated value

24 V DC

- For "1" signal

15 ... 30 V

- For "0" signal

-3 ... +5 V

Galvanic isolation

Yes, in groups of 4

Current consumption, typ. at 1 signal level

10 mA at 24 V

Input delay, typ. (hardware)

L H: 50 s
H L: 100 s

Digital inputs/outputs (parameterizable)

4 (max. 3 as high-speed measuring inputs)

If used as an input
Input voltage
- Rated value

24 V DC

- For "1" signal

15 ... 30 V

- For "0" signal

3 ... +5 V

Galvanic isolation

No

Current consumption, typ. at 1 signal level

10 mA at 24 V

Input delay, typ. (hardware)

- 3 inputs (can also be used as measuring inputs)

L H: 5 s
H L: 50 s

- 1 input

L H: 50 s
H L: 100 s

Measuring input, accuracy

(reproducibility)

5 s

If used as an output
Rated load voltage
- Permissible range

24 V DC
20.4 ... 28.8 V

Galvanic isolation

No

Current load, max.

500 mA per output

Residual current, max.

2 mA

Output delay time, max. (hardware)

(hardware, with 48 load)

L H: 150 s/400 s
H L: 75 s/100 s

Short-circuit protection

Yes

Other technical data

Approvals, according to

The SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension comes with

pre-installed spacer.

2/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

cULus

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Hardware

Application example
Hardware configuration

nology, e.g. sway control, to be operated via a controller. The individual crane technologies build on each other systematically.
Further crane technologies of SIMOCRANE are described in the
chapters SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology and SIMOCRANE
Crane Management System.

The hardware configuration based on the example of a container

quay crane on the SIMOTION/SINAMICS platform is shown in
the figure below.
The performance of the SIMOTION D hardware allows all cranes
technology, not only Basic Technology, but also Advanced Tech-

SIMATIC S7-300

SIMOCRANE CMS

Ethernet
PROFIBUS
DC link
DRIVE-CLiQ

ET 200

Line contactor

Boom
Transformer

Infeed

Transformer

Auxiliary
power supply

Hoisting gear

Gantry

Trolley

1 Active Interface Module in chassis format

SIMOTION D435

2 Active Line Module in chassis format

Motor Module in chassis format

3 CU320 Control Unit

SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

G_CR01_EN_00323

Crane switch

7 CX32 Controller Extension

Topology of container quay crane

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/9

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Overview
Structured text
The high-level language ST (Structured Text) provides all language elements as text commands. This enables well-structured
applications to be created.
Crane-specific operations, such as operating mode assignment
and management, message frame processing, etc. have been
programmed in ST as function blocks and are stored in the
"Crane FB library".
SIMOTION SCOUT

SCOUT
Project Management

Programming
Structured
Text (ST)

Workbench

Motion Control
Chart (MCC)
Drive Control
Chart (DCC)

SIMOCRANE
Basic Technology
(Option)

Crane Package
(SW)
DCC Library

Configuration / Parameterization
Hardware and Network
Configuration
Creation of Technology
Objects
Creation of Cams
(Basic)

Testing and Commissioning

Load dependent
field weakening
Pre limit switch
Start pulse

Diagnostics for Testing

and Commissioning (Trace)
Axis control panel
STARTER Drives and
Commissioning Tool

FB Library

Operation Mode
Control Axis
Telegram
S7 To SIMOTION
AP Software

STS Crane
Ship Unloader Crane

SIMOTION SCOUT with crane application

2/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_EN_00171b

SCOUT is the engineering software for SIMOTION that is integrated in STEP 7. SCOUT contains all the tools required for configuration, parameterization, programming, testing, diagnostics
and commissioning of SIMOTION and SINAMICS.

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Overview (continued)
Motion Control Chart (MCC)

Optional Drive Control Chart (DCC) packages

Motion Control Chart (MCC) is a "flow diagram language" that

can be used to graphically formulate the process procedures in
machines or cranes in a simple manner. The result is one or more
flow diagrams, comprising MCC blocks that describe the time
sequence of the individual function module. Due to its special
means of expression, MCC (Motion Control Chart) is ideally
suited to programming sequential processes.

The optional Drive Control Chart (DCC) packages for SIMOTION

and SINAMICS extend the possibilities for easy graphical configuration of technology functions using predefined function
blocks.

Various MCC blocks are available for controlling the machine, for
example, conditions must be fulfilled, I/O signals can be read or
set, calculations can be formulated and different control structures such as condition (IF), cases (CASE) and loops (WHILE,
REPEAT UNTIL) can be programmed.
All MCC blocks a selection of the most important SIMOTION
functions are available in toolbars, see figure below.
In SIMOCRANE Basic Technology, MCC is implemented for the
sequence control of every function module (e.g. hoist). This
results in a clear flow chart for the drive-based control.

Motion Control Chart

Multi-instance function blocks are selected from a predefined

library and graphically interconnected using drag and drop. The
standard function block library comprises a large number of
control, calculation and logic blocks as well as extensive open
and closed-loop control functions.
In the crane DCC library, individual crane-specific technologies
(e.g. load-dependent field weakening) can be preconfigured
using the SIMOTION standard DCC library and encapsulated in
individual macro modules. These Crane DCC blocks are used
for setpoint conditioning (velocity, acceleration) of the function
module (e.g. hoist) at the time-cycle level. In this manner, clear
control loops are presented and previously created blocks can
be used again and again.

Drive Control Chart

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/11

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Design
Standard applications

The "Crane DCC library" comprises a collection of blocks (e.g.

load dependent field weakening) which are implemented as
"Drive Control Charts" (DCC) blocks. DCC is a representation
which supports graphic configuring and interconnecting. The
functional scope of the crane library is described in detail in the
section "Technology functions".

The standard applications comprise several ready-to-use configured function modules for different crane types, e.g. "Container quay crane" or "Ship unloading crane". These solutions are
"ready-to-run" for the user who only needs to set the parameters
appropriately. In the case of large-scale adaptation and expansion, these standard applications can be used as a starting point
for "Ready-to-apply". Expandability and flexibility have therefore
been taken into account.

The "Crane FB library" consists of a collection of blocks (e.g.

Operation Mode) which have been programmed in "Structured
Text" (ST). These function blocks are called up in the drivebased sequence control at the MCC level.

Crane Package
(SW)
DCC Library

Load dependent
field weakening
Pre limit switch
Start pulse
FB Library

Operation Mode
Control Axis
Telegram
S7 To SIMOTION
AP Software

STS Crane
Ship Unloader Crane

SIMOTION technology package

2/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_EN_00170a

The function library

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Design (continued)
The application software has a modular structure according to
crane type. An overview of the function modules, their operating
modes and technology functions used are shown in the following
tables.

Function modules

Number of axes

Control modes

Operating modes

Hoist

Single-axis positioning
Master-slave operation
Synchronous operation

Automatic
Manual
Speed controlled (jogging)
Sway control

Trolley

Single-axis positioning
Master-slave operation
Synchronous operation

Automatic
Manual
Speed controlled (jogging)
Encoderless emergency mode
Sway control

Gantry

Single-axis positioning
Master-slave operation
Synchronous operation

Automatic
Manual
Speed controlled (jogging)
Encoderless emergency mode

Boom

Single-axis positioning
Closed-loop speed controlled with
torque limiting

Manual
Speed controlled (jogging)

Holding and closing gear

Separate positioning with one axis

(holding or closing gear)
Synchronous operation between both axes

Automatic
Manual
Speed controlled (jogging)
Sway control

Slewing gear

Single-axis positioning

Automatic
Manual
Speed controlled (jogging)
Encoderless emergency mode

Overview of the function modules and operating modes

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/13

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Design (continued)
Technology functions

No.

Function

Brief description

Load-dependent field weakening

Using the DCC block, a supplementary speed setpoint is calculated dependent on the
load. This speed increase for partial loads above the rated speed is required for cranes
to increase the handling capacity.

Prelimit switch (selectable limiting)

The velocity of the drive can be influenced using the DCC block when a predefined
pre-limit switch is reached.

Start pulse

Using the DCC block, "load sag" when starting hoisting gear with a suspended load is
prevented.

Changeover of the ramp-function generator in the

field-weakening range and when selecting heavy
duty operation

Using the DCC block, the acceleration and deceleration times are modified in heavy
duty operation or in field weakening.

Current distribution monitoring

Using the DCC block, the current setpoint/actual value from the master and slave are
monitored. A message is generated if a specified difference is exceeded.

Slack rope controller

This function prevents slack rope developing in the handled goods when the grab is
closed. The slack rope controller also ensures that the grab can bury itself into the
material to be moved and therefore ensuring the maximum filling level.

Current equalization control for orange-peel

bucket operation

When raising and lowering the closed grab, the tension levels in the holding and closing ropes should be approximately the same. This means that the hoisting power is
optimally distributed across the two motors.

Slewing velocity dependent on the length of overhang

The speed of the slewing gear is adapted depending on the length of overhang of the
luffing gear in order to keep the circumferential velocity constant.

Ramp-up/ramp-down time dependent on length of For cranes with luffing gear, with increasing length of overhang, the load torque for the
overhang + influence of the ramp-function genera- slewing gear increases while accelerating. In order to avoid that the current limits are
reached, the ramp-up and ramp-down times are linearly adapted as a function of the
tor dependent on the velocity
length of overhang.

10

Master switch

Using the DCC block, the drive can be moved with a fine sensitivity using the master
switch for manual positioning.

11

Anti-slip control

The velocity between the motor encoder and the external encoder is monitored using
the DCC block. If an excessively high velocity deviation occurs, the velocity or the
acceleration is adapted in steps.

12

Heavy duty or constant field weakening

Using the DCC block, the drive also allows heavy duty operation (HeavyDuty) by
changing the velocity, or operation with constant field weakening (FieldWeak).

13

Monitoring the overspeed

For hoisting gear applications, using the DCC block, an overspeed condition is monitored or a setpoint-actual value deviation is detected (this is not a fail-safe function).

14

Monitoring the setpoints

The DCC block is used to monitor whether the velocity, acceleration or deceleration
have been reduced between the command being output from the S7 and implementation in the drive. Further, it is monitored as to whether the drive is in field weakening.

15

Continuous load measurement

This DCC block is used for grab cranes. A continuous load measurement is carried out
to guide the crane driver if the grab is not visible. The message "Grab touchdown" is
also displayed.

16

Grab monitoring

In the case of closing gear, the block DCC GrabMonitor can be used to detect bulky
load material.

17

Time-optimized positioning for a single axis

Using the SIMOTION system function, the drive can be moved to the target position as
quickly as possible and precisely with the specified maximum velocity and acceleration/deceleration.

18

Master-slave torque control

Master-slave operation is used if two motors are connected to a common shaft. The
master operates either closed-loop position controlled or closed-loop speed controlled
depending on the operating mode. The slave only operates closed-loop torque controlled. The master sends the torque as torque setpoint to the slave.

19

Synchronous operation

Synchronous operation control is used if two motors are connected to a common load.
Depending on the operating mode, the master and slave operate either closed-loop
position controlled or closed-loop speed controlled. Depending on the operating mode,
the slave receives either a speed or position setpoint from the master through a gear
(gear ratio 1 :1). The functional scope has been expanded with the implementation of
flying homing, offset compensatory control, fixed offset increasement/decreasement, and
cornering movement.

20

Tandem mode

The tandem mode is an extension of the synchronous operation control mode. Synchronous operation motion control takes place between two groups. In each group, two
drives can be coupled in master-slave closed loop torque control or also in synchronous operation. The function is suited to applications for harbor cranes, such as a double spreader container crane or large ship unloader with 4 drum grabs, as well as
industrial cranes with several hoist drives and trolleys.

21

Cornering movement

Using this function, cornering movement for the gantry can be executed in closed-loop
speed controlled operation.

22

Brake test

The mechanical brake function (e.g. hoisting gear) should be regularly checked using
this function. To do this, the axis moves against the closed brake with a certain torque
setpoint in order to check the braking capability of the brake.

Crane specific technology functions

2/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Application example
Software structure
The modular software concept makes it easier to automate different crane types. With the help of the open software, all cranespecific technologies or functions can be supplied to the user in
the form of function blocks. The software structure is shown for

a coil crane, a container quay crane and a ship unloading crane

in the following examples. Each axis of motion is mirrored with a
function module in the software. Controlling and meshing of the
axes are tracked at the application level.

COMMAND

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STATUS

STAT

CMD

STAT

Application level

G_CR01_EN_00205a

Coil crane

Function blocks for coil crane

COMMAND

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STATUS

STAT

CMD

STAT

Application level

G_CR01_EN_00168a

Container quay crane

Function blocks for container quay crane

Siemens CR 1 2012

2/15

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Standard Technology

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Software
SIMOTION SCOUT Engineering system

Application example (continued)

COMMAND

STATUS

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

Application level

G_CR01_EN_00169a

Ship unloading crane

Function blocks for ship unloading crane

Each function module (e.g. hoist) has an MCC unit and a DCC
chart. Two application programs created in the MCC call the
necessary function blocks from the "Cranes FB library" for execution of the function module (e.g. operating mode management). In a program created by DCC, the setpoint channel for
velocity and acceleration/delay takes into account the cranespecific technology (e.g. load-dependent field weakening)
cyclically.

2/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

The standard application is created according to crane type,

e.g. "Container quay crane". For "ready-to-run" users, only parameterization is necessary. For "ready-to-apply" users, this provides the starting point for individual expansions and adaptation
to concrete crane applications.

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE
Advanced Technology

3/2
3/2
3/3
3/4
3/5
3/6

3/9
3/13
3/15
3/15
3/16
3/17

3/18
3/19
3/21

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems

Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE SC integrated Sway Control
System
SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone Sway
Control System
SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera
measuring system
SIMOCRANE Sway Control System
General operating modes
Additional functions
Sway Control Systems
Technical data
Sway Control Systems
Order No. structure
SIMOCRANE TPS
Truck Positioning System
Truck Positioning System
Hardware
Truck Positioning System
Software
Truck Positioning System
TPS sequence
Preparation for use
Truck Positioning System
Technical data
Application example
TPS for STS cranes
Truck Positioning System
Selection and ordering data

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems

Overview
During every acceleration or braking process of a crane, swaying is excited in the load.
The electronic SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems ensure that
these load oscillations are eliminated so that crane transport can
be performed quickly, without danger, and without any damage
to the transported goods.

The SIMOCRANE Sway Control System is available in the

SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone or SIMOCRANE SC integrated
system using the SIMOTION D motion controller and the
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology.
Depending on the task to be performed and the environmental
conditions, the Sway Control Systems can be implemented with
or without SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring systems.

Benefits
For the handling and transport tasks of cranes, the trend is toward an ever higher productivity and quality. This is achieved
with an increasing number of automatic functions of which electronic Sway Control Systems represent a large component.

Harbor crane system

There are many reasons for using electronic sway control,

such as:
To increase the productivity of the crane system
To reduce damage
To prevent accidents
To simplify the crane structure
Automatic operation of the crane system
To extend the service life of crane systems
Continuous load damping no longer depends on subjective
factors

Applications
The Sway Control System is for new crane controllers and it can
be used to extend existing crane controllers.
SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems can also be used in cranes
in which drive technology from other suppliers is used.
The requirements for the use of SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems are a crane controller as well as continuously controllable
drives. In some cases, position sensors are necessary. In all
cranes, sensors are required for the hoisting gear and for the
axes to be positioned if automatic positioning is used.

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems are suitable for the following crane types:
Overhead bridge cranes, gantry cranes (OHBCs)
Rubber tyred gantry (RTG) cranes
Rail-mounted gantry (RMG) cranes
Ship to shore (STS) cranes
Grab / ship unloader (GSU) cranes
Slewing cranes (on request)
Various system types with different functions are available for the
different application areas.

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems

SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone

SIMOCRANE SC integrated

Overhead bridge cranes (OHBC) e.g. coil / warehouse / handling cranes

Container cranes e.g. STS

Gantry cranes e.g. RMG, RTG

Ship unloaders, e.g. GSU

SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system

The SIMOCRANE SC integrated Sway Control System is a software solution that is used on the central SIMOTION D motion
controller. The system for sway control is currently available in
two axes (trolley direction + direction of rotation) with the functional scope for ship to shore cranes STS and grab cranes GSU.
The SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone Sway Control System is an
autonomous system that can be used in any controller landscape. The system for sway control is currently available in three
axes (trolley direction + bridge direction + direction of rotation or
hoist) with the functional scope for bridge/gantry cranes.

3/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

In future, the SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems for 2-3-axis

applications will be available as a standalone and as an integrated system.
The SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system can be
used with the SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems, depending
on the task to be performed and the environmental conditions.

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE SC integrated
Sway Control System

Design
SIMOCRANE SC integrated Sway Control System
The SIMOCRANE SC integrated system is a software solution
based on SIMOCRANE Basic Technology. In this case, special
sway control blocks are application linked with the Basic Technology blocks. See the figure "Configuration of SIMOCRANE SC
integrated for an STS application".

COMMAND

Commissioning and parameterization of sway control is performed with a supplied commissioning tool. The engineering
software comprises the same tools as for Basic Technology,
SIMOTION SCOUT and Drive Control Chart DCC. For acquisition
of the external disturbance variables, the SIMOCRANE CenSOR
camera measuring system can be optionally connected to
motion controllers. Commissioning and parameterization is also
performed using a supplied commissioning tool.

STATUS

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

CMD

STAT

SIMOCRANE CenSOR

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

Application level

SIMOCRANE Sway Control System

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

SIMOTION D

CenSOR
Option

Industrial Ethernet

Camera
SIMOTION D

SINAMICS

G_CR01_EN_00241

Reflector

Configuration of SIMOCRANE SC integrated for an STS application

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/3

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone
Sway Control System

Design (continued)
SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone Sway Control System
This is a standalone solution that communicates with the crane
PLC that is responsible for motion control. SIMOCRANE CeSAR
can be connected to PROFIBUS DP for communication purposes. The system consists of a camera with integrated
Power PC, an Ethernet-PROFIBUS gateway, a hub, and an
RS232 diagnostics module. In systems with "sight", a lens and
reflector are also required.

If a camera cannot be used due to insufficient visibility, only a

controller and the components required for communication are
used.
Communication with the crane controller takes place via the
gateway and hub. The sway control and the camera are commissioned and parameterized via the hub or the RS232 module with
the supplied commissioning tool.

3
COMMAND

STATUS

SIMOCRANE CeSAR

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

SIMOCRANE CeSAR

PLC application

SIMOCRANE CeSAR
Industrial Ethernet

RS232

Hub

PROFIBUS

PLC

Camera
+
Controller
Gateway

Reflector

G_CR01_EN_00242

Drives

Configuration of SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone for an overhead bridge crane application

3/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE CenSOR
camera measuring system

Design (continued)
SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system
The SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system comprises a camera with integrated processing unit in various designs and a reflector with a specific optical feature. The system
is used in conjunction with SIMOCRANE SC integrated.
Depending on the task to be performed and the environmental
conditions, Sway Control Systems can be implemented with or
without camera measuring systems. If a camera is used, it has
the task of observer for detecting deviations in the ideal sway
response for the situation.
It is recommended that a camera is used with ship to shore (STS)
cranes. Grab cranes (GSU) are not generally equipped with a
camera due to the large dust deposits.

When using a camera measuring system a reflector is also required which is attached to the load suspension device. Active
reflectors are also equipped with infra-red LEDs. In this way,
measuring errors that can be caused by shadows and artificial
lighting can be largely avoided. The dimensions of the reflector
are dependent on the maximum distance of the camera as measured. The camera measuring system determines the offset of
the reflector in a plane perpendicular to the camera axis. The
rotation of the reflector is also determined. The reflectors are
specially designed to handle vibrations that typically occur on
cranes and are attached to the load suspension device. The
white areas of the active reflectors have an infra-red LED matrix
backing. If necessary, the reflector can be fitted with heating to
thaw snow.
Reflectors and Objectives

COMMAND

The objectives and reflectors used depend on the hoisting

height of the crane. For higher accuracy requirements, a lens
with a larger focal length can be used. This, however, reduces
the measuring range because of the smaller aperture angle.

STATUS

SIMOCRANE CenSOR

CMD

STAT

Focal length of the lens

16 mm
(standard)

25 mm

Resolution mm/m
(relative to the distance)

0.12

0.08

Image length in the X direction

17

11

Image length in the Y direction

13

Measuring range in the X direction 292

mm/m (relative to the distance)

187

Measuring range in the Y direction 216

mm/m (relative to the distance)

138

Recommended maximum distance

Up to 15 m

Up to 23 m

Reflector 500 x 500

Up to 23 m

Up to 37 m

Reflector 800 x 800

Up to 35 m

Up to 55 m

G_CR01_EN_00243

CenSOR

Reflector 300 x 300

SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/5

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE
Sway Control System

Function
General operating modes
The following operating modes are available for the general
application areas:
Manual operation (speed control)
Position control
Sway neutralization
The operating mode is selected depending on the functional
scope (see sub-item "Functional scope") by setting the appropriate operating mode bit using the PLC.

Speed control
In "speed control" mode, often referred to as manual operation,
the speed is specified manually from a higher-level controller.
The trolley is accelerated or decelerated to the set speed in such
a way that the load sway has been eliminated when the set
speed is reached.
Sway control is active in manual mode either throughout the
complete traverse, or only during a halt.
Position control
In "automatic position control" mode, the higher-level controller
or the internal setpoint encoder can specify a target position for
each individual axis. This position is approached automatically
after enabling. The axes are controlled in such a way that the
load sway is eliminated not only when the maximum speed is
reached, but also at the target position.
Sway neutralization
The sway neutralization mode (only for the version with camera)
is used to eliminate swaying movements of the load from standstill.
The sway neutralization is linked to a positioning. The target
position is either the current trolley position or the load position
at the time the sway neutralization is activated.
SIMOCRANE Sway Control System

The SIMOCRANE Sway Control System is based on calculations

of a mathematical oscillation model. When a camera is used, the
parameters hoisting height, swing angle and rotation angle are
determined by means of optical contact-free measurement, and
are incorporated in the calculation model. If the measuring signal of the camera fails, only the states of the model are used.
Damping of the load is performed by influencing the traversing
speed for each axis individually. When using the position control
the defined positions are automatically approached with antisway after release. The axis is controlled in such a way that the
load sway is eliminated not only when the maximum speed is
reached, but also at the target position. All swaying resulting
from the travel motion is largely eliminated. If a camera is also
used, swaying resulting from external forces such as inclined
lift or wind can be almost completely compensated.

Sway neutralization results in slight travel movements to both

sides of the target position.
Additional functions in the container crane application area
Hoist control
The hoist control allows the system to be set up so that the load
is traversed along a "path curve". The path curve is specified to
ensure that the spreader or grab does not collide with the crane
structure or with containers or other obstacles, and also reaches
its target position accurately. This operating mode can be used
for ship to shore cranes (STS) and ship unloaders (GSU).
The obstacles are stored in the system as blocked regions and
traversing is only permitted outside these areas. Depending on
the starting point and the target position, the fastest possible
travel path is generated from the data about the blocked regions. Both axes (trolley and hoist) must be operated in the
internal operating mode "Hoist control".
The container stack can be specified externally by the crane
controller or acquired internally (taught).
If a bay scanner is also used, the signal for the measured vertical
hoisting distance is evaluated in addition to the internally
learned blocked regions, and it is included in the calculation for
the path curve.

3/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE
Sway Control System

Function (continued)
Blocked regions
The path curve is calculated on the basis of a layout of the working area in which blocked regions are defined. Blocked regions
are individual or several combined obstacles or also areas which
the crane must not enter for safety reasons to avoid collisions. A
distinction is made between fixed and variable blocked regions.

A blocked region is described by two trolley positions and one

hoisting position.
The types of blocked regions and their purposes are shown in
the following graphic.

Blocked regions
(two-dimensional
blocked regions)

Obstacles on the land side

(e.g. load edges, binding platform)
Start and target position within the
obstacles is not possible

Permanently
blocked regions
(max. 20)

Before every automatic start, obstacle curve can

be transferred to the system via the PLC
Can be used to block areas on land
(e.g. truck)

Variable
blocked regions
(max. 200)

Obstacles on the water side

(e.g. container stacks)
Start is possible from obstacle in manual
mode
Automatic traverse to destination ends
vertically above the obstacle

Traversing curve is
plotted in every mode
External
blocked regions

Internally acquired
blocked regions
G_CR01_EN_00228

Layout of blocked regions

Bay scanning
If a bay scanner is also used, the signal of the obstacle height is
evaluated in addition to the traveled curve.
The distance from the scanner to the surface of the container
stack is measured (see graphic below, dashed lines).

Landside

Clearance

This value must be converted to a laser value in the PLC which

corresponds to the distance from floor = NULL to the top edge
of the container stack at this point (see graphic below; converted
laser value). The vertical distance between two valid measuring
points is set to the height of the highest measuring point.

Traversing direction

Waterside

Scanners
Measured
laser value to
surface

Converted
laser value

Measuring
point
Resulting
traversing
curve

G_CR01_EN_00229

Measurement of the height of the container stack with the laser scanner

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/7

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
SIMOCRANE
Sway Control System

Function (continued)
Trim, list and skew control (TLS) and active skew function

Scope of functions

"TLS Control" controls the "trim, list and skew positions" of a

spreader.

Licenses are available for the Sway Control Systems depending on

the function required. An overview of the modes and functions is
shown in the following table.

The TLS Control assumes that

the length or
the pivot points

of the four support cables of a spreader can be adjusted by

hydraulic cylinders with the aid of the camera.
Through actuation of these hydraulic cylinders in pairs, the
spreader can be tilted to the left or right (trim), inclined towards
the waterside or landside (list) or rotated in a clockwise or counterclockwise direction (skew). All of these movements can be
carried out simultaneously. The current positions of all four cylinders can be saved as zero positions and approached again. The
command to approach the zero positions has priority over the
trim, list and skew commands.

License

Functionality included

Manual control

Sway-controlled traversing in manual mode

(for industrial crane applications only)

Basic control

Manual control
Positioning
Sway neutralization
TLS Control
Support for slewing drives

Advanced control

Basic control
Hoist control
Hoist control with obstacle management
(currently only for port application area)
Active skew control

The active skew function, the electronic anti-sway function, can

also be activated. With this function, the skewing motion of the
spreader is measured with the camera and eliminated through
control of the hydraulic cylinders. After the skewing motion has
been eliminated, either the last TLS setting or an external definable rotational position can be approached.
Additional functions in the grab crane application area
Position control with on-the-fly unloading
In the grab crane application (GSU) on-the-fly unloading utilizes
the swinging of a grab when unloading bulk goods and saves
turnover time in this way. The trolley is stopped before the target
position while the grab swings to the target (e.g. funnel). The
speed characteristic is calculated so that the grab is above the
target position exactly when the trolley stops. The swinging
movement is then at its turning point. If the trolley stops now, the
grab swings back in the opposite direction.
Additional functions in the industrial application area
Hoist control
The hoist control enables the hoisting gear as well as two traversing directions (trolley/gantry) to be operated in manual
mode and with position control and sway control. Each axis
moves independently from the other axes.
Support for slewing drives
In addition to a trolley axis and a gantry drive axis, a slewing
gear axis is also supported here. The previous hoist axis is
replaced for this purpose by the slewing gear axis. With the
slewing gear axis, it is possible to damp rotational vibration of
the rotary axis (also applies for hook slewing gear). For cranes
with hook slewing gear, automatic positioning of the slewing
gear is possible, if a shaft encoder is used.
Grab crane (GSU)

3/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems
Technical data

Technical data
SIMOCRANE SC integrated Sway Control System
Order No.

6GA7200-0AA01- AA0

Components of the product

CD
License according to functional scope
Software
Documentation
S7 project example
HMI example

SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system

Order No.

6GA7202-1AA - 0

Product designation

Camera

Heater

Input voltage

24 V

230 V

Input current

0.03 A

0.2 A

Starting current

0.03 A

0.2 A

Rated output

5W

40 W

Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport
Operation

40 ... +70 C
25 ... +60 C

Permissible relative humidity

(without condensation)

5 ... 95 %

Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529

(IEC 60529)

IP20

Dimensions (W x H x D)

435 x 144 x 154 mm

Weight, approx.

4 kg plus 0.5 kg/m for cable

Integration in the crane controller

See Operating Manual

Components of the product

Options
Different enclosures
Different temperature ranges
Different cable lengths
Different objectives (16 mm or 25 mm)

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/9

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems
Technical data

Technical data (continued)

SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system
Order No.

6GA7201-0AA0-0AA0

Product designation

Reflector

Dimension W (width)

300 mm

300 mm

500 mm

800 mm

Heater

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Reflector

Reflector

Supply voltage

24 V

24 V

230 V

230 V

Input current

0.5 A

0.5 A

0.7 A

0.6 A

Starting current

0.5 A

0.5 A

3.5 A

3.5 A

Rated output

12 W

12 W

145 W

140 W

Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport
Operation

40 +70 C
0 +55 C

IP54

IP44

IP44

Permissible relative humidity

(without condensation)

5 ... 95 %

Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529

(IEC 60529)

IP54

Dimensions (W x H x D)
Reflector
Passive
Active
Active
Active

300 x 300 x 3 mm
300 x 300 x 30 mm
500 x 500 x 150 mm
800 x 800 x 150 mm

Weight, approx.
Reflector
Passive
Active
Active
Active

3 kg (300 x 300 x 3 mm)

5 kg (300 x 300 x 30 mm)
22 kg (500 x 500 x 150 mm)
48 kg (800 x 800 x 150 mm)

Integration in the crane controller

See Operating Manual

Components of the product

Reflector

3/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems
Technical data

Technical data (continued)

SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone Sway Control System
Order No.

6GA7200-2AA00- AA0

Components of the product

Power PC
Adapter
CD
- License according to functional scope
- Software
- Documentation
- S7 project example

SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone camera measuring system

Order No.

6GA7202-2AA - 0

Designation

Camera for SIMOCRANE CeSAR

Product designation

Camera

Heater

Input voltage

24 V

230 V

Input current

0.03 A

0.2 A

Starting current

0.03 A

0.2 A

Rated output

5W

40 W

Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport
Operation

40 ... +70 C
25 ... +60 C

Permissible relative humidity

(without condensation)

5 ... 95 %

Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529

(IEC 60529)

IP20

Dimensions (W x H x D)

435 x 144 x 154 mm

Weight, approx.

4 kg plus 0.5 kg/m for cable

Integration in the crane controller

See Operating Manual

Components of the product

Options
Different enclosures
Different temperature ranges
Different objectives (16 mm or 25 mm)
Different cable lengths

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/11

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems
Technical data

Technical data (continued)

SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone camera measuring system
Order No.

6GA7201-0AA0 -0AA0

Designation

Reflector

Dimension W (width)

300 mm

300 mm

500 mm

800 mm

Heater

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Reflector

Reflector

Supply voltage

24 V

24 V

230 V

230 V

Input current

0.5 A

0.5 A

0.7 A

0.6 A

Starting current

0.5 A

0.5 A

3.5 A

3.5 A

Rated output

12 W

12 W

145 W

140 W

Permissible ambient temperature

Storage and transport
Operation

40 +70 C
0 +55 C

IP54

IP44

IP44

Permissible relative humidity

(without condensation)

5 ... 95 %

Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529

(IEC 60529)

IP54

Dimensions (W x H x D)
Reflector
Passive
Active
Active
Active

300 x 300 x 3 mm
300 x 300 x 30 mm
500 x 500 x 150 mm
800 x 800 x 150 mm

Weight, approx.
Reflector
Passive
Active
Active
Active

3 kg (300 x 300 x 3 mm)

5 kg (300 x 300 x 30 mm)
22 kg (500 x 500 x 150 mm)
48 kg (800 x 800 x 150 mm)

Integration in the crane controller

See Operating Manual

Components of the product

Reflector

3/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems
Order No. structure

Selection and ordering data

Description

Order No.

SIMOCRANE SC integrated
Container crane, grab crane

6 G A 7 2 0 0

0 A A

Basic control

A A

A A

Advanced control
SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone
Overhead bridge crane, gantry crane

1 -

1
6 G A 7 2 0 0

2 A A

1 -

Basic control

Manual control

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/13

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
Sway Control Systems
Order No. structure

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Description

Order No.
6 G A 7 2 0 2 A A

Camera system
For SIMOCRANE SC integrated

For SIMOCRANE CeSAR standalone

Housing type:

Aluminum (standard)

Stainless steel

Ambient temperature:
25 +60 C (standard)

0 +70 C (stainless steel camera casing)

Objective/Lens:
16 mm (standard)

25 mm

Camera supply cable (max. 25 m)

Length
0m

10 m

20 m

30 m

40 m

50 m

60 m

70 m

80 m

90 m

0m

1m

2m

3m

4m

5m

6m

7m

8m

9m

Description

Order No.
6 G A 7 2 0 1 0 A A

0 0

Reflector
Passive - 300 x 300 mm

Active - 300 x 300 mm

Active - 500 x 500 mm

Active - 800 x 800 mm

3/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

A A

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Truck Positioning System
Hardware

Overview

Applications
SIMOCRANE TPS is implemented in applications in which terminal trucks and/or ISO containers have to be positioned with a
high degree of accuracy below a container quay crane.

Design
Hardware
The sensor controller is a SIMATIC Embedded industrial PC with
pre-installed TPS software. The PC is suitable for mounting on
DIN rails and is normally installed in the electrical room of a
crane.
The PC is ready-to-use and does not require any peripherals,
such as keyboard, mouse or monitor, for the commissioning. The
system is equipped with interface converters for exchanging
data with the laser units.
The data is exchanged over an RS422 connection for every laser
scanner and over a CAN Bus connection for the servo motors.

Harbor crane system with trucks

The communication for the data exchange with the crane controller can be performed using either Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
Both interfaces are part of the sensor controller.

Vehicles, e.g. trucks when handling containers, must be loaded

and unloaded without problems and without delays. This requires fast and accurate positioning of the truck below the
crane.
Many terminal operators resolve this problem with personnel
who guide the truck drivers using hand signals. Or they assign
the responsibility to the truck drivers, and must rely on their judgment. This method has a detrimental effect on the positioning
tasks, especially on personnel safety and on the duration of positioning tasks.
With SIMOCRANE TPS, the positioning tasks can be performed
accurately and without any delays. The trucks are scanned and
measured on arrival at the terminal. The data for the remaining
distance to the target position is transferred to the crane controller and routed from there to a signal unit, e.g. a traffic light system. The truck drivers are safely and accurately guided to the
target position by the signal unit.

Benefits
The use of SIMOCRANE TPS provides the following advantages:
Reduced risk to personnel and machines. Checkers are no
longer necessary
Time is saved when parking the transport vehicles
The target position is accurately determined depending on
the mode of operation, load and target vehicle
The degree of automation of a crane is increased when
SIMOCRANE TPS is combined with other technology functions (e.g. SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems)
Two-track mode: The sensor controller can work with two swiveling units simultaneously. Two trucks can be processed simultaneously (tandem mode)
Flexible implementation: The trucks are detected from both
sides regardless of the direction of travel
Simple operation for crane drivers and truck drivers
Maximum time for parking available due to optimum installation
position of the laser; mounting position under the gantry ensures optimal view of the working area.

SIMOCRANE TPS sensor controller

The laser unit comprises a 2D laser scanner and a mechanical

swiveling platform. The swiveling platform is moved by a highprecision servo motor.

3D laser swiveling unit

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/15

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Truck Positioning System
Software

Design (continued)
SIMOCRANE
CMS/HMI

SIMOCRANE
basis technology
sway control
SIMATIC
S7-300
Firewall
PROFIBUS DP

Industrial Ethernet

SIMOCRANE TPS
sensor contoller
Internet
(VPN)

CAN-Bus
Serial communication

Traffic lights
3D laser scanner #0

3D laser scanner #1

Remote service
G_CR01_EN_00317

SIMOCRANE TPS topology crane system

Software
SIMOCRANE TPS uses the Windows operating system. The sensor controller is preconfigured so that it starts automatically and
access via the Windows Remote Desktop Connection is enabled. This means the PC can be put into operation using the
second onboard Ethernet interface from a separate computer,
for example, a notebook.
The SIMATIC Net OPC Server is installed and preconfigured to
permit data exchange with the crane controller. The preinstalled
project has already been parameterized for operation on a
SIMATIC S7 controller.
SIMOCRANE sensor controller activates the laser scanner, evaluates the scan data and calculates the target positions for the
parameterized trucks. The resulting data is supplied via the OPC
interface of the crane controller. In addition to this data, the interface also supplies error and diagnostic information.

3/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

Note:
SIMOCRANE TPS does not intervene actively in the process of
the crane, but only provides information. The system must therefore be regarded as an intelligent sensor.
The crane controller remains responsible for controlling the
crane, and in particular, the control of the signal unit (e.g. traffic
light, display). Signal units are not a component part of
SIMOCRANE TPS.

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Truck Positioning System
TPS sequence Preparations for use

Function

Laser units are mounted on the crane. They are controlled and
evaluated by the TPS runtime software. These laser units are designed as 3D laser swiveling units and can be precisely aimed
at the target area.
The core of SIMOCRANE TPS is the sensor controller. This
controller performs the following tasks:
Controlling the 3D laser swiveling units
Collecting the raw data from the scanner and detecting the
scanned objects
Detecting the known vehicle types
Processing logic for the operating sequences (parking procedure)
Providing a command and data interface to the crane controller and for operation
TPS sequence
Approaching vehicles are detected at a distance of about 20 m
from the laser units as soon as the spreader is located above the
viewing range of the laser (normally over the portal beam). From
this moment, identification of the truck starts in terms of the
loaded container size(s) or the characteristics of the trailer on
which the container should be placed.
When this task has been completed, the target position is calculated. This depends on various factors:
Container size and spreader setting
Characteristics of the trailer
Crane operation mode
The sensor controller calculates the target position using this
data. The determined values are transferred to the crane controller as a setpoint input.
Preparations for use
The TPS has a very simple operator interface. The crane driver
switches the system on and makes the following settings:
In which lane does he/she want to work
From which direction will the traffic appear (left/right)

Laser scanner

14360 mm

Container handling

15600 mm

For a normal installation height of 14 m above the load point,

the corresponding range of the truck approach distance is
20 m on each side. The range of the crane trolley is 12.5 m in
both directions.
Characteristics and dimensions of the vehicles that should be
acquired by the terminal
These values must be entered in the SIMOCRANE TPS software. The system uses the parameters to generate an object
database.

G_CR01_EN_00226

30000 mm

Cross-section of the crane system

z

G_CR01_XX_00225

Trailer positioning

Number of different vehicle types

The maximum number of vehicle types that can be recognized
varies in accordance with the geometric dimensions. The less
the dimensions between the vehicle types vary, the fewer
types (categories) can be distinguished. Most applications
detect up to eight different trailer types and four different
driver cabin types.
Operational process under the crane
The process influences the number of required laser units and
the speed of response of the system.
Operational area with regard to contamination effects, weather
effects and mechanical shocks
Accessibility of laser units for maintenance and service purposes.

The type of vehicle and the position of the container

(front, center or rear) are determined by TPS itself.

Note:
The system is based on optical sensors and is primarily affected
by all effects that influence/impair the visibility of the target objects.

Several factors must be considered for the use of SIMOCRANE

TPS:
Dimensions of the crane, in particular, the mounting height of
the laser units and the required range

The system can only function with known vehicles. It can only
handle vehicles that have been parameterized in the software.
The system will not detect automatically any trucks from the
street (e.g. unknown trucks).

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/17

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Truck Positioning System
Technical data

Technical data
Sensor controller

3D laser swiveling unit (continued)

SIMATIC Embedded industrial PC

Swiveling platform

General technical data

Max. swivel angle

180 ( 90)

Installation

Swivel angle resolution

0.008

Swiveling velocity

100/s (for positioning)

Weight

35 kg

on DIN rail

Supply voltage

24 V; 20.4 ... 28.8 V,

electrically isolated

Operating system

Windows XP

Hard disk

> 80 GB, 2.5"

Interface

PROFIBUS/MPI interface,
electrically isolated
USB 4 x USB 2.0 high speed/
high current
Ethernet interface 2 x (RJ45) Intel
10/100/1000 Mbit/s, electrically
isolated, timing-capable

Degree of protection according

to DIN EN 60529
Laser scanner

IP67

Servo motor

IP66 (built into a RITTAL cabinet)

Shock and vibration resistance

IEC 68

Dimensions (W x H x D)

838 x 300 x 340 mm

Ambient temperature
Operation

25 ... +50 C

Storage

25 ... +70 C

DVI-I
Degree of protection according
to DIN EN 60529

IP20

Protection class

1 in accordance with VDE 0106

Part 1 (IEC 536)

SIMOCRANE TPS
Communication

Ambient temperature

OPC

SIMATIC NET OPC

General technical data

Interface

Ethernet/PROFIBUS DP

Operation

5 ... 40 C

Area of application

Harbor area

Storage

-20 ... +60 C

Installation altitude

14 m above loading point 1)

Dimensions (W x H x D)

262 x 134 x 47 mm

Transmission range

Weight

2 kg

20 m
(along the truck travel paths) 1)
12.5 m
(along the crane travel paths) 1)

Truck types

Max. 8

Container types

ISO 20 ft (6.096 m)
ISO 30 ft (9.144 m)
ISO 40 ft (12.192 m)
ISO 45 ft (13.716 m)
2 x 20 ft (2 x 6.096 m)

3D laser swiveling unit

General technical data
Supply voltage
Servo motor

48 3 % V DC / 30 A

Servo motor electronics

24 3 % V DC / 2 A

Laser scanner
Laser electronics

24 3 % V DC / 2 A

Heating for laser scanner and

control cabinet

24 6 V DC / 6 A

RS422 interface

12 ... 24 V AC/DC / 150 mA

LMS221 laser scanner

Typical range
(at 10 % remission)

30 m

Usable scanning angle

180

Angle resolution (scanner)

0.25, 0.5, 1

Measuring resolution (scanner) 10 mm

Wavelength of laser diode

Infrared light ( = 905 nm)

Laser/class

Class 1 (safe for eyes), according to

EN/IEC 60825-1 and 21CFR1040.10

Beam divergence

13 mrad

Weight

9 kg

Communication
LMS221 laser scanner

RS422
(via USB) (9.6/19.2/38.4/500 kbaud)

Servo motor

CAN (via USB) (250 kbit/s)

1)

For the usual installation height of 14 m. Please inquire about other

distances.

3/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

No. of monitoring devices

Sensor controller

3D laser swiveling unit

Accuracy

5 cm (for the typical installation

height of 14 m)

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Application example
TPS for STS cranes

Application example
TPS for STS cranes
This application example describes a common solution for positioning terminal trucks under a container quay crane.
The system supports the truck driver during parking with the aid
of a simple control signal. A signal unit visible to the truck driver
should be mounted at each corner of the crane. The crane driver
operates the system and specifies the lanes in which loading
takes place and from which direction the trucks arrive. The system must be able to operate two independent lanes at the same
time (tandem mode). The working area between the tracks is a
total of 32 m wide and has seven lanes. On the basis of the presets for lane and direction of travel, the system must be able to
position different trucks and trailers independently.

G_CR01_XX_00318

Laser arrangement

In addition to the SIMOCRANE products, additional components

are required for operating the system and for displaying positioning signals. Siemens products that are ideal for this task are
listed below:
Panel PC 477 as the operator panel for the crane driver,
e.g. 6AV7853-0AH34-4BA0
SIMATIC PLC as crane controller,
e.g. 6ES7317-2AJ10-0AB0
4 x traffic light, e.g. L24757-C2323-A101
8 x support for fixing signal encoders, 119 mm,
e.g. C24121-A35-C93.
Crane with TPS

In order to fulfill this function, the following SIMOCRANE products are required:
SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning Sensor Controller
6GA7220-1AA00-0AA0
2 x SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning 3D laser swiveling units
6GA7221-1AA21-0AA0.
The required working area between the crane uprights of up to
32 m can be operated, because the laser for this application is
mounted at the bottom of the portal beam. A typical value for this
height is 13 to 15 m above the quay. The mounting positions of
the laser were selected so that both have an optimum view of the
respective lanes. The figure above shows the positions of the
swiveling units and the assigned lanes.

The product SIMOCRANE TPS has a standardized interface to

SIMOCRANE CMS. SIMOCRANE CMS contains preconfigured
WinCC sample images for operating and monitoring TPS. TPS is
operated in the cabin on the Panel PC 477 that has a ClientServer connection with the main CMS computer.
For cranes without SIMOCRANE CMS, an application example
with WinCC flexible RT is available on the Siemens Cranes website. A standard interface to TPS is integrated.
This can be download free of charge.
www.siemens.com/cranes

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/19

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Application example
TPS for STS cranes

Application example (continued)

The figure below shows a common topology of the described
application. Communication to the HMI and crane controller is
implemented via an Ethernet interface.

Signal control is integrated into the crane controller (PLC). The

signals are generated here on the basis of TPS position values.

HMI
Panel PC 477
SIMATIC
S7-300

3
Industrial Ethernet

SIMOCRANE TPS
sensor controller
CAN-Bus
Serial communication

Traffic lights
3D laser scanner #0

TPS topology for STS crane

3/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

3D laser scanner #1

G_CR01_EN_00319

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

SIMOCRANE TPS
Truck Positioning System
Selection and ordering data

Selection and ordering data

Further information

SIMOCRANE TPS is supplied preconfigured and ready to use.

One sensor controller and two 3D laser swiveling units are required for the current version.
Description

Order No.

You will find information about the SIMATIC Embedded industrial

PC in Catalog ST PC and in the Industry Mall under "Products/
Automation technology/Industrial PC SIMATIC PC/SIMATIC Box
PC".

SIMOCRANE TPS
6GA7220-1AA00-0AA0
sensor controller V1.0-SP1
based on SIMATIC Embedded
industrial PC
Consists of 1 item each
Microbox PC for standard rail
mounting, installed and preconfigured ready to use (e.g. in the
electrical room of a crane)
SIMATIC NET OPC server for
data exchange with the crane
controller

6GA7221-1AA21-0AA0
SIMOCRANE TPS
3D laser swiveling unit
Consists of 1 item each
Laser scanner (SICK AG, LMS 221)
Swiveling platform
(manufactured by Lase GmbH)
servo platform, including control
cabinet and servo motor (completely pre-assembled)
Weather protection hood for
LMS221 laser scanner
HARTING plugs for the connection
of power supply cables and data
leads
CAN-USB interface converter for
activating the swiveling motor of the
laser unit
RS422-USB interface converter for
activating the laser sensors

Siemens CR 1 2012

3/21

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology

Notes

3/22

Siemens CR 1 2012

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE
Crane Management System
4/2
4/2
4/3
4/4
4/5

System overview
Example: harbor crane system
Scope of functions
Installation sites and environment
User groups and functions

4/6
4/6
4/7

SIMOCRANE CMS systems

CMS Basic single-user system
CMS Webnavigator
multi-user system with remote access
RCMS server
central or remote CMS
RCMS server-client
with central operator stations
RCMS server-single
without operator stations

4/9
4/10
4/11
4/12
4/12
4/13
4/14
4/15
4/15
4/16

SIMOCRANE CMS basic functions

Status display, Error diagnostics
Measured-value acquisition, Operating
data acquisition
Runtime meter, Reporting
SIMOCRANE CMS option functions
Multi-user capability, data monitoring and
condition monitoring
System configuration, condition
monitoring

4/17
4/17
4/18

SIMOCRANE RCMS functions

Plant overview and remote access
Central data acquisition and
evaluation

4/19

SIMOCRANE CMS product range

4/20

SIMOCRANE CMS /
RCMS hardware requirements
Recommended computer configurations

4/20
4/21
4/21

Supplementary option packages

System diagnostics, maintenance
planning

4/22
4/22
4/24

Function matrix
SIMOCRANE CMS
SIMOCRANE RCMS server

4/25
4/25
4/26

Order No. structure

SIMOCRANE CMS
SIMOCRANE RCMS

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

System overview
Example: harbor crane system

Overview

6
7

4
5

G_CR01_XX_00245

Product overview for CMS harbor crane system

The product overview describes the implementation of

SIMOCRANE CMS (Crane Management System) and its scalability based on the example of a harbor crane system. The application fields range from the control center/control room (Ethernet/WLAN) through loading and unloading in the harbor area
right up to the maintenance station with remote access options.

3rd CMS station in the electrical room of a ship-to-shore crane

for maintenance technicians and in the cabin for the crane
driver

1st CMS station in the electrical room of a stacking crane for

maintenance technicians

5th Remote access and remote control from the maintenance

building for maintenance technicians and crane drivers

2nd Remote access or remote control of stacking cranes in the

stacking area of a container terminal

6th Central administration building with system administration,

data archiving and evaluation

4th Remote access to ship-to-shore cranes in the plant area

(quay) of a container terminal

7th Possibility of remote access via the Internet by specialists

4/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

System overview
Scope of functions

Overview (continued)
The SIMOCRANE CMS Crane Management System is a
PC-based visualization application (SCADA) for crane drivers,
maintenance personnel, and plant operators.
It provides the following functions:
Graphical visualization of the crane system
Alarm/event reporting system and support for diagnostics
Recording measured values for various operating parameters
Recording and analysis of cargo handling data
Recording and analysis of operating hours and counters
SIMOCRANE CMS is a graphics-based, user-oriented system
that supports users in a simple manner during operation as well
as with troubleshooting and rectification of faults. The use of
SIMOCRANE CMS enables the downtime for a crane to be shortened. SIMOCRANE CMS provides the crane operator with important data for analysis. Critical states are signaled to the crane
driver preemptively to prevent damage. The system architecture
is based on market standards and thus offers the facility for integrating into existing IT and automation landscapes. WinCC has
a number of available communication channels for connecting
to automation systems of different manufacturers. The connection to higher-level logistics systems is also possible thanks to
the openness of the system.

Benefits
Clear, graphical display of a crane and its components
The most important parameters can be read at all times, and
critical states are detected immediately.
Language-neutral thanks to symbolic representation
Users of different nationalities and with different training can
utilize the information equally well.
Clear navigation
Simple navigation structure and user interface that leads the
user to the destination in just a few steps. The design also
supports touch screens.
Numerous interfaces
Apart from Siemens controllers, automation systems from
other manufacturers are also supported. For integrating into
existing IT landscapes, the system offers standard interfaces,
for example, for connection to a Terminal Operating System
(TOS).
Data acquisition and archiving
Fault messages, position data, and cargo handling data are
acquired, archived and can be evaluated at any time.
Scalability
The system is equally suited to small crane systems in a minimal configuration and complex plant structures with numerous
cranes which would normally be implemented in client/server
structures.
Flexibility and expandability
The supplied tools allow the crane application to be adapted
and expanded at any time. The system can also be expanded
at any time with add-on functions in the form of optional modules.
Support and access to expertise
Worldwide use of this product ensures extensive support and
fast response times.

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/3

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

System overview
Installation sites and environment

Applications
The SIMOCRANE CMS Crane Management System is designed
for use in cranes, for both harbor and industrial environments.
The SCADA product implemented can be used to adapt the system to different application cases such as the configuration of
CMS single-user systems and networked CMS infrastructures.
Installation sites and environment
Electrical room

The drive and control technology and the CMS station are
located in the electrical room.
An industry-standard rack PC is recommended.
The user group mainly consists of service and maintenance
technicians. It is possible to call up detailed diagnostic information here, by accessing documentation, circuit diagrams etc.
Crane driver cabin

The CMS operator panel in the crane driver cabin is preferably

a Touch PC and primarily supports the crane driver in his work.
The crane driver receives information on the operating states
and operating data, as well as readily understandable diagnostic information. It is only possible to set the operating mode for
the crane from the crane driver cabin; and this also applies to
activation and deactivation of the technological functions, such
as Sway Control or Truck Positioning.

4/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

Maintenance building

The maintenance and system technicians are based here on

standby. They require remote access to the CMS systems of
the cranes. This requires a standard PC which, as web client,
can call up diagnostics information from the crane.
Remote control of cranes can also be performed from the maintenance building.
Control center/control room

In the case of a network of several cranes and a central data

server for long-term archiving and consolidated evaluation, the
RCMS server is located here and any further RCMS operator stations with remote access to the cranes.
Administrators, the plant operator, as well as maintenance and
service technicians or crane drivers with remote control desks
work here.
From an RCMS operator station, the terminal operator has a
complete overview of the plant and can quickly access an individual crane without the need to be physically on the crane.

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

System overview
User groups and functions

Applications (continued)
User groups and functions
Crane driver

The straightforward arrangement provides this user group with

the most important information about the operating state of the
crane. It is important in a fault situation that the crane drivers can
detect the cause as fast as possible. They must be able to decide quickly whether they are capable of correcting the fault
themselves or whether they require support from a technician.

Operator

The terminal operator is interested in statistical information and

operating data. This user group is provided with this information
content in the form of reports and statistics.

Administrator

Apart from presenting information, they can also make operational adjustments, i.e. by activating and deactivating options
such as SIMOCRANE Sway Control, SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning, etc.
Maintenance technician

The administrator has access to all authorizations and can set

up and manage users. This usually comprises the personnel of
the IT department of the plant operator.

This user group has specific knowledge of the system and can
therefore call up more extensive diagnostic information for fast
rectification of faults. Maintenance technicians must be able to
access the main sources of information quickly that they require
for fault rectification purposes. In the error messages context,
maintenance technicians can access specific circuit diagrams
and manuals.

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/5

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS systems
CMS Basic
single-user system

Design
Typical applications

CMS Basic single-user system

Non-networked single-crane applications in which the focus is

on the local application and less on remote access and data
evaluation possibilities. Visualization of crane components and
the alarm/event system are the most important components
here.
Examples:
Ladle crane
Goliath crane
Slewing luffing crane
Requirements:
Acquisition of productivity data and archiving
Alarm/event reporting system with archiving
Error logs and productivity data logs
Visualization of the crane and individual components
CMS display should be installed in the crane driver cabin

4
G_CR01_XX_00254

Solution:
CMS Basic Order No. 6GA7210-1AA13-0AA0
Panel PC 677 as the operator panel and CMS PC,
e.g.: Order No. 6AV7874-0BE52-1AC0

The local CMS station is directly located on the crane. Depending on the size of the crane, it comprises a single operator station
(CMS Basic) or a server for additional operator panels (CMS
DataMonitor/CMS Webnavigator). The CMS station is directly
connected to the crane controller and acquires all the relevant
operating data.

Further information:
See "Technical data", "Selection and ordering data" and Catalog
ST 80.
SIMATIC Panel PC-Touch
SIMOCRANE CMS Basic

LAN
PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7
ET 200
SIMOTION D

CMS single-user system (SIMOCRANE Basic)

4/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_XX_00255

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS systems
CMS Webnavigator
multi-user system with remote access

Design (continued)
CMS Webnavigator multi-user system with remote access

Requirements:
Acquisition of productivity data and archiving
Alarm/event reporting system with archiving
Error logs and productivity data logs
Visualization of the crane and individual components
CMS computer is installed in the electrical room
Crane driver must have an operator panel in the cabin
Remote access must be possible from a maintenance
building
Solution:
CMS Webnavigator Order No. 6GA7210-3AA13-0AA0
Panel PC 477 as operator panel for the crane driver and in the
checker cabin, e.g.:
Order No. 6AV7853-0AH34-4BA0
Rack PC 847B as the CMS PC in the electrical room, e.g.:
Order No. 6ES7643-8KP41-0BA0
Standard PC in the maintenance building with remote access
via Internet Explorer (web)

G_CR01_XX_00256

This version has all the basic CMS functions and the option of
operating additional operator stations as so-called web clients. It
is mainly used in large cranes where several persons operate the
system at the same time.

Further information:
See "Technical data", "Selection and ordering data" and Catalog
ST 80.

Remote access to the local CMS stations is also possible, this is

also referred to as "Remote CMS" (RCMS) in the cranes sector.
In the case of large crane systems, this is usually performed in
a central maintenance building. In case of a fault, diagnostic
information can be called up beforehand. In the best case scenario, a fault can be rectified in this way.

E-House

Driver Cabin
SIMATIC Rack PC
SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator

SIMATIC Panel PC-Touch

(Webclient)

Checker Cabin
SIMATIC Panel PC-Touch
(Webclient)

Maintenance Building
Service Laptop
(Webclient)

LAN
LAN
PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S7
ET 200
SIMOTION D

G_CR01_EN_00257

Topology of CMS multi-user system (SIMOCRANE Webnavigator)

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/7

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS systems
CMS Webnavigator
multi-user system with remote access

Design (continued)
Note:

Typical applications

This configuration can also be selected when more than one

crane is used. Every crane can be connected to the PC in the
maintenance building, if necessary.

Often, where several networked cranes of a similar or identical

type are used. It is important to be able to access each crane
from a central location, e.g. a maintenance building or workshop
because of long distances. Maintenance technicians want to be
able to call up as much detailed information as possible in the
event of a fault to ensure that the correct tool or spare part can
be prepared for on-site use.
Examples:
Ship to shore cranes and grab cranes (bulk goods) in the
harbor area

G_CR01_XX_00258

Use of several cranes with remote access

4/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS systems
RCMS server
central or remote CMS

Design (continued)
RCMS server central or remote CMS

G_CR01_XX_00259

Requirements:
Acquisition of productivity data and archiving for each crane
Alarm/event system with archiving for each crane
Error logs and productivity data logs
Visualization of the crane and individual components
CMS computer is installed in the electrical room
Crane driver must have an operator panel in the cabin
Remote access must be possible from a maintenance
building
A central server must record and archive the data from all
cranes
Graphical evaluations must be possible in the control center
with regard to productivity, error statistics and availability
Solution:
CMS Webnavigator Order No. 6GA7210-3AA13-0AA0
on each crane
RCMS server Order No. 6GA7212-0AA13-0AA0
(up to 5 cranes)
Panel PC 477 as the operator panel in the cabin, e.g.
Order No. 6AV7853-0AH34-4BA0 for each crane
Rack PC 847B as the CMS PC in the electrical room, e.g. :
Order No. 6ES7643-8KP41-0BA0 for each crane
Rack PC 847B as RCMS server, e.g.:
Order No. 6ES7643-8KP41-0BA0
Rack PC 847B as RCMS operator station, e.g. :
Order No. 6ES7643-8KG30-5BX0 or standard PC
with equivalent hardware
Further information:
See "Technical data", "Selection and ordering data" and Catalog
ST 80.

Larger plants usually have a control room with one or more operator stations, used to monitor the entire plant. The data from all
subordinate local CMS stations is collected and evaluated in the
control room.
In combination with a multi-user system on the crane, remote
access to the local CMS stations is also possible here.
Depending on the number of lower-level CMS stations and the
volume of data which is to be recorded and archived for the entire plant, one or more servers will be required. In this case, the
server records the data for the local CMS stations of the crane
and then makes it available to the central CMS operator stations.
The CMS server is used as an application server for central software components such as for maintenance planning or downtime monitoring, etc.

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/9

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS systems
RCMS server-client
with central operator stations

Design (continued)
RCMS server-client
Control center
SIMOCRANE CMS
Server-Client

Maintenance building

SIMOCRANE CMS
Operator Station #1

SIMOCRANE CMS
Operator Station #n

Service Laptop
(Webclient)

LAN

LAN
Crane #1

SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator
(and/or DataMonitor)

Crane #2

SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator
(and/or DataMonitor)

Topology of RCMS server and operator stations (server-client)

Remarks:
If there are more than 5 cranes, it is only necessary to select
the appropriate RCMS package
(Order No. 6GA7212-..A13-1AA0)
On the crane, one extra operator panel (e.g. checker cabin) is
possible
In the control center, additional operator stations are possible
as clients
Typical applications
Large harbor crane systems, such as container terminals. In addition to the diagnostic possibilities on the individual crane, productivity data acquisition and reporting play a decisive role. The
availability of acquired cargo handling data, downtimes as well
as performance data are important aspects of plants of this type.
Examples:
Ship to shore cranes and grab cranes (bulk goods) in the
harbor area

4/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

Crane #n

SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator
(and/or DataMonitor)

G_CR01_EN_00260

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS systems
RCMS server-single
without operator stations

Design (continued)
RCMS server-single
With this configuration, the server is also the central operator
station with access to the lower-level CMS systems.
Control center

Maintenance building
Service Laptop
(Webclient)

SIMOCRANE CMS
Server-Single

4
LAN
Crane #1

SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator
(and/or DataMonitor)

Crane #2

SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator
(and/or DataMonitor)

Crane #n

SIMOCRANE CMS
Webnavigator
(and/or DataMonitor)

G_CR01_EN_00261

Topology of RCMS single-user system (server single)

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/11

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS basic functions
Status display
Error diagnostics

Function
CMS basic functions

Fault messages and diagnostics

Graphical visualization

In the event of a fault, the alarm/event system helps with troubleshooting and fault rectification. These complex functions support maintenance technicians with their work and help to reduce
downtime.

The system provides a symbol-oriented, graphical display of the

crane and crane components complete with the current operating values and statuses. It is a tool for the crane driver. Important
displays are always in view, and detailed views can be called up
in just a few steps.

Detailed fault lists present the course of the fault chronologically.

Many filtering and sorting functions increase clarity.

The screen contents provide supplementary information which

will help the crane driver in his work. He is then capable of
recognizing the cause of simple faults, such as interlocking for
certain movements.

A status bar at the top of the screen displays fault states symbolically, and this is supplemented by text messages at the bottom
of the screen.

Chronological message list

Graphical condition monitoring fault status

With a fault message selected, further sources of information

can be accessed, such as:
Maintenance instructions and notes
Circuit diagrams
Manuals, operating manuals, data sheets
Screens, drawings
Direct navigation to the PLC program

Circuit diagram

4/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS basic functions
Measured-value acquisition
Operating data acquisition

Function (continued)
CMS also allows the position data, setpoints, etc. that were applicable at the time of the selected message to be called up and
displayed in the form of a trend curve. This is a trace function
with a sampling rate of at least 500 ms.

Cargo handling
The cargo handling data of a crane is acquired and archived in
order of occurrence. The composition of the data fields (cargo
handling data set) is freely configurable and can therefore be
adapted for every crane type.
An overview can be called up in the form of a list at any time at
the press of a button.

Example of setpoint progression at the time of the fault

Apart from the chronological message list, there are also statistical views that provide information on the frequency and duration of faults (hit list).

Container handling list

These make it easy to identify weak points and to obtain information about downtimes.

The archived data can be made available to higher-level systems for further evaluation.

Measured-value acquisition

MMBF Mean Moves Between Failures

CMS continuously acquires and archives important parameters,

such as
Position values
Setpoint inputs and actual values
Speed, velocity, etc.

MMBF (cargo handling moves between failures) is one of the

most important key performance indicators in crane technology.
It provides information on the availability of the crane.

These values can be displayed in the form of trend curves at any

time, and easily configured.

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/13

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS basic functions
Runtime meter
Reporting

Function (continued)
Operating hour counters

Reporting

Maintenance planning systems require counts from operating

hours and counters for the components with relevance to maintenance. These values are originally acquired by the crane controller. The CMS acquires these values from the controller and
makes them available to higher-level systems.

A simple form of report output is integrated into the system. The

following reports can be output on the standard Windows
printer:
Current or archived fault reports
Report of cargo handling data
MMBF report
The tools that are available with WinCC allow the reports included as standard to be adapted or expanded at any time, and
you can create and design your own reports.

Operating hour counter

It is possible to acquire
Operating hours and
Counter values
and process them. These values can be initialized or backed up
in the controller via the CMS user interface. This function is extremely helpful if the CPU in the PLC has to be replaced.

4/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

Report for archived message list

This report in PDF format can easily be output on a PDF printer.

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS option functions
Multi-user capability, data monitoring
and condition monitoring

Function (continued)
CMS options

Trace with SIPLUS CMS

The extended functions are not included in the basic packages.

They are optional and must be ordered accordingly.

An important source of information in the event of a fault is the

signal profile of:
Speed
Torque
Current
Voltage

CMS Webnavigator Multi-user system

With WinCC Webnavigator, the CMS station can be expanded
with additional operator stations. A typical application is an operator panel in the crane driver cabin or at another location at the
crane.
Access is, however, also possible from other locations as long as
the CMS station on the crane is accessible over the network or
the Internet.

in combination with a selection of important digital signals

such as:
Limit switches
Commands, etc.

The access rights can be individually configured for each operator station and each user.

WinCC Webnavigator is included in the packages "CMS Webnavigator" and "CMS Webnavigator + DataMonitor".
CMS DataMonitor
The optional package DataMonitor offers user-friendly functions
for the graphical presentation of cargo handling data, number of
faults, and other operating data of the crane. You can use a webbased user interface to create your own reports or adapt existing
ones at any time.
These reports are possible directly on the CMS station or from a
generally available office PC, which, however, must be connected to the crane management system over the network.

X-Tools

Most of these are dynamic variables. If an error occurs, the system plots the signal profile for a predefined number of signals
and saves them for a period before and after the fault event.
SIPLUS CMS used here is a high-performance product that is
well-proven in other sectors. As well as recording trace data, the
"X-Tools" program included in the scope of delivery offers highperformance tools for data analysis and continuous monitoring
of operating parameters (Condition Monitoring). This component
is integrated into the SIMOCRANE CMS user interface in such a
manner that values stored in the context of an error message can
be retrieved as easily as possible. The maintenance technician
requires no special training for this tool.

Graphic DataMonitor

In addition to data reporting the DataMonitor can also be used

for remote access to the CMS user interface. In this case, however, it is purely a monitoring mode. In most applications, this is
sufficient for remote maintenance purposes. The optional package CMS Webnavigator is not necessary in this case for remote
maintenance purposes.
WinCC DataMonitor is included in the packages "CMS DataMonitor" and "CMS Webnavigator + DataMonitor".

Trace status in WinCC

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/15

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS option functions
System configuration, condition monitoring

Function (continued)
SIMATIC Rack PC
SIMOCRANE CMS
with
Fast Trace Option
6GA7210-...A13-1AA0

SIMATIC Rack PC
SIMOCRANE CMS
with
Fast Trace Option
6GA7210-...A13-2AA0
SIPLUS CMS ION
PROFIBUS Spy
IEEE-BUS (Fire Wire)

LAN

LAN

4
SIPLUS
SW Node
SIPLUS
SW Node

SIPLUS
SW Node

SIMATIC S7
ET 200

SIMOTION D

SIPLUS
SW Node

SIMATIC S7

ET 200
ET 200

G_CR01_EN_00262

PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS

SIMOTION D

SIPLUS CMS configuration

IONs Input-Output Nodes

Selection criteria

SIPLUS CMS offers "IONs" for acquiring measured values. These

are hardware or software modules that acquire the measured
values.

Software ION characteristics:

For an integrated SIMATIC S7 or SIMOTION complete solution
Up to 172 channels (signals or values) per controller
Sampling rate up to the minimum cycle time of the controller
(depending on the quantity structure)
No additional hardware components required
Communication via existing Ethernet interfaces.

With the numerous hardware IONs in the SIPLUS product range,

measured values can be acquired directly where they arise. This
avoids incorrect interpretations which may result due to the time
taken to transmit via a controller. Sampling rates of up to 40 kHz
(analog) or 50 kHz (binary) are possible using hardware IONs.
Software IONs
SIPLUS CMS records the data directly from the SIMATIC S7 and
SIMOTION controllers using appropriate software IONs (InputOutput Nodes). The sampling rate using software IONs depends
on the controller platform used. A "cycle-synchronized" trace
can thus be achieved.
PROFIBUS ION
The PROFIBUS ION, also known as "Spy", is particularly versatile. This module can be used to record any values which pass
via the PROFIBUS. The spy is a totally passive node and affects
neither the bus nor the cycle time of controllers. The sampling
rate that can be achieved is the PROFIBUS cycle.

4/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

PROFIBUS ION (PROFIBUS spy) characteristics:

Independent of the controller used
Expansion capability regarding the number of signals
Sampling rate in the PROFIBUS cycle
No resources required on the controller side (cycle time,
memory)
Communication over IEEE (interface required in the PC).

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE RCMS functions
Plant overview and remote access

Function (continued)
RCMS central server or remote CMS functions

Plant-wide crane overview

The central CMS functions concern the operation of CMS operator stations in central control rooms. In the context of harbor
cranes, the term "RCMS" (Remote CMS) has become established.

The plant-wide crane overview is a project-oriented plant display

based on a layout plan. The project engineer stores this plan as
background in a format that is suitable for WinCC. Individual
cranes are depicted using symbols. This display is not included
in the scope of the product, but the data interface is provided.

As well as offering remote access to the CMS stations of the

cranes, the central RCMS offers additional functions such as:
Plant-wide crane overview
Remote access to individual cranes
Central data acquisition and evaluation
Availability overview
Performance evaluation
The central RCMS focuses on the entire plant, not the single
crane. Cranes of the same type can be compared and weak
points therefore detected. The determination of KPIs (Key
Performance Indicators) and overviews of operation modes,
downtimes etc. plays a key role at this point.

Given the volume of information that has to be displayed, we

would recommend using large screens or even multi-screen
mode. The system also supports the use of the large screens,
commonly used in the control rooms of large industrial plants or
control centers.

Cartographic view

An alternative display is the hierarchic view as a topology tree.

The different types of crane are displayed here in groups. The
status of the individual cranes is visualized using different colors.

Tree view

Remote access to individual cranes

In the crane overview, a crane can be selected and the CMS
interface of this crane can be displayed via remote access.

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/17

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE RCMS functions
Central data acquisition and evaluation

Function (continued)
Central data acquisition and evaluation

Availability overview

The cargo handling data, error messages, and counter values

acquired for each crane are synchronized with the RCMS server.
This server makes the consolidated data for all assigned cranes
available for further evaluations.

The WinCC option "DowntimeMonitor" continuously acquires the

operating states of all assigned cranes. This enables the operator to determine the availability of the cranes at any time and to
detect weak points.

Report Designer, message list

Gantt chart

This is a WinCC server that supplies the central (RCMS) stations

with the data. To display the data, the WinCC functions are available here. The WinCC DataMonitor can be used for a more complex graphical evaluation.

Performance evaluations

DataMonitor evaluation

Bar diagram counter

In addition to the operating states, the system also acquires

counter values. This allows the KPIs (Key Performance Indicators) to be determined, which provide information regarding the
reliability and performance of a crane.

In addition to a number of predefined calculation algorithms,

plant-specific calculation formulas can be stored.

4/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS product range
Scope of supply

Integration
SIMOCRANE CMS is a combination of product components and
application components. The scope of supply comprises the
CMS product components and a CMS standard application.
SIMOCRANE CMS product components
SIMATIC WinCC
SIMATIC WinCC is the SCADA system platform. It contains the
basic functions for condition monitoring, the error message
system, and process value archiving.
WinCC options
The packages DowntimeMonitor, DataMonitor, and Webnavigator are required for evaluating and conditioning data and for
accessing a CMS station remotely.
SIMOCRANE CMS system software
Based on the open interfaces of WinCC, this software package expands the basic system with the sector-specific crane
technology functions. This covers the acquisition and processing of cargo handling data as well as expanded diagnostic functions.
SIPLUS CMS
Using this "Condition Monitoring" tool, trace functions are implemented, high-speed events are acquired, and limits are
monitored.

Standard SIMOCRANE CMS application

The product components named here form the tool kit for implementing the functionality of a crane management system. The
scope of supply also includes a standard application that demonstrates concrete implementation. The standard application
comprises a large number of variants for crane applications and
therefore makes starting a CMS project much easier. In the simplest case, it is sufficient to parameterize the interface at the
controller end to obtain a fully functional crane management system.
Experience has shown that a number of functions always remain
that must be regarded as project-specific. The system is sufficiently open to allow you to fulfill these requirements with your
own project engineering work.
The standard applications supplied cover the most commonly
used harbor cranes (STS, RMG, RTG) and one industrial crane
(ladle crane).
The application is intended as an example, and can be expanded or modified during configuration with additional crane
types at any time.

SIMATIC WinCC
CMS system components

&

Standard crane application

&

WinCC Options
Other AddOns

SIMOCRANE CMS

SIPLUS CMS
SIMOCRANE CMS product range

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/19

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE CMS / RCMS hardware requirements
Recommended computer configurations

Configuration
Recommended computer configurations
Computer configurations from the SIMATIC range are recommended below. In accordance with the recommendations, alternative computer hardware can also be used.
Recommended computer configuration:
SIMOCRANE CMS station on the crane (single-user station)
Touch PC version
e.g. SIMATIC Panel PC 677B
Used as operator panel in the crane driver cabin
Suitable for 5 g shock load

Front panel

Touch 15" or greater

Processor

Core 2 Duo 2 GHz

Memory configuration

4 GB

Hard drive

RAID1, 2 x 80 GB

Optical drives

DVDR

Communications interfaces

Ethernet

Other interfaces

USB

Operating system

Windows XP Prof.

SIMOCRANE CMS station on the crane (single-user or multi-user station)

Rack PC version
e.g. SIMATIC Rack PC 647
Suitable for 5 g shock load
Additionally, monitor min. 1280 X 1024 dpi or
widescreen format

Processor

Core 2 Duo 2 GHz

Memory configuration

4 GB

Hard drive

RAID1, 2 x 160 GB

Optical drives

DVDR

Communications interfaces

2 x Ethernet (PROFIBUS)

Other interfaces

USB

Operating system

Windows XP Prof.

Front panel

Touch 15" or greater

Processor

Pentium M 1.4 GHz

Memory configuration

2 GB

Mass storage

CF Card 4 GB

Communications interfaces

Ethernet (PROFIBUS)

Other interfaces

USB

Operating system

Windows XP embedded

Processor

Quad-Core 2.8 GHz

Memory configuration

4 GB

Hard drive

RAID1, 2 x 160 GB

Optical drives

DVDR

Graphics card

2 x DVI or 2 x VGA

Communications interfaces

2 x Ethernet

Other interfaces

USB

Operating system

Windows Server 2003

Standard SP2

Processor

Core 2 Duo 2 GHz

Memory configuration

2 GB

Hard drive

80 GB

Optical drives

DVDR

Graphics card

2 x DVI or 2 x VGA

Communications interfaces

Ethernet

Other interfaces

USB

Operating system

Windows XP Prof.

SIMOCRANE CMS operator panel on the crane

Web client for the CMS computer
Touch PC version
e.g. SIMATIC Panel PC 477B
Used as operator panel in the crane driver cabin or checker cabin
Suitable for 5 g shock load
Preferably diskless

SIMOCRANE RCMS server

Server PC version
1 - 2 displays if necessary, preferably widescreen format

SIMOCRANE RCMS operator station

Office PC version
1 - 2 displays if necessary, preferably widescreen format

4/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

Supplementary option packages
System diagnostics, maintenance planning

Further information
Optional components

WinCC AddOn PROFIBUS/PROFINET diagnostics

Products are listed below that are not components of

SIMOCRANE CMS, but which are recommended to perform the
tasks described briefly here. Please read the detailed technical
data and ordering information at the specified Internet address.

This WinCC AddOn enables a diagnostics display to be integrated for the PROFIBUS or PROFINET plant topology and diagnostic information to be called up for the field devices used.

System diagnostics

PROFINET IO Device diagnostics

As a WinCC-certified AddOn, this software module offers an integral SIMOCRANE CMS overview of the configured PROFIBUS
topology and the status of all connected PROFIBUS stations,
without the need for a SIMATIC Manager on the computer.
The product comprises an Active-X control, which can be easily
integrated in WinCC, and function blocks for SIMATIC S7.
PROFIBUS diagnostics can be integrated in an existing system
in just a few steps. The overview of the PROFIBUS topology is
generated dynamically on the basis of the S7 hardware configuration.

PROFIBUS DP/PA slave diagnostics 2XV9450-1SD12

2XV9450-1SD10

www.siemens.com/systemdiagnostics
WinCC AddOn PM-Maint
This is a complete maintenance planning system that can be
centrally implemented for the entire plant, or even be locally
implemented on the crane.
PM-Maint 100 maintenance tasks
without web client

9AE7104-2SS10-1AA0-Z

PM-Maint 100 maintenance tasks

with web client

9AE7104-2SS10-1BA0-Z

PM-Maint 300 maintenance tasks

without web client

9AE7104-2SS20-1AA0-Z

PM-Maint 300 maintenance tasks

with web client

9AE7104-2SS20-1BA0-Z

PM-Maint > 300 maintenance tasks

without web client

9AE7104-2SS30-1AA0-Z

PM-Maint > 300 maintenance tasks

with web client

9AE7104-2SS30-1BA0-Z

www.siemens.com/process-management
Note:
The operating hour counters of CMS remain available independently of this AddOn and can also be provided for previously installed maintenance systems.

PROFIBUS diagnostics

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/21

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

Function matrix
SIMOCRANE CMS

Technical data
Type

6GA7210-1..13-.AA0 6GA7210-2..13-.AA0 6GA7210-3..13-.AA0 6GA7210-4..13-.AA0

Ordering
packages

SIMOCRANE CMS
Basic

DataMonitor

Webnavigator

Webnavigator +
DataMonitor

Configurable presentation

Crane types 1)
- STS
- RMG/RTG
- Industrial crane (ladle crane)

Drives
- Hoisting gear
- Gantry
- Trolley
- Slewing gear

Load suspension device

- Grab
- Hook
- Single, twin, tandem spreader
- Gripping tongs

Add-on modules
- Sway Control settings
- Truck Positioning settings

Crane components
- Crane overview
- Boom
- Gantry drives
- Spreader

Positions

Limit switches

Weight

Drives
- Setpoint/actual value
- Brakes

Rope drums
- Safety brakes

Wind
- Rail clamps
- Interlock bolt

Interlocks
- Operation-specific
- EMERGENCY OFF
- Access (doors)

Main power supply

Condition monitoring

Operator functions
Counter handling

Sway Control modes

Truck Positioning modes

Error diagnostics
Approx. 100 typical, preconfigured crane error messages

Display of pending and historical messages

Statistical message overview ("hit list")

Symbolic error status display

Graphical assignment in the status display

Call up of supplementary information

- Documents (examples only)
- Screens (examples only)
- Circuit diagrams (examples only)

1)

Adaptable for other crane types by adjusting the configuration.

4/22

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

Function matrix
SIMOCRANE CMS

Technical data (continued)

Type

6GA7210-1..13-.AA0 6GA7210-2..13-.AA0 6GA7210-3..13-.AA0 6GA7210-4..13-.AA0

Ordering
packages

SIMOCRANE CMS
Basic

DataMonitor

Webnavigator

Webnavigator +
DataMonitor

Error diagnostics (continued)

STEP 7 network entry point (symbolic or absolute)

Process values to accompany messages

(e.g. positions)

SIMATIC S7 CPU diagnostics (CPU-dependent)

SIMOTION IT-Diag integration (under license)

Operating data acquisition

Acquisition of cargo handling data ("Moves")

Acquisition of operating hours counts

Acquisition of load and maintenance counts

Acquisition of MMBF

Acquisition of setpoint/actual values for position data

Logging functions
Report for pending messages

Report for historical messages

Cargo handling data record (moves)

Operating hour counters report

Counter report

Graphical data evaluation

Export in other file formats

- PDF
- MS Office

System features
1024 or 2048 process tags

512 archive tags

Communication channels
- SIMATIC S5/S7 (PROFIBUS, Ethernet)
- SIMOTION (Ethernet)
- OPC

Remote access (CMS only)

Multi-user capability (up to 3 including remote access)

- Display only
- Also with operation

Options for SIMOCRANE CMS

Type

6GA7210-.....-1AA0

6GA7210-.....-2AA0

Ordering
packages

Option
Trace SW

Option
Trace SW + HW

Trace Status analysis

SIPLUS CMS software package X-Tools

SIMATIC S7 block for data acquisition

SIMOTION block for data acquisition

PROFIBUS Spy (hardware)

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/23

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

Function matrix
SIMOCRANE RCMS server

Technical data (continued)

Type

6GA7212-0..130AA0

6GA7212-0..131AA0

6GA7212-1..130AA0

Ordering
packages

SIMOCRANE RCMS
Server-Single-5 Server-Single-25 Server-Client-5

6GA7212-1..131AA0

6GA7213-...110AA0

Server-Client-25 Operator station

Crane overview

Cartographic plant overview

(example only)
- Zooming and scrolling possible
- Dynamic position display
- Status display (operation, fault,
maintenance, etc.)
- Call-up of detailed information per crane

Hierarchic tree structure

for cranes and types
- Status display (operation, fault,
maintenance, etc.)
- Call-up of detailed information per crane

Remote access to the CMS of the

selected crane

Calling up the trace data for a crane

Performance evaluations

Operating status overview as Gantt chart

- Downtimes
- Operating times
- Maintenance

Performance evaluation for cargo handling data

- Cargo handling per hour
- Evaluation based on handled cargo
(e.g. container sizes)
- Evaluation based on weights moved

KPI per crane

- MMBF values (Mean Moves Between Failures)
- Customer-specific KPIs (configurable)

Graphic evaluations

Message statistics

Counter and operating hours values

Cargo handling data as tables or graphics

Long-term archiving

Messages for the assigned cranes

Operating hours values

Counter and operating hours values

Customer-specific values (configurable)

Remote access

System features
1024 process tags
Up to 32 RCMS operator stations can be used
Archive tags
- 512 archive tags
- 5000 archive tags

Data evaluation/reporting (DataMonitor)

- 3 clients
- 10 clients

Performance monitoring (DowntimeMonitor) 1)

- 5 cranes
- 25 cranes

1)

For more than 25 cranes, please inquire.

4/24

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

Order No. structure
SIMOCRANE CMS

Selection and ordering data

Description

Order No.

SIMOCRANE CMS

6 G A 7 2 1 0

A 1 3 A A 0

WinCC RT system software

CMS system software
CMS standard application (WinCC project)
Scope of functions
Crane condition monitoring
Error messages and diagnostics
Recording of cargo handling data
Acquisition of operating hours/counter values
Reporting
Document references
Maintenance instructions/notes
STEP 7 block reference

Single-user/multi-user system
Single-user system CMS Basic

Multi-user system: 3 read-only clients CMS DataMonitor

Multi-user system: 3 clients CMS Webnavigator

Multi-user system: 3 clients CMS Webnavigator + DataMonitor

Language versions
Standard (Ger., Eng., It., Fr., Sp.)

ASIA (Eng., Chs., Cht., Kor., Jpn.)

Sampling rate
Trace with acquisition cycle of at least 500 ms

Trace < 500 ms SIPLUS CMS with SW IONs S7/SIMOTION

Trace < 500 ms SIPLUS CMS with SW IONs S7/SIMOTION + HW ION PROFIBUS Spy

Siemens CR 1 2012

4/25

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Crane Management System

Order No. structure
SIMOCRANE RCMS

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Description

Order No.

SIMOCRANE RCMS server

6 G A 7 2 1 2

A 1 3 A A 0

WinCC RT system software

WinCC DataMonitor
WinCC DowntimeMonitor
WinCC Server (only for 6GA7212-1...)
RCMS system software
RCMS standard application (WinCC project)

Scope of functions
Plant overview
Error messages and diagnostics
Remote access to crane CMS
Evaluation of operating data and reporting
Calculation of operating characteristics
Archiving of messages and operating data
Single-user station without client connection

Connection to up to 32 RCMS operator stations (clients) is possible

Language versions
Standard (Ger., Eng., It., Fr., Sp.)

ASIA (Eng., Chs., Cht., Kor., Jpn.)

Quantity structure
Up to 5 cranes

Up to 25 cranes

Description

Order No.

SIMOCRANE RCMS operator station (client)

6 G A 7 2 1 3 0

A 1 1 0 A A 0

WinCC RT 128 tags

WinCC WebNavigator client
WinCC DataMonitor client
WinCC DowntimeMonitor client
RCMS system software
RCMS standard application (WinCC client)
Scope of functions
Plant overview
Error messages and diagnostics
Remote access to crane CMS
Evaluation of operating data and reporting
Language versions
Standard (Ger., Eng., It., Fr., Sp.)

ASIA (Eng., Chs., Cht., Kor., Jpn.)

4/26

Siemens CR 1 2012

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE
Application examples
5/2
5/3
5/3

SIMOCRANE product range

Applications
- Application
Semi-automated STS crane

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Application examples

SIMOCRANE product range
Overview
SIMOCRANE offers a range of coordinated products that, in
different combinations, fulfill a wide range of different requirements.

The diversity and combination possibilities of SIMOCRANE

products for implementing the different requirements will be
illustrated here.

The SIMOCRANE product family is based on standard SIEMENS

products. Our customers therefore enjoy all the usual advantages regarding service and innovation.

The detailed functional scope of the individual products is described in the corresponding chapters. In the following application example, only those functions required for the solution are
listed.

The high degree of scalability is a decisive advantage in the

implementation of simple manual crane applications through to
semi or fully automated crane applications.

5
Basic Technology
Advanced Technology

G_CR01_EN_00263

Crane Management System

SIMOCRANE product range

5/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Application examples

Semi-automated STS crane
Procedure

Applications
This application example describes a solution for automatic
loading and unloading a load on and off a terminal vehicle using
the SIMOCRANE technology.

Procedure

Application example

SIMOCRANE TPS is used to detect an approaching truck and to

determine the exact target position. The driver is guided to the
target position using a signaling system (e.g. traffic light).

The positioning system must assist the truck driver when parking
with the aid of a simple "traffic light" control. A traffic light visible
to the truck driver is mounted at each corner of the crane. The
crane driver operates the system and specifies the lanes for
loading and the direction of travel of the truck. The working area
between the lanes is 32 m in total and has seven lanes. On the
basis of the presets for lane and direction of travel, the system
must be able to position different trucks and trailers independently.
A positioning system must assist the crane driver when setting
down and picking up the containers. The journey from the ship
to the selected working lane and vice versa must be completed
automatically and in the shortest possible time. For safety reasons, the spreader must always stop at a safe height. Automatic
travel should be possible without a teach-in journey. The crane
driver is responsible for lowering the load from the safe height
and making the correct system settings, for example, for stacking type or working lane. The crane driver must be able at any
time to interrupt automatic travel of the trolley and hoisting gear.
The transitions from automatic to manual travel and vice versa
should be performed smoothly.

1st Controlled parking of a truck

5
Truck Positioning System Parking

Solution

2nd Precise target position measurement for the parking truck

The application example formulated above can be implemented

using SIMOCRANE products in combination with a crane application. For this application example, the products and their functions described below are put to use.

Parking is still performed manually by means of the parking attendant. For this reason, after parking, precise measurement of
the truck is necessary. This is also performed by SIMOCRANE
TPS. The precise target coordinates determined (X, Y, Z and angle of rotation) are transferred to the crane controller.

Basic function:
Basic functions for STS crane
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology forms the basis for this application and controls the standard motion control functions of
hoist and trolley.
Crane Management System - SIMOCRANE CMS
SIMOCRANE CMS records fault and operating data and enables settings to be made for crane operation.
A touch panel PC is installed in the crane driver cabin that
allows the crane driver to perform operations and display
operating data and operating states.

Truck Positioning System Position acquisition/target position measurement

Note:
The determined coordinates must be converted to a crane
coordinate system in an application in the crane controller!

Siemens CR 1 2012

5/3

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Application examples

Semi-automated STS crane
Procedure

Applications (continued)
3rd Load or discharge a container on the ship

4th Putting a container down on the truck

This procedure can be performed in parallel with steps 1 and 2.

The decisive factor in this step is the accurate interplay of the

SIMOCRANE components used.
The load position is determined by the SIMOCRANE Sway
Control System and it is output at the interface for the crane
controller.
The target position is determined by SIMOCRANE TPS and it
is output at the interface for the crane controller.
The crane application can determine the setpoints for the final
positioning operation from this. With this information,
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology controls the relevant axes to
complete the positioning operation.
If skew control is implemented, this is also controlled by the
crane application. The corresponding setpoints are determined here on the basis of the load and target position data.

The SIMOCRANE Sway Control System covers the following

functions here:
Time-optimized, reliable and automatic motion control of the
trolley and hoisting gear.
Closed-loop control of load swaying.
Closed-loop control of the angle of rotation of the load
(skew control). The skew controller sends the setpoints for the
trim, list and skew cylinders to the crane controller.
Note:
The control solution for the individual cylinders must be implemented in an application in accordance with the type of mechanical system installed.
When this is combined with acquisition of the height and hindrance profiles by means of an appropriate distance sensor
system, performance and collision avoidance can also be
improved.

TPS Scenario on-board ship

5/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

TPS Setting down a container

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Application examples

Semi-automated STS crane
Software structure and function modules

Applications (continued)
DATA-IN

DATA-OUT

PLC application

COMMAND

STATUS

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

COMMAND

STATUS

SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning

STAT

CMD

CMD

STAT

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

Application level

SIMOCRANE SwayControl

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

CMD

STAT

SIMOTION D

Sensor Controller
G_CR01_EN_00264

Function blocks of the application example for a semi-automated STS crane

The figure shows where which software modules execute or are

implemented. The symbols with a green background indicate
those function modules that are required especially for the application described here.
The "Sensor Controller" includes all function modules for determining the positions of the containers or vehicles. The Sway
Control functions of SIMOCRANE SC execute on SIMOTION D
as well as the motion control of SIMOCRANE Basic Technology.
The application-specific parts, such as traffic light and cylinder
controllers are implemented on the crane controller (PLC).
Data is exchanged between the 3 units Sensor Controller,
SIMOTION D and PLC over defined interfaces which is symbolized in the figure by "COMMAND" and "STATUS".

Siemens CR 1 2012

5/5

 Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE Application examples

Semi-automated STS crane
System configuration and ordering data

Applications (continued)
SIMOCRANE
CMS/HMI

SIMOCRANE
Basic Technology
Sway Control
SIMATIC
S7-300
PROFIBUS DP

Industrial Ethernet

SIMOCRANE TPS
sensor controller
CAN-Bus
Serial communication

Trim/List/Skew
(x4)

5
3D laser scanner #0

3D laser scanner #1

Camera

Reflector

Traffic lights
(x4)

G_CR01_EN_00316

Topology of semi-automated STS crane

The following components are required for this application:

Application part

Description

The individual products process input parameters and output results or setpoints. The technological procedure, interlocks, and
crane-specific conversions etc. must be performed and taken
into consideration in the crane application.
Coordinate transformation
Setpoint calculation for motion control
Crane controller signaling system
Control of TLS closed-loop control (skew control)
Evaluation of the laser for height profile acquisition
(bay scanner)
Structure of procedure and control of axes
Safety functions.

Order No.

SIMOCRANE Basic Technology

1 x SIMOCRANE Basic Technology,
incl. SIMOTION D435

6AU1660-4AA10-0AA0

SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning

1 x SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning
Sensor Controller

6GA7220-1AA00-0AA0

2 x SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning

3D laser swiveling unit

6GA7221-1AA21-0AA0

4 x traffic light, e.g.

L24757-C2323-A101

8 x support for fixing signal encoders

119 mm, e.g.

C24121-A35-C93

SIMOCRANE Sway Control System

1 x SIMOCRANE SC Integrated for
SIMOTION D

6GA7200-0AA01-0AA0

1 x camera for sway measurement,

6GA7202-1AA10-0CA0
stainless steel, -25 C to +60 C, 16 mm lens
1 x reflector, active, 800 x 800 mm,
measuring range up to 40 m

6GA7201-0AA03-0AA0

SIMOCRANE CMS (HMI)

1 x SIMOCRANE CMS Basic

6GA7210-1AA13-0AA0

1 x Panel PC 677B

6AV7874-0BE52-1AC0

5/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

Details of the individual SIMOCRANE products as well as further

configuration options can be found in:
Chapter 2 SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Chapter 3 SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology
(Sway Control Systems, truck positioning)
Chapter 4 SIMOCRANE Crane Management System.

Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
6/2
6/2
6/6
6/6
6/9
6/10
6/12
6/13
6/13
6/14
6/15
6/16

6/22
6/23
6/23
6/26
6/30
6/36
6/42
6/46
6/50
6/59
6/63

SINAMICS S120 converter

System overview
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
CompactFlash card
STARTER commissioning tool
Drive Control Chart (DCC)
Booksize format
Basic Line Modules
Smart Line Modules
Active Line Modules
Active Line Modules
Active Interface Modules
Single Motor Modules
Chassis format
Basic Line Modules
Smart Line Modules
Active Line Modules
Active Line Modules
Active Interface Modules
Single Motor Modules
Cabinet Modules
System overview
Line Connection Modules
Active Line Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format
Motor Double Choke Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules
Switch-Over Modules
Description of the options
Customer terminal block

6/65
6/65
6/82

SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller

AC power controller
Electronics options

6/83
6/83

Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

6/93
6/93

Contactors
General

6/17
6/18
6/18
6/19
6/20
6/21

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
System overview

Overview
Drive components

Chassis format

The modular drive system SINAMICS S120 from the SINAMICS

product range is ideally suited for use in crane applications. It
allows power modules and control performance to be freely
combined. Due to their modularity, the power modules for units
such as hoist, trolley and gantry can be connected via a common DC link, which enables energy to be transferred. Depending on the performance, the power components are available in
three formats: booksize, chassis and Cabinet Module.

Higher-output units (approximately 100 kW and above) are constructed as built-in units in chassis format. Chassis format units
are cooled by an internal air cooling circuit as standard.

The power modules can be subdivided into line-side and motorside power components. The SIMOTION D Motion Control System is the ideal solution for the increasingly complex motion control tasks in the crane environment. SIMOTION D controls the
motor-side power modules through a direct connection via
DRIVE-CLiQ. The line-side power modules are controlled by the
CU320 Control Unit.
Booksize format
Booksize format units are optimized for multi-axis applications
and are mounted adjacent to one another. The connection for the
common intermediate DC circuit is an integral feature.

Cabinet Module format

Apart from the built-in units, SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules
represent a cabinet-mounted system that is specially designed
for use in crane construction, and which can be used to build up
a row of drive cabinets with a total output of up to 4500 kW.
The building block system with a central incoming supply and
common DC busbar is ideally suited to multi-motor operation in
cranes. The modular concept allows all components to be combined to meet requirements in a closed cabinet system.

6/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
System overview

Overview (continued)
Line-side power components

Active Line Modules

Line Modules generate a DC voltage from the line voltage and

supply Motor Modules with energy via the intermediate DC circuit. There are three possibilities for the infeed for the SINAMICS
drive system:
Basic Line Modules
Smart Line Modules
Active Line Modules

Active Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative

energy to the supply system. Braking Modules and braking resistors are required only if the drives need to be decelerated in
a controlled manner after a power failure (i.e. when energy cannot be recovered to the supply). In contrast to Basic Line Modules and Smart Line Modules, however, Active Line Modules
generate a regulated DC voltage which remains constant despite fluctuations in the line voltage. In this case, the line voltage
must remain within the permissible tolerance range. Active Line
Modules draw a virtually sinusoidal current from the supply
which limits any harmful harmonics.

Basic Line Modules

For applications such as rubber tyred gantry cranes (RTG), for
which no regenerative feedback is possible due to a diesel-fueled generator infeed, Basic Line Modules are available. Basic
Line Modules are designed only for infeed operation, i.e. they
are not capable of recovering energy to the mains supply. If regenerative energy is produced, e.g. when drives brake, it must
be converted to heat by means of a Braking Module and a braking resistor. When a Basic Line Module is used as the infeed, the
matching line reactor must be installed. A line filter can be optionally installed in order to maintain the limit values according to
EN 61800-3, Class C2.

In order to operate an Active Line Module, it is absolutely essential to use the Active Interface Module for the appropriate rating.

Switch disconnector
and fuses or
circuit-breaker

Active Interface Active Line

Module
Module

...

Line filter

Line
reactor

Basic Line
Module

Motor
Module
...

Motor
Module

M
3

G_D211_EN_00032a

Line
contactor

M
3

G_D211_EN_00035a

Switch disconnector
and fuses or
circuit-breaker

Smart Line Modules

Smart Line Modules can supply energy and recover energy to
the mains supply. Braking Modules and braking resistors are required only if the drives need to be decelerated in a controlled
manner even after a power failure (i.e. when energy cannot be
recovered to the supply). When a Smart Line Module is used as
the infeed, the matching line reactor must be installed.

Switch
disconnector and
fuses

Line
reactor

Smart Line
Module

...

Motor
Module

M
3

G_D213_EN_00033

Bypass contactor

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/3

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
System overview

Overview (continued)
D435 Control Unit in crane applications. Motor Modules are interconnected through a common DC bus. Since the Motor Modules share the same intermediate DC circuit, they can exchange
energy with one another, i.e. if one Motor Module operating in
generator mode produces energy, the energy can be used by
another Motor Module operating in motor mode. The intermediate DC circuit is supplied with line supply voltage by a Line Module.

Motor-side power components

Motor Modules generate a DC voltage from the intermediate DC
circuit to supply AC motors.
Motor Modules
A voltage-source DC link and an inverter for supplying a motor
are integrated in the Motor Modules. Motor Modules are also designed for multi-axis drives and are controlled by the SIMOTION

Overview of the performance ranges

Overview of the type rating and the rated output current of the
motor-side power components for crane applications

Overview of the infeed performance range of the line-side

power components for crane applications

Booksize
Line voltage

Cabinet

1.6 ... 107 kW

110 ... 800 kW

110 ... 800 kW

3 ... 200 A

210 ... 1405 A

210 ... 1405 A

Chassis

Cabinet

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

20 ... 100 kW

200 ... 710 kW

Type rating

500 ... 690 V 3 AC

250 ... 1100 kW

Rated output
current

DC link voltage 675 ... 1035 V

Motor Modules

Basic Line Modules

DC link voltage 510 ... 720 V

Smart Line Modules

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

5 ... 36 kW

250 ... 800 kW

500 ... 690 V 3 AC

450 ... 1400 kW *

Active Line Modules

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

16 ... 120 kW

132 ... 900 kW

600 ... 3600 kW

500 ... 690 V 3 AC

560 ... 1400 kW *

Type rating

75 ... 1200 kW

*)

Rated output
current

85 ... 1270 A

*)

Available soon

Component overview based on the example of a container crane with power components in chassis format
DC link
DRIVE-CLiQ

Line contactor
Crane circuit
breaker
Jib
Transformer

Infeed

Transformer

Hoisting gear

Auxiliary power
supply

Gantry

Active Interface Module in chassis format

Control Unit CU320

Motor Module in chassis format

Active Line Module in chassis format

SIMOTION D435

SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

The SIMOTION D Motion Control System with the CX32

Controller Extension is described in Section 2 "SIMOCRANE
Standard Technology" of the catalog. The SMC30 Sensor
Module Cabinet-Mounted is required to evaluate the encoders
with TTL/HTL signals.

6/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_EN_00189

Chassis

Booksize

Trolley

7 Controller Extention
CX32

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
System overview

Overview
The main components of the system in crane applications are as
follows:
Line Connection Modules with line-side components as well
as the crane switch
Line Modules for infeed in the Active Line Module version for
four-quadrant mode with negligible line harmonic distortion
and integrated line contactor
Motor Modules in chassis format for controlling motors
Switch-Over Modules for interconnecting motors and Motor
Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules for connecting motors in
parallel
Motor Double Choke Module for connecting a reactor between Motor Modules and motors when long cables are used.
The sector-specific version Cranes option B70 is based on the
requirements of the EN 60204-32 standard and implements the
measures required for the cabinets.

SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules are components forming part

of a modular cabinet system for multi-motor drives with a central
line infeed and a common DC link busbar of the type typically
used in, for example, cranes. As standard, they are installed side
by side in a row. They comprise built-in units of the SINAMICS
S120 series in chassis format.
All drive components, from the infeed to the motor-side inverters,
are configured in a clear, compact layout in the individual Cabinet Modules. They can be combined with great flexibility and
can be optimally adapted to customer-specific requirements
thanks to a comprehensive array of options.

Specification in contrast to the available standard cabinet

design:
All auxiliary power supplies are routed to terminals for wiring
in star topology
Vibratory load during operation
Excursion 1.0 mm at 2 to 13.2 Hz
Acceleration 6.8 m/s at 13.2 to 100 Hz
The colors of the cores are in accordance with
DIN EN 60204-32 except in the case of built-in modules in
chassis format.
The complete documentation is supplied for the cabinets for
the ordered configuration
Internal wiring of the Cabinet Modules which can be combined to create transport units
Prepared wiring for easy assembly

Component overview based on the example of a container crane with Cabinet Modules

Switch- Motor
Over
Module
Module

Active Infeed
Module

Line Connection
Module

Active Infeed
Module

Motor
Module

SwitchOver
Module

Motor
Module

=
~

SwitchOver
Module

Motor
Motor
Double
Multi
Choke Connection
Module
Module

PROFIBUS-DP

x12

DRIVE-QLiQ

G_CR01_EN_00324

Trolley

Jib

Hoisting gear

Gantry

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/5

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit
1 serial RS232 interface (e.g. to connect the AOP30 Advanced
Operator Panel)
1 interface for the BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
1 slot for the CompactFlash card on which firmware and
parameters are stored
1 slot for mounting an option module (e.g. TB30 Terminal
Board)
3 test sockets and one reference ground for commissioning
support
1 connection for the electronic power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
1 PE/protective conductor connection
1 ground connection

Overview

A shield connection for the signal cable shield on the option

module is located on the CU320 Control Unit.
The available option slot is used to expand the connections and
interfaces, for example, to include additional terminals or for
communication purposes.
The status of the CU320 Control Unit is indicated via multi-color
LEDs.
A BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can also be snapped directly
onto the CU320 Control Unit for diagnostic purposes.
CU320 Control Unit, with guard cover

In crane applications, the communication, open-loop and

closed-loop control functions for the Line Modules execute in the
CU320 Control Unit. The CU320 Control Unit is generally designed for multi-axis mode and for operation on Motor Modules.

Design

As the firmware and parameter settings are stored on a plug-in

CompactFlash card, the Control Unit can be changed without
the need for software tools.
The CU320 Control Unit can be mounted on the side of the booksize format Line Module via brackets integrated in a Line Module. The CU320 Control Unit can also be fixed to the wall of the
control cabinet using the integrated fixing lugs. As the CU320
Control Unit is not as deep as the Line Modules, suitable spacers
are available to increase the depth of the CU320 Control Unit to
270 mm.

Integration
DRIVE-CLiQ components such as Motor Modules and Active
Line Modules can be connected to a CU320 Control Unit. The
number of modules depends on the performance required, including duty type and additional functions.
In crane applications, the Line Modules are controlled by the
C320 Control Unit. In simple crane applications, the Motor Modules are also controlled by the C320 Control Unit.
The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can also be snapped onto the
CU320 Control Unit during operation to perform troubleshooting
procedures.
The CU320 Control Unit and other connected components are
commissioned and diagnosed with the STARTER commissioning tool.
Communication between a CU320 Control Unit and the connected components takes place via DRIVE-CLiQ.

CU320 Control Unit, without guard cover

The CU320 Control Unit features the following connections and

interfaces as standard:
4 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets for communication with other DRIVECLiQ devices, e.g. Motor Modules, Active Line Modules,
Sensor Modules, Terminal Modules
1 PROFIBUS interface with PROFIdrive V4 profile
8 parameterizable digital inputs (floating)
8 parameterizable bidirectional digital inputs/digital outputs
(non-floating), of which 6 are high-speed digital inputs

6/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

If an application requires more than one Control Unit, the number

can be increased accordingly. The Control Units are then interconnected on a higher-level controller via PROFIBUS according
to the PROFIdrive V4 profile.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit

Integration (continued)
+
M
X100

X101

X102

X103

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 3

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0

ext.
24 V
X124
+

+ 24 V

+
M

X122
1

DI 0

DI 1

DI 2

DI 3

X126
PROFIBUS

5
6
7

M
DI/DO 8

8
DI/DO 9
9
10
11
12

1)

Control Unit
CU320

M
DI/DO 10 1)

Option board

2)

M1

DI/DO 11 1)
M

3)

X132
1

DI 4

DI 5

DI 6

DI 7
M

5
2)

M2
6
7
8

M
DI/DO 12
DI/DO 13 1)

9
M

11
12

CompactFlash card

DI/DO 14 1)
DI/DO 15 1)
G_D212_EN_00027d

10

M
TxD

M
5

X140

1) Fast inputs (must be shielded).

2) Jumper open, isolation for digital inputs (DI).
3) Can be parameterized individually as input/output.

RxD

3)

serial interface

test socket

Connection example of CU320 Control Unit

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/7

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Control Units
CU320 Control Unit

Technical data

Selection and ordering data

CU320 Control Unit

Description

Order No.

Power requirement
0.8 A
At 24 V DC, max.
without taking account of digital
outputs, expansion option slot and
DRIVE-CLiQ supply

CU320 Control Unit

(without CompactFlash card)

6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1

2.5 mm2

Fuse protection, max.

20 A

Description

Digital inputs

In accordance with IEC 61131-2

Type 1
8 floating digital inputs
8 bidirectional non-floating digital
inputs/digital outputs

PROFIBUS connector

3 +30 V

Voltage

Low level (an open digital input is 3 +5 V

interpreted as "low")
High level

15 30 V

Current consumption at 24 V DC, 10 mA

typ.
Delay time of digital inputs 1),
approx.

Accessories

Conductor cross-section, max.

- L H

50 s

- H L

100 s

Delay time of high-speed digital

inputs 1), approx.
(high-speed digital inputs can be
used for position detection)
- L H

5 s

- H L

50 s

Conductor cross-section, max.

0.5 mm2

Digital outputs
(sustained short-circuit-proof)

8 bidirectional non-floating digital

inputs/digital outputs

Voltage

24 V DC

Load current per digital output,

max.

500 mA

Delay time, approx. 1)

150 s

Conductor cross-section, max.

0.5 mm2

Power loss

< 20 W

PE connection

M5 screw

Ground connection

M5 screw

Dimensions
Width

50 mm

Height

270 mm

Depth

226 mm

Weight, approx.

1.5 kg

Conformity

CE

Approvals

cULus (File No.: E164110)

1)

The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time
depends on the time slice in which the digital input or output is processed.

6/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

Order No.

Without programming device/PC connection

6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0

With programming device/PC connection

6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0

Spacers (2 units)
6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0
For increasing the depth of the CU320 Control Unit to 270 mm if the brackets on the side
are not to be used, but the depth still has to
be 270 mm.
STARTER commissioning tool

6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Control Units
CompactFlash card

Overview

Further information
Firmware version
The firmware version is encoded in the order number of the
CompactFlash card supplied.
The firmware version is encoded as follows in the order number
printed on the CompactFlash card:
Order No.:
Firmware version

6SL3054- 00-1AA0

1 z
1
2

Version

The CompactFlash card contains the firmware and parameter

settings. The CompactFlash card is plugged into the correct slot
on the CU320 Control Unit.

.1
.2
.3
.4
.5
.6

Design
A CU320 Control Unit can perform the communication, openloop and closed-loop control functions for several Line Modules.
In addition to the firmware, the CompactFlash card also contains
licensing codes which are required to enable firmware options
(performance expansion 1 in the current version).
The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the
CU320 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER engineering tool.
The firmware options can also be enabled on-site, for example,
if the performance expansions required are not known at the
time of placing the order. You will need the serial number of the
CompactFlash card and the order number of the firmware option
to be enabled. With this information, the relevant license code
can be purchased from a license database and the firmware
option enabled. The license code is only valid for the CompactFlash card declared and cannot be transferred to other CompactFlash cards.

B
C

z
B
C
D
E
F
G

z
Without performance expansion

With performance expansion 1

At the time of printing this catalog, the current firmware version

for CU320 is Version 2.6.
Example:
Order No. 6SL3054-0CG00-1AA0 is for firmware version 2.6.
A specific firmware version can be ordered to fulfill a requirement for spare parts, e.g. Order No. 6SL3054-0CD00-1AA0 for
firmware version 2.3.

Selection and ordering data

Description

Order No.

CompactFlash card for CU320 Control Units

with firmware version 2.6 including Certificate of License
without performance expansion

6SL3054-0CG00-1AA0

with firmware option performance

expansion 1

6SL3054-0CG01-1AA0

Firmware license
Performance expansion 1 including Certif- 6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0
icate of License for upgrading the license
of a CompactFlash card

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/9

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
STARTER commissioning tool
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
Self-optimization of closed-loop control settings (depending
on drive)
Trace (for SINAMICS S120 only)

Overview

Diagnostics functions provide information about:

Control/status words
Parameter status
Operating conditions
Communication states
Performance features
User-friendly: Only a small number of settings need to be
made for successful first commissioning: the motor is turning
Solution-based user navigation simplifies commissioning.
Self-optimization functions reduce manual optimization work
Minimum hardware and software requirements
PG or PC with Pentium III 1 GHz
The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for:
Commissioning
Optimizing
Diagnostics

This software can be operated either as a standalone PC application, integrated in SIMATIC STEP 7 with TIA compatibility via
Drive ES Basic, or it can be integrated into the SCOUT engineering system (for SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling
are the same in both cases.
In STARTER, in addition to the SINAMICS drives,
MICROMASTER 4 devices and the SIMATIC ET 200S FC and
SIMATIC ET 200pro FC frequency converters are also supported.

512 MB RAM (1 GB RAM recommended)

Screen resolution 1024 768 pixels, 16 bit color depth
Free hard disk memory: 2 GB
Microsoft Windows 2000 SP4
Microsoft Windows 2003 Server SP1, SP2
Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP2, SP3
Microsoft Windows Vista Business SP1
Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate SP1
Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher

Selection and ordering data

The project wizard sets up the drives within the structure of the
project tree.

Description

Order No.

Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance,

which offers a standardized graphics-based display to maximize clarity when setting the drive parameters.

STARTER commissioning tool for

SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish

6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0

First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all the

basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and running is merely a question of setting a few parameters as part of
the drive configuration process.
Any individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screens, which also visualize the operating
principle of the drive extremely accurately.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
Use of terminals
Bus interface
Setpoint channel (e.g. fixed setpoints)
Closed-loop speed control (e.g. ramp-function generator,
limits)
BICO interconnections
Diagnostics
Specialists can access individual parameters quickly at any time
via the expert list. Frequently used parameters can be stored in
customized user lists.

6/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
STARTER commissioning tool

Accessories

Further information

Connection
Depending on the version of the Control Unit, the Control Unit
(CU) of the drive unit can communicate with the programming
device (PG) or PC via a serial interface, PROFIBUS, or Ethernet/PROFINET. Accessories can be ordered for the relevant
drive system as shown in the table below.

For the purpose of updating, the STARTER commissioning tool is

also available on the Internet at
www.support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
10804985/133100

Selection and ordering data

Description

Order No.

RS232
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable
RS232 null-modem cable, 6 m

6ES7901-1BF00-0XA0

PROFIBUS communication module

CP 5512
PCMCIA type 2 card + adapter with
9-pin SUB-D socket, for Windows 2000/
XP Professional and PCMCIA 32

6GK1551-2AA00

6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
SIMATIC DP plug-in cable
12 MBaud, for PG connector, pre-assembled
with 2 9-pin SUB-D connector, 3 m
PROFINET/Ethernet
Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable or PROFINET
cable is required.

PROFINET
Standard CAT5 Ethernet cable or PROFINET
cable is required.
In the CU320, the CBE20 Communication
Board is required for Ethernet communication.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/11

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
DRIVE CONTROL CHART (DCC)

Overview
Drive Control Chart (DCC) expands the scope of device functions by means of freely available closed-loop control, calculation
and logic modules and offers a means by which technological
functions can be graphically configured in the SINAMICS S120
drive system. DCC is installed as a supplementary application to
the STARTER commissioning tool.

The block library encompasses a large selection of closed-loop,

arithmetic and logic function blocks, as well as comprehensive
open-loop and closed-loop control functions.
For combining, analyzing and acquiring binary signals, all commonly used logic functions are available for selection (AND,
XOR, on/off delay, RS flipflop, counter, etc.). Diverse arithmetic
functions such as absolute-value generation, dividers and minimum/maximum analysis are available for monitoring and evaluating numeric variables. In addition to the automatic speed
control, axial winder functions, closed-loop PI controller, rampfunction generator or wobble generator can be configured simply and without problems.
Almost unlimited programming of control structures is possible
in conjunction with the SIMOTION Motion Control System. These
can then be combined with other program sections to form an
overall program.
Drive Control Chart for SINAMICS S120 also provides a convenient basis for resolving drive-level open-loop and closed-loop
control tasks directly in the converter. This results in further
adaptability of SINAMICS to the tasks set. On-site processing in
the drive supports modular machine concepts and results in
increased overall machine performance.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
See the SCOUT or STARTER engineering software, since DCC is
installed in addition to this.

Selection and ordering data

DCC comprises the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor) and
the block library (DCB Library).

DCC is installed in addition to the SCOUT or STARTER engineering software.

The engineering license for DCC that is required for each PC
(floating) is automatically purchased with the order. No additional run-time license is required.
DCC can be supplied in two versions: The version for SIMOTION
and SINAMICS applications, or the version for SINAMICS applications only.
Order No.

Drive Control Chart expands the facility for the simplest possible
configuring of technological functions both for the SIMOTION
Motion Control System as well as for the SINAMICS S120 drive
system. This opens up for users a new dimension in adapting the
specified systems to the specific functions of their machines.
DCC has no restriction with regard to the number of usable functions; this is only limited by the performance capability of the target platform.
The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphical configuration and a clear representation of control loop structures as well
as a high degree of reusability of existing diagrams.
The open-loop and closed-loop control functionality is defined
by using multi-instance-enabled blocks (Drive Control Blocks DCBs) from a predefined library (DCB library) that are selected
and graphically linked by dragging and dropping. Test and
diagnostic functions allow verification of program behavior or the
identification of causes in the event of faults.

6/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

DCC-SIMOTION/-SINAMICS V2.0 SP5

for SCOUT/STARTER V4.1 SP5
(Single engineering license, with DCC
data carrier)
DCC editor + DCB libraries for use on
SIMOTION V4.1 SP5 and SINAMICS
S120 V2.6 SP2 / V4.3 SP1
German, English, French, Italian
(SIMOTION)
German, English, French,
Italian, Spanish (SINAMICS)

6AU1810-1JA20-5XA0

DCC-SINAMICS V2.0 SP5

for STARTER V4.1 SP5
(Single engineering license,
with DCC data carrier)
DCC editor + DCB library for use on
SINAMICS S120 V2.6 SP2 / V4.3 SP1
English, German, French, Italian,
Spanish

6AU1810-1HA20-5XA0

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Booksize format
Basic Line Modules

Overview

Design
The Basic Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
connections and interfaces as standard:
1 line supply connection
1 connection for the 24 V DC electronic power supply
1 DC link connection
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
1 connection for braking resistor
(20 kW and 40 kW Basic Line Modules only)
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC/PT100)
The status of the Basic Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.

Basic Line Modules are available for applications in which no

energy is returned to the supply or where the energy exchange
between motor and generator axes takes place in the DC link.
Basic Line Modules can only feed energy from the supply system into the DC link, energy cannot be fed back into the supply
system. Basic Line Modules are designed for connection to
grounded (TN, TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems. The
connected Motor Modules are pre-charged over the integrated
pre-charging resistors (20 kW and 40 kW) or through activation
of the thyristors (100 kW).
Basic Line Modules 20 kW and 40 kW are designed with an integrated brake chopper and can be used directly for applications in generator mode after an external brake resistor has been
connected.
A Braking Module is only necessary in combination with the
Basic Line Module 100 kW in generator mode.

The scope of supply of the Basic Line Modules includes:

DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit on the
immediate left for drive control, length 0.11 m
DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Basic Line Module to adjacent Motor Module, length =
width of Basic Line Module + 0.11 m
Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
24 V terminal adapter (X24)
Connector X21
2 blanking plugs for sealing unused DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
1 set of warning signs in 16 languages
1 heat conducting foil
(for Basic Line Modules with cold plate cooling only)

Accessories
For technical data, selection and ordering data for the associated line reactors, line filters and the recommended line-side
components, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3 "Basic Line Modules
in booksize format".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3
"Basic Line Modules in booksize format".

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/13

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Booksize format
Smart Line Modules

Overview

Design
The Smart Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
connections and interfaces as standard:
1 power connection via screw-type terminals
1 connection for the 24 V DC electronic power supply via the
24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply
1 DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars
2 PE/protective conductor connections
2 digital inputs
(only on 5 kW and 10 kW Smart Line Modules)
1 digital output
(only on 5 kW and 10 kW Smart Line Modules)
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
(only on 16 kW and 36 kW Smart Line Modules)
The status of the Smart Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by
means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. type KLB 3-8 SC
by Weidmller.

Smart Line Modules are stable, line-commutated feed/feedback

units (diode bridge for incoming supply; stable, line-commutated feedback via IGBTs) with 100 % continuous regenerative
feedback power. The feedback regenerative capability of the
modules can be deactivated via a digital input (Smart Line Modules 5 kW and 10 kW) or by parameterizing. Smart Line Modules
are designed for connection to grounded (TN/TT) and nongrounded (IT) systems.
The DC link is pre-charged by means of integrated pre-charging
resistors.
The associated line reactor is absolutely essential for operating a Smart Line Module.

The scope of supply of the Smart Line Modules includes:

DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit on the
immediate left for drive control, length 0.11 m
(on 16 kW and 36 kW Smart Line Modules only)
2 blanking plugs for sealing unused DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
(on 16 kW and 36 kW Smart Line Modules only)
DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Smart Line Module to adjacent Motor Module, length =
width of Smart Line Module + 0.11 m
Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
24 V terminal adapter (X24)
Connector X21 for digital inputs/outputs
Connector X22 for digital inputs and outputs
(on 5 kW and 10 kW Smart Line Modules only)
Connector X1 for line supply connection
(on 5 kW and 10 kW Smart Line Modules only)
1 set of warning signs in 16 languages
1 heat conducting foil
(for Smart Line Modules with cold plate cooling only)

Selection and ordering data

Rated output

Smart Line Module in booksize format

kW

Internal air cooling

External air cooling

Cold plate cooling

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

5

6SL3130-6AE15-0AB0

6SL3131-6AE15-0AA0

6SL3136-6AE15-0AA0

10

6SL3130-6AE21-0AB0

6SL3131-6AE21-0AA0

6SL3136-6AE21-0AA0

16

6SL3130-6TE21-6AA3

36

6SL3130-6TE23-6AA3

Accessories
For technical data, selection and ordering data for the associated line reactors, line filters and the recommended line-side
components, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3 "Smart Line Modules
in booksize format".

6/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3
"Smart Line Modules in booksize format".

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Booksize format
Active Line Modules

Overview

Design
The Active Line Modules in booksize format feature the following
connections and interfaces as standard:
1 power connection via screw-type terminals
1 connection for the 24 V DC electronic power supply via the
24 V terminal adapter included in the scope of supply
1 DC link connection via integrated DC link busbars
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC/PT100)
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
2 PE/protective conductor connections
The status of the Active Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.
On the 100 mm wide Active Line Module, the shield for the power
supply cable can be connected to the integrated shield connection plate via a shield connection terminal or tube clip, e.g. Weidmller type KLB CO 4. The shield connection terminal must
not be used for strain relief. Shield connection sets are available
for the 150 mm, 200 mm and 300 mm wide modules.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Line Module by
means of a shield connection terminal, e.g. type KLB 3-8 SC
by Weidmller.

The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed

and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC
link voltage.
This means that the connected Motor Modules are decoupled
from the line voltage. Line voltage fluctuations within the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor voltage.
Active Line Modules are designed for connection to grounded
(TN, TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems.
The DC link is pre-charged by means of integrated pre-charging
resistors.
In order to operate an Active Line Module, it is absolutely
essential to use the appropriate Active Interface Module or
matching line reactor.

The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes:

DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit on the
immediate left for drive control, length 0.11 m
DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Active Line Module to adjacent Motor Module, length =
width of Active Line Module + 0.11 m
2 blanking plugs for sealing unused DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
24 V terminal adapter (X24)
Connector X21 for digital inputs
Fan insert for Active Line Modules of 80 kW and 120 kW (the
voltage for the fan unit is supplied by the Active Line Module)
1 set of warning signs in foreign languages
1 heat conducting foil (for Active Line Modules with cold plate
cooling only)

Selection and ordering data

Rated output
kW

Active Line Module in booksize format

Internal air cooling

External air cooling

Cold plate cooling

Liquid cooling

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

16

6SL3130-7TE21-6AA3

6SL3131-7TE21-6AA3

6SL3136-7TE21-6AA3

36

6SL3130-7TE23-6AA3

6SL3131-7TE23-6AA3

6SL3136-7TE23-6AA3

55

6SL3130-7TE25-5AA3

6SL3131-7TE25-5AA3

6SL3136-7TE25-5AA3

80

6SL3130-7TE28-0AA3

6SL3131-7TE28-0AA3

6SL3136-7TE28-0AA3

120

6SL3130-7TE31-2AA3

6SL3131-7TE31-2AA3

6SL3136-7TE31-2AA3

6SL3135-7TE31-2AA3

Accessories
For technical data, selection and ordering data for the line reactors, Wideband Line Filters, Basic Line Filters and the recommended line-side components, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3
"Active Line Modules in booksize format".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3
"Active Line Modules in booksize format".

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/15

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Booksize format
Active Line Modules - Active Interface Modules

Overview
The Active Interface Modules combine with the Active Line Modules for forming a functional unit and are essential for operation
of the associated Active Line Module. The Active Interface Modules contain a Clean Power Filter and basic interference suppression to ensure compliance with Category C3 in accordance
with EN 61800-3 regarding emitted interference.
The Clean Power Filter protects the mains connection from
switching-frequency harmonics. The drive system therefore
draws a sinusoidal current from the supply and causes almost
no harmonics.
The Active Line Modules in combination with the Active Interface
Module can also be operated with supply systems with an isolated star point (IT systems).
The scope of supply of the Active Interface Modules includes:
Connector X21 for temperature evaluation and fan control
Connector X24 for connecting the 24 V supply for the integrated fan
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connecting the Control Unit to the
Active Interface Module; length of the DRIVE-CLiQ cable =
width of the Active Interface Module + 0.11 m
1 set of warning signs in foreign languages

Selection and ordering data

Suitable for Active Line Module in booksize format

Active Interface Module

Rated output of the Active Line Module

kW

Order No.

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

16

6SL3130-7TE21-6AA3

6SL3100-0BE21-6AB0

6SL3131-7TE21-6AA3
6SL3136-7TE21-6AA3
36

6SL3130-7TE23-6AA3

6SL3100-0BE23-6AB0

6SL3131-7TE23-6AA3
6SL3136-7TE23-6AA3
55

6SL3130-7TE25-5AA3

6SL3100-0BE25-5AB0

6SL3131-7TE25-5AA3
6SL3136-7TE25-5AA3
6SL3130-7TE28-0AA3

80

6SL3100-0BE28-0AB0

6SL3131-7TE28-0AA3
6SL3136-7TE28-0AA3
120

6SL3130-7TE31-2AA3

6SL3100-0BE31-2AB0

6SL3131-7TE31-2AA3
6SL3136-7TE31-2AA3
6SL3135-7TE31-2AA3

Accessories
For accessories, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3 "Active Interface
Modules in booksize format".

6/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3
"Active Line Modules in booksize format Active Interface Modules".

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Booksize format
Single Motor Modules

Overview

Design
The Single Motor Modules in booksize format feature the following connections and interfaces as standard:
2 DC link connections via integrated DC link busbars
1 electronic power supply connection via integrated 24 V DC
busbars
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
1 motor connection, either plug-in (not included in scope of
supply) or studs depending on rated output current
1 safe standstill input (enable pulses)
1 safe motor brake controller
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
2 PE/protective conductor connections
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
The motor cable shield is inside the connector on 50 mm and
100 mm wide modules. A shield connection set can be supplied
for 150 mm, 200 mm and 300 mm wide modules. On these modules, the motor cable shield can be connected using a tube clip.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the Motor Module
by means of a terminal element, e.g. Weidmller type
KLB 3-8 SC.

In principle, all Single Motor Modules can be operated on Basic

Line Modules, Smart Line Modules, or Active Line Modules of the
appropriate voltage range.
A broad range of Single Motor Modules is available graded
according to current and power.

Accessories
For selection and ordering data regarding the load-side power
components and the DC link components, see Catalog PM 21,
Section 3 "Load-side power components" and "DC link components".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog PM 21, Section 3
"Single Motor Modules in booksize format".

The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:

DRIVE-CLiQ cable (length depends on module width) to connect Motor Module to adjacent Motor Module, length = width
of Motor Module + 0.06 m
Jumper for connecting the 24 V DC busbar to the adjacent
Motor Module
Connector X21
Connector X11 for the motor brake connection
(for Motor Modules with a rated output current of 45 A to
200 A)
2 blanking plugs for sealing unused DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
Fan insert for the 132 A and 200 A Motor Modules (the voltage
for the fan insert is supplied by the Motor Module)
1 set of warning signs in foreign languages
1 heat conducting foil (for Motor Modules with cold plate cooling only)

Selection and ordering data

Rated output
current

Type rating

kW

Single Motor Module in booksize format

Internal air cooling

External air cooling

Cold plate cooling

Liquid cooling

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

Order No.

DC link voltage 510 720 V DC

3

1.6

6SL3120-1TE13-0AA3 6SL3121-1TE13-0AA3 6SL3126-1TE13-0AA3

2.7

6SL3120-1TE15-0AA3 6SL3121-1TE15-0AA3 6SL3126-1TE15-0AA3

4.8

6SL3120-1TE21-0AA3 6SL3121-1TE21-0AA3 6SL3126-1TE21-0AA3

18

9.7

6SL3120-1TE21-8AA3 6SL3121-1TE21-8AA3 6SL3126-1TE21-8AA3

30

16

6SL3120-1TE23-0AA3 6SL3121-1TE23-0AA3 6SL3126-1TE23-0AA3

45

24

6SL3120-1TE24-5AA3 6SL3121-1TE24-5AA3 6SL3126-1TE24-5AA3

60

32

6SL3120-1TE26-0AA3 6SL3121-1TE26-0AA3 6SL3126-1TE26-0AA3

85

46

6SL3120-1TE28-5AA3 6SL3121-1TE28-5AA3 6SL3126-1TE28-5AA3

132

71

6SL3120-1TE31-3AA3 6SL3121-1TE31-3AA3 6SL3126-1TE31-3AA3

200

107

6SL3120-1TE32-0AA4 6SL3121-1TE32-0AA4 6SL3126-1TE32-0AA4 6SL3125-1TE32-0AA4

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/17

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Chassis format
Basic Line Modules

Overview

Selection and ordering data

Rated output

Basic Line Module in

chassis format

kW

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

200

6SL3330-1TE34-2AA3

250

6SL3330-1TE35-3AA3

400

6SL3330-1TE38-2AA3

560

6SL3330-1TE41-2AA3

710

6SL3330-1TE41-5AA3

Line voltage 500 690 V 3 AC

250

6SL3330-1TG33-0AA3

355

6SL3330-1TG34-3AA3

560

6SL3330-1TG36-8AA3

900

6SL3330-1TG41-1AA3

1100

6SL3330-1TG41-4AA3

Accessories

Basic Line Modules are available for applications in which no

energy is returned to the supply or where the energy exchange
between motor and generator axes takes place in the DC link.
The connected Motor Modules are pre-charged via the thyristor
gate control. The thyristors are always fired at a delay angle of
0 in operation. Basic Line Modules are designed for connection
to grounded (TN, TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems.
In a Basic Line Module in chassis format, a Braking Module of
the corresponding size can be installed to support generating
mode of the drive system in combination with an external braking resistor.

Design
The Basic Line Modules in chassis format feature the following
connections and interfaces as standard:
1 line supply connection
1 connection for the 24 V DC electronic power supply
1 DC link connection (DCP, DCN) for supplying the connected
Motor Modules
1 DC link connection (DCPA, DCNA) for connecting a Braking
Module
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC/PT100)
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
The status of the Basic Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Basic Line Modules includes:
0.6 m DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to a CU320 Control
Unit or SIMOTION D4x5 Control Unit
1.45 m DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the Control
Unit and first Motor Module

6/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

For accessories, technical data, and selection and ordering data

for the associated line reactors, line filters and the recommended line-side components, see Catalog D 21.3, Section 2
"System components".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog D 21.3 Section 2
"SINAMICS S120 chassis units".

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Chassis format
Smart Line Modules

Overview

Selection and ordering data

Infeed
power

Smart Line Module in

chassis format

kW

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

250

6SL3330-6TE35-5AA3

355

6SL3330-6TE37-3AA3

500

6SL3330-6TE41-1AA3

630

6SL3330-6TE41-3AA3

800

6SL3330-6TE41-7AA3

Line voltage 500 690 V 3 AC

450

6SL3330-6TG35-5AA3

710

6SL3330-6TG38-8AA3

1000

6SL3330-6TG41-2AA3

1400

6SL3330-6TG41-7AA3

Accessories

The Smart Line Modules are stable, line-commutated feed/

feedback units with 100 % continuous regenerative feedback
power. The feedback regenerative capability of the modules can
be deactivated by means of parameterization.
Smart Line Modules are designed for connection to grounded
(TN/TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems.

For accessories, technical data, and selection and ordering data

for the associated line reactors, line filters and the recommended line-side components, see Catalog D 21.3, Section 2
"System components".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog D 21.3 Section 2
"SINAMICS S120 chassis units".

The DC link is pre-charged by means of integrated pre-charging

resistors.
The associated line reactor is absolutely essential for operating a Smart Line Module.

Design
Smart Line Modules have the following connections and interfaces as standard:
1 line supply connection
1 connection for the 24 V DC electronic power supply
1 DC link connection (DCPA, DCNA) for connecting a Braking
Module
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
1 PE/protective conductor connection (2 connections for sizes
HX and JX)
The status of the Smart Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Smart Line Modules includes:
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connecting to a CU320 Control Unit or
SIMOTION D4x5 Control Unit
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the Control Unit
and first Motor Module (depends on type)

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/19

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Chassis format
Active Line Modules

Overview

Selection and ordering data

Rated output

Active Line Module

in chassis format

kW

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

132

6SL3330-7TE32-1AA3

160

6SL3330-7TE32-6AA3

235

6SL3330-7TE33-8AA3

300

6SL3330-7TE35-0AA3

380

6SL3330-7TE36-1AA3

500

6SL3330-7TE38-4AA3

630

6SL3330-7TE41-0AA3

900

6SL3330-7TE41-4AA3

Line voltage 500 690 V 3 AC

560

6SL3330-7TG35-8AA3

800

6SL3330-7TG37-4AA3

1100

6SL3330-7TG41-0AA3

1400

6SL3330-7TG41-3AA3

Accessories

The self-commutated feed/feedback units (with IGBTs in infeed

and regenerative feedback directions) generate a regulated DC
link voltage. This means that the connected Motor Modules are
decoupled from the line voltage. Line voltage fluctuations within
the permissible supply tolerances have no effect on the motor
voltage.
Active Line Modules can if necessary feed a prespecified fundamental reactive current (capacitive or inductive) to the supply
system so as to support simple compensation tasks.
Active Line Modules are designed for connection to grounded
(TN, TT) and non-grounded (IT) supply systems.
In order to operate an Active Line Module, it is absolutely
essential to use the appropriate Active Interface Module.

Design
The Active Line Modules in chassis format feature the following
connections and interfaces as standard:
1 line supply connection
1 connection for the 24 V DC electronic power supply
1 DC link connection (DCP, DCN) for supplying the connected
Motor Modules
1 DC link connection (DCPA, DCNA) for connecting a Braking
Module
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC/PT100)
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
2 PE/protective conductor connections
The status of the Active Line Modules is indicated via two multicolor LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Active Line Modules includes:
Frame sizes FX and GX:
- 0.60 m DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320
Control Unit or SIMOTION D4x5 Control Unit
Types HX and JX:
- 0.35 m DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320
Control Unit or SIMOTION D4x5 Control Unit
- 2.10 m DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the first Motor
Module

6/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

For accessories and selection and ordering data for the recommended line-side components, see Catalog D 21.3, Section 2
"System Components".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog D 21.3 Section 2
"SINAMICS S120 chassis units".

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Chassis format
Active Line Modules Active Interface Modules

Overview
Active Interface Modules are used in combination with Active
Line Modules in chassis format. Active Interface Modules contain a Clean Power Filter with basic RI suppression, the precharging input circuit for the Active Line Module, the line supply
voltage sensing circuit, and monitoring sensors. The bypass
contactor is an integral component in frame sizes FI and GI,
which ensures a highly compact design. The bypass contactor
must be provided separately for frame sizes HI and JI.
The vast majority of line harmonics are suppressed by the Clean
Power Filter.
The scope of supply of the Active Interface Modules includes:
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between Active Interface
Module and Active Line Module
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection between the Control Unit
and first Motor Module

Selection and ordering data

Suitable for Active Line Module in chassis format

Active Interface Module

Rated output
kW

Order No.

Order No.

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC

132

6SL3330-7TE32-1AA3

6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0

160

6SL3330-7TE32-6AA3

6SL3300-7TE32-6AA0

235

6SL3330-7TE33-8AA3

6SL3300-7TE33-8AA0

300

6SL3330-7TE35-0AA3

6SL3300-7TE35-0AA0

380

6SL3330-7TE36-1AA3

6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0

500

6SL3330-7TE38-4AA3

6SL3300-7TE38-4AA0

630

6SL3330-7TE41-0AA3

6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0

900

6SL3330-7TE41-4AA3

6SL3300-7TE41-4AA0

Line voltage 500 690 V 3 AC

560

6SL3330-7TG35-8AA3

6SL3300-7TG35-8AA0

800

6SL3330-7TG37-4AA3

6SL3300-7TG37-4AA0

1100

6SL3330-7TG41-0AA3

6SL3300-7TG41-3AA0

1400

6SL3330-7TG41-3AA3

6SL3300-7TG41-3AA0

Accessories
For accessories, see Catalog D 21.3, Section 2 "System Components".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog D 21.3 Section 2
"SINAMICS S120 chassis units".

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/21

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Chassis format
Single Motor Modules

Overview

Selection and ordering data

Rated output
current

Type rating

Single Motor Module in

chassis format

kW

Order No.

DC link voltage 510 720 V DC

210

110

6SL3320-1TE32-1AA3

260

132

6SL3320-1TE32-6AA3

310

160

6SL3320-1TE33-1AA3

380

200

6SL3320-1TE33-8AA3

490

250

6SL3320-1TE35-0AA3

605

315

6SL3320-1TE36-1AA3

745

400

6SL3320-1TE37-5AA3

840

450

6SL3320-1TE38-4AA3

985

560

6SL3320-1TE41-0AA3

1260

710

6SL3320-1TE41-2AA3

1405

800

6SL3320-1TE41-4AA3

DC link voltage 675 1035 V DC

85

75

6SL3320-1TG28-5AA3

100

90

6SL3320-1TG31-0AA3

120

110

6SL3320-1TG31-2AA3

150

132

6SL3320-1TG31-5AA3

175

160

6SL3320-1TG31-8AA3

Several Motor Modules can be interconnected through a common DC bus. This permits energy to be transferred between the
Motor Modules.
This means that if one Motor Module operating in generator
mode produces energy, the energy can be used by another
Motor Module operating in motor mode.

215

200

6SL3320-1TG32-2AA3

260

250

6SL3320-1TG32-6AA3

330

315

6SL3320-1TG33-3AA3

410

400

6SL3320-1TG34-1AA3

465

450

6SL3320-1TG34-7AA3

Motor Modules are controlled by a Control Unit.

575

560

6SL3320-1TG35-8AA3

735

710

6SL3320-1TG37-4AA3

810

800

6SL3320-1TG38-1AA3

910

900

6SL3320-1TG38-8AA3

1025

1000

6SL3320-1TG41-0AA3

1270

1200

6SL3320-1TG41-3AA3

A Motor Module comprises a self-commutated inverter with

IGBTs. It generates a variable voltage with variable frequency
from the DC link voltage that feeds the connected motor.

Design
The Single Motor Modules in chassis format feature the following
connections and interfaces as standard:
1 DC link connection (DCP, DCN) for connecting to the supply
DC busbar
1 DC link connection (DCPA, DCNA) for connecting a Braking
Module
1 DC link connection (DCPS, DCNS) to connect a dv/dt filter
1 electronic power supply connection
3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
1 motor connection
1 connection for Safety Integrated
1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
1 PE/protective conductor connection
The status of the Motor Modules is indicated via two multi-color
LEDs.
The scope of supply of the Motor Modules includes:
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the adjacent Motor
Module (depends on type)
DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the CU320 Control Unit or
SIMOTION D4x5 Control Unit

6/22

Siemens CR 1 2012

Accessories
For selection and ordering data for the load-side power components and the DC link components, see Catalog D 21.3, Section
2 "System Components".

Further information
For detailed technical information, see Catalog D 21.3 Section 2
"SINAMICS S120 chassis units".

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
System overview

Overview
The main components of the system in crane applications are as
follows:
Line Connection Modules with line-side components such as
contactors, fuses and circuit breakers
Line Modules for infeed in the Active Line Module version for
four-quadrant mode with negligible line harmonic distortion
and integrated line contactors
Motor Modules in chassis format for controlling motors
Switch-Over Modules for both economic and redundant combinations of motors and Motor Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules for parallel connection of
motors for gantry drives in particular
Motor Double Choke Module for connecting a reactor between Motor Modules and motors when long cables are used,
as is the case in gantry drives.
The sector-specific version Cranes option B70 is based on the
requirements of the EN 60204-32 standard and implements the
measures required for the cabinets.

In the SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the built-in units of the

SINAMICS S120 chassis format are integrated to provide a modular cabinet system for multi-motor drives with a central line infeed and a common DC link busbar for crane systems. As standard, they are installed side by side in a row.

Specification in contrast to the available standard cabinet

design:
All auxiliary power supplies are routed to terminals for wiring
in star topology
Vibratory load during operation
Excursion 1.0 mm at 2 to 13.2 Hz
Acceleration 6.8 m/s at 13.2 to 100 Hz
The colors of the cores are in accordance with
DIN EN 60204-32 except in the case of built-in modules in
chassis format.
The complete documentation is supplied for the cabinets for
the ordered configuration
Internal wiring of the transport units
Prepared wiring for easy assembly
When used in cranes, the sector-specific option B70 must be
specified separately on ordering for all cabinets.

Technical data
General technical data
Electrical data
Line voltages

380 480 V 3 AC, 10 % (15 % < 1 min)

Line system configurations

Isolated systems (IT systems)

Line frequency

47 63 Hz

Output frequency

0 300 Hz (>100/160 Hz, observe the derating)

Line power factor

fundamental component

Active Line Module:

Adjustable (factory-set to cos = 1)

Efficiency

> 97.0 %

Control method

Servo control, vector control with and without encoder, or U/f control

Fixed speeds

15 fixed speeds plus 1 minimum speed, parameterizable

Skipped speed ranges

4, programmable

Braking operation

With regenerative feedback or by additional Braking Modules and braking resistors

Mechanical data
Degree of protection

IP20, IP21 and IP23 (with options M26 and M27, side panels on the right and left respectively)

Protection class

Acc. to EN 61800-5-1

Cooling method

Forced air cooling AF according to EN 60146

Touch protection

BGV A3

Cabinet system

Rittal TS 8, doors with double-barb lock, three-section base plates for cable entry

Paint finish

RAL 7035 (indoor requirements)

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/23

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
System overview

Technical data (continued)

General technical data
Compliance with standards
Standards

EN 60146-1, EN 61800-2, EN 61800-3, EN 61800-5-1, EN 60204-1, EN 60529

CE marking

Acc. to EMC Directive No. 2004/108/EC and Low-Voltage Directive No. 2006/95/EC

RI suppression

In accordance with EMC product standard for variable-speed drives EN 61800-3, second
environment (1st environment on request).

Ambient conditions

In operation 1)

During storage 1)

During transport 1)

Ambient temperature

0 +40 C
up to +50 C see derating data

25 +55 C

25 +70 C
as of 40 C for 24 hours

Relative humidity
(non-condensing)

5 95 %
corr. to 3K3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-3

5 95 %
corr. to 1K4 acc. to IEC 60721-3-1

5 95 % at 40 C
corr. to 2K3 acc. to IEC 60721-3-2

Installation altitude

Cabinet Modules in chassis format:

Up to 2000 m above sea level without derating, > 2000 m, see characteristics/derating data

Mechanical stability

In operation 1)

During storage 1)

During transport 1)

Excursion
- With option B70

0.075 mm at 10 58 Hz
1.0 mm at 2 13.2 Hz

1.5 mm at 5 9 Hz

3.1 mm at 5 9 Hz

Acceleration
- With option B70

9.8 m/s at > 58 200 Hz

6.8 m/s at > 13.2 100 Hz

5 m/s at > 9 200 Hz

10 m/s at > 9 200 Hz

100 m/s at 11 ms

40 m/s at 22 ms

100 m/s at 11 ms

Vibratory load

Shock load
Acceleration

Characteristics

Chassis current derating

If the Cabinet Modules in chassis format are operated at an installation altitude > 2000 m above sea level, factors relating to
a reduction of the maximum permissible output current (derating)
must be taken into account. These are specified in the tables below. The cooling air requirement (cooling air flow) specified for

the relevant Cabinet Modules in the technical data must be guaranteed at all times. The specified values already include a permitted correction in respect of installation altitude and ambient
temperature (incoming air temperature at the inlet to the Cabinet
Module).

Current derating depending on ambient temperature (temperature of inlet air) and installation height for Cabinet Modules
with degree of protection IP20, IP21 and IP23
Installation altitude Current derating
above sea level
at an ambient temperature (air intake temperature) of

20 C

25 C

30 C

35 C

40 C

45 C

50 C

95.0 %

87.0 %

96.3 %

91.4 %

83.7 %

96.2 %

92.5 %

87.9 %

80.5 %

96.7 %

92.3 %

88.8 %

84.3 %

77.3 %

92.7 %

88.4 %

85.0 %

80.8 %

74.0 %

0 2000
2001 2500

100 %

2501 3000
3001 3500
3501 4000

97.8 %

Chassis voltage derating

In addition to current derating, voltage derating must be taken
into consideration according to the following table for installation altitudes > 2000 m above sea level:
Voltage derating as a function of the installation altitude for units with rated voltages between 380 V and 480 V
Installation altitude Voltage derating
above sea level
for a rated input voltage of

380 V

400 V

420 V

440 V

460 V

480 V

0 2000
2001 2250

96 %

2251 2500

100 %

98 %

94 %

2501 2750

98 %

94 %

90 %

2751 3000

95 %

91 %

88 %

97 %

93 %

89 %

85 %

3001 3250
3251 3500

98 %

93 %

89 %

85 %

82 %

3501 3750

95 %

91 %

87 %

83 %

79 %

92 %

87 %

83 %

80 %

76 %

3751 4000
1)

96 %

Deviations from the specified class are underlined.

6/24

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
System overview

Characteristics (continued)
Overload capability

Line Connection Modules

Motor Modules have an overload reserve e.g. to handle breakaway torques. If larger surge loads occur, these must be taken
into account when configuring. In drives with overload requirements, the appropriate base-load current must, therefore, be
used as a basis for the required load.

The base-load current IH DC for a high overload is based on a

duty cycle of 150 % for 60 s or Imax DC for 5 s.

Permissible overload assumes that the drive converter is operated at its base-load current before and after the overload occurs, based on a duty cycle duration of 300 s.

Converter current
5s
Imax DC

Short-time current Imax

Short-time current 150 %

1.5 x IH DC

Chassis format units

Rated current (continuous)

Cabinet Modules with power units in the chassis format can be

configured on the basis of different base-load currents.
Irated DC

G_D213_EN_00079

The base-load current IL for a low overload is based on a load

cycle of 110 % for 60 s or 150 % for 10 s.

Base load current IH DC

for high overload

IH DC
60 s

Converter current
10 s

300 s

1.5 x IL
t

Short-time current 150 %

High overload

Short-time current 110 %

Degrees of protection of Cabinet Modules

Rated current (continuous)

Base load current IL
for low overload

1.1 x IL

G_D213_EN_00035

Irated
IL
60 s
300 s

Low overload

The base-load current IH for a high overload is based on a load

cycle of 150 % for 60 s or 160 % for 10 s.

Short-time current 160 %

1.5 x IH

The degrees of protection are specified by abbreviations comprising the code letters IP and two digits.
Degree
First digit
Second digit
of protec- (touch protection and
(protection of the equipment
tion
protection against ingress of against the ingress of water)
foreign solid matter)

Converter current
10 s
1.6 x IH

The EN 60529 standard covers the protection of electrical equipment by means of housings, covers or equivalent, and includes:
Protection of persons against accidental contact with live or
moving parts within the enclosure, and protection of the
equipment against the ingress of solid foreign matter (touch
protection and protection against ingress of solid foreign bodies)
Protection of the equipment against the ingress of water
(water protection)
Abbreviations for the internationally agreed degrees of protection

Short-time current 150 %

Rated current (continuous)

IP20

Protected against solid forNo water protection

eign bodies,
diameter 12.5 mm and larger

IP21

Protected against solid forDrip-proof.

eign bodies,
Vertically falling drip water
diameter 12.5 mm and larger must not have a harmful
effect.

IP23

Protected against solid forProtected against spray

eign bodies,
water.
diameter 12.5 mm and larger Water sprayed at an angle of
max. 60 from either side of
the vertical will not have a
harmful effect.

Base load current IH for high overload

Irated
G_D213_EN_00036

IH
60 s
300 s

High overload

Cabinet Modules fulfill the criteria for degree of protection IP20

as standard. The other degrees of protection outlined here are
available as an option.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/25

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Line Connection Modules

Overview
Line Connection Modules (LCM) contain the line-side infeed with
main circuit breaker and fuse switch disconnector or circuit
breaker and provide the connection between the plant power
system and the Line Modules.
Line Connection Modules are available for the following voltages
and currents in crane applications:
Line voltage

Rated input current

380 ... 480 V 3 AC

1250 6300 A

Design
Units with an input current > 800 A include a fixed-mounted circuit breaker (a withdrawable circuit breaker is optionally possible).

Cabinet Module

Line Connection Module

For Active Line Module (L42)
Configured according to crane specification
(option B70)
-Q10

Option B92
3_K4_2
3_K4_4
3_K4_6

-Q8

Option B91
2_K4_2
2_K4_4
2_K4_6

-Q6
1_K4_2
1_K4_4
1_K4_6
-Q4
K4_2
K4_4
K4_6

3WL1
-Q1
-X1 U1/L1
V1/L2
W1/L3

3_U1
3_V1
3_W1
5_U1
5_V1
5_W1

Option B91

7_U1
7_V1
7_W1
9_U1
9_V1
9_W1

G_CR01_EN_00216a

Option B92

Example of connection of a Line Connection Module 2000 A to connect to the Active Line Modules in a parallel circuit configuration

6/26

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Line Connection Modules

Technical data
Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Line Connection Modules

Type
6SL3700
-0LE41-3AA3

6SL37000LE41-6AA3

6SL37000LE42-0BA3

6SL37000LE43-2BA3

6SL37000NE44-0BA3

6SL37000NE46-3BA3

Prepared for connection to Line Modules connected in parallel

Infeed/regenerative feedback
current
Rated current IN E

1250

1600

2000

3200

4000

6300

24 V DC aux. power
supply

230 V 2 AC

1.07

1.07

2.14

2.14

kW

0.29

0.41

0.6

0.95

1.8

1.8

Option L42/L44

kW

0.29

0.41

0.6

0.95

1.8

1.8

Sound pressure
level LpA
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz

dB (A) 68/70

68/70

70/72

70/72

72/74

72/74

Power requirement

Power loss, max. 1)

at 50 Hz 400 V
Option L42/L44
at 60 Hz 460 V

Line supply connection

L1, L2, L3

5/M12 + 4/M16

5/M12 + 4/M16

5/M12 + 4/M16

5/M12 + 4/M16

64/M12

64/M12

Conductor cross-section, mm2

max. (IEC)

8 240

8 240

10 240

10 240

64 240

64 240

PE/GND connection

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

mm2

600

600

600

600

600

600

Conductor cross-section, mm2

max. (IEC)

240

240

240

240

240

240

Degree of protection

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

Busbar cross-section

Dimensions
Width with option B70

mm

1000

1000

1000

1000

1200

1200

Height 2)

mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

kg

470

490

620

720

1100

1100

JL

JL

KL

LL

Weight
Option L42/L44
Frame size

1)

The specified power loss equals the maximum value at 100 % utilization. The value is lower under normal operating conditions.

2)

The cabinet height increases by 250 mm with IP21 degree of protection,

and by 400 mm with IP23 degree of protection.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/27

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Line Connection Modules

Selection and ordering data

Line Connection Modules

Active Line Modules

Current 1)

Number of Active
Line Modules connected in parallel

Order No.
with order code B70 for
Cranes sector version and
order code L42 for operation on Active Line Modules.
Further special versions
with order codes under
"Options".

Total
rated current

Total
rated output

Type

kW

931

570

2 6SL3730-7TE35-0BA3

985

630

6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3

1405

900

6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3

1596

950

1 6SL3730-7TE38-4BA3
1 6SL3730-7TE38-4BA3-Z
B91

Line voltage 380 V 480 V 3 AC

1250

6SL3700-0LE41-3AA3-Z
B70+L42

1600

6SL3700-0LE41-6AA3-Z
B70+L42

2000

6SL3700-0LE42-0BA3-Z
B70+L42

1871

1197

1 6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3
1 6SL3730-7TE41-0BC3

3200

6SL3700-0LE43-2BA3-Z
B70+L42

2669

1710

1 6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3
1 6SL3730-7TE41-4BC3

2807

1795

2 6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3
1 6SL3730-7TE41-0BC3
or
1 6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3
2 6SL3730-7TE41-0BC3

3740

2394

2 6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3
2 6SL3730-7TE41-0BC3

4000

2565

2 6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3
1 6SL3730-7TE41-4BC3
or
1 6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3
2 6SL3730-7TE41-4BC3

5340

3420

2 6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3
2 6SL3730-7TE41-4BC3

4000

6300

1)

6SL3700-0NE44-0BA3-Z
B70+L42

6SL3700-0NE46-3BA3-Z
B70+L42

The current values listed are based on an ambient temperature (air intake
temperature) of 40 C.

6/28

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Line Connection Modules

Options
The table below lists the options available for Line Connection Modules (for details, see description of options from Page 6/59):
Brief description of options

Order No.
supplement -Z with order code

Cranes sector version

B70

Indicator for supply system variables

B81

Transformer fuse 350 kVA

B82

Surge arrester 600 V

B83

Additional connection for left of Active Line Module

B91

Additional connection for right of Active Line Module

B92

Withdrawable circuit breaker in place of a fixed-mounted circuit breaker

L25

Line Connection Modules for Active Line Modules

L42

EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton in cabinet door

L45

Cabinet standstill heating

L55

Insulation monitoring

L87

Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M06

Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M07

Degree of protection IP21

M21

IP23 degree of protection (includes additional touch protection)

M23

Side panel (left)

M27

EMC shield bus

M70

DC busbar system (Id = 1170 A, 1 60 10 mm)

M80

DC busbar system (Id = 1500 A, 1 80 10 mm)

M81

DC busbar system (Id = 1840 A, 1 100 10 mm)

M82

DC busbar system (Id = 2150 A, 2 60 10 mm)

M83

DC busbar system (Id = 2730 A, 2 80 10 mm)

M84

DC busbar system (Id = 3320 A, 2 100 10 mm)

M85

DC busbar system (Id = 3720 A, 3 80 10 mm)

M86

DC busbar system (Id = 4480 A, 3 100 10 mm)

M87

Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)

M90

Special paint finish for cabinet

Y09

Assembly into transport units at factory

Y11

One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm

Y31

Two-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y32

Four-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y33

Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format

D02

Certain options may be mutually exclusive.

Inadmissible option combinations:
M21 (IP21 degree of protection) and M23 (IP23 degree of protection)
Y31, Y32, Y33 (1, 2 or 4-line label for plant identification)
DC busbar system mechanical options (busbars between individual Cabinet Modules)
M80
M80

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

Combination possible
Combination not possible

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/29

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules

Overview
Active Line Modules can supply energy and return regenerative
energy to the supply system. Active Line Modules generate a
regulated DC voltage that is kept consistent regardless of fluctuations in the line voltage (the line voltage must range within the
permissible tolerances).
Active Line Modules draw a virtually sinusoidal current from the
supply system and do not, therefore, cause any harmful harmonics.
A Braking Module and braking resistor are required only if the
drives need to be decelerated in a controlled manner after a
power failure (i.e. if energy cannot be recovered to the supply).
Please refer to Catalog D 21.3 for detailed information regarding
these components.
Up to 4 identical Active Line Modules can be connected in parallel to increase the power and to provide a redundant configuration.
Active Line Modules are available for the following voltages and
power ratings:
Line voltage

Rated output

380 480 V 3 AC

300 900 kW
(power can be increased to up to 3420 kW
through parallel connection)

Design

Active Line Modules are always operated together with an Active

Interface Module, which contains the associated
Clean Power Filter and pre-charging circuit. The integrated line
filter ensures compliance with the EMC requirements for the
"second environment".
The Active Line Module and Active Interface Module are supplied as a complete, fully wired unit, i.e. additional cabling and
wiring by the customer is not required.
Parallel connection of Active Line Modules to increase
power rating
For configuring drive groups with higher outputs, Active Line
Modules are available, which can be operated in parallel on a
common Line Connection Module. Up to 4 identical Active Line
Modules can be arranged to the left and right of the Line Connection Module. Up to 2 Active Line Modules each can be arranged on the left and right. The power connections on the Active Line Module on the left of the Line Connection Module are a
mirror image (Order No. with "C" in the next to last position, ex-

ample: 6SL3730-7T.41.-.BC0), which results in a very compact

design for the line infeed.
If a second Active Line Module has to be arranged on the left
side, the order code B91 must be specified for the option "2nd
parallel infeed on left". If a second Active Line Module has to be
arranged on the right side, the order code B92 must be specified for the option "2nd parallel infeed on right".
Please note that only Active Line Modules with exactly the same
output rating may be connected in parallel. The potential for imbalances in current distribution means that a current derating of
5 % applies; this must be taken into account when the modules
are dimensioned.
When configuring, it must be ensured that the maximum DC link
capacitance for the drive group that can be charged through the
Active Line Modules is not exceeded.
If the Active Line Modules are connected in parallel using
DRIVE-CLiQ, this must be taken into account during configuration.
G_CR01_EN_00217

DC busbar
Motor
Module

Active
Line
Module

Active
Interface
Module

6SL3730-7T...-.BC3

Motor feeder

6/30

Siemens CR 1 2012

Active
Line
Module

Active
Interface
Module

6SL3730-7T...-.BC3
B91

Line
Connection
Module
Option
B91+ B92

Infeed

Active
Interface
Module

Active
Line
Module

6SL3730-7T...-.BA3
B92

Active
Interface
Module

Active
Line
Module

Motor
Module

Motor
Module

6SL3730-7T...-.BA3

Motor feeder

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules

Integration
The Active Line Module is controlled by the CU320 Control Unit. Data is exchanged between the Control Unit and module via the
DRIVE-CLiQ connections. The Active Interface Module is included in the scope of delivery for the Active Line Module.
Cabinet Module

Cabinet Module
DC busbar

L1 / L2 operating voltage
AC 230 V

-X2

Cabinet Module

Line Connection
Module

For Active Line Module (L42)

Configured according to
crane specification

-Q6

1_K4_2
1_K4_4
1_K4_6
-Q4

3WL1
-X1
U1/L
1V1/L2
W1/L3
PE

-Q1

K4_2
K4_4
K4_6

T1
T2
T3
U1 -X1
V1
W1
PE

Configured
according to crane
specification
(option B70)

-X41
4
3
2
1

2
1

+Temp
-Temp
EP + 24 V
EP M1

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2

-X609
Configured
PE
according to
Voltage
1
Sensing
P24 crane
specification
Module
2
P24
(option B70)
VSM
3
M
4
M
-F101
5
6
7
8
-F102 Fan
9
10
Pre-charge contactor
11
Bypass contactor
12
13
14 Contactors
open

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1

Feedback of pre-charge

Active
Line
Module

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0

-X3

LED
RDY

LEDs

Active
Interface
Module

X400 X401 X402 3

DRIVE-CLiQ socket

X500

READY
DC LINK
POWER OK

Internal
-X9
power supply
P24 V
1
=
M
2
=
3
Bypass
4
contactor control
5
Gating
Connection for
6
Pre-charge
Braking Module
contactor
DCPA
DCNA

-X2

U2
V2
W2
PE

U1
V1
W1
PE

-X1
DCP
DCN

~
=

-F10

-F11

1
2

Connection set at factory between Active Infeed

Module and Active Line Module

-X3
Auxiliary power supply
24 V DC

-X42
1
2
3
4

P24L
P24L
M
M

Fan

IPD Card

-X1
L1/L2 operating voltage
380 - 480 V AC
G_CR01_EN_00328

Example of connection of an Active Line Module (frame sizes GI/GX)

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/31

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules

Integration (continued)
Cabinet Module

Cabinet Module
DC busbar

-X3

Feedback of pre-charge

-X2

L1/L2 operating voltage

230 V AC
Cabinet Module

Line Connection
Module
for Active Line Module (L42)
Configured according to
crane specification
-Q10

-X609
PE
1
P24
2
P24
3
M
4
M
L 5
6
N7
8
9
1
10
11
2
12
13
Contactors
14

3WL1
-X1
U1/L
1V1/L2
W1/L3
PE

2_K4_2
2_K4_4
2_K4_6

-Q1

-X41
4
3
2
1

EP +24 V
EP M1

Fan
-F102
2

Pre-charge contactor

;





T1
T2
T3
L1 -X1
L2
L3
PE

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE




Auxiliary power supply

24 V DC

P24 V
M
Bypass contactor
control
Gating
Pre-charge contactor

3/
3/
0
0 Connection for
Braking Module

L1/L2 operating voltage

380 - 480 V AC

Example of connection of an Active Line Module (frame sizes HI/HX and JI/JX)

Siemens CR 1 2012

DCPA
DCNA
DCP
DCN

No. of fans depending

on frame size

-F10

-F20

-F21
-X1

G_CR01_EN_00218

6/32

32:(52.

,3'
&DUG

-F11
-X3
Connection set at factory between
Active Infeed Module and Active Line
Module

'&/,1.

-X1
U1
V1
W1

-X9
L1
L2

5($'<

-F101
-X9
1
2
3
4
5
6

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2

Voltage
Sensing
Module VSM

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1

Configured
according to crane
specification
(option B70)

open

3_K4_2
3_K4_4
3_K4_6
-Q8

LED
RDY

/('V

Configured
according to crane
specification
(option B70)

Active
Line
Module

DRIVE-CLiQ socket

Active
Interface
Module

X400 X401 X402 

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0

X500

Fan

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules

Technical data
Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Active Line Modules

Type
6SL3730-7TE35-0BA3

6SL3730-7TE38-4BA3

6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3

6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3

For parallel connection,

mounted to the left of the Line Connection Module:
6SL3730-7TE41-0BC3

6SL3730-7TE41-4BC3

Rated output
at IN DC (50 Hz 400 V)

kW

300

500

630

900

at IH DC (50 Hz 400 V)

kW

270

465

545

780

at IN DC (60 Hz 460 V)

hp

500

700

900

1250

at IH DC (60 Hz 460 V)

hp

400

700

800

1000

DC link current
Rated current IN DC

549

940

1103

1574

1)

489

837

982

1404

Maximum current Imax DC

823

1410

1654

2361

Rated current IN E

490

840

985

1405

Maximum current Imax E

735

1260

1477

2107

24 V DC aux. power
supply

1.52

1.57

1.67

1.67

400 V AC, 50/60 Hz

1.8/2.7

3.6/5.4

5.4/8.1

5.4/8.1

Active Line Module

9600

16800

18900

28800

Drive line-up, max.

76800

134400

230400

230400

at 50 Hz 400 V

kW

8.7

13.8

17.6

21.8

at 60 Hz 460 V

kW

9.0

14.3

18.3

22.7

Cooling air requirement

m3/s

1.3

1.58

1.88

1.88

Sound pressure level LpA

dB (A) 76/78

78/80

78/80

78/80

Base-load current IH DC

Infeed/regenerative feedback current

Power requirement

DC link capacitance

Power loss, max. 2)

3)

(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

Busbar cross-section

mm2

600

600

600

600

Conductor cross-section,
max. (DIN VDE)

mm2

240

240

240

240

Shielded

2700

3900

3900

3900

Unshielded

4050

5850

5850

5850

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

PE/GND connection

Cable length, max. 4)

Degree of protection
Dimensions
Width with option B70

mm

1000

1200

1600

1600

Height 5)

mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

600

Weight

kg

530

930

1360

1360

GX + GI

HX + HI

JX + JI

JX + JI

Frame size

1)

The base-load current IH DC is based on a duty cycle of 150 % for 60 s or

Imax DC for 5 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s.

4)

Sum of all motor cables and DC link. Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request

2)

The specified power loss equals the maximum value at 100 % utilization.
The value is lower under normal operating conditions.

5)

The cabinet height increases by 250 mm with IP21 degree of protection,

and by 400 mm with IP23 degree of protection.

3)

Total sound pressure level of Active Interface Module and Active Line
Module.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/33

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules

Selection and ordering data

Rated
output

Active Line Module (incl. Active Interface Module)

kW

Order No.
with order code B70 for
Cranes sector version.
Further special versions with order codes under "Options".

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC (DC link voltage 540 720 V DC)
300

6SL3730-7TE35-0BA3-Z
B70

500

6SL3730-7TE38-4BA3-Z
B70

630

6SL3730-7TE41-0BA3-Z
B70

630

6SL3730-7TE41-0BC3-Z
B70

900

6SL3730-7TE41-4BA3-Z
B70

900

6SL3730-7TE41-4BC3-Z
B70

For parallel connection, mounted on left of LCM (mirror-image design)

For parallel connection, mounted on left of LCM (mirror-image design)

Options
The table below lists the options available for Active Line Modules (for details, see description of options from Page 6/59):

Brief description of options

Order No.
supplement -Z
with order code

Cranes sector version

B70

Additional connection for left of Active Line Module

B91

Additional connection for right of Active Line Module

B92

Cabinet standstill heating

L55

Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M06

Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M07

Degree of protection IP21

M21

IP23 degree of protection (includes additional touch protection)

M23

Side panel (right)

M26

Side panel (left)

M27

DC busbar system (Id = 1170 A, 1 60 10 mm)

M80

DC busbar system (Id = 1500 A, 1 80 10 mm)

M81

DC busbar system (Id = 1840 A, 1 100 10 mm)

M82

DC busbar system (Id = 2150 A, 2 60 10 mm)

M83

DC busbar system (Id = 2730 A, 2 80 10 mm)

M84

DC busbar system (Id = 3320 A, 2 100 10 mm)

M85

DC busbar system (Id = 3720 A, 3 80 10 mm)

M86

DC busbar system (Id = 4480 A, 3 100 10 mm)

M87

Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)

M90

Special paint finish for cabinet

Y09

Assembly into transport units at factory

Y11

One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm

Y31

Two-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y32

Four-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y33

Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format

D02

Certain options may be mutually exclusive.

Inadmissible option combinations:
M21 (IP21 degree of protection) and M23 (IP23 degree of protection)
Y31, Y32, Y33 (1, 2 or 4-line label for plant identification)

6/34

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules

Options (continued)
DC busbar system mechanical options (busbars between individual Cabinet Modules)
M80
M80

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

Combination possible
Combination not possible

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/35

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format

Overview

Design
Motor Modules contain the following components as standard:
Retaining device for the DC busbar, including the connection
to the DC connections of the Motor Module
Nickel-plated connection busbars for motor cables with Motor
Modules of frame sizes FX and GX; connection is made directly on device with Motor Modules of frame sizes HX and JX.
Cable clamping bar for the electric power cables
DRIVE-CLiQ interface (3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets), without
Control Unit
Customer interface -X55
Nickel-plated PE busbar (60 10 mm), including jumper for
looping through to the next Cabinet Module
EMC-compliant design thanks to additional shielding measures and appropriate cable routing.

Motor Modules in chassis format are available in the power

range from 110 kW to 800 kW.

Line voltage

DC link
voltage

Type rating

380 480 V 3 AC

510 720 V DC

110 800 kW

6/36

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format

Integration
Motor Modules are controlled by the SIMOTION D435 and CX32 Control Units. Communication takes place over the DRIVE-CLiQ
connection. The Control Units and the DRIVE-CLiQ cable are not included in the scope of supply and must be configured by the
customer.
Cabinet Module
DC busbar

Configured according to crane

specification (option B70)
DCP
DCN
DCPA
DCNA
DCPS
DCNS

1
2
3
4
5
6

-X2

-X1

U2
V2
W2

Internal
power
supply

M
3~

PE

-F10
Fan

-F20

L1/L2 operating voltage

380 - 480 V AC

32:(52.

P24 V

-F11

-X3

'&/,1.

-X9

L1
L2

Auxiliary voltage
supply 24 V DC

5($'<

-F21

-X41
4
3
2
1

+Temp
- Temp
EP +24 V
EP M1

;





3/
3/
0
0

;





%52XWSXW
%52XWSXW
)%,QSXW
)%,QSXW

Number of fans
depends on the
size

Fan
Internal

,3'&DUG

G_CR01_EN_00219a

-X55

LEDs

Customer
terminal
block

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2

Motor Module

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1

DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0

X400 X401 X402

Connection example of a Motor Module

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/37

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format

Technical data
Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC
DC link voltage
510 720 V DC

Motor Modules in chassis format

Type
6SL37201TE32-1AA3

6SL37201TE32-6AA3

6SL37201TE33-1AA3

6SL37201TE33-8AA3

6SL37201TE35-0AA3

6SL37201TE36-1AA3

Type rating
at IL (50 Hz 400 V) 1)

kW

110

132

160

200

250

315

at IH (50 Hz 400 V) 1)

kW

90

110

132

160

200

250

at IL (60 Hz 460 V) 2)

hp

150

200

250

300

400

500

V) 2)

hp

150

200

200

250

350

350

Rated current IN A

210

260

310

380

490

605

Base-load current IL 3)

205

250

302

370

477

590

Base-load current IH 4)

178

233

277

340

438

460

Maximum current Imax A

307

375

453

555

715

885

Rated current IN DC
when supplied via
Active Line Module

227

281

335

411

529

653

Base-load current IL DC 3)
when supplied via
Active Line Module

221

273

326

400

515

636

Base-load current IH DC 4)
when supplied via
Active Line Module

202

250

298

365

470

581

24 V DC aux. power supply A

0.8

0.8

0.9

0.9

0.9

1.0

400 V AC, 50/60 Hz

0.63/0.95

1.13/1.7

1.8/2.7

1.8/2.7

1.8/2.7

3.6/5.4

DC link capacitance

4200

5200

6300

7800

9600

12600

kHz

1.25

- without current derating

Hz

1.25

- with current derating

Hz

7.5

at 50 Hz 400 V

kW

1.86

2.5

2.96

3.67

4.28

5.84

at 60 Hz 460 V

kW

1.94

2.6

3.1

3.8

4.5

6.3

Cooling air requirement

m3/s

0.17

0.23

0.36

0.36

0.36

0.78

Sound pressure level LpA

(1 m) at 50/60 Hz

dB (A) 67

69

69

69

69

72

3 M12

3 M12

3 M12

3 M12

3 M12

6 M12

at IH (60 Hz 460
Output current

DC link current

Power requirement

Pulse frequency 5)
Rated frequency
Pulse frequency, max.

Power loss, max. 6)

Motor connection U2, V2, W2

With option B70, for each
phase
Cable length, max. 7)
Shielded

300

300

300

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

450

450

450

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE/GND connection
Busbar cross-section

mm2

600

600

600

600

600

600

Conductor cross-section,
max. (DIN VDE)

mm2

240

240

240

240

240

240

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions
Width

mm

400

400

400

400

400

600

Height 8)

mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

145

145

286

286

286

490

FX

FX

GX

GX

GX

HX

Frame size

See footnotes at bottom of Page 6/40.

6/38

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format

Technical data (continued)

Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC
DC link voltage
510 720 V DC

Motor Modules in chassis format

Type
6SL37201TE37-5AA3

6SL37201TE38-4AA3

6SL37201TE41-0AA3

6SL37201TE41-2AA3

6SL37201TE41-4AA3

Type rating
at IL (50 Hz 400 V) 1)

kW

400

450

560

710

800

at IH (50 Hz 400 V) 1)

kW

315

400

450

560

710

at IL (60 Hz 460 V) 2)

hp

600

700

800

1000

1000

V) 2)

hp

450

600

700

900

1000

Rated current IN A

745

840

985

1260

1405

Base-load current IL 3)

725

820

960

1230

1370

Base-load current IH 4)

570

700

860

1127

1257

Maximum current Imax A

1087

1230

1440

1845

2055

Rated current IN DC
when supplied via
Active Line Module

805

907

1064

1361

1517

Base-load current IL DC 3)
when supplied via
Active Line Module

784

884

1037

1326

1479

Base-load current IH DC 4)
when supplied via
Active Line Module

716

807

946

1211

1350

24 V DC aux. power supply A

1.0

1.0

1.25

1.4

1.4

400 V AC, 50/60 Hz

3.6/5.4

3.6/5.4

5.4/8.1

5.4/8.1

5.4/8.1

DC link capacitance

15600

16800

18900

26100

28800

kHz

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

- without current derating

kHz

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

1.25

- with current derating

kHz

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

7.5

at 50 Hz 400 V

kW

6.68

7.15

9.5

11.1

12

at 60 Hz 460 V

kW

7.3

7.8

10.2

12.0

13

Cooling air requirement

m3/s

0.78

0.78

1.1

1.1

1.1

Sound pressure level LpA

(1 m) at 50/60 Hz

dB (A) 72

72

72

72

72

6 M12

6 M12

8 M12

8 M12

8 M12

at IH (60 Hz 460
Output current

DC link current

Power requirement

Pulse frequency 5)
Rated frequency
Pulse frequency, max.

Power loss, max. 6)

Motor connection U2, V2, W2

With option B70, for each
phase
Cable length, max. 7)
Shielded

300

300

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

450

450

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE bar

PE/GND connection
Busbar cross-section

mm2

600

600

600

600

600

Conductor cross-section,
max. (DIN VDE)

mm2

240

240

240

240

240

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions
Width

mm

600

600

800

800

800

Height 8)

mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

490

490

700

700

700

HX

HX

JX

JX

JX

Frame size

See footnotes at bottom of Page 6/40.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/39

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format

Selection and ordering data

Type rating

Rated output
current Irated

kW

Motor Modules in chassis format

Order No.
with order code B70 for Cranes sector version.
Further special versions with order codes under "Options".

Line voltage 380 480 V 3 AC (DC link voltage 510 720 V DC)

110

210

6SL3720-1TE32-1AA3-Z
B70

132

260

6SL3720-1TE32-6AA3-Z
B70

160

310

6SL3720-1TE33-1AA3-Z
B70

200

380

6SL3720-1TE33-8AA3-Z
B70

250

490

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3-Z
B70

315

605

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3-Z
B70

400

745

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3-Z
B70

450

840

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3-Z
B70

560

985

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3-Z
B70

710

1260

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3-Z
B70

800

1405

6SL3720-1TE41-4AA3-Z
B70

Footnotes from Pages 6/38 and 6/39.

1)

Rated power of a typ. 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH at

400 V 3 AC 50 Hz.

6)

The specified power loss equals the maximum value at 100 % utilization.
The value is lower under normal operating conditions.

2)

Rated power of a typ. 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH at

460 V 3 AC 60 Hz.

7)

3)

The base-load current IL is based on a duty cycle of 110 % for 60 s or

150 % for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s.

Sum of all motor cables. Longer cable lengths for specific configurations
are available on request. See also SINAMICS Low Voltage Configuration
Manual.

8)

The cabinet height increases by 250 mm with IP21 degree of protection,

and by 400 mm with IP23 degree of protection.

4)

The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150 % for 60 s or

160 % for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s.

5)

For details of the relationship between pulse frequency and maximum output current/output frequency, see Catalog PM 21.

6/40

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Modules in chassis format

Options
The table below lists the options available for Motor Modules (for details, see description of options from Page 6/59):
Brief description of options

Order No.
supplement -Z
with order code

Cranes sector version

B70

SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

K46

SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

K48

SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted

K50

Terminal module for controlling the "Safe Torque Off" and "Safe Stop 1" safety functions

K82

Motor reactor

L08

DC interface incl. pre-charging input circuit of the relevant DC link capacitance

L37

Cabinet standstill heating

L55

Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M06

Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M07

Degree of protection IP21

M21

IP23 degree of protection (includes additional touch protection)

M23

Side panel (right)

M26

Side panel (left)

M27

EMC shield bus

M70

DC busbar system (Id = 1170 A, 1 60 10 mm)

M80

DC busbar system (Id = 1500 A, 1 80 10 mm)

M81

DC busbar system (Id = 1840 A, 1 100 10 mm)

M82

DC busbar system (Id = 2150 A, 2 60 10 mm)

M83

DC busbar system (Id = 2730 A, 2 80 10 mm)

M84

DC busbar system (Id = 3320 A, 2 100 10 mm)

M85

DC busbar system (Id = 3720 A, 3 80 10 mm)

M86

DC busbar system (Id = 4480 A, 3 100 10 mm)

M87

Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)

M90

Special paint finish for cabinet

Y09

Assembly into transport units at factory

Y11

One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm

Y31

Two-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y32

Four-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y33

Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format

D02

Certain options may be mutually exclusive.

Inadmissible option combinations:
M21 (IP21 degree of protection) and M23 (IP23 degree of protection)
Y31, Y32, Y33 (1, 2 or 4-line label for plant identification)
Option L08 (motor reactor for Motor Module) is only available for frame sizes FX and GH (110 to 250 kW). For implementing a motor
reactor at 315 kW to 450 kW, a Motor Double Choke Module is available.
DC busbar system mechanical options (busbars between individual Cabinet Modules)
M80
M80

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

Combination possible
Combination not possible

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/41

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Double Choke Modules

Overview

Design
The Motor Double Choke Modules are equipped as standard
with 2 identical motor reactors. Two Motor Modules can be connected to one Motor Double Choke Module, depending on the
type selected.

Motor reactors reduce the voltage stress on the motor windings

by reducing the voltage gradients at the motor terminals that occur when motors are fed from drive converters. At the same time,
the capacitive charge/discharge currents that occur at the converter output when long motor cables are used are reduced.
Appropriately dimensioned motor reactors therefore enable
large capacitances and therefore longer motor cables to be connected. Their use is generally recommended in the case of multimotor drives.
With option L08 for Motor Modules, a motor reactor is integrated
into the Motor Module up to cabinet size GX (outputs of less than
315 kW). Due to space constraints, a separate cabinet must be
planned for the output range 315 kW to 450 kW (cabinet size
HX).

6/42

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Double Choke Modules

Integration
The Motor Modules connected to the Motor Double Choke Module must be arranged immediately to the left and right of the Motor
Double Choke Module.

Cabinet Module
DC busbar
-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

Motor
Module

-X1.1

U1 V1 W1 PE

Motor reactor 1

-X1.2

U2 V2 W2 PE

-X2.1

U1 V1 W1 PE

Motor
Module
G_CR01_EN_00326

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

Motor reactor 2

-X2.2

M
3~

U2 V2 W2 PE

M
3~

Motor Double
Choke Module

Connection example of a Motor Double Choke Module

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/43

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Double Choke Modules

Technical data
Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Motor Double Choke Module

Type
kW

Type rating
Number of reactors

6SL3700-2AE36-1BA3

6SL3700-2AE38-4BA3

6SL3700-2AE38-4BA3

315

450

450

Rated current

605

840

840

Power loss

kW

<2

<2

<2

Convection

Convection

Convection

Cooling air requirement

Sound pressure level

dB (A)

Line supply/load
connection

2 M12

2 M12

2 M12

PE connection

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 600
8 M12

Cable length, max.

Shielded

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions

Width

mm

600

600

600

Height

mm

220

220

220

Depth

mm

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

420

450

450

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

Matching Motor Module

Selection and ordering data

Type rating

Motor Double Choke Module

Order No.
with order code B70 for
Cranes sector version.
Further special versions with
order codes under "Options".

Motor Module in chassis format

Type

315

6SL3700-2AE36-1BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

400

6SL3700-2AE38-4BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

450

6SL3700-2AE38-4BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

kW

6/44

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Double Choke Modules

Options
The table below lists the options available for Motor Double Choke Modules (for details, see description of options from Page 6/59):
Brief description of options

Order No.
supplement -Z
with order code

Cranes sector version

B70

Cabinet standstill heating

L55

Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M06

Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M07

Degree of protection IP21

M21

IP23 degree of protection (includes additional touch protection)

M23

Side panel (right)

M26

Side panel (left)

M27

EMC shield bus

M70

DC busbar system (Id = 1170 A, 1 60 10 mm)

M80

DC busbar system (Id = 1500 A, 1 80 10 mm)

M81

DC busbar system (Id = 1840 A, 1 100 10 mm)

M82

DC busbar system (Id = 2150 A, 2 60 10 mm)

M83

DC busbar system (Id = 2730 A, 2 80 10 mm)

M84

DC busbar system (Id = 3320 A, 2 100 10 mm)

M85

DC busbar system (Id = 3720 A, 3 80 10 mm)

M86

DC busbar system (Id = 4480 A, 3 100 10 mm)

M87

Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)

M90

Special paint finish for cabinet

Y09

Assembly into transport units at factory

Y11

One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm

Y31

Two-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y32

Four-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y33

Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format

D02

Certain options may be mutually exclusive.

Inadmissible option combinations:
M21 (IP21 degree of protection) and M23 (IP23 degree of protection)
Y31, Y32, Y33 (1, 2 or 4-line label for plant identification)
DC busbar system mechanical options (busbars between individual Cabinet Modules)
M80
M80

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

Combination possible
Combination not possible

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/45

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules

Overview

Design
In total, 4 control cabinet versions are available for connecting
12, 16, 20, or 24 motors with an appropriate number of motor
circuit breakers. The motor circuit breakers are designed for a
rated current of 45 A to 63 A. The motor circuit breakers are
always connected at the input side into 4 groups of 3, 4, 5 or 6
motor circuit breakers for connection to Motor Modules.
Up to 2 Motor Modules can be connected to one Motor Multi
Connection Module for operating up to 2 sections of motors connected in parallel.
As an option, depending on the control cabinet version, 12, 16,
20 or 24 ammeters for indicating the motor currents as well as
2 voltmeters for indicating the output voltages of the Motor
Modules can be integrated in the cabinet door of the Motor Multi
Connection Module.

If the drive output of a gantry with drive motors is distributed over

multiple axes to achieve a more compact design and enhanced
motion, these motors can be operated cost-optimized in parallel
with a converter with an appropriate total power rating.
The Motor Multi Connection Modules are used to protect the individual motors from the total power of the converter. Motor Multi
Connection Modules contain the motor circuit breakers. Each
motor circuit breaker protects one motor. Several motor circuit
breakers are connected in parallel on the input side into a section for connection to a Motor Module.
The Motor Multi Connection Modules can be equipped with optional analog measuring instruments built into the cabinet door
for indicating the current motor currents and current output voltage of the Motor Modules.

6/46

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules

Integration
The motors and Motor Modules are connected to the Motor Multi Connection Module in accordance with the grouping.
Cabinet Module
DC busbar

U1 V1 W1 PE

N = 3, 4, 5, 6

A
AS1

ASN

U2 V2 W2 PE

U1 V1 W1 PE

B
BS1

U2 V2 W2 PE

N = 3, 4, 5, 6

BSN

U2 V2 W2 PE

U2 V2 W2 PE

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

Motor Multi Connection Module

U1 V1 W1 PE

N = 3, 4, 5, 6

C
CS1

CSN

U2 V2 W2 PE

U2 V2 W2 PE

U1 V1 W1 PE

D
DS1

N = 3, 4, 5, 6

DSN

U2 V2 W2 PE

U2 V2 W2 PE

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

M
3~

G_CR01_EN_00211

Connection example of a Motor Multi Connection Module

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/47

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules

Technical data
Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Motor Multi Connection Module

Type

Number of motor circuit

breakers

6SL3700-2EE34-0AA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2EE34-0BA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2EE34-0CA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2EE34-0DA3-Z
B70

12

16

20

24

Rated current
per group

400

400

400

400

Power loss

kW

<1

<1

<1

<1

Convection

Convection

Convection

Convection

Cooling air requirement

Sound pressure level

dB (A)

Line supply/load connection

Screw-type terminal
16 mm2

Screw-type terminal
16 mm2

Screw-type terminal
16 mm2

Screw-type terminal
16 mm2

PE connection

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 600
10 M12

PE bar 600
10 M12

PE bar 600
10 M12

Cable length, max

Shielded

300

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

450

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions

Width

mm

600

800

800

800

Height

mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

240

280

290

300

Selection and ordering data

Number of motor Number of concircuit breakers
nectable motors

Motor Multi Connection Module

Order No. with order code B70 for
Cranes sector version.
Further special versions with order
codes under "Options".
6SL3700-2EE34-0AA3-Z
B70

12

12

16

16

6SL3700-2EE34-0BA3-Z
B70

20

20

6SL3700-2EE34-0CA3-Z
B70

24

24

6SL3700-2EE34-0DA3-Z
B70

Option "Measuring instruments in control cabinet

door"
Further special versions with order codes under
"Options".
12 ammeters
Analog measuring instruments of moving-iron type,
90 scale, 0 ... 60/120 A, direct measuring
2 voltmeters
Analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
90 scale, 0 ... 520 V, 4 ... 20 mA
16 ammeters
Analog measuring instruments of moving-iron type,
90 scale, 0 ... 60/120 A, direct measuring
2 voltmeters
Analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
90 scale, 0 ... 520 V, 4 ... 20 mA
20 ammeters
Analog measuring instruments of moving-iron type,
90 scale, 0 ... 60/120 A, direct measuring
2 voltmeters
Analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
90 scale, 0 ... 520 V, 4 ... 20 mA
24 ammeters
Analog measuring instruments of moving-iron type,
90 scale, 0 ... 60/120 A, direct measuring
2 voltmeters
Analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
90 scale, 0 ... 520 V, 4 ... 20 mA

Order No.
supplement -Z
with order code
B80

B80

B80

B80

Ordering example 1:

Ordering example 2:

A gantry with 12 motors is to be operated in two sections with 6 motors connected in parallel to one Motor Multi Connection Module.
Selection: Motor Multi Connection Module with 12 motor circuit
breakers or 12 connectable motors and the option "Cranes sector
version".

A gantry with 24 motors is to be operated in two sections with 12

motors connected in parallel to one Motor Multi Connection Module
with the ability to control the output voltage and motor currents.
Selection: Motor Multi Connection Module with 24 motor circuit
breakers or 24 connectable motors in the "Cranes sector version"
with measuring instruments for indicating motor current and voltage
in the cabinet door.

Order:
6SL3700-2EE34-0AA3-Z
B70

6/48

Siemens CR 1 2012

Order:
6SL3700-2EE34-0DA3-Z
B70+B80

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules

Options
The table below lists the options available for Motor Multi Connection Modules (for details, see description of options from Page 6/59):
Brief description of options

Order No.
supplement -Z
with order code

Cranes sector version

B70

Measuring instruments in control cabinet door

B80

Cabinet standstill heating

L55

Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M06

Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M07

Degree of protection IP21

M21

IP23 degree of protection (includes additional touch protection)

M23

Side panel (right)

M26

Side panel (left)

M27

EMC shield bus

M70

DC busbar system (Id = 1170 A, 1 60 10 mm)

M80

DC busbar system (Id = 1500 A, 1 80 10 mm)

M81

DC busbar system (Id = 1840 A, 1 100 10 mm)

M82

DC busbar system (Id = 2150 A, 2 60 10 mm)

M83

DC busbar system (Id = 2730 A, 2 80 10 mm)

M84

DC busbar system (Id = 3320 A, 2 100 10 mm)

M85

DC busbar system (Id = 3720 A, 3 80 10 mm)

M86

DC busbar system (Id = 4480 A, 3 100 10 mm)

M87

Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)

M90

Special paint finish for cabinet

Y09

Assembly into transport units at factory

Y11

One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm

Y31

Two-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y32

Four-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y33

Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format

D02

Certain options may be mutually exclusive.

Inadmissible option combinations:
M21 (IP21 degree of protection) and M23 (IP23 degree of protection)
Y31, Y32, Y33 (1, 2 or 4-line label for plant identification)
DC busbar system mechanical options (busbars between individual Cabinet Modules)
M80
M80

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

Combination possible
Combination not possible

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/49

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Overview
Switch-Over Modules switch Motor Modules and motors together in accordance with their type. This results in an increase
in plant availability due to redundancy and optimum utilization of
the available plant components. The Switch-Over Modules can
be optionally equipped with analog measuring instruments integrated into the cabinet door for indication of the output voltage
of the Motor Modules and for indicating the motor currents.

Design
Version A
A Motor Module operates either Motor 1 or Motor 2

Version B
Motor Module 1 operates Motor 1 and Motor Module 2
operates Motor 2 or
Motor Module 1 operates Motor 2 and Motor Module 2
operates Motor 1

Function diagram for version A

Function diagram for version B

Version B

Motor
Module
1

Motor
Module
1

Motor
Module
2

Motor
1

Motor
2

G_CR01_EN_00221

Version A

G_CR01_EN_00220

There are a total of 4 circuit versions available.

Motor
1

Motor
2

Implementation of version A with option B80:

2 ammeters (analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
240 scale) for indicating the motor currents and a voltmeter
(analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type, 240 scale)
for indicating the output voltage of the Motor Module.

6/50

Siemens CR 1 2012

Implementation of version B with option B80:

2 ammeters (analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
240 scale) for indicating the motor currents and 2 voltmeters
(analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type, 240 scale)
for indicating the output voltage at the Motor Modules.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Design (continued)
Version C
Motor Module 1 operates Motor 1.1 and
Motor Module 2 operates Motor 1.2 or
Motor Module 1 operates Motor 2 or
Motor Module 2 operates Motor 2

Version D
Motor Module 1 operates Motor 1 or 2 or 3 or 4 and
Motor Module 2 operates a motor other than Motor
Module 1

Function diagram for version C

Function diagram for version D

Version C

Version D

Motor
Module
2

Motor
Module
1

Motor
Module
2

G_CR01_EN_00223

G_CR01_EN_00222

Motor
Module
1

6
Motor
1.1

Motor
2

Motor
1.2

Implementation of version C with option B80:

3 ammeters (analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
240 scale) for indicating the motor currents and 2 voltmeters
(analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type, 240 scale)
for indicating the output voltage at the Motor Modules.

Motor
1

Motor
2

Motor
3

Motor
4

Implementation of version D with option B80:

2 ammeters (analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type,
240 scale) for indicating the motor currents and 2 voltmeters
(analog measuring instrument of moving-coil type, 240 scale)
for indicating the output voltages at the Motor Modules.

The checkback contacts of the individual contactors are connected to terminals to support plant-specific interlocks.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/51

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Integration
The motors and Motor Modules are connected to the Switch-Over Module in accordance with the grouping.
Version A
Cabinet Module
DC busbar
-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

Switch-Over Module
Version A
U1 V1 W1 PE

-X1
Control
connections
-X2

-X2

Feedback -X3
contacts

U2 V2 W2 PE

-X2 U2 V2 W2 PE

G_CR01_EN_00212

Motor
Module

M
3~

M
3~

Connection example of a Switch-Over Module, version A

Version B
Cabinet Module
DC busbar

Switch-Over Module

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE
-X1

Motor
Module

U1 V1 W1 PE

-X1

U1 V1 W1 PE
Feedback -X3
contacts

G_CR01_EN_00213

Control
connections
-X2

-X2

U2 V2 W2 PE

$
M
3~

Connection example of a Switch-Over Module, version B

6/52

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

Version B

Siemens CR 1 2012

-X2

Motor
Module

U2 V2 W2 PE

$
M
3~

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Integration (continued)
Version C
Cabinet Module
DC busbar

Switch-Over Module

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

Version C

-X1

U1 V1 W1 PE

-X1 U1 V1 W1 PE
Feedback -X3
contacts

Control
connections
-X2

G_CR01_EN_00214

Motor
Module

-X2

U2 V2 W2 PE

$
M
3~

-X2 U2 V2 W2 PE

Motor
Module

-X2 U2 V2 W2 PE

M
3~

M
3~

Connection example of a Switch-Over Module, version C

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/53

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Integration (continued)
Version D
Cabinet Module
DC busbar

Motor
Module

Switch-Over Module
Version D

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

U1
V1
W1

-X1

Feedback
contacts
-X3

PE Control
connections
-X2

U2
V2
W2

-X2

-X2 U2
V2
W2

PE

M
3~

U2
V2
W2

-X2

Feedback
contacts
-X3

U1 -X1
V1
W1

PE

Connection example of a Switch-Over Module, version D

6/54

Siemens CR 1 2012

-X2 U2
V2
W2

PE

Control
connections
-X2

Motor
Module

M
3~

PE

PE

-X2
U2
V2
W2
PE

G_CR01_EN_00215

M
3~

M
3~

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Technical data
Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Switch-Over Module
Type
6SL3700-2FE36-1AA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE36-1BA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE36-1CA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE36-1DA3-Z
B70

Version

Number of contactors

Rated current

605

605

605

605

Power loss

kW

<1

<1

<1

<1

Convection

Convection

Convection

Convection

Cooling air requirement

Sound pressure level

dB (A)

Line supply/load connection

6 M12

6 M12

6 M12

6 M12

PE connection

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 600
8 M12

Cable length, max

Shielded

300

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

450

IP20

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions
Width

mm

600

600

600

600

Height

mm

2200

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

320

360

380

430

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

6SL3700-2FE39-9AA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE39-9BA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE39-9CA3-Z
B70

Version

Number of contactors

Matching Motor Modules

Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Switch-Over Module
Type

Rated current

985

985

985

Power loss

kW

<1

<2

<2

Convection

Convection

Convection

Cooling air requirement

Sound pressure level

dB (A)

Line supply/load connection

10 M12

10 M12

10 M12

PE connection

PE bar 600
8 M12

PE bar 800
10 M12

PE bar 800
10 M12

Cable length, max

Shielded

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions
Width

mm

600

800

800

Height

mm

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

400

600

650

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3

Matching Motor Modules

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/55

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Technical data (continued)

Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Switch-Over Module
Type
6SL3700-2FE41-3AA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE41-3BA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE41-3CA3-Z
B70

Version

Number of contactors

Rated current

1260

1260

1260

Power loss

kW

< 1.5

<2

<2

Convection

Convection

Convection

Cooling air requirement

Sound pressure level

dB (A)

Line supply/load
connection

14 M12

14 M12

14 M12

PE connection

PE bar 800
10 M12

PE bar 800
10 M12

PE bar 800
10 M12

Cable length, max

Shielded

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions

Width

mm

800

800

800

Height

mm

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

550

650

750

Matching Motor Modules

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3

Line voltage
380 480 V 3 AC

Switch-Over Module
Type
6SL3700-2FE41-4AA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE41-4BA3-Z
B70

6SL3700-2FE41-4CA3-Z
B70

Version

Number of contactors

12

12

Rated current

1405

1405

1405

Power loss

kW

< 1.5

< 2.5

< 2.5

Convection

Convection

Convection

Cooling air requirement

Line supply/load
connection

14 M12

14 M12

14 M12

PE connection

PE bar 800
10 M12

PE bar 1200
10 M12

PE bar 1200
10 M12

Sound pressure level

dB (A)

Cable length, max

Shielded

300

300

300

Unshielded

450

450

450

IP20

IP20

IP20

Degree of protection
Dimensions
Width

mm

800

1200

1200

Height

mm

2200

2200

2200

Depth

mm

600

600

600

Weight, approx.

kg

550

800

850

6SL3720-1TE41-4AA3

6SL3720-1TE41-4AA3

6SL3720-4TE41-2AA3

Matching Motor Modules

6/56

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Selection and ordering data

Version

Switch-Over Module
Order No.
with order code B70 for
Cranes sector version.
Further special versions with order
codes under "Options".

Connectable Motor Modules

Type rating

Type

kW

6SL3700-2FE36-1AA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

250

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

315

6SL3700-2FE39-9AA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

400

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

450

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3

560

6SL3700-2FE41-3AA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3

710

6SL3700-2FE41-4AA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE41-4AA3

800

6SL3700-2FE36-1BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

250

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

315

6SL3700-2FE39-9BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

400

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

450

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3

560

6SL3700-2FE41-3BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3

710

6SL3700-2FE41-4BA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE41-4AA3

800

6SL3700-2FE36-1CA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

250

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

315

6SL3700-2FE39-9CA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE37-5AA3

400

6SL3720-1TE38-4AA3

450

6SL3720-1TE41-0AA3

560

6SL3700-2FE41-3CA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE41-2AA3

710

6SL3700-2FE41-4CA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE41-4AA3

800

6SL3700-2FE36-1DA3-Z
B70

6SL3720-1TE35-0AA3

250

6SL3720-1TE36-1AA3

315

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/57

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Switch-Over Modules

Options
The table below lists the options available for Motor Modules (for details, see description of options from Page 6/59):

Brief description of options

Order No.
supplement -Z
with order code

Cranes sector version

B70

Measuring instruments in control cabinet door

B80

Cabinet standstill heating

L55

Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M06

Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M07

Degree of protection IP21

M21

IP23 degree of protection (includes additional touch protection)

M23

Side panel (right)

M26

Side panel (left)

M27

EMC shield bus

M70

DC busbar system (Id = 1170 A, 1 60 10 mm)

M80

DC busbar system (Id = 1500 A, 1 80 10 mm)

M81

DC busbar system (Id = 1840 A, 1 100 10 mm)

M82

DC busbar system (Id = 2150 A, 2 60 10 mm)

M83

DC busbar system (Id = 2730 A, 2 80 10 mm)

M84

DC busbar system (Id = 3320 A, 2 100 10 mm)

M85

DC busbar system (Id = 3720 A, 3 80 10 mm)

M86

DC busbar system (Id = 4480 A, 3 100 10 mm)

M87

Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)

M90

Special paint finish for cabinet

Y09

Assembly into transport units at factory

Y11

One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm

Y31

Two-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y32

Four-line label for plant identification, 40 180 mm

Y33

Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format

D02

Certain options may be mutually exclusive.

Inadmissible option combinations:
M21 (IP21 degree of protection) and M23 (IP23 degree of protection)
Y31, Y32, Y33 (1, 2 or 4-line label for plant identification)
DC busbar system mechanical options (busbars between individual Cabinet Modules)
M80
M80

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

M81

M82

M83

M84

M85

M86

M87

Combination possible
Combination not possible

6/58

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Description of the options

Options (continued)
B70
Cranes sector version

K46
SMC10 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted for resolvers

The modules are designed for increased mechanical stress.

Operation is permitted for the following vibratory load:
Excursion: 1 mm at 2.0 to 13.2 Hz
Acceleration: 0.7 g at 13.2 to 100 Hz

The SMC10 Sensor Module can be used to simultaneously record the speed and the rotor position angle. The signals received from the resolver are converted here and made available
to the closed-loop controller via the DRIVE-CLiQ interface for
evaluation purposes.

The core colors of the wiring are in accordance with

DIN EN 60204-32 except in the case of built-in modules in
chassis format. The auxiliary voltage terminals are marked and
implemented as follows:
X1: AC > 230 V, spring-loaded terminal
X2: 230 V AC, spring-loaded terminal
X3: 24 V DC, spring-loaded terminal
X21: LCM, spring-loaded terminal
X10: Pre-charging, screw-type terminal

The following encoders are supported by the SMC10:

2-pole resolver
Multipole resolver

The scope of supply includes documentation for the control cabinets for the ordered configuration of a crane.

The SMC20 Sensor Module can be used to simultaneously record the speed and position. The signals emitted by the incremental encoder are converted here and made available to the
closed-loop controller via the DRIVE-CLiQ interface for evaluation purposes.

The equipment designations and core end designations are in

accordance with EN 61346-2. All auxiliary voltages are routed to
terminals and must be externally fed.
B80
Measuring instruments in control cabinet door
Measuring instruments for measuring the output currents and
voltages of the Motor Modules are installed in the cabinet door
of the Switch-Over Modules and Motor Multi Connection Modules. The number of measuring instruments is dependent on the
function version of the Switch-Over Module and Motor Multi Connection Module.
B81
Measuring instrument for measuring line voltage and line
current
The Line Connection Module is equipped with an additional
measuring instrument for measuring and indicating the line voltage and line current (SIMEAS 7KG7500-0AA01-0AA0).
B82
Circuit breaker for auxiliary power supply
With this option, the LCM is equipped with an additional fuse
switch disconnector for a maximum of 500 A which allows a
transformer (max. 350 kVA) to be used to supply the auxiliary
drives, control circuits and special current circuits.
B83
Surge arrester
The Line Connection Modules are equipped with a 600 V surge
arrester.
B91
2nd Active Line Module on left
With this ordering option, additional DC busbars are supplied for
connecting the 2nd Active Line Module to the left of the Line
Connection Module.
B92
2nd Active Line Module on right
With this ordering option, additional DC busbars are supplied for
connecting the 2nd Active Line Module to the right of the Line
Connection Module.
D02
Customer documentation in DXF format

The motor temperature can also be detected using a temperature sensor (KTY84-130 or PTC).
K48
SMC20 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted for
sin/cos incremental encoder or EnDat absolute encoder

The following encoder signals can be evaluated:

Incremental encoder sin/cos 1Vpp
EnDat absolute encoder
SSI encoder
The motor temperature can also be detected using a temperature sensor (KTY84-130 or PTC).
K50
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted for the acquisition
of the actual motor speed
The SMC30 Sensor Module can be used to sense speed. The
signals emitted by the rotary pulse encoder are converted here
and made available to the closed-loop control via the DRIVECLiQ interface for evaluation purposes.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
TTL encoder
HTL encoder
SSI encoder
The motor temperature can also be detected using a temperature sensor (KTY84-130 or PTC).
K82
Terminal module for controlling the "Safe Torque Off" and
"Safe Stop 1" safety functions
The terminal module is used to control the "Basic Safety Functions" over a wide voltage range from 24 V to 240 V DC/AC. This
means that the "STO" and "SS1" safety functions can be flexibly
controlled from the signal voltages in the plant.
The integrated safety functions, starting from the Safety Integrated (SI) input terminals of the components (Control Unit and
Motor Module), satisfy the requirements of Machinery Directive
98/37/EC, EN 60204-1, and DIN EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3
(formerly EN 954-1), as well as Performance Level (PL) d and
IEC 61508 SIL 2.
These Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS S120 are
generally certified by independent institutes. An up-to-date list
of certified components is available on request from your local
Siemens office.

Option D02 can be used to order documents such as circuit diagrams, terminal diagrams, the layout diagram, and the dimension drawing in DXF format, e.g. for further processing in AutoCAD systems.
Siemens CR 1 2012

6/59

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Description of the options

Options (continued)
K82 (continued)
With option K82, the requirements specified in Machinery Directive 98/37/EC, EN 60204-1, DIN EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 (formerly EN 954-1) as well as Performance Level (PL) d and IEC
61508 SIL 2 are fulfilled. The Safety Integrated functions using
option K82 are only available in conjunction with certified components and software versions.
The following Safety Integrated functions are controlled using
option K82:
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safe Stop 1 (SS1) (time-controlled)

L42
Line Connection Module for Active Line Modules
Order code L42 is specified in the order to indicate that the Line
Connection Module will be connected to an Active Line Module.
The Line Connection Module is then adapted accordingly (precharging input circuit, connection busbars, etc.). Also refer to
the assignment table in the "Line Connection Modules".
L45
EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton installed in the cabinet door

With the Motor Modules in chassis format, option K82 cannot be

ordered together with Option L55 (cabinet with standstill heating).

The EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton with protective collar is installed in the cabinet door of the Line Connection Module and its
contacts are connected to a terminal block. From here, the
EMERGENCY STOP button can be integrated in the plant-side
EMERGENCY STOP chain.

L08
Motor reactor

L55
Cabinet standstill heating

Motor reactors reduce the voltage stress on the motor windings

by reducing the voltage gradients at the motor terminals that occur when motors are fed from drive converters. At the same time,
the capacitive charge/discharge currents that occur at the converter output when long motor cables are used are reduced.

The standstill heating is recommended for low ambient temperatures and high levels of humidity to prevent condensation. Depending on the cabinet width, a 100 W cabinet heater is installed
for each Cabinet Module.

Suitably dimensioned motor reactors or series connections of

motor reactors therefore offer a solution which allows a higher
capacitance and thus also longer motor cables to be connected.
It is generally recommended that motor reactors are used in the
case of multi-motor drives.
With option L08 for Motor Modules, a motor reactor is integrated,
fully wired, into the Motor Module up to cabinet size GX (outputs
of less than 315 kW). Due to space constraints, a separate cabinet must be planned for the output range 315 kW to 450 kW
(cabinet size HX; see Motor Double Choke Module).
L25
Circuit breaker in a withdrawable unit design
Line Connection Modules with an input current of > 800 A are
equipped with fixed-mounted circuit breakers as standard.
Where the customer requires a visible isolating distance, a withdrawable circuit breaker can be ordered as an option.
L37
DC interface incl. pre-charging input circuit of the relevant
DC link capacitance
If, for reasons relating to the process or availability, the Motor
Module needs to be disconnected from or connected to the
common DC link for an entire drive line-up during operation, a
manually operated isolating distance can be ordered as an option. With chassis format power units, this takes the form of
switch disconnectors, and with Booksize Cabinet Kits, of a contactor combination.
Option L37 is installed on the busbar between the Motor Module
and the main DC busbar. This option also includes a pre-charging switch for the DC link capacitors of the relevant Motor Module so that it can be switched in to the pre-charged DC link.
The switching operation is performed externally. The operating
levers can be locked using a padlock (padlock not included in
scope of delivery). The degree of protection of the cabinets is
not affected.

6/60

Siemens CR 1 2012

One heating element up to a cabinet width of 600 mm, two heating elements as of a cabinet width of 800 mm.
The power supply for the standstill heating (110 V to 230 V AC,
at terminal block -X240) must be provided externally and fused
with max. 16 A.
Within the transport units, the heaters are internally connected
and must only be fed once.
Option L55 cannot be ordered together with option K82 (terminal module for the control of safety functions).
L87
Insulation monitoring
An insulation monitor must be used if the converter is operated
on an isolated-neutral system. The device monitors the entire
galvanically coupled circuit for insulation faults. An alarm is output by the insulation monitor in the event of a fault.
Notice:
Only one insulation monitor can be used in a galvanically connected network.
As there are different response strategies when a ground fault
occurs in an isolated supply system, output relays of the insulation monitor are provided for integration in a line-side control. It
is also possible to integrate the outputs into the monitoring of the
Cabinet Modules on the line side.
Terminal A1-A101:

Meaning

11

Signaling relay ALARM 1

12

Signaling relay ALARM 1

14

Signaling relay ALARM 1

21

Signaling relay ALARM 2

22

Signaling relay ALARM 2

24

Signaling relay ALARM 2

M+

External k display (0 ... 400 A)

M-

External k display (0 ... 400 A)

R1

External reset key (NC contact or wire jumper,

otherwise the fault code is not stored)

R2

External reset key (NC contact or wire jumper)

T1

External test button

T2

External test button

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Description of the options

Options (continued)
M06
Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022

M27
Side panel mounted (left)

The additional cabinet base allows larger bending radii for cables (cable inlet from below) and enables them to be routed
within the cabinet base.

For side-by-side installation of Cabinet Modules from right to left,

cabinets can be ordered ready-prepared at the factory for assembly on-site. If option M27 is ordered, the Cabinet Module is
shipped with a side panel fitted on the left.

The cabinet base is supplied in RAL 7022 in all cases. A special

paint finish is not available for the base. It is delivered completely
assembled with the cabinet.

This side panel is essential for ensuring compliance with IP20

and higher degrees of protection.

M07
Cable compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035

M70
EMC shield bus

The cable compartment is made of strong sheet steel and allows

cables to be connected more flexibly (entry from below). It also
allows routing of cables within the compartment. It is delivered
completely assembled with the cabinet.

The EMC shield bus is used for the connection of line and motor
shielded supply cables. The supplied EMC shield clamps provide a large surface area for the connection.

Notice:
The cable compartment is colored RAL 7035 as standard. If a
special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the
cable compartment is also painted in this color.
M21
Degree of protection IP21
Cabinet version in IP20, but with additional roof or canopy. This
increases the cabinet height by 250 mm.
For transport reasons, the roofs or canopies are delivered separately and must be fitted on site.
Notice:
The roof or canopies are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a
special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the
roofs or canopies will also be painted this color.
M23
IP23 degree of protection
Cabinet Modules with IP23 degree of protection are supplied
with additional hoods, plastic ventilation grilles, and a filter medium in the air inlet and outlet. The cabinet height is increased
by 400 mm. The filter medium must be maintained according to
the local environmental conditions.

M80 to M87
DC busbar system
The correct DC busbar for the Cabinet Module must be ordered.
This is fitted in the upper section of the Cabinet Modules and
connects the Line Modules to the Motor Modules.
The busbar is dimensioned according to the load requirements
and demand factor associated with operation of the individual
drives, and according to the specific Cabinet Module layout. For
these reasons, the DC busbar is not supplied as standard, but
must be ordered as an option.
When selecting busbars, it is important to ensure that the systems of adjacent Cabinet Modules are compatible with one another (refer to the table below and option selection matrix for the
Cabinet Modules in question).
Where Cabinet Modules are ordered as a factory-assembled
transport unit with option Y11, all busbars in the transport unit
must be identical.
Order
code

DC busbar sys- Number

tem, rated current IN

Dimensions

mm

Compatible
with

M80

1170

60 10

M83

For transport reasons, the hoods are delivered separately and

must be fitted on site.

M81

1500

80 10

M84 and M86

M82

1840

100 10

M85 and M87

Notice:
The hoods are colored RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color
is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the hoods are also
painted in this color. The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation
grilles) are colored RAL 7035 and cannot be painted.

M83

2150

60 10

M80

M84

2730

80 10

M81 and M86

M85

3320

100 10

M82 and M87

M86

3720

80 10

M81 and M84

M87

4480

100 10

M82 and M85

M26
Side panel mounted (right)
For side-by-side installation of Cabinet Modules from left to right,
cabinets can be ordered ready-prepared at the factory for assembly on-site. If option M26 is ordered, the Cabinet Module is
shipped with a side panel fitted on the right.

The DC busbars are nickel-plated as standard and are available

in different designs for a variety of current-carrying capacities.
The scope of delivery also includes the jumpers required to link
the busbar systems of individual Cabinet Modules.

This side panel is essential for ensuring compliance with IP20

and higher degrees of protection.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/61

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Description of the options

Options (continued)
M90
Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)
A top-mounted crane transport assembly can be ordered as an
option for Cabinet Modules. Depending on the width of the module, it consists of either transport eyebolts (width 800 mm) or
transport rails (width 800 mm).
When Cabinet Modules are ordered as factory-assembled transport units (order code Y11), they are shipped with transport rails,
i.e. option M90 is automatically included in the scope of delivery
of option Y11 and does not need to be ordered separately.
Y09
Special paint finish for cabinet
As standard, the Cabinet Modules are delivered in RAL 7035.
The special paint finish must be specified in plain text when ordering. All RAL colors which are available as powdered coatings
can be selected.
Notice:
If options such as roofs or canopies (option M21) or hoods (option M23) are desired for the Cabinet Modules, these are also
painted in the ordered cabinet color. The molded plastic parts
(e.g. ventilation grilles) are colored RAL 7035 and cannot be
painted.
Y11
Assembly into transport units at factory

When DC busbars (options M80 to M87) are selected for these

"units", it must be ensured that identical busbars are installed
within the transport unit and are compatible with all adjacent
Cabinet Modules.
In a transport unit order, all the Cabinet Modules included in the
unit and their installation sequence from left to right must be
specified in plain text according to the syntax below:
TE 1 - 1 6

Transport unit
Serial number of the transport unit
Position of Cabinet Module within
transport unit from left to right

Option Y11 is particularly recommended for units comprising

Line Connection Modules and Line Modules because the required pre-charging input circuits and connection busbars, for
example, can be incorporated in the transport unit for certain
versions. Please refer to the assignment tables in "Line Connection Modules".
The transport unit is shipped with a crane transport rail, which
means that option M90 is not required.
Y31
One-line label for plant identification, 40 80 mm
Labels made of Formica (white with black engraving) are offered
for the identification of the Cabinet Modules. The labels are stuck
onto the cabinet door.
Dimensions H W: 40 80 mm
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm.

6/62

Siemens CR 1 2012

40

Field 1

80

Y32
Two-line label for plant identification, 40 x 180 mm
Labels made of Formica (white with black engraving) are offered
for the identification of the Cabinet Modules. The labels are stuck
onto the cabinet door.
Dimensions H W: 40 180 mm
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 2: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 10 mm.
90

+D4Z01R04 -31FA011
infeed roller FS

Field 1

Cabinet Modules can be ordered as factory-assembled transport units with a maximum width of 2400 mm. In this case, the
relevant modules are shipped as interconnected units (both
electrically and mechanically).

Plain text required to order:

+D4Z01R04

Field 2

40

Field 3

180

Y33
Four-line label for plant identification, 40 x 180 mm
Labels made of Formica (white with black engraving) are offered
for the identification of the Cabinet Modules. The labels are stuck
onto the cabinet door.
Dimensions H W: 40 180 mm
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 2: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Field 4: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Field 5: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm.
80

+D4Z01R04
Field 1

-31 FA011 Short text 1 Field 2

-31FA012 Short text 2 Field 3
-31FA013 Short text 3 Field 4
-31FA014 Short text 4 Field 5
180

40

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Customer terminal block

Overview

Design
-X1

-X2

-X4

Terminals -X4 and -X5 are provided for the connection of customer
signal lines. A cable cross-section of 0.14 to 2.5 mm can be connected, meaning that both solid and stranded cables can be used.

-X5

-X3

-X10
Cabinet-internal connections

G_D213_EN_00078

Terminals -X1 to -X3 are assigned internally in the cabinet depending on the cabinet version (with/without option K90 or K91).

Customer connections

Customer terminal block -X55 represents the interface to the I/O

devices and marshals a range of cabinet-internal signals to a
central terminal block module mounted in the lower part of the
cabinet.

Customer
terminal block X55
comprises:

Motor Modules

Line Modules

With
Without
CU320
CU320
(K90/K91)

With
Without
CU320
CU320
(K90/K91)

8 digital inputs

8 bidirectional

inputs/outputs (DI/DO)

Auxiliary voltage output

+24 V

1)

Temperature sensor
connection
(KTY84/PTC)

Safety function
("Safe Torque Off/
Safe Stop1")

Terminal -X10 provides a 24 V power supply for service purposes

and has a connector. The maximum current rating is 250 mA. Cable
cross-sections of 0.14 up to 1.5 mm2 can be connected.
Terminal assignment

Customer terminal strip - X55

This terminal block module is an interface that has been specially designed for plant construction. It is integrated as standard in the Motor Modules in chassis format and, in combination
with a CU320 Control Unit, in the Cabinet-Active Line Modules.

-X4

Function
STO/ SS1

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

DI0
DI1
DI2
DI3
M1
M
DI/DO8
DI/DO9
M
DI/DO10
DI/DO11
M
EP M1
EP + 24 V
- Temp
+ Temp

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

DI4
DI5
DI6
DI7
M2
M
DI/DO12
DI/DO13
M
DI/DO14
DI/DO15
M
M
Reserved
+ 24V do not use
free
free

1
2

M
P24

-X10

for service purposes

max. current load 250 mA
Interface to
Chassis Power Unit

G_D213_EN_00071

-X5

Interface to
Control Unit CU320
Interface to power supply
of the Cabinet Module
1)

Not for Line Modules.

Terminal assignment of customer terminal block -X55

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/63

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SINAMICS S120 converter
Cabinet Modules
Customer terminal block

Design (continued)
Terminal block
at -X55:

Factory
Comment
pre-assignment

-X4
1

DI0

Free

DI1

Free

DI2

Free

DI3

Free

M1

DI/DO8

Free

DI/DO9

Free

10

DI/DO10

Free

11

DI/DO11

Free

12

13

EP M1

14

EP +24 V Free

15

-Temp

Free

16

+Temp

Free

DI4

Free

DI5

Free

DI6

Free

DI7

Free

M2

DI/DO12

Free

DI/DO13

Free

10

DI/DO14

Free
Free

Free

Digital inputs of the CU320 Control Unit

voltage -3 V to +30 V
Current consumption at 24 V DC, approx.
10 mA

Bidirectional digital inputs/outputs

(not floating) Max. load current per digital
output: 100 mA
Bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
(not floating) Max. load current per digital
output: 100 mA
Connection to power unit,
"Safe Torque Off" and "Safe Stop 1"
functions
Connection to power unit,
Connection of a KTY84-1C130/PTC temperature sensor

-X5

11

DI/DO15

12

13

14

+24 V

Digital inputs of the CU320 Control Unit

voltage -3 V to +30 V
Current consumption at 24 V DC, approx.
10 mA

Bidirectional digital inputs/outputs

(not floating) Max. load current per digital
output: 100 mA
Bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
(not floating) Max. load current per digital
output: 100 mA
Reserved

15

Free

16

Free

-X10
1

P24

DI:
DI/DO:
M:
M1/M2:
Temp:

6/64

24 V power supply from the CU320, for

servicing purposes only, max. load rating
of 250 mA

Digital input
Bidirectional digital input/output
Electronic ground
Ground reference
Motor temperature sensor

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Overview

Function
The incoming signals from the master switch, such as setpoint
and control enable, are loaded.
The series-connected ramp-function generator with adjustable ramps forms the speed setpoint.
The speed controller with the subordinate current control circuit is connected down-circuit of the ramp-function generator
and forms the actual control loop.
A start pulse is also generated so that the machine is activated
in the hoisting direction of rotation immediately after switch-on.
This prevents the load from dropping on starting.
For switching through the rotor stages, a control mechanism is
installed that selects the planned stages speed-dependently
and activates reversing.
The integral zero-speed monitoring supports guided, electrical braking of the drive. For replacing the cable, e.g. in hoists,
jog mode with creep speed is provided.
The operating states are indicated in the device on a 5-digit,
7-segment display as well as the LEDs of the PMU operator
panel or on the optional OP1S operator panel.
Operating modes
The threshold for switchover between closed-loop and openloop controlled operation can be defined in accordance with the
control characteristic and set on the parameters of the device.

The SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller is used for the open and

closed-loop control of three-phase hoisting gear motors with
slip-ring rotors. The devices are ideally suited to crane modernization applications, because the existing components such as
motors, resistors, cables, etc. can usually be reused. They can
be used for single motor drives and for multi-motor drives. For
high ambient temperatures up to 65 C, devices are available in
special versions.

Design
Technical features
SIMOTRAS HD is a fully controlled, three-phase, digital thyristor
AC power controller in a compact design.
Electronic switchover of the rotating field makes stator contactors superfluous.
SIMOTRAS HD combines two principles of speed control for
slip-ring motors:
Changing the motor voltage with the help of the stator phase
angle control whereby the infeed frequency of the motor is not
changed (it is constantly identical to the respective line frequency)
Tilting the motor characteristic by means of variable rotor resistors
The stator phase angle control is characterized by stepless and
load-independent closed-loop control in four-quadrant mode.
The control range is parameterizable and is approximately 60 %
of the rated speed for hoists and up to 100 % for gantries. Mechanical wear is reduced by speed-dependent switching of the
rotor contactors. Braking and reversing of the drive is always
performed via the control range. Switching in the zero position
causes electrical braking; mechanical braking only occurs at
5 % of rated speed.
The device has various monitoring functions, e.g.:
Phase failure
Setpoint actual value
Device overtemperature

Parallel connection
To increase the performance, up to 6 devices can be connected in parallel. The terminal expansion option (CUD2) is required in this case for every device and (n-1) patch cable. For
current splitting, identical, separate parallel switching reactors
are required for each SIMOTRAS device. The difference in reactor tolerances determines the current splitting. For operation without derating (current reduction), a tolerance of 5 % or
more is recommended. Only devices with the same current
ratings are permitted to be connected in parallel.

Integration
The SIMOTRAS HD device comprises:
the power unit
basic electronics
add-on modules
Power unit
The power unit is a thyristor AC power controller in a compact
design. Two additional thyristor modules in the lateral branch of
the power unit enable reversing of the rotating field, and therefore 4Q operation of the drive. Current transformers in two
phases generate the actual value of current for current control.
Basic electronics
The basic electronics contains the gating unit that activates the
thyristors. It generates line-synchronized firing pulses. The control electronics is isolated from the line potential via firing pulse
transformers.
All device settings (e.g. controller parameters, limits, etc.) are
stored in the device in a non-volatile memory. Adjustment is performed digitally, via the operator panel on the device or via the
optional OP1S operator panel. The values are therefore easy to
reproduce at any time.
Depending on the load conditions, the converter operates in motor mode (driving direction of rotating field, 1st and 3rd quadrant) or in braking mode with reversing current braking (2nd and
4th quadrant). Through omission of the conventional stator contactors, fast torque reversal is possible and therefore highly dynamic control.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/65

6/66

Siemens CR 1 2012

71

230V~

G_CR01_EN_00163

39

37

36

79

Ackn.

ES2

Drive78 based
(crane)
controller

77

76

VE2

ES1

75

VE1

P24_S from
Terminal 34

Overload
Hoisting gear
Electrical
Stop
Feedback
Brake

Acknowledge
button

End
switch

Setpoint
lowering
Valid traversing
command

74

Latch
Rapid
traverse

FR

P665

Acknowledge

U605

Fault
handling

SIMOTRAS HD

Full conduction

U663

Reduction of
speedcontroller start pulses

P661

Pulse
enable

FK

ST

Start
pulse

100%

Current
limiting

Electronics
power
supply

5U1 5W1 5N1

4U1 4V1 4W1

Control
logic for
rotor
contactors

Braking
control

Actual
speed
value

S1

S2

S3

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

85

86

103
104

28
26
30
27
31
29

S4

Current
control

Equipment fan

AC 230 V

<1> MS
k01

90
0
15V
M

<3>

ws
ge
br
gr

IG

Gating unit

Actual
current
value
acquisition

Brake

gn

N.C.

T1

U2

U1

M
3~

T2

V2

V1

<5>
L2

Load

ST

PE

<2>

22

110

109

23

Monitoring
of motor
temperature

Signal
"No
Fault"

<1> Signal from safety chain

to brake control
<2> KTY84 connection or
PTC thermistor to
motor monitoring
<3> Analog tachometer or pulse
encoder
G = Analog tachometer
IG = Pulse encoder
<4> Device fan connection
<5> Power unit connection

T3

W2

W1

L3

The drive-based (crane) control is integrated into the SIMOTRAS

HD device. The SIMOTRAS HD device comprises:
Power unit
Electronics box with basic electronics and optional additional
modules

P654

U607

73

FK2

Ramp function Speed

generator
controller

Control word 1
Bit 3

72

N10
P10

&

FK1

U608

FR

Setpoint

Signal
"No fault"

Acknowledgement

ST

L1

Crane technology

Pre-limit
switch

Master
switch

34
P24_S

38

84

83

82

81

<4>

Mechanical
Stop

MS <1>

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller

Drive systems

AC power controller

Integration (continued)

The drive-based (crane) control is designed to permit easy

switchover between master switches with setpoint potentiometers and 4-stage master switches: The control function can be
specified by terminals or over PROFIBUS.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Technical data
AC power controller in the basic version
110 ... 500 V 3 AC, 60 ... 180 A
Order No.

6SG70-0EB60-0
50

52

55

60

62

65

Rated line-side voltage

power unit

110 (-10 %) ... 500 (+10 %) 3 AC

Rated frequency

Hz

50/60
The devices automatically adjust to the frequency of the applied line voltage in a range from
45 ... 65 Hz

Rated current

60

Rated line-side voltage

electronic power supply

380 (25 %) ... 460 (+15 %) 2 AC Irated = 1 A

or 190 (25 %) ... 230 (+15 %) 1 AC Irated = 2 A
(35 % for 1 min.)

Phase fuse 1)
3 units

A/V

3NE1820-0
80/690

Rated line-side voltage

fan

Rated current for fan

Overload possibility 2)

78

98

3NE1021-0
100/690

3NE10220-0
125/690

112

142

180

3NE1024-0
160/690

3NE1224-0
160/690

3NE1225-0
200/690

439

500

630

DC 24 internal

20 s duration: I = 2 x Irated
then 70 s duration: I = Irated
then 60 s duration: I = 0 A
(cycle duration 150 s)

Power loss for rated current, approx.

272

306

Minimum load

Ambient temperature during operation

at rated current

0 ... 45
Self-ventilated

0 ... 40
Forced ventilation

Upper limit temperature

with current derating

55

50

Cooling air requirement

m3/h

100

Sound pressure level LpA (1 m)

dB

40

Storage and transport temperature

25 ... +70

Installation altitude above sea level

1000 at rated current

max. 3500 with reduced voltage and current

Environmental class IEC 60721-3-3

3K3

DIN EN 60529 degree of protection

IP00

D400 device type

60MRE

Dimensions

See dimension drawings

Weight, approx.

1)

kg

386

78MRE

98MRE

16

The device is not supplied with the fuses listed. The fuses listed are recommended fuses that must be ordered separately.

112MRE

142MRE

180MRE

17

2)

The device can be operated continuously at the rated line-side current

Irated. This will cause the thyristors to reach their limit temperature. It is
not possible to accelerate, i.e. to increase the current, from this operating
state.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/67

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Technical data (continued)

AC power controller in the basic version
110 ... 500 V 3 AC, 225 ... 900 A
Order No.

6SG70-0EB60-0
70

76

80

82

85

110 (-10 %) ... 500 (+10 %) 3 AC

Rated frequency

Hz

50/60
The devices automatically adjust to the frequency of the applied line voltage in a range from
45 ... 65 Hz

Rated current

225

Rated line-side voltage

electronic power supply

380 (25 %) ... 460 (+15 %) 2 AC Irated = 1 A

or 190 (25 %) ... 230 (+15 %) 1 AC Irated = 2 A
(35 % for 1 min.)

Phase fuse 1)
3 units

A/V

3NE1227-0
250/690

285

360

3NE1331-0
350/690

Rated line-side voltage

fan

400 ( 15 %) 3 AC, 50 Hz
460 ( 10 %) 3 AC, 60 Hz

Rated current for fan

0.24

Overload possibility 3)

72

Rated line-side voltage

power unit

3NE1332-0
400/690

839

10

Ambient temperature during operation

at rated current

0 ... 40
Forced ventilation

Upper limit temperature

with current derating

50

Cooling air requirement

m3/h

Sound pressure level LpA (1 m)

dB

Storage and transport temperature

25 ... +70

Installation altitude above sea level

1000 at rated current

max. 3500 with reduced voltage and current

1020

3NE3340-8
900/690

6RY1702-0BA01 2)
1250/660

2890

3550

570

1400

2400

73

88

3K3

DIN EN 60529 degree of protection

IP00

D400 device type

225MRE

Dimensions

See dimension drawings

kg

1300

1827
15

Environmental class IEC 60721-3-3

285MRE

360MRE

30

1)

The device is not supplied with the fuses listed. The fuses listed are recommended fuses that must be ordered separately.

2)

Fuses are included in the device. No semiconductor fuses are necessary.

Siemens CR 1 2012

900

1.1

Minimum load

6/68

3NE1435-0
560/690

680

20 s duration: I = 2 x Irated
then 70 s duration: I = Irated
then 60 s duration: I = 0 A
(cycle duration 150 s)

Power loss for rated current, approx.

Weight, approx.

525

3)

525MRE

680MRE

900MRE

45

85

137

The device can be operated continuously at the rated line-side current

Irated. This will cause the thyristors to reach their limit temperature. It is
not possible to accelerate, i.e. to increase the current, from this operating
state.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Technical data (continued)

AC power controller in the special version
110 ... 500 V 3 AC, 42 ... 125 A, ambient temperature 65 C (option -Z = H78)
Order No.

6SG70-0EB60-0-Z
H78
50

52

55

60

62

65

Rated line-side voltage

power unit

110 (-10 %) ... 500 (+10 %) 3 AC

Rated frequency

Hz

50/60
The devices automatically adjust to the frequency of the applied line voltage in a range from
45 ... 65 Hz

Rated current

42

Rated line-side voltage

electronic power supply

380 (25 %) ... 460 (+15 %) 2 AC Irated = 1 A

or 190 (25 %) ... 230 (+15 %) 1 AC Irated = 2 A
(35 % for 1 min.)

Phase fuse 1)
3 units

A/V

3NE1820-0
80/690

Rated line-side voltage

fan

Rated current for fan

Overload possibility 2)

55

70

3NE1021-0
100/690

3NE1022-0
125/690

125

3NE1024-0
160/690

3NE1224-0
160/690

3NE1225-0
200/690

365

445

20 s duration: I = 2 x Irated
then 70 s duration: I = Irated
then 60 s duration: I = 0 A
(cycle duration 150 s)

Power loss for rated current, approx.

205

230

Ambient temperature during operation

at rated current

0 ... 45
Self-ventilated

Upper limit temperature

with current derating

65

Cooling air requirement

m3/h

100

Sound pressure level LpA (1 m)

dB

40

Storage and transport temperature

25 ... +70

Installation altitude above sea level

1000 at rated current

max. 3500 with reduced voltage and current
3K3

DIN EN 60529 degree of protection

IP00

D400 device type

60MRE

Dimensions

See dimension drawings

kg

288

322

0 ... 40
Forced ventilation

Environmental class IEC 60721-3-3

1)

100

24 V DC internal

Minimum load

Weight, approx.

80

78MRE

98MRE

16

The device is not supplied with the fuses listed. The fuses listed are recommended fuses that must be ordered separately.

112MRE

142MRE

180MRE

17

2)

The device can be operated continuously at the rated line-side current

Irated. This will cause the thyristors to reach their limit temperature. It is
not possible to accelerate, i.e. to increase the current, from this operating
state.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/69

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Technical data (continued)

AC power controller in the special version
110 ... 500 V 3 AC, 150 ... 700 A, ambient temperature 65 C (option -Z = H78)
Order No.

6SG70-0EB60-0-Z
H78
70

76

80

82

85

110 (-10 %) ... 500 (+10 %) 3 AC

Rated frequency

Hz

50/60
The devices automatically adjust to the frequency of the applied line voltage in a range from
45 ... 65 Hz

Rated current

150

Rated line-side voltage

electronic power supply

380 (25 %) ... 460 (+15 %) 2 AC Irated = 1 A

or 190 (25 %) ... 230 (+15 %) 1 AC rated = 2 A
(35 % for 1 min.)

Phase fuse 1)
3 units

A/V

3NE1227-0
250/690

200

250

3NE1331-0
350/690

Rated line-side voltage

fan

400 ( 15 %) 3 AC, 50 Hz
460 ( 10 %) 3 AC, 60 Hz

Rated current for fan

0.24

Overload possibility 3)

72

Rated line-side voltage

power unit

3NE1332-0
400/690

3NE1435-0
560/690

475

700

3NE13340-8
900/690

6RY1702-0BA01 2)
1250/660

1.1

20 s duration: I = 2 x Irated
then 70 s duration: I = Irated
then 60 s duration: I = 0 A
(cycle duration 150 s)

Power loss for rated current, approx.

595

Minimum load

10

Ambient temperature during operation

at rated current

0 ... 40
Forced ventilation

Upper limit temperature

with current derating

65

Cooling air requirement

m3/h

Sound pressure level LpA (1 m)

dB

Storage and transport temperature

25 ... +70

Installation altitude above sea level

1000 at rated current

max. 3500 with reduced voltage and current

731

2146

2865

570

1400

2400

73

88

3K3

DIN EN 60529 degree of protection

IP00

D400 device type

225MRE

Dimensions

See dimension drawings

kg

895

1280
15

Environmental class IEC 60721-3-3

Weight, approx.

365

285MRE

360MRE

30

525MRE

680MRE

900MRE

45

85

137

Note:
The overtemperature protection is designed for 65 C. The devices are not permitted to be operated at full rated current up to
40 C ambient temperature.

1)

The device is not supplied with the fuses listed. The fuses listed are recommended fuses that must be ordered separately.

2)

Fuses are included in the device. No semiconductor fuses are necessary.

6/70

Siemens CR 1 2012

3)

The device can be operated continuously at the rated line-side current

Irated. This will cause the thyristors to reach their limit temperature. It is
not possible to accelerate, i.e. to increase the current, from this operating
state.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Technical data (continued)

Load values depending on the temperature of the coolant
and installation altitude
Ambient or coolant
temperature

Change in load values

Standard version

Special version

Devices with self-ventilation

Devices with forced

ventilation

Devices with self-ventilation

Devices with forced

ventilation

+35 C

0%

0%

0%

0%

+40 C

0%

0%

0%

0%

+45 C

0%

5 %

0%

0%

+50 C

6 %

10 %

0%

12 %

+55 C

0%

0%

11 %

18 %

+60 C

0%

0%

18 %

24 %

+65 C

0%

0%

30 %

30 %

b1

Load percentage "b" [%]

100

G_CR01_EN_00166

80
67%

60
40

20

0
0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

Site altitude [m]

Reduction factor for load values at installation altitudes above 1000 m.

Configuration
Configuration information
In hoisting operation, the motors are not operated continuously, but with variable load, at varying speeds, and with different ON durations. Under these conditions, it is sufficient
when the rated current for the device Irated is greater than the
motor rated current. The devices can carry twice the rated device current of Irated for 20 s in intermittent duty with appropriate pauses in operation. This covers all the normal acceleration situations that occur with hoists.
To ensure a reliable ramp-up from the closed-loop control
characteristic to rated speed, it is recommended that four rotor contactors are used. Activation of the rotor contactors
through contactor relays.
Under unusual operating conditions, such as traversing with
full load at extremely low speed for a long time, motors, resistors and SIMOTRAS HD must be dimensioned appropriately.
When phase angle control is used, due to the reduced magnetization, a higher stator current flows to achieve the necessary torque. The motors can be thermally overloaded, because the thermal power losses rise with the quadrant of the
current. The resistors are overloaded when the closed-loop
control characteristic is traversed for an extended period. The
current values in the list therefore only refer to a cycle duration
of 150 s; i.e. at S3 40 %, the permissible ON time is 60 s.
The SIMOTRAS HD devices can be operated continuously at
the rated current for the device Irated; the limit temperature for
the thyristors will, however, be reached. Acceleration is not
permitted from this operating state. The thyristors could be
overloaded.

Due to influencing the speed with additional rotor resistors, the

rotor performance is largely converted into heat in the external
resistor. This ensures that excessive heating of the motor is
avoided when traversing at low speed over long periods.
Due to the lack of stator contactors, the motor can no longer
be galvanically isolated from the AC power controller, e.g.
when an operational limit switch is actuated. If the controller
could not block the thyristors due to a device fault, this could
result in an impermissible operating state.
It is therefore recommended that emergency or safety limit
switches are used.
These respond when the operational limit switch is passed
and act on a line contactor or the crane switch.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/71

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Characteristics
The speed changes steplessly in the control range when the
master switch is operated. The crane driver only detects the end
of the control range through latching of the master switch. Furthermore, the final stage is reached sub-synchronously or supersynchronously depending on the load by traversing the charac-

teristics that are determined by the resistor increments. Current

control is always operating to ensure that the set maximum
torques are not exceeded. The circuits are protected against
reversal.

Control characteristics for hoists

+n

Full-load curve
lifting

G_CR01_EN_00161

Braking lifting

Driving lifting

%
100

S4

80

S3

60

S2

40
20
%
-M

-140

-100

-60

S1

-20
20

S1

60

100

140

180 %

+M

-20
-40

S2

-60
-80

S3

S4

*
-120
%
Braking lowering

Driving lowering
-n
SIMOTRAS HD closed-loop control range
K

Characteristics for reversing mode (counter-current braking), i.e.

Delay lowering with pull-through loads or
Delay lifting when active reversing mode is required
S2, S3, S4 Characteristics for controlled mode
*

Use of current limiting (e.g. Imax = 2 x Irated)

Up to 4 rotor resistor switching stages can be implemented. If

less than 4 stages are implemented, the top stages
(S3/S4) remain unused.
If the upper stages S3/S4 are not used, the over-synchronized
speed increases in accordance with the parameterized characteristic on lowering. This must be taken into account when selecting the overspeed protection. For this reason, a speed corresponding to the characteristic can also only be achieved
during lifting.

6/72

Siemens CR 1 2012

Full-load curve
Lowering

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Characteristics (continued)
Control characteristics for gantries
+n
CW rotation, driving

G_CR01_EN_00162

CW rotation, braking
%
100

S4

80

S3

60

S2

40
20
%
-M

-140

-100

-60

S1

-20
20

S1

60

100

140

180 %

+M

-20
-40
S2

-60
-80

S3

-120
%
CCW rotation, driving

CCW rotation, braking

-n

Control range SIMOTRAS HD

K

Characteristics for reversing mode (counter-current braking)

S3

Characteristics for controlled mode

Use of current limiting (e.g. Imax = 2 x Irated)

Up to 4 rotor resistor switching stages can be implemented.

If less than 4 stages are implemented, the top stages
(S3/S4) remain unused.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/73

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Selection and ordering data

Basic version

Up to +40 C or +45 C

Special version, order code H78

Up to +65 C

(Add -Z to Order No. and specify order code H78)

6 S G Version
DC and AC power controllers for power control
Rated current
Basic version

7 0

Special version

60 A

42 A

5 0

78 A

55 A

5 2

98 A

70 A

5 5

112 A

80 A

6 0

142 A

100 A

6 2

180 A

125 A

6 5

225 A

150 A

7 0

285 A

200 A

7 2

360 A

250 A

7 6

525 A

365 A

8 0

680 A

475 A

8 2

900 A

700 A

8 5

Version
Thyristor

Rated voltage
500 V

Current transformer
With current transformer

Converter circuit
4-quadrant device

6 0

Ordering information for options with order codes

6 S G 7 0
+

The SIMOTRAS HD converters can be ordered with the following

options:
Options

Order code

Order No.

Operation of the SIMOTRAS HD

H78
devices at 65 C ambient temperature
Operating Instructions (English)

D76

6SG7000-0BA76

Operating Instructions and Drive D64

Monitor in German and English on
CD-ROM

6SG7000-0CD00

German Operating Instructions are supplied with every device.

6/74

- 0

Siemens CR 1 2012

- - 0 - Z Order No. of SIMOTRAS HD device

+

with supplement -Z and order codes

(multiple order codes additively)
and/or plain text if required.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Accessories
Spare parts
Order No.

Description

6SG70-0EB60-0

6SG70-0EB60-0

50

52

55

60

62

65

70

72

76

80

82

85

60A

78A

98A

112A

142A

180A

225A

285A

360A

525A

680A

900A

Printed circuit boards

6RY1703-0AA00

Electronics + terminals
A7001-L1

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

6RY1703-1HD06

Power interface + terminals 1x

A7022-L4

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

6RY1704-0AA00

Operator panel A7005-L1

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

6RY1703-1HD02

Snubber circuit A7021-L1

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

6RY1703-1HD03

Snubber circuit A7011-L1

1x

1x

Thyristors
6RY1700-0HD01

W98624-S7000-C2
SKKT72/16E

6RY1700-0AA05

W98624-S1002-C82
SKKT106/18EH1

6SY7010-0AA02

W97020-Z1009-C412
TT162 N16

6RY1700-0HD04

W98624-S1000-C1
MCC170-16 i01

6SY7010-0AA03

W98624-S1002-C8
TT251 N16

6SY7010-0AA05

W98624-S1002-C48
MCC312-16I01

6SY7010-0AA04

W98624-S1002-C39
TT500 N16

6RY1700-0AA04

W98624-S1002-C97
TT570N16

6RY1702-0CA01

Thyristor line
C98130-A1256-B320

5x
5x

5x

5x
5x

5x
5x
5x

5x
5x
5x
5x

Miscellaneous spare parts

6RY1701-0AA04

Radial-flow fan
C98247-S1002-C25

6RY1701-0AA07

Complete fan
C98130-A1256-C553

6RY1701-0AA08

Fan module
C98130-A1256-B140

6RY1702-0AA01

Current transformer
C98130-A1023-C751

6RY1702-0AA02

Current transformer
C98130-A1023-C752

6RY1702-0AA03

Current transformer
C98130-A1023-C771

6RY1702-0AA05

Current transformer
C98130-A1023-C773

6RY1702-0AA06

Current transformer
C98130-A1023-C850

6RY1702-0BA00

Fuse link F1, F2

C97327-Z1006-C215

6RY1702-0BA01

Fuse links
C98327-S1002-C83

6RY1705-0AA02

Snubber resistor
W98511-S1001-C207

6RY1710-3AA06

Snubber resistor
W98511-S1001-C105

6SY7010-6AA01

NTC thermistor
W98628-S1001-C24

6RY1700-0TF00

NTC thermistor

1x
2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

1x

2x
1x

1x

1x

2x

2x

2x

1x

2x
2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x

2x
3x

3x
5x
1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x

1x
1x

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/75

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Accessories (continued)
Notes on spare parts:
Refer to the SIMOTRAS HD Operating Instructions for any information to be considered regarding repair of these devices.

Demonstration model
A demonstration model is available for presenting the features of
SIMOTRAS HD. The demonstration model can be used for customer presentations and to teach technical know-how for configuring, commissioning, and service.
The features of the demonstration model are:
Ready-to-use device with a pulse encoder and brake built
onto the slip-ring motor, 3-stage rotor resistor and stepped
master switch or master switch with potentiometer, closedloop controlled eddy-current brake for simulating a load
torque
Indication of main operating values on instruments and LEDs
Simulation of limit switches, centrifugal switches, etc.
The demonstration model is installed in 2 rigid cases, which
also permit shipping, e.g. as air freight.
The second case can be stacked on the case with fixed,
braking wheels and transported.
Dimensions and weights with hood fitted:
Case on wheels with motor, brake, rotor resistor, etc.:
Width x length x height = 72 cm x 125 cm x 64 cm
Weight approx. 180 kg
Case with operator panel and SIMOTRAS:
Width x length x height = 72 cm x 125 cm x 58 cm
Weight approx. 60 kg

6/76

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Further information
Reference to SIMOTRAS HE
SIMOTRAS HD is almost fully compatible with SIMOTRAS HE
(6GA4625 series).
Comparative feature

SIMOTRAS HD

SIMOTRAS HE

Circuitry

Digital

Analog

Voltage range

110 V (-10 %) ... 500 V (+10 %) 3 AC

110 V (-10 %) ... 500 V (+10 %) 3 AC

Current range

42 ... 900 A

27 ... 1125 A

Isolated binary signals

8 inputs and 8 outputs

7 inputs and 8 outputs

Is drive-based control available?

Yes

No

Do rotor contactors switch at zero current?

Yes

No

Are the devices interchangeable?

HE can be replaced with HD easily, taking

the installation conditions into account.
External activation of the HE must be
adapted to the internal drive-based control
of the HD!

HD can only be replaced with HE after

careful inspection, possibly by external
service providers.
Additional equipment is necessary.
Check the installation conditions!

Are the pulse generator evaluation, setpoint encoder, etc.

standard?

Yes

No

Is PROFIBUS DP connection possible?

Yes, via add-on module

No

Are freely connectable terminals and spare function blocks Yes

for calculation and closed-loop control as well as for logical
operations available?

No

Is binary and analog terminal expansion possible?

Yes, via add-on module

No

Is there CE marking?

Yes

No

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/77

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Dimension drawings
Device type D400 / 60-180 MRE

Side view

100

1)

Electronics box

Front view
265
230

283 with door

270
150
X1

XT

17.5

X2_4 X2_3 X2_2 X2_1 5W1

G_CR01_EN_00157

T3

T1/ L1/ T2/ L2/ T3/ L3/

U2 U1 V2 V1 W2 W2

83.5
129

100

T2

1)

12.5

V3 V2

15
25

38.5

37 48 37 48

Device type D400 / 225-360 MRE

Side view
1001)

Electronics box

Front view
268
230

318 with door

306
X1

19

X2_4 X2_3 X2_2 X2_1 5W1

625

T3

T2

Minimum spacing for air circulation.

An adequate flow of cooling air must be provided.

6/78

Siemens CR 1 2012

35

120

V2
T2

V1
L2

W2
T3

W1
L3

U2
T1

39

10

1001)
1)

U1
L1

135
98

136
160
174
139

47.5
47.5
47.5
47.5

10

V2
V3
V1

585

602

V5
V6

G_CR01_EN_00156

366

385

350

V6 V5
V1

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Dimension drawings (continued)

Device type D400 / 525 MRE

1001)

Side view

Front view

Eyebolt 20

268
230

For M8

360
150

19

V2
V3
V1

U1/L1

V1/L2

W1/L3

U2/T1

V2/T2

W2/T3

1)

40

142
275

33

30
30

119
205

10

50

G_CR01_EN_00158

for
M10

12

1001)

111

30

660

T3
T2

677
700

V5
V6

30

Minimum spacing for air circulation.

An adequate flow of cooling air must be provided.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/79

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Dimension drawings (continued)

Device type D400 / 680 MRE

100

1)

Side view

Front view
406
320

360
Eyebolt 20

For M10

43

757
780

740

150

V5
V6

T1
T2
V2
V3
V1

1)

Minimum spacing for air circulation.

An adequate flow of cooling air must be provided.

6/80

Siemens CR 1 2012

153

V1/
L2

U2/
T1

56

W1/
L3

V2/
T2

W2/
T3

15
10

50

17.5

100

1)

G_CR01_EN_00159

25

U1/
L1

30
30

188
320

8
30

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
AC power controller

Dimension drawings (continued)

Device type D400 / 900 MRE
Side view

Front view without door

260
Eyebolt 22

450
360

45

For M10
G_CR01_EN_00160

1601)

500

View of rear thyristor level

4U1
4V1
4W1

F111
F112

T3

T2

F121
F122
T3

V14

V16

V22

V26

V12

V11

V13

V25

V23

V15

U2/
T1

U1/L1

Customer
connections
433

63.5
158
235

316

1)

Minimum spacing for air circulation, customer connection and fan

replacement. An adequate flow of cooling air must be provided.

2)

Remove transport plate before commissioning by removing 6 x M6 hexagon bolts!

40

For
M12

10

122.5

2)

V1/L2

W1/L3

35

W2/T3

6
30

30

855
880

840

F161
F162

F151
F152

T2

V2/T2

1501)

F131

Cable
channel

63 40 For M12
205
40
347

40 47
40

Siemens CR 1 2012

For
M12

6/81

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller
Electronics options

Overview
Electronics options are available for SIMOTRAS for expanding
the interfaces available as standard. The add-on modules are
inserted in the slots of the electronics box.

For installation in the SIMOTRAS HD device, the retrofit kit is necessary as it contains all the connectors required for the equipment wiring as well as the short instructions.

To install the CBC, CBP2, EB1, EB2, SBP and SLB modules in the
SIMOTRAS HD device, the Local Bus Adapter (LBA) and the
adapter module (ADB) are also required. The T300 technology
modules only need a Local Bus Adapter (LBA). These must be
ordered separately.

The T300 is only permitted to be used following consultation with

the responsible Siemens department.

The add-on modules EB1, EB2 and CBP2 are available under
two different order numbers:
Under the order number of the module, without accessories
and connectors, and without brief instructions, as a spare part
As a retrofit set: Module with connector and short instructions,
when the module is ordered as an option.

Selection and ordering data

Add-on modules

Order No.
(without accessories)

Order No.
(retrofit kit)

CUD2

Module terminal expansion

6RX1700-0AK00

LBA

Local Bus Adapter for the electronics box

Prerequisite for installing optional add-on modules

6SE7090-0XX84-4HA0

ADB

Adapter module
Prerequisite for installing CBC, CBP2, EB1, EB2, SBP and SLB

6SE7090-0XX84-0KA0

EB1

Terminal expansion module

6SE7090-0XX84-0KB0

6SX7010-0KB00

EB2

Terminal expansion module

6SE7090-0XX84-0KC0

6SX7010-0KC00

CBP2

Communication module with interface for SINEC-L2-DP

(PROFIBUS)

6SE7090-0XX84-0FF5

6SX7010-0FF05

T300

Technology module only for use up to an ambient temperature of 50 C

(not with option H78)

6SE7090-0XX87-4AH0

SBP

Pulse encoder evaluation module 1)

6SX7010-0FA00

SLB

SIMOLINK module

6SX7010-0FJ00

CBC

Communication module with interface for CAN protocol

6SX7010-0FG00

The following accessories are also available for SIMOTRAS HD,

such as the OP1S operator panel:
Accessories

Order No.

Device operator panel (OPS1)

6SE7090-0XX84-2FK0

Adapter AOP1 for mounting OPS1 in cabinet door, including 5 m connecting cable

6SX7010-0AA00

PMU-to-OPS1 connecting cable, 3 m

6SX7010-0AB03

PMU-to-OPS1 connecting cable, 5 m

6SX7010-0AB05

Drive Monitor PC-to-PMU connecting cable (RS232), 3 m

9AK1012-1AA00

Pulse encoder for retrofitting

(1024 pulses/revolution, 15 V supply voltage)

1XP8001-1

Installation instructions for 1XP8001 pulse encoder, German

517.307777.30

SIMOTRAS HD Operating Instructions, German

6SG7000-0BA00

1)

The SIMOTRAS HD is supplied with integral pulse encoder evaluation in

the basic unit, the SBP is therefore only necessary when a second pulse
encoder has to be evaluated.

6/82

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Overview

The following must be noted for drives with slip-ring motors:

The current and relative ON duration determine the loading in
terms of the ratio of load duration to cycle duration. The relative
ON duration of the resistor unit is generally less than that of the
motor, because only the motor is switched on during operation
with the resistor short circuited. The rated current for the resistor
unit is the current that corresponds to the power consumption of
the motor. If the power consumption of the motor causes the
steady power to rise due to frequent acceleration of large masses, the rated current of the resistor unit must be selected in accordance with this increased power.
Slip stages should always be implemented for gantries and
slewing gear when the driving gear is designed for high velocities and large masses have to be accelerated. It must be noted
that fixed slip resistors cause a corresponding reduction in
speed and therefore also a reduction in motor output under full
load conditions.
Versions
Resistor units in normal packaging
The resistor units in normal packaging have appropriate terminals that can be changed during commissioning.
Resistor units in special packaging

3PS3 steel grid resistor units, IP20 degree of protection

The steel grid resistor units are described below. Inquiries

and orders for these units as well as wire and cast resistors
must be addressed to
GINO GmbH
Elektrotechnische Fabrik
Friedrich-Whler-Str. 65
53121 Bonn, Germany
Tel: +49 (0)228-98 98 6-0
Fax: +49 (0)228-98 98 6-34
E-mail: info@gino.de
www.gino.de
Resistor units are used in hoist drives for three-phase slip-ring
motors as
Switchable rotor series resistors
Permanent slip resistors
Resistor units are also used as regenerative feedback resistors
in cranes that are not line-fed, such as carriers, in combination
with closed-loop controlled drives.
Certain properties must be considered for their implementation
and loading.
The steel grid resistor units described below are, in contrast to
cast iron resistors, much less sensitive to shock and strong
vibration. Unexpected, unusual thermal loads must, however, be
avoided.

When the resistor unit has to be dimensioned with an optimal volume, a resistor unit in special packaging can be used. In this
case, precise information about the resistor structure and connections for the rotor contactors is required.

Function
For dimensioning the resistor units, the frequency of starts per
hour and the ratio of starting time and actuating time to the deenergized pause, i.e. the relative ON duration, are important.
In the case of resistor units with a fixed slip stage, this has the
same ON duration as the motor.
The starting stages have a shorter ON duration in accordance
with their ON time. It must, however, be noted that the cycle duration is specified as 2 minutes for resistor units and 10 minutes
for motors, according to the standard. This means that if the cycle duration for the motor is fully utilized, the slip stage of the resistor unit can become too hot, so the slip stage must be dimensioned for a longer ON duration. In the case of hoists, the cycle
duration is significantly < 10 minutes, due to the short traversing
distance.
The values for cycle duration and ON duration are specified in
the selection tables. The permissible loading is indicated on the
rating plate. These values must not be exceeded.
Due to the special characteristics of the various hoist circuits
and their characteristics, the loading of individual resistor stages
can be a fraction or a multiple of the rated current for the motor
and the desired ON duration.
The 3PS3 steel grid resistor units are available in five box sizes.
For hoist circuits, three-line, standard resistor units in sizes 4, 6
and 8 are normally implemented. The mode of installation is already determined in the case of resistor units with normal packaging.
3PS3 resistor units in combination with a contactor control are
used for starting and setting three-phase asynchronous motors
with slip-ring rotors, as well as being used as load resistors and
series resistors.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/83

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Function (continued)
Regulations

3PY6 resistor grid

The resistor units correspond to the "Low-voltage switchgear

guidelines" DIN VDE 0660.
This simultaneously declares conformity of the devices with the
safety regulations of the EU directive for low-voltage equipment
of February 19, 1973.
Climate resistance
The 3PS3 steel grid resistor units can be used under the following climatic conditions:
"General" climate group according to IEC 721-2-1
Degree of protection
The 3PS3 steel grid resistor units are designed with IP00 degree
of protection as standard. If a higher degree of protection is required (up to IP23), 3PX6 kits must be ordered separately (also
see "Selection and ordering data").
Design

The 3PS3 steel grid resistor units contain resistor elements made
of high-alloyed steel plate which are also scale-resistant at high
operating temperatures. The elements are insulated from each
other and from the enclosure through ceramic insulating bushings. Crosspieces are welded in to connect the resistor elements. The connecting pieces are welded to the steel grids in
such a manner that the wires can be connected with M12 cap
screws.
The devices are supplied unpainted. All sheet metal parts are
zinc-plated or made from stainless steel.
Arrangement
The resistor units are designed for natural ventilation and must
be positioned horizontally with excellent ventilation. When
loaded at the values specified on the rating plate, the outlet air
temperature does not exceed 200 K.
If the air flow is hindered, all components can quickly reach
impermissible temperatures.
It must be noted that each device converts the following power
into heat:
Type

Power converted to heat

for 100 % ON duration
kW

3PS3 000

7.4

3PS3 200

10.8

3PS3 400

14.2

3PS3 600

17.5

3PS3 800

20

If a resistor unit comprises several boxes, these will always be

supplied individually. The individual boxes must be connected
together electrically and mechanically on site.

6/84

Siemens CR 1 2012

The resistor elements are made of high-alloy steel plate. Shortcircuits between elements are prevented by a non-sliding, located retaining rail above and below the resistor grids.
The table below shows the number of resistor grids per device:
Resistor unit
Type

Single line
Number of elements

Three lines
Number of elements
per line

3PS3 000

12

3PS3 200

16

3PS3 400

21

3PS3 600

26

3PS3 800

30

10

Connecting the cables

The connections for the resistor grids are at the front on all units.
When connecting the cables, the radiated heat must be taken
into account. The cables should be fed into each box from the
side, so that they do not lie in the path of the outgoing hot air and
radiated heat.
DIN VDE 0298, Part 3 or 4 must be observed regarding the loading. We recommend that cables for increased conductor temperature (at least 90 C), e.g. (N)2XH or NSSHU, are used. In
the case of cables for normal conductor temperature (70 C),
e.g. NYY, whose cable ends lie in the path of radiated heat, the
ends subjected to the heat must be covered with heat-resistant
tubing.
The connections are accessible after the front covers of the units
have been removed. To obtain this accessibility when several
boxes are stacked, it is recommended that the wiring loom for
each box is fed in from the side and any vertical wiring branches
are routed along the front of the boxes. It is not permitted to route
these wires between several resistor boxes in the flow of hot air,
otherwise this could affect the insulation of the wires.

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Technical data
Creepages and clearances
according to DIN VDE 0110 - Part 2 01/98 as well as DIN VDE 0660

Overvoltage category III, pollution severity 3

Rated insulation voltage

1000 V AC, 1200 V DC

Test voltage

3.5 kV

Current carrying capacity

Resistor units
Resistor elements

See Page 6/86

See Page 6/90

Resistor elements
Rated value
Manufacturing tolerance

10 % above the cold value

15 % below the value at operating temperature
10 %

Continuous power per resistor element

up to 675 W

Heat storage capacity

30 ... 90 kJ

Ambient temperature

25 ... +45 C

Degree of protection according to DIN 40 050 or IEC 144

IP00; with kits also IP10, IP13, IP20 and IP23

Device surface

Unpainted
Enclosure components: zinc-plated steel
Covers: Stainless steel

Conductor cross-sections for main conductors

Connection for main conductor

Busbar or
max. 2 x 120 mm2 or 1 x 150 mm2
M12 (for busbar or conductor connection)
M10

Connection for protective conductor

(cable entry must be as described under
"Connecting the cables", Page 6/84)
Rotor characteristic number

u
k = ------------i 3

For values for Siemens motors, see Chapter 7, "Three-phase slip-ring

motors"

(u = rotor standstill voltage

i = rotor rated current)
Number of box sizes

Features

Resistor grid of stainless steel: Corrosion-resistant, unbreakable, and

scale-resistant even at high temperatures
Insensitive to shock and vibration under normal operating conditions
Excellent incrementation possibilities using taps

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/85

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Selection and ordering data

3PS3 resistor units in normal packaging 1)
The current values listed refer to the arrangement of three boxes
on top of each other that is common in hoists. If only two boxes
are installed one above the other, these values can be increased
by 12 % and in the case of a single box by 21 % (see also Page
6/84, section "Arrangement"). For kits for increasing the degree
of protection from IP00 to IP10, IP13, IP20 and IP23, see table
"Kits for increasing the degree of protection" on Page 6/89.
Load current for the resistor units
for 120 s cycle duration and
relative ON duration of
15 %

Uniform installation

25 %

40 %

60 %

Installed
resistor grids

Total
resistance

Installed
resistor grids

100 %

Per line

Per line

Number x
designation

Number x
designation

550
450
370

435
350
295

360
295
243

310
250
210

260
210
175

4 x WG 10
4 x WG 15
4 x WG 22

3 x 0.04
3 x 0.06
3 x 0.088

5 x WG 10
5 x WG 15
5 x WG 22

3 x 0.05
3 x 0.075
3 x 0.11

306
256
210

244
205
168

202
168
140

170
145
120

145
122
100

4 x WG 32
4 x WG 46
4 x WG 68

3 x 0.128
3 x 0.184
3 x 0.272

5 x WG 32
5 x WG 46
5 x WG 68

3 x 0.16
3 x 0.23
3 x 0.34

173
142
117

138
112
92

114
93
77

97
79
65

82
67
55

4 x WG 100
4 x WG 150
4 x WG 220

3 x 0.4
3 x 0.6
3 x 0.88

5 x WG 100
5 x WG 150
5 x WG 220

3 x 0.5
3 x 0.75
3 x 1.1

97
81
66

77
64
54

64
53
44

54
45
38

46
38
32

4 x WG 320
4 x WG 460
4 x WG 680

3 x 1.28
3 x 1.84
3 x 2.72

5 x WG 320
5 x WG 460
5 x WG 680

3 x 1.6
3 x 2.3
3 x 3.4

55
45
37
30

44
35
30
25

36
30
24
20

31
25
21
17

26
21
18
15

4 x WG 1000
4 x WG 1500
4 x WG 2200
4 x WG 3200

3x4
3x6
3 x 8.8
3 x 12.8

5 x WG 1000
5 x WG 1500
5 x WG 2200
5 x WG 3200

3x5
3 x 7.5
3 x 11
3 x 16

Box size

Connecting diagrams per line:

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 846

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 846

HE-5068

Terminal designation per line:

Percentages of the total resistance:
Mounting
partially reinforced
with 1.4 times
current carrying
capacity for
resistor stages
0-1 and 1-2
(for box sizes 4
and 6);
0-1, 1-2 and 2-3
(for box size 8)

1)

0
0

370
306
256

295
244
205

243
202
168

210
170
145

175
145
122

210
173
142

168
138
112

140
114
93

120
97
79

100
82
67

117
97
81

92
77
64

77
64
53

65
54
45

55
46
38

66
55
45

54
44
35

44
36
30

38
31
25

32
26
21

37
30

30
25

24
20

21
17

18
15

1 2 4
25 50 100%

HE-5069

0 1 3 5
0 20 60 100%

Box size

Connecting diagrams per line:

Terminal designation per line:

Percentages of the total resistance:

Resistor units and accessories must be ordered directly from

GINO GmbH
Elektrotechnische Fabrik
Friedrich-Whler-Str. 65
53121 Bonn, Germany
Telephone: +49 (0)228-98 98 6-0
Fax: +49 (0)228-98 98 6-34
E-mail: info@gino.de
www.gino.de

6/86

Total
resistance

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Selection and ordering data (continued)

3PS3 resistor units in normal packaging
Ordering examples:
Steel grid resistor unit in normal packaging
Three-line version
Box size 8, IP10 degree of protection
Specify when ordering:
Total resistance 3 x 0.46
Order No.. 3PS3 800-3E
Kit for increasing the degree of protection
to IP10
Order No. 3PX6 223-8A
Installed
resistor grids

Total
resistance

Installed
resistor grids

Steel grid resistor unit in normal packaging

Three-line version
Partly reinforced installation
Box size 8
Specify when ordering:
IP00 degree of protection
Total resistance 3 x 0.39
Order No. 3PS3 800-4E
Total
resistance

Installed
resistor grids

Total
resistance

IP00 degree of
protection version
3-line

Per line

Per line

Per line

Number x
designation

Number x
designation

Number x
designation

(1 box)

Order No.

7 x WG 10
7 x WG 15
7 x WG 22

3 x 0.07 8 x WG 10
3 x 0.11 8 x WG 15
3 x 0.154 8 x WG 22

3 x 0.08
3 x 0.12
3 x 0.18

10 x WG 10
10 x WG 15
10 x WG 22

3 x 0.1
3 x 0.15
3 x 0.22

3PS3 00-3A
3PS3 00-3B
3PS3 00-3C

7 x WG 32
7 x WG 46
7 x WG 68

3 x 0.224 8 x WG 32
3 x 0.322 8 x WG 46
3 x 0.48 8 x WG 68

3 x 0.26
3 x 0.37
3 x 0.54

10 x WG 32
10 x WG 46
10 x WG 68

3 x 0.32
3 x 0.46
3 x 0.68

3PS3 00-3D
3PS3 00-3E
3PS3 00-3F

7 x WG 100
7 x WG 150
7 x WG 220

3 x 0.71
3x1
3 x 1.5

8 x WG 100
8 x WG 150
8 x WG 220

3 x 0.8
3 x 1.2
3 x 1.8

10 x WG 100
10 x WG 150
10 x WG 220

3x1
3 x 1.5
3 x 2.2

3PS3 00-3G
3PS3 00-3H
3PS3 00-3J

7 x WG 320
7 x WG 460
7 x WG 680

3 x 2.2
3 x 3.2
3 x 4.8

8 x WG 320
8 x WG 460
8 x WG 680

3 x 2.6
3 x 3.7
3 x 5.4

10 x WG 320
10 x WG 460
10 x WG 680

3 x 3.2
3 x 4.6
3 x 6.8

3PS3 00-3K
3PS3 00-3L
3PS3 00-3M

7 x WG 1000
7 x WG 1500
7 x WG 2200
7 x WG 3200

3x7
3 x 10.5
3 x 15
3 x 22

8 x WG 1000
8 x WG 1500
8 x WG 2200
8 x WG 3200

3x8
3 x 12
3 x 17.6
3 x 25.6

10 x WG 1000
10 x WG 1500
10 x WG 2200
10 x WG 3200

3 x 10
3 x 15
3 x 22
3 x 32

3PS3 00-3N
3PS3 00-3P
3PS3 00-3R
3PS3 00-3S

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 846

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 846

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 846

HE-5070

0
0

HE-5071

HE-5072

0 1 2 4 6 8
0 12,5 25 50 75 100%

1 3 5 7
14 43 71 100%

0
0

1 2 3 4 6 8 10
10 20 30 40 60 80 100%

2 x WG 10
2 x WG 15
2 x WG 22

+ 5 x WG 22
+ 5 x WG 32
+ 5 x WG 46

3 x 0.14
3 x 0.20
3 x 0.28

2 x WG 10
2 x WG 15
2 x WG 22

+ 6 x WG 22
+ 6 x WG 32
+ 6 x WG 46

3 x 0.15
3 x 0.22
3 x 0.32

3 x WG 10
3 x WG 15
3 x WG 22

+ 7 x WG 22
+ 7 x WG 32
+ 7 x WG 46

3 x 0.18
3 x 0.27
3 x 0.39

3PS3 00-4C
3PS3 00-4D
3PS3 00-4E

2 x WG 32
2 x WG 46
2 x WG 68

+ 5 x WG 68
+ 5 x WG 100
+ 5 x WG 150

3 x 0.41
3 x 0.6
3 x 0.9

2 x WG 32
2 x WG 46
2 x WG 68

+ 6 x WG 68
+ 6 x WG 100
+ 6 x WG 150

3 x 0.47
3 x 0.69
3x1

3 x WG 32
3 x WG 46
3 x WG 68

+ 7 x WG 68
+ 7 x WG 100
+ 7 x WG 150

3 x 0.57
3 x 0.84
3 x 1.25

3PS3 00-4F
3PS3 00-4G
3PS3 00-4H

2 x WG 100
2 x WG 150
2 x WG 220

+ 5 x WG 220
+ 5 x WG 320
+ 5 x WG 460

3 x 1.3
3 x 1.9
3 x 2.7

2 x WG 100
2 x WG 150
2 x WG 220

+ 6 x WG 220
+ 6 x WG 320
+ 6 x WG 460

3 x 1.5
3 x 2.2
3 x 3.2

3 x WG 100
3 x WG 150
3 x WG 220

+ 7 x WG 220
+ 7 x WG 320
+ 7 x WG 460

3 x 1.85
3 x 2.7
3 x 3.9

3PS3 00-4J
3PS3 00-4K
3PS3 00-4L

2 x WG 320
2 x WG 460
2 x WG 680

+ 5 x WG 680 3 x 4
+ 5 x WG 1000 3 x 6
+ 5 x WG 1500 3 x 9

2 x WG 320
2 x WG 460
2 x WG 680

+ 6 x WG 680 3 x 4.7
+ 6 x WG 1000 3 x 6.9
+ 6 x WG 1500 3 x 10.4

3 x WG 320
3 x WG 460
3 x WG 680

+ 7 x WG 680 3 x 5.7
+ 7 x WG 1000 3 x 8.4
+ 7 x WG 1500 3 x 12.5

3PS3 00-4M
3PS3 00-4N
3PS3 00-4P
3PS3 00-4R
3PS3 00-4S

2 x WG 1000 + 5 x WG 2200 3 x 13
2 x WG 1500 + 5 x WG 3200 3 x 19

2 x WG 1000 + 6 x WG 2200 3 x 15
2 x WG 1500 + 6 x WG 3200 3 x 22

3 x WG 1000 + 7 x WG 2200 3 x 18.4

3 x WG 1500 + 7 x WG 3200 3 x 27

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 847

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 847

Connecting diagram
No. V 901 847

HE-5074

HE-5073

0 1 2 3 5 7
0 8,5 17 33,5 67 100%

0 1
0 7

4 6 8
2 3
14 28,5 43 71 100%

HE-5075

0
0

1
6

2 3 4 6 8 10
12 18 29 53 77 100%

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/87

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Selection and ordering data (continued)

3PS3 resistor units in normal packaging
With these devices, the incrementation can be adapted to the
on-site operating conditions within certain limits.
The terminal designations are identical (see Pages 6/86 and
6/87), so the connection diagram is easy to create for a resistor
unit that comprises several boxes.
Each resistor unit comprises one or more boxes and contains
three identical resistor components (lines). The 3-line configuration is designed for three-phase rotor circuits. If resistor units in
normal packaging are used, spare parts inventories are simplified in large plants.
The following are available:
1st Three-line normal resistor units with identical resistor
elements.
2nd Three-line normal resistor units with partially more rugged
installations:
With these devices, the first two stages (sizes 4 and 6) or the
first three stages (size 8) are upgraded and can be loaded
with 1.4 times the current specified in the overview table for
the respective device.

6/88

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Accessories

Degree of protection IP00

Degree of protection IP10

The 3PS3 steel grid resistor units are normally supplied in IP00
degree of protection. Kits are available for increasing the degree
of protection to IP10, IP13, IP20 or IP23.

Degree of protection IP20

The kits must be selected taking into account the frame size,
arrangement (single or one above the other), and the number of
boxes.
Order No.

Quantity

2 kits for IP23 degree of protection for installing 3 boxes one above
Ordering example:
For the resistor unit 3PS3 800-.. compris- the other
ing 7 boxes, the degree of protection
1 kit for IP23 degree of protection for stand-alone installation
must be increased from IP00 to IP23.
2 x 3 boxes are arranged one above the
other and 1 x 1 box is arranged singly.

You will need the following

3PX6 225-8C

3PX6 225-8A

Kits
for increasing
the degree of
protection
For degree of
protection IP10

Components of the
product

Protective grid
above and at the
sides

For resis- Stand-alone

tor unit
installation

Weight
approx.

For arranging
2 boxes
one above the
other

Weight
approx.

For arranging
3 boxes
one above the
other

Weight
approx.

Type

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3PS3 0
3PS3 2
3PS3 4

3PX6 223 -0A

-2A
-4A

1.2
1.4
1.6

3PX6 223 -0B

-2B
-4B

1.8
2.1
2.5

3PX6 223 -0C

-2C
-4C

2.4
2.9
3.4

3PS3 6
3PS3 8

3PX6 223 -6A

-8A

2.0
2.4

3PX6 223 -6B

-8B

3.0
3.4

3PX6 223 -6C

-8C

4.1
4.6

For degree of
protection IP13

Cover and side

plates

3PS3 6
3PS3 8

3PX6 224 -6A

-8A

9.6
10.6

3PX6 224 -6B

-8B

13.5
15.3

3PX6 224 -6C

-8C

17.4
25

For degree of
protection IP20

Perforated cover
plate, side plates,
floor plate and
bushing

3PS3 0
3PS3 2
3PS3 4

3PX6 226 -0A

-2A
-4A

2.6
3.3
4.2

3PX6 226 -0B

-2B
-4B

3.9
4.9
6.3

3PX6 226 -0C

-2C
-4C

5.0
6.5
8.2

3PS3 6
3PS3 8

3PX6 226 -6A

-8A

5.0
5.8

3PX6 226 -6B

-8B

7.6
8.5

3PX6 226 -6C

-8C

10.0
11.5

Termination box,
side plates, floor
plate and bushing

3PS3 8

3PX6 225 -8A 1)

14.6

3PX6 225 -8B

19.6

3PX6 225 -8C

30

Version

Order No.

Weight
approx.
kg

Resistor grid WG 10 to WG 3200

with and without connecting bars

See "Resistor grid"

table on Page 6/90

Insulating bushing
Mating socket
At the end of the package,
on left of front face
Insulating bushing
At the end of the package,
on right of front face
Disk spring

3PY6 302-0B
3PY6 302-0D

0.037
0.038

3PY6 302-0E

0.045

3PY6 303-0A

0.004

Connecting piece
Connecting piece with connection

3PY6 304-0F
3PY6 304-0G

0.10
0.17

Connecting piece
Connecting bar

3PY6 305-0K
3PY6 305-0L

0.12
0.20

For degree of
protection IP23

Spare parts
2
1
5

Part No.
(see exploded
diagram)

1
3

11
5

7
8
G_CR01_EN_00076

9
10
11

11
4

12

1 Nut

7 Connecting bar

2 Spring washer

8 Resistor grid

3 Front face

9 Connecting piece with connection

4 Disk spring

10 Connecting piece

5 Mating socket

11 Insulating bushing

6 Connecting piece 12 Support bolt

1)

8
9
10
7

For installation as a single unit, a cover is supplied in place of a terminating box.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/89

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Spare parts (continued)

Permissible load current for
120 s cycle duration and a
relative ON duration

Resistor grid

Designa- Rated Cold

Warm
tion
value value
value
15 % 25 % 40 % 60 % 100 %
10 % approx. approx.
Resistor
grid

Weight With
approx. connecting bars
welded on

Weight
approx.

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

550
450
370

435
350
295

360
295
243

310
250
210

260
210
175

WG 10
WG 15
WG 22

0.01
0.015
0.022

0.009
0.0135
0.0198

0.0115
0.0173
0.0253

3PY6 301 -3A

-3B
-3C

0.65
0.65
0.65

3PY6 301 -4A

-4B
-4C

1.05
1.05
1.05

306
256
210

244
205
168

202
168
140

170
145
120

145
122
100

WG 32
WG 46
WG 68

0.032
0.046
0.068

0.0288
0.0414
0.0612

0.0363
0.0529
0.0782

3PY6 301 -3D

-3E
-3F

0.65
0.65
0.65

3PY6 301 -4D

-4E
-4F

1.05
1.05
1.05

173
142
117

138
112
92

114
93
77

97
79
65

82
67
55

WG 100
WG 150
WG 220

0.1
0.15
0.22

0.09
0.135
0.198

0.115
0.173
0.253

3PY6 301 -3G

-3H
-3J

0.65
0.65
0.60

3PY6 301 -4G

-4H
-4J

1.05
1.05
1.00

97
81
66

77
64
54

64
53
44

54
45
38

46
38
32

WG 320
WG 460
WG 680

0.32
0.46
0.68

0.288
0.414
0.612

0.368
0.529
0.782

3PY6 301 -3K

-3L
-3M

0.60
0.58
0.58

3PY6 301 -4K

-4L
-4M

1.00
0.98
0.98

55
45
37
30

44
35
30
25

36
30
24
20

31
25
21
17

26
21
18
15

WG 1000
WG 1500
WG 2200
WG 3200

1
1.5
2.2
3.2

0.9
1.35
1.98
2.88

1.15
1.73
2.53
3.68

3PY6 301 -3N

-3P
-3R
-3S

0.58
0.60
0.60
0.58

3PY6 301 -4N

-4P
-4R
-4S

0.98
1.00
0.98
0.98

Dimension drawings
3PY6 301 resistor grid

G_CR01_EN_00077

112
204.5

For M12
Grille

315
321
325

6/90

Without
connecting bars

Siemens CR 1 2012

3
2

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Dimension drawings (continued)

3PS3 steel grid resistor units for stand-alone installation

393

279

G_CR01_EN_00080

270

G_CR01_EN_00078a

380

15 51

A
B

280
425

1
50

50

1
14

Degree of protection IP00

15 51

A
B

280
438

Degree of protection IP10

With guard

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

380

275
H

G_CR01_EN_00081a

396

G_CR01_EN_00079

14

15
A
B
Degree of protection IP13/IP23
with cover

51

280
443

14

1
50

50

1
A
B
Degree of protection IP20
With cover

15

51

14

280
437

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

2 Bushing strip for IP20 and IP23 degree of protection.

2 Bushing strip for IP20 and IP23 degree of protection.

Dimensions listed for all devices presented in

the diagrams

Dimension C for installation one above the

other
Degree of
protection

Boxes one above the other

Type

3PS3 0

375

405

IP00

540

810

3PS3 2

495

525

IP10

549

819

3PS3 4

615

645

IP13

623

893

3PS3 6

730

760

IP20

545

815

3PS3 8

845

875

IP23

812

1082

Height for installation as a single unit

Degree of
protection

IP13

353

IP23

354

Dimension D = Minimum height of the free

space above the top edge of the box
with the IP00, IP10, IP20 degrees of protection

3
For installation as a single
unit

250

For installation one above

the other

250

A maximum of three resistor boxes can be

installed one above the other.
Resistor boxes and kits for increasing the
degree of protection are supplied separately.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/91

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Resistor units
3PS3 steel grid resistor units

Dimension drawings (continued)

3PS3 steel grid resistor units for installation one above the other

G_CR01_EN_00085

393

G_CR01_EN_00082

380

A
B
Degree of protection IP00

15

51

280
425

50

50

1
14

15 51
A
B
IP10 degree of protection with guard

280
438

14

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

3 The M12 x 25 hexagon bolts, nuts and spring lock washers
required for installation must be ordered separately by the
customer.

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

3 The M12 x 25 hexagon bolts, nuts and spring lock washers
required for installation must be ordered separately by the
customer.
400
G_CR01_EN_00083

G_CR01_EN_00086

396

3
50

1
A
B

51

15

280
443

14

1
50

IP13 degree of protection with cover

(only for box sizes 6 and 8)
1 50 mm gap to floor is required
3 The M12 x 25 hexagon bolts, nuts and spring lock washers
required for installation must be ordered separately by the
customer.

15

51

280
443

IP23 degree of protection with terminal box

(for box size 8 only)
3 50 mm gap to floor is required

G_CR01_EN_00084

4 Terminal box (without resistor installation).

50

1
15
A
B
IP20 degree of protection with cover

51

280
437

14

1 50 mm gap to floor is required

2 Bushing strip for IP20 and IP23 degree of protection.
3 The M12 x 25 hexagon bolts, nuts and washers required
for installation must be ordered separately by the
customer.

Siemens CR 1 2012

14

4 Bushing strip for IP20 and IP23 degree of protection.

3 The M12 x 25 hexagon bolts, nuts and washers required
for installation must be ordered separately by the
customer.

396

6/92

845
875

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
General

Overview
Applications

3RT103 contactor

3TF68 contactor

Contactors are used in hoisting gear mainly in contactor control

units for various different control tasks. The switching capacity,
contact lifetime and lifetime of the switch mechanism (device
lifetime) are important when selecting the contactor size.
The lifetime (endurance) of the contact pieces depends on the
operating mode, inching percentage, and size of current to be
switched.
In the section "Recommended selections", the currents permitted for hoisting gear motors in intermittent duty S3 and the
lifetime of the contact pieces when opening the load currents
assigned to intermittent duty S3 - 100 % are specified for the
3RT/3TF AC contactors. Delta connection is used for the rotor
contactors.
3RT/3TF AC contactors are implemented for main current circuits:
Rated currents Ie/AC-2 up to 820 A
For switching on and off three-phase asynchronous motors
with slip-ring rotors
For switching the resistor stages in the rotor circuit
For selection and ordering data, see Catalogs LV 1 and LV 1T.

The contactors are suitable for switching and controlling motors

and circuits of any type in AC and three-phase equipment. Depending on the application, according to IEC 60947-4-1, use of
AC contactors is subdivided into various categories. Threephase motors with slip-ring rotors are frequently used in hoisting
operation. Utilization category AC-2 applies to this application.
Utilization categories AC-3 and AC-4 apply to the switching of
three-phase squirrel-cage motors. AC-2 duty is the typical load
on starting and switching off fully loaded slip-ring motors in the
starting phase, during counter torque control and in reversing
and jog modes. Typical hoisting operation mixed operation
however represents less load, because this also involves switchoff processes from stationary operation and partial loads.
Service life
The service life of the contact pieces depends, in particular, on
the switched current (see the "Characteristics" section). The contactors switch on almost bouncelessly, so the starting current of
motors has only a negligible influence on the electrical service
life of the contact pieces.
Degree of protection, touch protection
The contactors correspond to IP00 degree of protection, drive
system IP20 according to DIN EN 60947-1, Appendix C. The
touch protection of the contactors with a cover is safe against finger touch according to DIN EN 50274.
Regulations
The contactors correspond to the Low-Voltage Directive
No. 2006/95/EC by providing proof of compliance with standards EN 60947-4-1 and EN 60947-5-1.
Climate resistance
AC contactors are climate-resistant, designed for worldwide
use, and well-proven.
Utilization class according to DIN EN 60 721-3-3 for Siemens
low-voltage switchgear ("Stationary use, weather-protected")
Permissible operating ambient air temperature: 25 C to
+60 C.
Permissible relative humidity: 10 % to 100 % (infrequent
condensation).

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/93

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
Recommended selections for special
operating conditions

Function
In hoisting operation, slip-ring motors are normally used in controlled three-phase drives. We recommend the contactors listed
in the table below for this typical hoisting operation. It has been
assumed here that, for medium loading of the drive and medium
inching mode, adequate service life of the contactor contacts is
assured. Under special operating conditions, we recommend
Type

Stator contactor
Max. load current for hoisting gear motors
for intermittent duty S3-

that the contactors are selected in accordance with the service

life characteristics and the nomogram on Page 6/99 for determining the contact life.

Rotor contactor
Max. load current with contactor in delta connection
for hoisting gear motors in intermittent duty S3-

15 %

25 %

40 %

60 %

100 %

15 %

25 %

40 %

60 %

100 %

Max.
rotor voltage
V

Selection of the contactors in hoisting operation

3RT1024

12

11

10

10

18

17

15

15

14

660

3RT1025

17

15

14

13

12

26

23

21

20

18

660

3RT1026

20

19

18

16

14

30

29

27

24

21

660

3RT1034

32

30

27

24

22

48

45

41

36

33

660

3RT1035

39

37

33

28

26

59

56

50

42

39

660

3RT1036

43

40

37

33

29

65

60

56

50

44

660

3RT1044

56

54

45

40

34

84

81

68

60

51

750

3RT1045

65

62

56

48

41

98

93

84

72

62

750

3RT1046

80

76

67

60

50

120

114

101

90

75

1000

3RT1054

115

100

80

70

65

173

150

120

105

98

1000

3RT1055

150

135

120

95

80

225

203

180

143

120

1000

3RT1056

185

165

140

115

95

278

248

210

173

143

1000

3RT1064

225

205

180

150

115

338

308

270

225

173

1000

3RT1065

265

245

225

175

160

398

368

338

263

240

1000

3RT1066

300

275

250

225

190

450

413

375

338

285

1000

3RT1075

400

370

340

295

250

600

555

510

443

375

1000

3RT1076

500

460

405

340

250

750

690

608

510

375

1000

3TF68

630

575

500

450

400

945

862.5

750

675

600

1000

3TF69

820

730

600

510

400

1230

900

765

600

1000

When three conducting paths are connected in parallel, the

maximum load current specified in this table is multiplied by 2.5
and when two conducting paths are connected in parallel, it is
multiplied by 1.8.

6/94

Siemens CR 1 2012

1095

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
Recommended selections for special
operating conditions

Function (continued)
Characteristics
Frame size S0

10 7
8
6

8
6

6
4

10 6
8
6

10 6
8
6
4

3RT1025
(7.5 kW)

3RT1026
(11 kW)
NSB0_00474a

8
6

2
10 6
8
6
4

2
2

2
10 5
8
6

3RT1024
(5.5 kW)

2
2

10 6
8
6

Contactor type 3RT1023

(4 kW)

10 7

4
2

400 V

690 V

500 V

230 V

Operating cycles at

10
8
6

10 5
8
6
4

10 5
8
6

Prated = Rated power of

three-phase squirrelcage motors at 400 V
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operating current

2
2

2
10

10 4
8

10 4
3

5 6

8 10

20

30 40 50 60 80 100

9 12

17

25

4 5.5

7.5

11

a (A)

e (A)

Prated(kW)

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/95

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
Recommended selections for special
operating conditions

Function (continued)
Characteristics
Frame size S2

8
6
4

400 V

10 7
8
6
4

690 V

500 V

230 V

Operating cycles at

6
4

10 7
8
6
4

Contactor type

3RT10 34
(15 kW)

3RT10 35 3RT10 36
(18.5 kW) (22 kW)
NSB0_00475a

2
2
6
10
6
10
8 10 6
6
10
8
6
8
8
6
4
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
5
2
5 10
5
10
8
10
5
10
8
6
8
8
6
4
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
10
10 4
8 10 4
10
2

20

30 40 50 60
32 40 50

80 100 a (A) 200

e (A)

15 18.5 22

300 400

Prated (kW)

Prated = Rated power of

three-phase squirrelcage motors at 400 V

= Breaking current

= Rated operating current

Frame size S3

8
6
4

400 V

107
8
6
4

690 V

500 V

230 V

Operating cycles at

6
4

10 7
8
6
4

Contactor type

2
2
6
10
106
8 10 6
6
10
8
6
8
8
6
4
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
5
2
10
5
5
10
8
10
105
8
6
8
8
6
4
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
10 4
10 4
8 10 4
10

3RT10 44 3RT10 45
(30 kW)
(37 kW)

3RT10 46
(45 kW)
NSB0_00476a

20

30 40 50 60 80 100
65 80 95

a (A) 200
e (A)

30 37 45 Prated(kW)
Prated = Rated power of
three-phase squirrelcage motors at 400 V

6/96

= Breaking current

= Rated operating current

Siemens CR 1 2012

300 400

600

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
Recommended selections for special
operating conditions

Function (continued)
Characteristics
Frame sizes S6 ... S12

10 7
8
6
4

8
6
4

2
10
8
6
4

400 V
10
8
6
4

6
4

2
2

690 V

500 V

230 V

Operating cycles at

3RT10 54 3RT10 55 3RT10 56 3RT10 64 3RT10 65 3RT10 66 3RT10 75 3RT10 76

(55 kW) (75 kW) (90 kW) (110 kW) (132 kW) (160 kW) (200 kW) (250 kW)

Contactor
type

NSB0_01141

6
10
10
6
10
8
8
8
6
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
5
2
5 10
5
10
8
10
5
10
8
6
8
8
6
4
6
6
4
4
4
2
2
2
4
2
10
10 4 8 10 4

10

20

30 40 50 60

80 100
55

200

600 8001000 a (A) 2000 3000

300 400

Prated(kW)

90 132 200
110 160
250
75

= Breaking current

= Rated operating current

10 6
8
6
4
2
10 5
8
6
4

2
6

2
10
8
6

10 4
8
6
4

2
10
8
6
4

3TF69
NSB0_00654a

2
10
8
6
4

2
10
8
6
4

2
4

2
2

2
106
8
6
4

3TF68

Contactor type

2
2
10
8
6
4

10 7
8
6
4

6
4

10
8
6
4

Operating cycles at 400 V

8
6

Operating cycles at 690 V

10 7
8
6
4

Operating cycles at 500 V

Operating cycles at 230 V

Prated = Rated power of

three-phase squirrelcage motors at 400 V

10 3

10
8
6
4

10
8
6
4

2
10

2
10 3

100

200

400

600

1000

2000

4000 a (A) 6000

635
820
335
450

e (A)

P
rated(kW)

Prated = Rated power of

three-phase squirrelcage motors at 400 V
a

= Breaking current

= Rated operating current

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/97

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
Recommended selections for special
operating conditions

Function (continued)
Selection of the contactors according to lifetime criteria
during normal and inching operation
The contact pieces are stressed less when the motors are
switched off from a steady speed (normal operation), and they
erode quicker during inching operation. The starting current for
slip-ring motors can be up to 2.5 times the rated motor current.
Type

This means that in inching operation, this current also has to

be disconnected; in normal operation, however, at full load only
the full rated current and under partial load even less. Calculation of the lifetime of a contact with utilization category AC-2
(Ic = 2.5 Ie) will only produce correct results at 100 % inching
operation.

Max. permissible currents and achievable

contact lifetime under normal
switching of these currents, cos 0.65 (2.5 x Ie)

Contact lifetime when disconnecting the load currents listed

under S3 100 % for the
stator contactor Ic = Ie without any inching

Approx. switching cycles

Approx. switching cycles

Selection of the contactors in hoisting operation

3RT1024

30

320,000

2,700,000

3RT1025

42

290,000

12

2,400,000

3RT1026

62

210,000

14

2,400,000

3RT1034

80

230,000

22

2,700,000

3RT1035

100

260,000

26

2,700,000

3RT1036

125

190,000

29

2,700,000

3RT1044

162

180,000

34

2,700,000

3RT1045

200

200,000

41

2,700,000

3RT1046

237

180,000

50

2,600,000

3RT1054

288

230,000

65

1,900,000

3RT1055

375

220,000

80

2,000,000

3RT1056

463

220,000

95

2,200,000

3RT1064

563

210,000

115

2,200,000

3RT1065

663

200,000

160

1,800,000

3RT1066

750

220,000

190

1,900,000

3RT1075

1000

130,000

250

1,800,000

3RT1076

1250

150,000

400

2,300,000

3TF68

1575

280,000

500

2,500,000

3TF69

1575

330,000

500

2,500,000

The maximum permissible currents (e.g. starting currents of

motors) must not exceed the values specified in this table in the
column "Max. permissible currents and achievable contact lifetime". These values are also not increased by contactor paths
connected in parallel.

6/98

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Contactors
Recommended selections for special
operating conditions

Function (continued)
Selection of the contactors according to lifetime criteria in
mixed operation
In mixed operation, i.e. when normal switching operation (disconnecting the rated current of the motor) is demanded with
temporary inching operation (disconnection of multiples of the
rated current of the motor), the lifetime of the contactor pieces
can be calculated approximately using the following equation:

From the characteristics, the contact life can be determined in

mixed operation dependent on the rated current of the motor for
inching of 10, 20, 50 and 100 %. The values calculated in this
manner only apply when operating at rated motor load continuously. The lifetime of the contacts should be even longer in practice.

A
x = --------------------------------------C A
1 + ---------- ---- 1

100 B

Years

Years

Years

0.1

Switching cycles per hour

G_CR01_EN_00236

Months

Months

0.2

Months

0.3

Months

0.4

Months

0.5

Months

0.6

Years

0.8

Years

Daily duration of operation

Daily duration of operation

Years

Millions of switching cycles

The meaning of the symbols used in the formula is as follows:

x Contact service life for mixed operation, in switching cycles
A Contact service life for normal operation (Ia = Ie) in switching
cycles (from the diagram below)
B Contact service life for inching operation
(Ia = multiple of Ie) in switching cycles
(from the characteristics from Page 6/95)
C Proportion of inching operations in the total operations as a
percentage

Nomogram for determining the contact service life in years (of 250 workdays) and months for a daily operation time of 4, 8, 12, 16, 20 and 24 h.

Solution
Connect required number of switching cycles on left-hand scale
with required number of switching cycles per hour on right-hand
scale, then draw a horizontal line from the point of intersection
with the central axis to the left or right as far as the axis with the
actual daily working time. Note: If 365 (and not 250) days are
worked annually, the total working time derived from the Nomogram must be multiplied by 0.68.

Example:
Operational requirements: 1.4 million switching cycles as lifetime, 200 switching cycles per hour, 12 h operation per day
Result: Total operating time approx. 2.5 years.

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/99

 Siemens AG 2011

Drive systems
Notes

6/100

Siemens CR 1 2012

Siemens AG 2011

Motors
7/2

Type overview and rating data

7/4
7/4
7/5
7/8

Introduction
Brief description
Technical definitions
Motor dimensioning

7/13
7/13

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1PH8 motors
Shaft height 355
1PH7, 1PL6 motors
Shaft height 280
1LP4, 1LP6 motors
Shaft heights 132 to 180
Brake motors with fitted springoperated brakes
1LG4, 1LG6 motors
Shaft height 315 L Hoisting motors
with fitted external fan

7/35
7/62

7/85

7/94
7/94
7/132

Three-phase slip-ring motors

1LT9, 1LT8 motors
Shaft heights 100 L to 315 L
1LV9 motors
Shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

You will also find CAD CREATOR dimension drawings in the dimension
drawing generator and 2D/3D CAD
generator at:
www.siemens.com/cadcreator
Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Overview
Type overview and rating data
Application

Motor type

Designation/Principle of operation

Degree of
protection

Cooling method

Shaft height

1PH8

Asynchronous servo motor

Three-phase squirrel-cage motor without
housing

IP23
IP55

Forced ventilation
Forced ventilation

355
355

1PH7

Asynchronous servo motor

Three-phase squirrel-cage motor without
housing

IP55

Forced ventilation

280

1PL6

Asynchronous servo motor

Three-phase squirrel-cage motor without
housing

IP23

Natural cooling

280

1LP4/6

Asynchronous standard motor

Three-phase squirrel-cage motor

IP55

Forced ventilation

132 S 280 M

1LG4/6

Asynchronous standard motor

Three-phase squirrel-cage motor

IP55

Surface cooling with

forced ventilation

315 L

1LT9

Asynchronous standard motor

Three-phase slip-ring motor

IP54

Surface cooling

100 L 200 L

1LT8

Asynchronous standard motor

Three-phase slip-ring motor

IP54

Surface cooling

225 M 315 L

1LV9

Asynchronous standard motor

Three-phase slip-ring motor

IP54

Surface cooling

100 L 200 L

7/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Overview
Type overview and rating data
Output range in kW

Torque range in Nm

10

100

1 000

10

100

1 000

4 740

S1

7/38

SINAMICS S120

7/50

SINAMICS S120

7/70

SINAMICS S120

S1
1 218 2 467

S1

S1
1 981 3 677

630

S3 25 %
3

7/24

2 688 6 844

385

235

SINAMICS S120

12 415

S1
730

S1
95

7/16
S1
1 340

230

Drive system

10 000

S1
370

Selection
tables
as of Page

S3 25 %
132

30

873

7
S3 60 %
113

7/102

SIMOTRAS HD

7/104

SIMOTRAS HD

7/136

SIMOTRAS HD

S3 60 %
13

25

175

S3 60 %
18

S3 60 %
216

280

S3 60 %
1.3

SINAMICS S120

1 124 2 628

372

S3 60 %
1.3

7/86
S3 60 %

1 938

S3 60 %
25

13

175

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/3

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Brief description

Overview
Siemens has for many years been one of the leading manufacturers of crane motors. This catalog covers the current range of
three-phase motors for use in cranes. In addition to these motors, 1LG6 and 1LA8/1LL8/1PQ8 motors (Catalog D 81.1) are
used as traction motors, winding motors and hoisting motors in
converter-fed drives.
This catalog is aimed at crane manufacturers, system integrators, and crane operators. To make it easier to select motors,
they are listed by speed and output (continuous and intermittent
duty). The tables indicate the rated motor torques and the maximum permissible torques.
The squirrel-cage motors with the DURIGNIT 2000 winding insulation are suitable for use on the SINAMICS S120 drive system.
Since the hoisting motors in particular operate in a large field
weakening range during converter operation, you must check
alongside the usual design criteria such as thermal load (effective torque) and maximum acceleration torque whether the

motor can still generate the required maximum torque in the field
weakening range. A torque-speed diagram can be created to
check this.
The requirements of the motors vary depending on the application conditions:
a) Gantry cranes that are used in production halls are not usually
directly subjected to climatic influences. The motors do not
necessarily need high degrees of protection or special paint.
b)Cranes located in seaports are often exposed to harsh
weather, which means that special measures must be taken to
protect the motors against corrosion as well as the ingress of
dust and water.
c) Cranes in steel works are often subject to very high ambient
temperatures. The electrical and mechanical design (e.g.
special bearings) must take this into account.

Applications
Siemens hoisting gear motors are particularly suitable for hoisting operations under difficult conditions. These robust motors
offer a high degree of protection with the exception of 1PL6
and 1PH8 (IP23) and are particularly suitable for harsh operating conditions;
offer torque reserves that can handle high impulse loads;
are specially optimized for high-inertia drives with high torque.
In conjunction with the fitted spring-operated brakes, the highly
compact 1LP4/6 brake motors are ideal for traversing gear in
modern converter-fed cranes.
1PH8, 1PH7 and 1PL6 three-phase squirrel-cage motors are
compact, forced-ventilated asynchronous motors with squirrel-

1)

Lower outputs available on request.

7/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

cage rotors and degrees of protection IP55 (1PH8, 1PH7) and

IP23 (1PH8, 1PL6). The motors are ventilated as standard by a
radial external fan unit. These motors are particularly suitable for
use in power houses. The 1PH8/1PH7 motors can also be installed outdoors with the right options.
The 1LT and 1LV three-phase slip-ring motors:
Are more strongly magnetized to achieve a greater stalling
torque;
Have reinforced banding to allow for a higher spinning speed;
Have degree of protection IP54 with open condensate drain
holes, which allow condensate inside the motor to drain off.
Are suitable for use with a stator-circuit phase-angle controller.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Technical definitions

Technical data
Standards and specifications
The motors comply with the appropriate standards and regulations, especially those listed in the table below.
Title

IEC

DIN/EN

Valid for machine type

Squirrel-cage Slip-ring rotor
rotor

General specifications
for rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-1
IEC 60085

DIN EN 60034-1

General-purpose three-phase induction motors having

standard dimensions and outputs

IEC 60072
mounting dimensions only

DIN EN 50347

Start-up characteristics for rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-12

DIN EN 60034-12

Terminal designations and direction of rotation

for rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-8

DIN EN 60034-8

Designation for construction types,

installation and terminal box position

IEC 60034-7

DIN EN 60034-7

Entry to terminal box

prDIN 42925 (08/99)

Built-in thermal protection

IEC 60034-11

Noise limit values for

rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-9

DIN EN 60034-9

IEC standard voltages

IEC 60038

DIN EN 60038

Cooling methods for rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-6

DIN EN 60034-6

Mechanical vibrations for

rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-14

DIN EN 60034-14

Vibration limits

DIN ISO 10816

Degrees of protection of rotating electrical machines

IEC 60034-5

DIN EN 60034-5

Surface-cooled three-phase motors

for intermittent duty mounting dimensions

DIN 42681

Conical shaft extensions for electrical machines

DIN 1448

Testing, quality assurance, acceptance inspection

Type testing is carried out for new machines. In series production, each motor is subjected to a routine test.
As part of quality assurance measures, the motors are subjected
to in-process inspections.

Inspection of motors by a customer or a customer's agent incurs

additional expense because each motor will already have undergone standard testing. The inspection criteria must be specified in the order (fully clarified) as this is then used as a basis for
calculating the overhead and billable costs.

Type test or routine test certificates can be issued upon request

(must be specified in the order).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/5

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Technical definitions

Technical data (continued)

The individual sections in this catalog provide information about
the listed available construction types of the various motor
series.

Types to EN 60034-7/IEC 60034-7

Hoisting gear motors are primarily used in construction types
IM B3, IM B5, IM V1, and IM B35, although they can be supplied
in other construction types (please inquire).

EN 60034-7
Code I

IM B3

IM B35

IM B5

IM V1

IM V5

IM V6

IM B6

IM B7

IM B8

IM V3

EN 60034-7
Code II

IM 1001

IM 2001

IM 3001

IM 3011

IM 1011

IM 1031

IM1051

IM 1061

IM 1071

IM 3031

The motor output specifications are uniformly based on a coolant temperature of 40 C at an installation altitude of 1000 m
above sea level for all insulation classes. The various sections in
this catalog provide information about the permissible outputs
under other ambient conditions.

Insulation
The insulation system protects the winding against aggressive
gases, vapors, dust, oil and increased air humidity. It can withstand the vibration stresses and ambient conditions that normally occur in hoisting operations.

Temperature limit in K according to temperature class

Temperature classes
In EN 60034-1, the winding insulation (incl. impregnating material) is classified into temperature classes which are assigned
specific overtemperatures.

80

105

125

Mechanical balance quality

Vibration severity

Dynamic balancing

The vibration severity is the r.m.s. value of the vibration velocity

(frequency range from 10 to 1000 Hz).

All rotors in hoisting gear motors are dynamically balanced with

an inserted half featherkey. This corresponds to vibration severity grade A (normal). EN 60034-14 specifies the factory acceptance vibration test procedures and vibration limits for electrical
machines. "Half key balancing" (half featherkey = code H) is
specified here based on ISO 8821.

A motor balanced in accordance with the relevant standard,

however, may vibrate more strongly at the operating site.
This can be caused by the following factors:
Unsuitable foundation
Interference from the driven machine
Components with a natural frequency that is almost identical
to the frequency of the residual unbalance of the motor.

Full-key balanced machines can also be shipped as special versions (please inquire).
Note for 1LP and 1LG three-phase squirrel-cage motors:

In cases such as these, each element in the system not just the
motor itself needs to be checked.

Low-vibration version B can be supplied to fulfill stricter requirements on smooth running. For converter-fed operation with frequencies greater than 60 Hz, special balancing is required for
compliance with the specified limit values (plain text: maximum
supply frequency/speed)

The table below shows the limit values of electrical machines in

accordance with EN 60034-14 Sept. 2004.

Limits (rms values) of max. vibration variables of vibration displacement s, vibration velocity v and acceleration a for the shaft height H
Vibration severity grade Machine installation

Shaft height H in mm
56 < H 132

A
B

vrms

arms

srms

vrms

arms

srms

vrms

arms

mm/s

mm/s2

mm/s

mm/s2

mm/s

mm/s2

Free suspension

25

1.6

2.5

35

2.2

3.5

45

2.8

4.4

Rigid clamping

21

1.3

2.0

29

1.8

2.8

37

2.3

3.6

Free suspension

11

0.7

1.1

18

1.1

1.7

29

1.8

2.8

Rigid clamping

14

0.9

1.4

24

1.5

2.4

DE 1)

shaft

F = Balancing with full featherkey

H = Balancing with half featherkey
N = Balancing without featherkey

DE is the motor's drive end with shaft. NDE is the motor's non-drive end.

7/6

H > 280

srms

The balancing type is stamped on the face of the

extension:

1)

132 < H 280

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Technical definitions

Technical data (continued)

Bearings
All motors are equipped with rolling-contact bearings.
Motors equipped with cylindrical roller bearings are shipped
with a rotor shipping brace to prevent brinelling in the DE 1) bearings during transportation and storage.
Shaft extensions
The squirrel-cage motors and the slip-ring motors up to and including shaft height 160 have cylindrical shaft extensions, while
the slip-ring motors above and including shaft height 180 have
a conical shaft extension. The motors are always supplied with a
featherkey inserted in the shaft.
Coupling
The standard versions of hoisting gear motors are designed for
coupling output. Pinion, chain, and belt outputs generate greater
cantilever forces and bearing loads, which must be taken into
account.
Motor protection
Hoisting gear motors are operated with a higher load factor in intermittent duty. If there is excessive power consumption, an undervoltage in the supply, an excessive ON duration, or excessive
coolant temperatures or if the heat is not being dissipated adequately (speed of naturally cooled machines is too low), this can
cause the temperature in the windings to rise and the motors to
overheat. Direct and indirect measures can be taken to protect
the motors from overheating. An adequate monitoring concept
should take into account all the relevant factors.

In intermittent duty, devices that offer indirect protection (e.g. circuit-breakers, overload relays, or I 2-t monitors) can only partly
detect the causes of overheating.
The most reliable method is to detect excessively high temperatures directly at the point at which they occur (i.e. the machine
windings). In this way, the effects of all possible causes can be
detected by a single means.
The resistance of the PTC thermistor detectors integrated in the
windings increases significantly if the response temperature is
exceeded. A tripping unit (Catalog LV1) detects this increase
and uses a contact to intervene in the open-loop control. An additional detector loop for emitting a warning signal just below the
shutdown temperature can also be used in process-critical production processes to allow working cycles that have already
been started to be brought to an end.
It is recommended that KTY 84 temperature sensors be installed
in converter-fed drives (the basic versions of 1PL6, 1PH7 and
1PH8 motors are equipped with these sensors as standard). This
sensor is embedded in the winding head of the motor in the
same manner as a PTC thermistor. The data is evaluated directly
in the converter. Warning and shutdown response limits can be
set. Since only one sensor can be evaluated in the converter, this
motor protection method is only suitable in single-motor drives;
PTC thermistors are recommended for drives with more than one
motor (e.g crane traversing gears).

1)

DE is the motor's drive end with shaft. NDE is the motor's non-drive end.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/7

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Motor dimensioning

Overview
Motor dimensioning
When motors for hoisting gear drives are dimensioned (highinertia drives), two criteria must be taken into account:
The required maximum torque (starting torque)
The rated output (thermal motor capacity).
When you check the torque, you check whether the motor can
generate the required maximum torque (e.g. for acceleration).
The maximum permissible torque is greater than the rated
torque and is often specified as a multiple of the rated torque. An
adequate safety margin from the stalling torque must be maintained.
When the output is dimensioned, the rated motor output is
adjusted in accordance with the effective power requirements
of the drive. The rated motor output depends on the motor
temperature which, in turn, is influenced by the operating mode
and the thermal behavior of the motor. The rating data of a motor
differs for the various operating modes in accordance with
DIN EN 60034-1. The data is usually specified for one or more
of the following operating modes:
Continuous duty S1
(also corresponds to intermittent duty S3 100 %)
Short-time duty S2
Intermittent duty S3

7/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

Intermittent duties S4 and S5 vary to such an extent that accurate data can only be provided when certain additional conditions have been clearly defined.
The operating modes are defined in accordance with EN 60034-1.
Symbols used in formulae:
P
Load / specified motor output
Power loss of the motor
PV
e
Final temperature, steady-state temperature
max Max. winding temperature in relevant operating mode
mean Mean steady-state temperature
te
Operating time
tp
Idle time
ts
Duty cycle duration
TL
Thermal time constant of the motor (running)
TSt
Thermal time constant of the motor (stationary)

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Motor dimensioning

Overview (continued)
Continuous duty (S1)

Short-time duty (S2)

Definition

Definition

Operation with a constant load state, the duration of which is sufficient to attain thermal equilibrium.

Operation with a constant load state that, however, does not last
long enough to attain thermal equilibrium, followed by idle time
that lasts until the machine temperature differs from the coolant
temperature by no more than 2 K.

P
P

te

tP

t
t

PV
PV
t

TL
e

max.

max.

te 3 .TL
G_CR01_XX_00012

te < 3 .TL
tP 3 .TSt

G_CR01_XX_00013

Explanation
The operating time te of the motor must be greater than 3 x TL to
ensure that thermal equilibrium is attained. The rated motor output for continuous duty must be designed such that the final
temperature e matches the permissible winding temperature.
Start-up is deliberately discounted under the assumption that a
single high-inertia start will not achieve the final temperature.
The length of the subsequent idle time is insignificant. Caution is
advised, however, when high-inertia starting is carried out on a
warm machine or when a machine is started up several times in
succession. Certain restrictions may apply or advice from a third
party should be sought.

Explanation
The operating time te must be less than 3 x TL to ensure that the
theoretical final temperature is not reached. The rated motor output and the operating time are harmonized in such a way that the
maximum winding temperature max does not exceed the permissible values. Here, too, start-up is deliberately discounted
because it is assumed that the machine starts up cold and the
start-up procedure is short with respect to the operating time te.
The rated motor output for short-time duty can be higher than for
continuous duty, although the permissible operating time must
also be specified. The shorter the operating time, the higher the
rated output of the machine. Operating times of 10, 30, 60, and
90 min. are recommended (see also "Selection and ordering
data" for "1LT9 and 1LT8 three-phase slip-ring motors").
The subsequent idle time must be sufficiently long to ensure that
the machine can cool back down to the ambient temperature
(i.e. tP is greater than or equal to 3 x TSt) because otherwise the
maximum temperature will be exceeded the next time a similar
duty cycle is carried out.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/9

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Motor dimensioning

Overview (continued)
Intermittent duty without effect of the start-up process (S3)

Explanation

Definition

The operating time te must be less than 3 x TL to ensure that the

theoretical final temperature e is not reached. The subsequent
idle time tp, however, is also less than 3 x TSt, which means that
the ambient temperature is no longer reached. A mean steadystate value mean develops around which the temperature varies, but is below the theoretical final temperature e.

Operation that involves a sequence of similar duty cycles, each

with a constant-load period and idle time, whereby the starting
current does not have a noticeable effect on the temperature rise
(the duty cycle duration is generally short enough to ensure that
thermal equilibrium is not attained).
P

te

The rated motor output during intermittent duty is greater than

during continuous duty. The time constants TL and TSt may be
different. This influences the rated output during intermittent duty
and is taken into account in the S3 motor tables.

tP

tS

PV
t
e
max.
mean

To determine the most suitable motor, therefore, a knowledge of

the operating and idle times is required in addition to the required output during the operating time. They are specified by
the duty cycle duration (total time) and the relative ON duration
in % of the cycle duration. If no data has been provided for the
duty cycle duration, 10 minutes apply in accordance with
DIN EN 60034-1. The S3 motor tables are based on this. Values
of 15, 25, 40, and 60 % are recommended for the cyclic duration
factor.
Effect of varying duty cycle durations

te < 3 .TL
tP < 3 .TSt
G_CR01_EN_00014

The S3 rated output is designed in such a way that the temperature peaks max match the permissible values with a 10 minute
duty cycle duration (see "a" in diagram below). Shorter duty cycle durations are not critical because lower temperature peaks
occur at the same mean winding temperature mean (see "b" in
diagram below). Since longer duty cycle durations result in
higher temperature peaks (see "c" in diagram below) which, in
turn, reduce the service life of the insulation, advice from a third
party should be sought in this case.
In S3 duty, the start-up processes are not discounted; the relevant standard assumes that they do not have any significant influence on the temperature rise. Any number of duty cycles can
be carried out per hour provided that this standard is fulfilled.

max.c
max.a

max.

max.b

mean

tSa

tSb

tSc
tSb < tSa = 10 min < tSc
< max.a < max.c
max.b

10
minutes

a
G_CR01_EN_00015

7/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

c
t

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Motor dimensioning

Overview (continued)
Intermittent duty with effect of the start-up process (S4)
Intermittent duty with effect of the start-up process and electrical braking (S5)
Definition
Operation that involves a sequence of similar duty cycles, each
with a noticeable start-up time, a constant-load period, a period
of rapid electrical braking (with S5), and idle time.
tS

te

tP

tA

t
PV
t
e
max.
mittel

G_CR01_DE_00016

tS
te

These operating modes closely resemble S3 duty, except that

the temperature rise caused by start-up and, in some cases,
electrical braking are also included. This additional power loss
depends on the acceleration torque and the time in which this
occurs; in other words, it depends on the linear and rotating
masses to be accelerated (kinetic energy). The masses that are
moved, therefore, must be known. These are based on the moment of inertia referred to the motor shaft. How often and over
what period of time the masses are subject to acceleration and
braking procedures must also be known.
The more duty cycles performed by the drives in hoisting gear
every hour (e.g. short traveling distances or low hoisting
heights), the greater the importance of the acceleration work for
motor dimensioning purposes.
To accurately dimension a motor for duty cycles S4 and S5,
therefore, the following information is required in addition to the
steady-state output:
Cyclic duration factor (CDF)
External moment of inertia
Acceleration or acceleration torque
Accelerating time
Number of working cycles per hour.
General performance specifications for motors in S4/S5 duty are
not possible because they always vary depending on the specific conditions under which the driven machine is operating (external moment of inertia) and the operating mode (working cycles, ON duration). Hoisting gear drives do not have a constant
load across several working cycles but instead have a collective
load.

Intermittent duty S4

Explanation

tP

t
PV
t
e
max.
mean

G_CR01_EN_00017

Intermittent duty S5

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/11

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Introduction
Motor dimensioning

Overview (continued)
Calculating the effective value, ON duration
Actual duty can also be converted to a thermally equivalent S3
mode by means of "effective value calculation", which means
that the S3 motor tables can be used again.

M1

M rms
M2

A torque diagram (duty cycle diagram) must be available when

the calculation is performed (see adjacent diagrams).

Differences in thermal behavior when the motor is running and

when it is at a standstill are already taken into account with respect to the ON durations in the S3 tables. For this reason, Meff
must be calculated with respect to the operating time tE and not
to the duty cycle duration tS.
To ensure that the effective value can be defined with sufficient
accuracy, however, the operating phases during which the motor is not cooled as efficiently must be taken into account (e.g.
during correction runs at low speeds and with naturally cooled
motors).
Effects such as these can only be taken into account by the motor manufacturer.

The operating conditions for hoisting and traversing gears also

vary enormously:
The external moment of inertia with respect to the motor moment of inertia is usually greater in traversing gears than in
hoisting gears; in other words, the acceleration and braking
work are more relevant for traversing gears than for hoisting
gears even when the number of duty cycles performed and
the ON duration are the same.
The steady-state torque (load torque) with respect to the rated
motor torque is usually greater in hoisting gears than in traversing gears (traveling resistance).
The torque diagram for traversing gears does not take the direction of travel into account (without wind forces). The effect
of the payload is minimal with high traversing gear weights;
i.e. with handling cranes, it is repeated after each travel movement (after the second travel movement at the latest).
The torque diagram for hoisting cranes is largely dependent
on the load. The motor torques when the same load is hoisted
and lowered are different (efficiency) and, in the case of handling cranes, a traveling duty cycle with a load is usually followed by a traveling duty cycle with empty load tackle (collective loading; see also FEM, Section I, Calculation Principles for
Cranes); i.e. the cycle required for calculating the effective
value is repeated after the fourth travel movement at the earliest.

G_CR01_EN_00018

M3
t1

t2

t3

tE

tP
tS

Torque diagram

M Br

MA
M

MR
t

MR

G_CR01_EN_00019

If the individual traveling duty cycles are not the same (e.g. due
to different loads or distances), all the different traveling cycles
must be included in the effective value and ON duration calculation until they repeat themselves.

M Br

M A Starting torques

MA

M Br Braking torques

M R Frictional torques

Typical torque diagram for a gantry across one conveying cycle

M Br

MA
M

MH

MA

M Br

MS
MH

MS
t

M Br
G_CR01_EN_00020

The value (assumed to be constant throughout the operating

time) that would generate the same temperature rise as the actual torque is defined as the effective torque. The ON duration is
the sum of operating times with respect to the total duty cycle
duration.

MA
M Br

Hoisting
with load

Lowering
with load

MA
Starting torques

M Br
Braking torques

Hoisting
without load

MA
Lowering
without load

MH
MS
Hoisting torques Lowering torques

M t
----------------tE

Meff =
ED

t E 100
ON duration ------------------- %
tS

M 1, M 2, M 3
t1, t2, t3
tP
tE
tS

Torques in travel diagram

Operating times of torques M1, M2, M3
Idle time
Operating time of motor = t1 + t2 + t3
Duty cycle duration = tE + tP

7/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

Typical torque diagram for hoisting gear across one conveying cycle

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Overview

Benefits
High power density with small motor dimensions
Wide speed control ranges
Speed down to zero without reducing the torque
(constant torque characteristic)
High rotational accuracy, even at the lowest speeds
Fitted as standard with regreasing unit and insulated NDE
bearing
Optimized for converter operation on SINAMICS
Large selection of options

Further information
All the electrical data for intermittent duty S3 is provided on the
following pages.

1PH8 three-phase motor

The innovations in the field of modern crane installations place

higher and higher demands on compact asynchronous motors.
The compact asynchronous motor 1PH8 of shaft height 355 covers the increased performance requirements, e.g. for intermittent
duty S3 40 % with up to 1.97 MW.
This motor series is a converter solution which has been specially developed for use in conjunction with the SINAMICS S120
drive system.

The 1PH8 asynchronous motors have the following features:

Forced ventilated asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotor with IP55 degree of protection. The motors are ventilated
as standard by a radial, externally mounted fan unit. With the
"enhanced corrosion protection" option, the motors can also
be installed outdoors.
Forced ventilated asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotor with IP23 degree of protection. These motors are also ventilated as standard by a radial, externally mounted fan unit.
These motors are particularly suitable for installation in power
houses.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/13

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Technical data

Stator winding insulation

to EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)

Utilization to temperature class 155 (F)

for a coolant temperature
of up to 40 C

Cooling
to EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6)

Radial fan NDE top mounted

(intake from NDE)

Temperature monitoring

KTY84 temperature sensor

in the stator winding
additional KTY 84 as spare

Motor supply voltage

(for technical data, see the ventilation data and sound pressure level)

400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz

480 V 3 AC, 60 Hz

Type
to EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)

IM B3

Degree of protection
to EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)

IP 23 or IP 55

Shaft extension on the drive end

in accordance with DIN 748-3 (IEC 60072-1)

Featherkey
full or half-key balancing

Shaft and flange accuracy

in accordance with DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1) 1)

Tolerance N (normal)
Tolerance R (reduced)

Vibration magnitudes
in accordance with Siemens / EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)

Level A (normal)
Level R / A (reduced)

Sound pressure level

in accordance with EN ISO 1680
tolerance +3 dB

Sound pressure level 85 dB(A)

Maximum speeds

2800 rpm

External encoder systems

Incremental encoder HTL 1024 S/R POG 10

(Baumer-Hbner)
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 S/R HOG 28
(Baumer-Hbner)

Connection

Terminal box NDE right or DE top

Paint finish

Standard paint finish, anthracite, RAL 7016

Options

Refer to Options and Selection and ordering data

S/R = signals/revolution

Notes
The rated motor data is specified in the selection and ordering
data for a nominal pulse frequency of 2.5 kHz.

1)

Rotational accuracy of shaft extension, concentricity of spigot and shaft

and perpendicularity of mounting face of flange to shaft.

7/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Technical data (continued)

Ventilation data and sound pressure level

400 V / 50 Hz
(10 %)

400 V / 60 Hz
(10 %)

460 V / 60 Hz
(10 %)

Sound pressure Volume of air

level LpA (1 m)
min.
Motor + external
fan, rated load,
tolerance +3 dB,
nominal pulse frequency 2.5 kHz

dB

m3/s

1PH835.-7..1
(asynchronous version, external fan with
noise level of 85 dB(A), IP55 degree of
protection)

8.2

7.9

7.9

NDE --> DE
DE --> NDE

85

1PH835.-7..4
(asynchronous version, external fan with
noise level of 85 dB(A), IP23 degree of
protection)

8.2

13.2 2)

10.9 1)

NDE --> DE
DE --> NDE

85

1.3

Max. crosssection per

terminal

Max. current
per terminal 4)

mm2

Motor version
Forced ventilation
(see 8th and 11th positions
in the Order No.)

Fan motor:
Current consumption at

Direction of
air flow

1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Important note:
For 1PH8 / SH355 / IP23 / 85 dB(A) motors, a special fan motor
must be ordered using option R60/R61 for operating the external
fan on a supply voltage of 60 Hz (see Selection and ordering
data/Order No. supplements)
Terminal box, max. connectable conductor cross-sections
Terminal box type
(see selection and
ordering data for
details)

Cable entry
(power)

Cable entry
(external signals)

Max. outer
cable
diameter 3)

Number of
main terminals

mm
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355
1XB7712-P01 7)

3 x M63 x 1.5

1 x M20 x 1.5 5)
1 x M25 x 1.5 6)

53

Phases: 3 x 4 M16
Grounding: 4 x M16

3 x 95

450

1XB7712-P03 7)

4 x M75 x 1.5

1 x M20 x 1.5 5)
1 x M25 x 1.5 6)

68

Phases: 3 x 4 M16
Grounding: 4 x M16

4 x 185

1150

1XB7820-P00

Not drilled

1 x M20 x 1.5 5)
1 x M25 x 1.5 6)

Phases: 2 x 3 x 4 M16
Grounding: 8 x M16

8 x 240

2100

1)

Special fan for operation at 460 V/60 Hz (10 %), option: R60
(see Selection and ordering data / Order No. supplements)

5)

Mounted on left side of terminal box (viewed towards cable entries)

6)

2)

Mounted on right side of terminal box (viewed toward cable entries)

Special fan for operation at 400 V/60 Hz (10 %), option: R61
(see Selection and ordering data / Order No. supplements)

7)

3)

Dependent on the design of the metric cable gland

For terminal box type 1XB7712-P.., depending on the standard, other

cable entries (power) can be ordered using P options (see Selection and
ordering data / Order No. supplements)

4)

Current carrying capacity based on IEC 60364-5-52, routing type C

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/15

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

rpm

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1000 1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 600 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
600

30.4

545

8675 755 (at 12640 1310

500 V)

1100

4840 2260 1320 870

14.74 1PH8 350-7 B4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

30.5

610

9709 850 (at 12500 1280

500 V)

1100

4810 2260 1320 870

14.74 1PH8 351-7 B4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

30.5

735

11699 1010 (at 15040 1490

500 V)

1000

5770 2700 1570 1040 17.40 1PH8 352-7 B4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

30.5

865

13768 1175 (at 17050 1630

500 V)

1000

6550 3070 1790 1180 20.66 1PH8 354-7 B4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.5

1015

16155 1360 (at 20690 1950

500 V)

900

7930 3710 2160 1420 24.22 1PH8 356-7 B4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.5

1145

18225 1535 (at 23650 2200

500 V)

900

9070 4240 2470 1630 27.79 1PH8 358-7 B4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
600

30.4

455

7242 640 (at 12640 1310

500 V)

1100

4840 2260 1320 870

14.74 1PH8 350-7 B4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

30.5

510

8118 720 (at 12500 1280

500 V)

1100

4810 2260 1320 870

14.74 1PH8 351-7 B4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

30.5

615

9789 855 (at 15040 1490

500 V)

1000

5770 2700 1570 1040 17.40 1PH8 352-7 B4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

30.5

725

11540 990 (at 17050 1630

500 V)

1000

6550 3070 1790 1180 20.66 1PH8 354-7 B4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.5

850

13529 1145 (at 20690 1950

500 V)

900

7930 3710 2160 1420 24.22 1PH8 356-7 B4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.5

960

15280 1295 (at 23650 2200

500 V)

900

9070 4240 2470 1630 27.79 1PH8 358-7 B4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

600

30.4

370

5889 530 (at 12640 1310

500 V)

1100

4840 2260 1320 870

14.74 1PH8 350-7 B4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

30.5

415

6605 590 (at 12500 1280

500 V)

1100

4810 2260 1320 870

14.74 1PH8 351-7 B4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

30.5

500

7958 700 (at 15040 1490

500 V)

1000

5770 2700 1570 1040 17.40 1PH8 352-7 B4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

30.5

590

9391 810 (at 17050 1630

500 V)

1000

6550 3070 1790 1180 20.66 1PH8 354-7 B4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.5

690

10983 940 (at 20690 1950

500 V)

900

7930 3710 2160 1420 24.22 1PH8 356-7 B4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.5

780

12415 1060 (at 23650 2200

500 V)

900

9070 4240 2470 1630 27.79 1PH8 358-7 B4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

rpm

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1000 1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 600 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
600

30.5

545

8675 545 (at 12620

690 V)

950

1100

4830 2250 1310

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 H4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.5

610

9709 620 (at 12490

690 V)

930

1100

4810 2250 1310

870 14.74 1PH8 351-7 H4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.5

735

11699 740 (at 14450 1040

690 V)

1000

5570 2610 1530 1010 17.40 1PH8 352-7 H4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

30.5

865

13768 855 (at 17320 1200

690 V)

1000

6650 3110 1810 1190 20.66 1PH8 354-7 H4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.5

1015

16155 980 (at 20800 1420

690 V)

900

7980 3730 2170 1430 24.22 1PH8 356-7 H4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.4

1145

18225 1110 (at 24270 1630

690 V)

900

9320 4360 2540 1670 27.79 1PH8 358-7 H4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
600

30.5

455

7242 460 (at 12620

690 V)

950

1100

4830 2250 1310

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 H4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.5

510

8118 525 (at 12490

690 V)

930

1100

4810 2250 1310

870 14.74 1PH8 351-7 H4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.5

615

9789 625 (at 14450 1040

690 V)

1000

5570 2610 1530 1010 17.40 1PH8 352-7 H4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

30.5

725

11540 720 (at 17320 1200

690 V)

1000

6650 3110 1810 1190 20.66 1PH8 354-7 H4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.5

850

13529 830 (at 20800 1420

690 V)

900

7980 3730 2170 1430 24.22 1PH8 356-7 H4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.4

960

15280 940 (at 24270 1630

690 V)

900

9320 4360 2540 1670 27.79 1PH8 358-7 H4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

600

30.5

370

5889 380 (at 12620

690 V)

950

1100

4830 2250 1310

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 H4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.5

415

6605 430 (at 12490

690 V)

930

1100

4810 2250 1310

870 14.74 1PH8 351-7 H4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.5

500

7958 510 (at 14450 1040

690 V)

1000

5570 2610 1530 1010 17.40 1PH8 352-7 H4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

30.5

590

9391 590 (at 17320 1200

690 V)

1000

6650 3110 1810 1190 20.66 1PH8 354-7 H4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.5

690

10983 680 (at 20800 1420

690 V)

900

7980 3730 2170 1430 24.22 1PH8 356-7 H4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.4

780

12415 770 (at 24270 1630

690 V)

900

9320 4360 2540 1670 27.79 1PH8 358-7 H4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/17

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

40.4

705

8416

975 (at 12910 1850

500 V)

1400

8430 3890 2250 1470 14.74 1PH8 350-7 Q4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

780

9311 1080 (at 12830 1810

500 V)

1400

8390 3880 2250 1470 14.74 1PH8 351-7 Q4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

925

11042 1255 (at 15280 2050

500 V)

1300

9990 4610 2660 1740 17.40 1PH8 352-7 Q4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.4

1105

13191 1500 (at 19170 2480

500 V)

1300

12520 5770 3330 2170 20.66 1PH8 354-7 Q4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.4

1265

15101 1700 (at 22380 2830

500 V)

1200

14610 6730 3890 2540 24.22 1PH8 356-7 Q4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

40.5

1410

16832 1885 (at 23090 2860

500 V)

1200

15090 6980 4030 2640 27.79 1PH8 358-7 Q4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

40.4

590

7043

825 (at 12910 1850

500 V)

1400

8430 3890 2250 1470 14.74 1PH8 350-7 Q4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

650

7759

915 (at 12830 1810

500 V)

1400

8390 3880 2250 1470 14.74 1PH8 351-7 Q4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

775

9252 1060 (at 15280 2050

500 V)

1300

9990 4610 2660 1740 17.40 1PH8 352-7 Q4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.4

925

11042 1265 (at 19170 2480

500 V)

1300

12520 5770 3330 2170 20.66 1PH8 354-7 Q4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.4

1060

12654 1435 (at 22380 2830

500 V)

1200

14610 6730 3890 2540 24.22 1PH8 356-7 Q4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

40.5

1180

14086 1590 (at 23090 2860

500 V)

1200

15090 6980 4030 2640 27.79 1PH8 358-7 Q4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

40.4

480

5730

680 (at 12910 1850

500 V)

1400

8430 3890 2250 1470 14.74 1PH8 350-7 Q4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

530

6327

750 (at 12830 1810

500 V)

1400

8390 3880 2250 1470 14.74 1PH8 351-7 Q4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

630

7521

870 (at 15280 2050

500 V)

1300

9990 4610 2660 1740 17.40 1PH8 352-7 Q4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.4

750

8953 1040 (at 19170 2480

500 V)

1300

12520 5770 3330 2170 20.66 1PH8 354-7 Q4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.4

860

10266 1180 (at 22380 2830

500 V)

1200

14610 6730 3890 2540 24.22 1PH8 356-7 Q4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

40.5

960

11460 1300 (at 23090 2860

500 V)

1200

15090 6980 4030 2640 27.79 1PH8 358-7 Q4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

40.5

705

8416 705 (at 12600 1330

690 V)

1400

8240 3810 2200 1440 14.74 1PH8 350-7 K4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

780

9311 780 (at 12530 1300

690 V)

1400

8200 3800 2200 1440 14.74 1PH8 351-7 K4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.4

925

11042 920 (at 15760 1520

690 V)

1300

10300 4750 2740 1790 17.40 1PH8 352-7 K4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.5

1105

13191 1070 (at 18080 1710

690 V)

1300

11820 5460 3160 2060 20.66 1PH8 354-7 K4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.4

1265

15101 1215 (at 21500 1990

690 V)

1200

14040 6470 3730 2440 24.22 1PH8 356-7 K4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.4

1410

16832 1360 (at 23550 2110

690 V)

1200

15410 7130 4120 2700 27.79 1PH8 358-7 K4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

40.5

590

7043 595 (at 12600 1330

690 V)

1400

8240 3810 2200 1440 14.74 1PH8 350-7 K4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

650

7759 660 (at 12530 1300

690 V)

1400

8200 3800 2200 1440 14.74 1PH8 351-7 K4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.4

775

9252 780 (at 15760 1520

690 V)

1300

10300 4750 2740 1790 17.40 1PH8 352-7 K4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.5

925

11042 905 (at 18080 1710

690 V)

1300

11820 5460 3160 2060 20.66 1PH8 354-7 K4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.4

1060

12654 1025 (at 21500 1990

690 V)

1200

14040 6470 3730 2440 24.22 1PH8 356-7 K4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.4

1180

14086 1150 (at 23550 2110

690 V)

1200

15410 7130 4120 2700 27.79 1PH8 358-7 K4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

40.5

480

5730 490 (at 12600 1330

690 V)

1400

8240 3810 2200 1440 14.74 1PH8 350-7 K4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.5

530

6327 540 (at 12530 1300

690 V)

1400

8200 3800 2200 1440 14.74 1PH8 351-7 K4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.4

630

7521 640 (at 15760 1520

690 V)

1300

10300 4750 2740 1790 17.40 1PH8 352-7 K4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.5

750

8953 740 (at 18080 1710

690 V)

1300

11820 5460 3160 2060 20.66 1PH8 354-7 K4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.4

860

10266 840 (at 21500 1990

690 V)

1200

14040 6470 3730 2440 24.22 1PH8 356-7 K4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.4

960

11460 940 (at 23550 2110

690 V)

1200

15410 7130 4120 2700 27.79 1PH8 358-7 K4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/19

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1000 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1000

50.4

880

8404 1205 (at 13470 2490

500 V)

1500

6160 3540 2300 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 C4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

985

9407 1355 (at 13380 2470

500 V)

1500

6140 3540 2300 1850 14.74 1PH8 351-7 C4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

1145

10935 1565 (at 14980 2540

500 V)

1400

6870 3950 2570 2070 17.40 1PH8 352-7 C4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.5

1325

12654 1770 (at 17230 2790

500 V)

1300

7910 4550 2970 2390 20.66 1PH8 354-7 C4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7820P00

50.4

1530

14612 2025 (at 21370 3380

500 V)

1200

9810 5640 3670 2960 24.22 1PH8 356-7 C4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

50.4

1765

16856 2445 (at 27150 4400

480 V)

1200

12430 7140 4650 3730 27.79 1PH8 358-7 C4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1000

50.4

740

7067 1020 (at 13470 2490

500 V)

1500

6160 3540 2300 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 C4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

825

7879 1145 (at 13380 2470

500 V)

1500

6140 3540 2300 1850 14.74 1PH8 351-7 C4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

960

9168 1320 (at 14980 2540

500 V)

1400

6870 3950 2570 2070 17.40 1PH8 352-7 C4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.5

1105

10553 1495 (at 17230 2790

500 V)

1300

7910 4550 2970 2390 20.66 1PH8 354-7 C4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7820P00

50.4

1280

12224 1710 (at 21370 3380

500 V)

1200

9810 5640 3670 2960 24.22 1PH8 356-7 C4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

50.4

1475

14086 2070 (at 27150 4400

480 V)

1200

12430 7140 4650 3730 27.79 1PH8 358-7 C4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1000

50.4

600

5730

840 (at 13470 2490

500 V)

1500

6160 3540 2300 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 C4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

670

6399

940 (at 13380 2470

500 V)

1500

6140 3540 2300 1850 14.74 1PH8 351-7 C4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

780

7449 1080 (at 14980 2540

500 V)

1400

6870 3950 2570 2070 17.40 1PH8 352-7 C4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.5

900

8595 1220 (at 17230 2790

500 V)

1300

7910 4550 2970 2390 20.66 1PH8 354-7 C4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7820P00

50.4

1040

9932 1400 (at 21370 3380

500 V)

1200

9810 5640 3670 2960 24.22 1PH8 356-7 C4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

50.4

1200

11460 1700 (at 27150 4400

480 V)

1200

12430 7140 4650 3730 27.79 1PH8 358-7 C4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1000 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1000

50.5

880

8404 875 (at 13570 1810

690 V)

1500

6200 3550 2310 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 U4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

985

9407 980 (at 13480 1800

690 V)

1500

6180 3550 2310 1860 14.74 1PH8 351-7 U4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

1145

10935 1130 (at 15390 1870

690 V)

1400

7050 4050 2640 2120 17.40 1PH8 352-7 U4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.4

1325

12654 1285 (at 18240 2110

690 V)

1300

8360 4810 3130 2520 20.66 1PH8 354-7 U4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.5

1530

14612 1480 (at 20940 2420

690 V)

1200

9590 5510 3580 2880 24.22 1PH8 356-7 U4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.4

1765

16856 1680 (at 24680 2770

690 V)

1200

11330 6530 4250 3420 27.79 1PH8 358-7 U4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1000

50.5

740

7067 740 (at 13570 1810

690 V)

1500

6200 3550 2310 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 U4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

825

7879 830 (at 13480 1800

690 V)

1500

6180 3550 2310 1860 14.74 1PH8 351-7 U4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

960

9168 955 (at 15390 1870

690 V)

1400

7050 4050 2640 2120 17.40 1PH8 352-7 U4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.4

1105

10553 1085 (at 18240 2110

690 V)

1300

8360 4810 3130 2520 20.66 1PH8 354-7 U4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.5

1280

12224 1250 (at 20940 2420

690 V)

1200

9590 5510 3580 2880 24.22 1PH8 356-7 U4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.4

1475

14086 1415 (at 24680 2770

690 V)

1200

11330 6530 4250 3420 27.79 1PH8 358-7 U4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1000

50.5

600

5730 610 (at 13570 1810

690 V)

1500

6200 3550 2310 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 U4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

670

6399 680 (at 13480 1800

690 V)

1500

6180 3550 2310 1860 14.74 1PH8 351-7 U4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.5

780

7449 780 (at 15390 1870

690 V)

1400

7050 4050 2640 2120 17.40 1PH8 352-7 U4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.4

900

8595 890 (at 18240 2110

690 V)

1300

8360 4810 3130 2520 20.66 1PH8 354-7 U4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.5

1040

9932 1020 (at 20940 2420

690 V)

1200

9590 5510 3580 2880 24.22 1PH8 356-7 U4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.4

1200

11460 1160 (at 24680 2770

690 V)

1200

11330 6530 4250 3420 27.79 1PH8 358-7 U4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/21

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

rpm

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1500 2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1350 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1350

68.0

985

6968

1340 (at 9990 2450

500 V)

1700

8150 4670 3030 2430 14.74 1PH8 350-7 D4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.1

1105

7817

1520 (at 9950 2400

500 V)

1700

8120 4660 3030 2430 14.74 1PH8 351-7 D4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.0

1340

9479

1800 (at 13910 3310

500 V)

1700

11350 6500 4220 3390 17.40 1PH8 352-7 D4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7820P00

68.0

1530

10823 2045 (at 14180 3160

500 V)

1400

11570 6640 4320 3470 20.66 1PH8 354-7 D4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7820P00

67.9

1765

12486 2325 (at 19150 4130

500 V)

1400

15630 8960 5820 4680 24.22 1PH8 356-7 D4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

67.9

1970

13936 2585 (at 21870 4620

500 V)

1400

17840 10250 6660 5350 27.79 1PH8 358-7 D4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1350

68.0

825

5836

1130 (at 9990 2450

500 V)

1700

8150 4670 3030 2430 14.74 1PH8 350-7 D4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.1

925

6544

1280 (at 9950 2400

500 V)

1700

8120 4660 3030 2430 14.74 1PH8 351-7 D4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.0

1120

7923

1520 (at 13910 3310

500 V)

1700

11350 6500 4220 3390 17.40 1PH8 352-7 D4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7820P00

68.0

1280

9055

1720 (at 14180 3160

500 V)

1400

11570 6640 4320 3470 20.66 1PH8 354-7 D4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7820P00

67.9

1475

10434 1960 (at 19150 4130

500 V)

1400

15630 8960 5820 4680 24.22 1PH8 356-7 D4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

67.9

1650

11672 2180 (at 21870 4620

500 V)

1400

17840 10250 6660 5350 27.79 1PH8 358-7 D4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1350

68.0

670

4740

920 (at
500 V)

9990 2450

1700

8150 4670 3030 2430 14.74 1PH8 350-7 D4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.1

750

5306

1040 (at 9950 2400

500 V)

1700

8120 4660 3030 2430 14.74 1PH8 351-7 D4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.0

910

6437

1240 (at 13910 3310

500 V)

1700

11350 6500 4220 3390 17.40 1PH8 352-7 D4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7820P00

68.0

1040

7357

1400 (at 14180 3160

500 V)

1400

11570 6640 4320 3470 20.66 1PH8 354-7 D4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7820P00

67.9

1200

8489

1600 (at 19150 4130

500 V)

1400

15630 8960 5820 4680 24.22 1PH8 356-7 D4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

67.9

1340

9479

1780 (at 21870 4620

500 V)

1400

17840 10250 6660 5350 27.79 1PH8 358-7 D4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/22

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1350 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1350

68.1

985

6968 975 (at 10260 1810

690 V)

1700

8360 4790 3100 2490 14.74 1PH8 350-7 V4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.1

1105

7817 1095 (at 10230 1840

690 V)

1700

8340 4780 3100 2490 14.74 1PH8 351-7 V4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.0

1340

9479 1315 (at 12720 2310

690 V)

1700

10400 6000 3920 3150 17.40 1PH8 352-7 V4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

68.1

1530

10823 1495 (at 13890 2270

690 V)

1400

11330 6490 4220 3390 20.66 1PH8 354-7 V4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.9

1765

12486 1685 (at 19270 3010

690 V)

1400

15730 9020 5870 4710 24.22 1PH8 356-7 V4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

68.0

1970

13936 1865 (at 20360 3120

690 V)

1400

16620 9540 6200 4990 27.79 1PH8 358-7 V4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1350

68.1

825

5836 820 (at 10260 1810

690 V)

1700

8360 4790 3100 2490 14.74 1PH8 350-7 V4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.1

925

6544 920 (at 10230 1840

690 V)

1700

8340 4780 3100 2490 14.74 1PH8 351-7 V4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.0

1120

7923 1105 (at 12720 2310

690 V)

1700

10400 6000 3920 3150 17.40 1PH8 352-7 V4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

68.1

1280

9055 1255 (at 13890 2270

690 V)

1400

11330 6490 4220 3390 20.66 1PH8 354-7 V4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.9

1475

10434 1420 (at 19270 3010

690 V)

1400

15730 9020 5870 4710 24.22 1PH8 356-7 V4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

68.0

1650

11672 1570 (at 20360 3120

690 V)

1400

16620 9540 6200 4990 27.79 1PH8 358-7 V4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1350

68.1

670

4740 670 (at 10260 1810

690 V)

1700

8360 4790 3100 2490 14.74 1PH8 350-7 V4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.1

750

5306 750 (at 10230 1840

690 V)

1700

8340 4780 3100 2490 14.74 1PH8 351-7 V4 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

68.0

910

6437 900 (at 12720 2310

690 V)

1700

10400 6000 3920 3150 17.40 1PH8 352-7 V4 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

68.1

1040

7357 1020 (at 13890 2270

690 V)

1400

11330 6490 4220 3390 20.66 1PH8 354-7 V4 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.9

1200

8489 1160 (at 19270 3010

690 V)

1400

15730 9020 5870 4710 24.22 1PH8 356-7 V4 0 - 0 3256

1XB7820P00

68.0

1340

9479 1280 (at 20360 3120

690 V)

1400

16620 9540 6200 4990 27.79 1PH8 358-7 V4 0 - 0 3629

1XB7820P00

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/23

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

rpm

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1000 1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 600 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
600

30.3

340

5412 475 (at 12120 1260

500 V)

1400

4710 2220 1310

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 B1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.3

405

6446 555 (at 14570 1440

500 V)

1400

5640 2660 1560 1030 17.40 1PH8 352-7 B1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

30.3

480

7640 655 (at 16670 1590

500 V)

1400

6450 3030 1780 1170 20.66 1PH8 354-7 B1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.3

560

8913 755 (at 20320 1920

500 V)

1400

7840 3680 2150 1420 24.22 1PH8 356-7 B1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.2

630

10028 850 (at 23390 2180

500 V)

1400

8990 4210 2460 1620 27.79 1PH8 358-7 B1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
600

30.3

285

4536 410 (at 12120 1260

500 V)

1400

4710 2220 1310

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 B1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.3

340

5412 480 (at 14570 1440

500 V)

1400

5640 2660 1560 1030 17.40 1PH8 352-7 B1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

30.3

400

6367 565 (at 16670 1590

500 V)

1400

6450 3030 1780 1170 20.66 1PH8 354-7 B1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.3

465

7401 650 (at 20320 1920

500 V)

1400

7840 3680 2150 1420 24.22 1PH8 356-7 B1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.2

530

8436 735 (at 23390 2180

500 V)

1400

8990 4210 2460 1620 27.79 1PH8 358-7 B1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

600

30.3

230

3661 350 (at 12120 1260

500 V)

1400

4710 2220 1310

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 B1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.3

275

4377 410 (at 14570 1440

500 V)

1400

5640 2660 1560 1030 17.40 1PH8 352-7 B1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

30.3

325

5173 475 (at 16670 1590

500 V)

1400

6450 3030 1780 1170 20.66 1PH8 354-7 B1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

30.3

380

6048 550 (at 20320 1920

500 V)

1400

7840 3680 2150 1420 24.22 1PH8 356-7 B1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

30.2

430

6844 620 (at 23390 2180

500 V)

1400

8990 4210 2460 1620 27.79 1PH8 358-7 B1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/24

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

rpm

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1000 1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 600 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
600

30.3

340

5412 345 (at 12090

690 V)

910

1400

4690 2210 1300

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 H1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.3

405

6446 405 (at 13880 1000

690 V)

1400

5390 2550 1500

990 17.40 1PH8 352-7 H1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

30.3

480

7640 475 (at 16940 1170

690 V)

1400

6550 3080 1810 1190 20.66 1PH8 354-7 H1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P01

30.3

560

8913 550 (at 20480 1400

690 V)

1400

7890 3700 2160 1430 24.22 1PH8 356-7 H1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P01

30.2

630

10028 620 (at 24230 1630

690 V)

1400

9310 4350 2540 1670 27.79 1PH8 358-7 H1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
600

30.3

285

4536 300 (at 12090

690 V)

910

1400

4690 2210 1300 860

14.74 1PH8 350-7 H1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.3

340

5412 350 (at 13880 1000

690 V)

1400

5390 2550 1500 990

17.40 1PH8 352-7 H1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

30.3

400

6367 410 (at 16940 1170

690 V)

1400

6550 3080 1810 1190 20.66 1PH8 354-7 H1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P01

30.3

465

7401 470 (at 20480 1400

690 V)

1400

7890 3700 2160 1430 24.22 1PH8 356-7 H1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P01

30.2

530

8436 535 (at 24230 1630

690 V)

1400

9310 4350 2540 1670 27.79 1PH8 358-7 H1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

600

30.3

230

3661 255 (at 12090

690 V)

910

1400

4690 2210 1300

860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 H1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

30.3

275

4377 295 (at 13880 1000

690 V)

1400

5390 2550 1500

990 17.40 1PH8 352-7 H1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

30.3

325

5173 345 (at 16940 1170

690 V)

1400

6550 3080 1810 1190 20.66 1PH8 354-7 H1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P01

30.3

380

6048 400 (at 20480 1400

690 V)

1400

7890 3700 2160 1430 24.22 1PH8 356-7 H1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P01

30.2

430

6844 455 (at 24230 1630

690 V)

1400

9310 4350 2540 1670 27.79 1PH8 358-7 H1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/25

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

40.3

440

5253

615 (at 12500 1790

500 V)

1400

8210 3830 2230 1460 14.74 1PH8 350-7 Q1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.3

530

6327

730 (at 14870 1990

500 V)

1400

9750 4540 2640 1730 17.40 1PH8 352-7 Q1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.3

615

7342

845 (at 19960 2580

500 V)

1400

12960 5910 3390 2200 20.66 1PH8 354-7 Q1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.2

720

8595

985 (at 22050 2790

500 V)

1400

14420 6670 3860 2520 24.22 1PH8 356-7 Q1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.3

830

9908

1105 (at 22770 2820

500 V)

1400

14930 6930 4020 2640 27.79 1PH8 358-7 Q1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

40.3

370

4417

530 (at 12500 1790

500 V)

1400

8210 3830 2230 1460 14.74 1PH8 350-7 Q1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.3

445

5312

630 (at 14870 1990

500 V)

1400

9750 4540 2640 1730 17.40 1PH8 352-7 Q1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.3

515

6148

730 (at 19960 2580

500 V)

1400

12960 5910 3390 2200 20.66 1PH8 354-7 Q1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.2

605

7222

850 (at 22050 2790

500 V)

1400

14420 6670 3860 2520 24.22 1PH8 356-7 Q1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.3

695

8297

945 (at 22770 2820

500 V)

1400

14930 6930 4020 2640 27.79 1PH8 358-7 Q1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

40.3

300

3581

450 (at 12500 1790

500 V)

1400

8210 3830 2230 1460 14.74 1PH8 350-7 Q1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

40.3

360

4298

530 (at 14870 1990

500 V)

1400

9750 4540 2640 1730 17.40 1PH8 352-7 Q1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

40.3

420

5014

620 (at 19960 2580

500 V)

1400

12960 5910 3390 2200 20.66 1PH8 354-7 Q1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.2

490

5849

720 (at 22050 2790

500 V)

1400

14420 6670 3860 2520 24.22 1PH8 356-7 Q1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.3

565

6745

790 (at 22770 2820

500 V)

1400

14930 6930 4020 2640 27.79 1PH8 358-7 Q1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/26

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1500 2000 2500 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

40.3

440

5253

440 (at 12180 1290

690 V)

1400

8010 3740 2180 1430 14.74 1PH8 350-7 K1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

40.3

530

6327

530 (at 15360 1480

690 V)

1400

10070 4670 2710 1780 17.40 1PH8 352-7 K1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

40.3

615

7342

610 (at 17590 1660

690 V)

1400

11560 5390 3140 2060 20.66 1PH8 354-7 K1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.3

720

8595

705 (at 20960 1940

690 V)

1400

13760 6400 3720 2440 24.22 1PH8 356-7 K1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.3

830

9908

805 (at 23360 2090

690 V)

1400

15290 7080 4100 2680 27.79 1PH8 358-7 K1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

40.3

370

4417

380 (at 12180 1290

690 V)

1400

8010 3740 2180 1430 14.74 1PH8 350-7 K1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

40.3

445

5312

460 (at 15360 1480

690 V)

1400

10070 4670 2710 1780 17.40 1PH8 352-7 K1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

40.3

515

6148

525 (at 17590 1660

690 V)

1400

11560 5390 3140 2060 20.66 1PH8 354-7 K1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.3

605

7222

605 (at 20960 1940

690 V)

1400

13760 6400 3720 2440 24.22 1PH8 356-7 K1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.3

695

8297

690 (at 23360 2090

690 V)

1400

15290 7080 4100 2680 27.79 1PH8 358-7 K1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

40.3

300

3581

320 (at 12180 1290

690 V)

1400

8010 3740 2180 1430 14.74 1PH8 350-7 K1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

40.3

360

4298

390 (at 15360 1480

690 V)

1400

10070 4670 2710 1780 17.40 1PH8 352-7 K1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

40.3

420

5014

440 (at 17590 1660

690 V)

1400

11560 5390 3140 2060 20.66 1PH8 354-7 K1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

40.3

490

5849

510 (at 20960 1940

690 V)

1400

13760 6400 3720 2440 24.22 1PH8 356-7 K1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

40.3

565

6745

580 (at 23360 2090

690 V)

1400

15290 7080 4100 2680 27.79 1PH8 358-7 K1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/27

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1000 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1000

50.3

530

5062

735 (at 13150 2430

500 V)

1500

6070 3510 2290 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 C1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.3

630

6017

860 (at 14700 2490

500 V)

1500

6780 3910 2550 2060 17.40 1PH8 352-7 C1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.3

740

7067

1005 (at 16970 2750

500 V)

1500

7830 4530 2960 2380 20.66 1PH8 354-7 C1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.3

855

8165

1145 (at 21120 3340

500 V)

1600

9730 5610 3660 2950 24.22 1PH8 356-7 C1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.2

985

9407

1415 (at 26910 4360

480 V)

1600

12360 7120 4640 3730 27.79 1PH8 358-7 C1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1000

50.3

445

4250

635 (at 13150 2430

500 V)

1500

6070 3510 2290 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 C1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.3

530

5062

735 (at 14700 2490

500 V)

1500

6780 3910 2550 2060 17.40 1PH8 352-7 C1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.3

620

5921

860 (at 16970 2750

500 V)

1500

7830 4530 2960 2380 20.66 1PH8 354-7 C1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.3

715

6828

985 (at 21120 3340

500 V)

1600

9730 5610 3660 2950 24.22 1PH8 356-7 C1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.2

825

7879

1225 (at 26910 4360

480 V)

1600

12360 7120 4640 3730 27.79 1PH8 358-7 C1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1000

50.3

360

3438

540 (at 13150 2430

500 V)

1500

6070 3510 2290 1850 14.74 1PH8 350-7 C1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

50.3

430

4107

620 (at 14700 2490

500 V)

1500

6780 3910 2550 2060 17.40 1PH8 352-7 C1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

50.3

505

4823

720 (at 16970 2750

500 V)

1500

7830 4530 2960 2380 20.66 1PH8 354-7 C1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.3

580

5539

830 (at 21120 3340

500 V)

1600

9730 5610 3660 2950 24.22 1PH8 356-7 C1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.2

670

6399

1040 (at 26910 4360

480 V)

1600

12360 7120 4640 3730 27.79 1PH8 358-7 C1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/28

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1000 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1000

50.3

530

5062

535 (at 13240 1770

690 V)

1500

6110 3530 2310 1860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 U1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

50.3

630

6017

625 (at 15110 1840

690 V)

1500

6960 4010 2620 2110 17.40 1PH8 352-7 U1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

50.3

740

7067

730 (at 18280 2110

690 V)

1500

8430 4860 3180 2560 20.66 1PH8 354-7 U1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.3

855

8165

835 (at 20510 2370

690 V)

1600

9450 5450 3560 2860 24.22 1PH8 356-7 U1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.2

985

9407

955 (at 24570 2760

690 V)

1600

11310 6520 4250 3420 27.79 1PH8 358-7 U1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1000

50.3

445

4250

465 (at 13240 1770

690 V)

1500

6110 3530 2310 1860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 U1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

50.3

530

5062

540 (at 15110 1840

690 V)

1500

6960 4010 2620 2110 17.40 1PH8 352-7 U1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

50.3

620

5921

630 (at 18280 2110

690 V)

1500

8430 4860 3180 2560 20.66 1PH8 354-7 U1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.3

715

6828

715 (at 20510 2370

690 V)

1600

9450 5450 3560 2860 24.22 1PH8 356-7 U1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.2

825

7879

820 (at 24570 2760

690 V)

1600

11310 6520 4250 3420 27.79 1PH8 358-7 U1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1000

50.3

360

3438

395 (at 13240 1770

690 V)

1500

6110 3530 2310 1860 14.74 1PH8 350-7 U1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

50.3

430

4107

455 (at 15110 1840

690 V)

1500

6960 4010 2620 2110 17.40 1PH8 352-7 U1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P01

50.3

505

4823

530 (at 18280 2110

690 V)

1500

8430 4860 3180 2560 20.66 1PH8 354-7 U1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

50.3

580

5539

600 (at 20510 2370

690 V)

1600

9450 5450 3560 2860 24.22 1PH8 356-7 U1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

50.2

670

6399

690 (at 24570 2760

690 V)

1600

11310 6520 4250 3420 27.79 1PH8 358-7 U1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/29

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

rpm

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
1500 2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1350 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1350

67.8

560

3961

760 (at
500 V)

9840 2410

1800

8040 4620 3010 2420 14.74 1PH8 350-7 D1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

67.7

675

4775

925 (at 13690 3260

500 V)

1800

11180 6430 4190 3370 17.40 1PH8 352-7 D1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

67.8

810

5730

1075 (at 14050 3130

500 V)

1700

11480 6620 4310 3470 20.66 1PH8 354-7 D1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.7

925

6544

1250 (at 18980 4090

500 V)

1700

15500 8910 5800 4660 24.22 1PH8 356-7 D1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

67.7

1075

7605

1445 (at 21720 4590

500 V)

1700

17740 10220 6660 5360 27.79 1PH8 358-7 D1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1350

67.8

465

3289

650 (at
500 V)

9840 2410

1800

8040 4620 3010 2420 14.74 1PH8 350-7 D1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

67.7

565

3997

795 (at 13690 3260

500 V)

1800

11180 6430 4190 3370 17.40 1PH8 352-7 D1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

67.8

675

4775

915 (at 14050 3130

500 V)

1700

11480 6620 4310 3470 20.66 1PH8 354-7 D1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.7

775

5482

1070 (at 18980 4090

500 V)

1700

15500 8910 5800 4660 24.22 1PH8 356-7 D1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

67.7

900

6367

1240 (at 21720 4590

500 V)

1700

17740 10220 6660 5360 27.79 1PH8 358-7 D1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1350

67.8

380

2688

540 (at
500 V)

9840 2410

1800

8040 4620 3010 2420 14.74 1PH8 350-7 D1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P03

67.7

460

3254

670 (at 13690 3260

500 V)

1800

11180 6430 4190 3370 17.40 1PH8 352-7 D1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

67.8

550

3891

760 (at 14050 3130

500 V)

1700

11480 6620 4310 3470 20.66 1PH8 354-7 D1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.7

630

4457

900 (at 18980 4090

500 V)

1700

15500 8910 5800 4660 24.22 1PH8 356-7 D1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

67.7

730

5164

1040 (at 21720 4590

500 V)

1700

17740 10220 6660 5360 27.79 1PH8 358-7 D1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/30

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated Rated Rated Max.
speed freoutput torque current torque
nrated quen- Prated Mrated Irated
Mmax
1)
cy
frated

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Maximum
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening) 2)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

Mo- 1PH8 asynchronous

ment motor
of
Shaft height 355
inertia
2000 2500 2800 J
rpm rpm rpm

rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

Weight, Terminal
approx. box

kg

Type

1PH8 35. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, noise level 85 dB(A), operating speed 1350 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1350

67.8

560

3961

550 (at 10200 1800

690 V)

1800

8320 4780 3110 2500 14.74 1PH8 350-7 V1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

67.8

675

4775

660 (at 12290 2230

690 V)

1800

10040 5780 3760 3030 17.40 1PH8 352-7 V1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

67.8

810

5730

780 (at 13660 2230

690 V)

1700

11160 6420 4180 3360 20.66 1PH8 354-7 V1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.7

925

6544

900 (at 19140 2990

690 V)

1700

15630 8980 5840 4700 24.22 1PH8 356-7 V1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

67.7

1075

7605

1040 (at 20270 3110

690 V)

1700

16550 9510 6190 4970 27.79 1PH8 358-7 V1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1350

67.8

465

3289

475 (at 10200 1800

690 V)

1800

8320 4780 3110 2500 14.74 1PH8 350-7 V1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

67.8

565

3997

565 (at 12290 2230

690 V)

1800

10040 5780 3760 3030 17.40 1PH8 352-7 V1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

67.8

675

4775

665 (at 13660 2230

690 V)

1700

11160 6420 4180 3360 20.66 1PH8 354-7 V1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.7

775

5482

775 (at 19140 2990

690 V)

1700

15630 8980 5840 4700 24.22 1PH8 356-7 V1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

67.7

900

6367

890 (at 20270 3110

690 V)

1700

16550 9510 6190 4970 27.79 1PH8 358-7 V1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1350

67.8

380

2688

395 (at 10200 1800

690 V)

1800

8320 4780 3110 2500 14.74 1PH8 350-7 V1 0 - 0 2235

1XB7712P01

67.8

460

3254

470 (at 12290 2230

690 V)

1800

10040 5780 3760 3030 17.40 1PH8 352-7 V1 0 - 0 2560

1XB7712P03

67.8

550

3891

550 (at 13660 2230

690 V)

1700

11160 6420 4180 3360 20.66 1PH8 354-7 V1 0 - 0 2889

1XB7712P03

67.7

630

4457

650 (at 19140 2990

690 V)

1700

15630 8980 5840 4700 24.22 1PH8 356-7 V1 0 - 0 3256

1XB7712P03

67.7

730

5164

740 (at 20270 3110

690 V)

1700

16550 9510 6190 4970 27.79 1PH8 358-7 V1 0 - 0 3629

1XB7712P03

For Order No. supplements and options, see Page 7/32.

For ordering example, see Page 7/33.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, please
contact your local Siemens representative. Compliance with the
rated pulse frequencies is essential; the rated motor data is valid
for 2.5 kHz.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

n2: Max. permissible thermal speed at constant output or speed, which is

at the voltage limit when P = Prated.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/31

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Order No. supplement
Position in the order number

1PH8 shaft height 355

1 P H 8 3 5

Without encoder

External
encoder
systems

Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution POG 10 (Baumer-Hbner),

prepared for mounting
Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution HOG 28 (Baumer-Hbner),
prepared for mounting

9 10 11 12

. 0

Forced ventilation (open-circuit ventilation to IP23 degree of protection)

Type

Order
codes 1)

A
K

Forced ventilation (IP55 degree of protection)

Cooling

13 14 15 16

IM B3

1
4
0

Shaft extens. (DE) Balancing

Featherkey
Featherkey

Full-key
Half-key

Bearings
Standard
Standard

Vibration quality to
Siemens/EN 60034-14
A
R/A

Shaft and flange

accuracy
N
R

Terminal box
NDE right

Cable infeed
Bottom

External fan unit

1
2

A
B
U

NDE at top, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
NDE on left, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
NDE left

Bottom

G00
V

NDE at top, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
NDE on right, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
NDE at top

Right

G02
W

NDE on left, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
NDE on right, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
DE at top

Right

X
NDE at top, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE > DE
(only for terminal boxes 1XB7712-P...)
NDE on left, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE
NDE on right, air inlet from NDE, air-flow direction NDE --> DE

Options
Air flow monitoring 24 V DC
Motor temperature monitoring through switch
Motor protection through 3 x PT100
Bearing temperature monitoring with PT100
With air filter
Mounting of a supplied pulse encoder with POG 10 mounting flange (possible if 9th position = "K")
Mounting of a standard encoder POG 10 DN 1024I (encoder HTL1024 pulses/revolution), (possible if 9th position = "K")
Mounting of a supplied hollow shaft encoder with HOG28 interface (possible if 9th position = "G")
Additional PTC thermistor chain for alarm and tripping
Second shaft extension 120 mm x 210 mm (d x l), (possible if 9th position = "A" or "G")
230 V standstill heating
110 V standstill heating
Terminal box rotated through +90 degrees (possible if 15th position = "V" or "W")
Terminal box rotated through 90 degrees (possible if 15th position = "U" or "W")
Terminal box rotated through +180 degrees
Terminal box 1XB7820 (cable entry plate undrilled) instead of terminal box 1XB7712
Condensation water drain hole provided unsealed
Enhanced corrosion protection (possible if 11th position = "1")
Adapter base for mounting a fan
Cable entry plate undrilled (with terminal box 1XB7712 only)
Cable entry plate 3 x M63 x 1.5 (only with terminal box 1XB7712)
Cable entry plate 3 x M75 x 1.5 (only with terminal box 1XB7712)
Cable entry plate 4 x M75 x 1.5 (only with terminal box 1XB7712)
Cable entry plate 4 x M63 x 1.5 (only with terminal box 1XB7712)
Cable entry plate 6 x M63 x 1.5 + 2 x M20 (only with terminal box 1XB7820)
Cable entry plate 7 x M50 x 1.5 + 2 x M20 + 1 x M25 (only with terminal box 1XB7820)
Cable entry plate 6 x M63 x 1.5 + 1 x M20 + 1 x M25 (only with terminal box 1XB7820)
Cable entry plate 9 x M63 x 1.5 + 1 x M20 + 1 x M25 (only with terminal box 1XB7820)
Cable entry plate 12 x M63 x 1.5 + 1 x M20 + 1 x M25 (only with terminal box 1XB7820)
Increased number of ground terminals in the terminal box (12 x M6 for 1XB771, 24 x M6 for 1XB7280)
Special fan for operation at 460 V / 60 Hz (10 %)
Special fan for operation at 400 V / 60 Hz (10 %)
Customer-specific information on rating plate (maximum 30 characters) 2)
Colors (standard paint is anthracite RAL 7016):
Standard finish in RAL 9005 (black)
Primer
Special paint finish worldwide (anthracite RAL 7016)
Special paint finish worldwide in another color X.. (on request)
1)

Order No. supplement "-Z" with order code and plain text, if required.

7/32

Siemens CR 1 2012

G00
G02

G00
G02
A08
A31
A60
A72
G14
G80
H56
H75
K12
K16
K45
K46
K83
K84
K85
L00
L12
L29
L50
P00
P01
P02
P03
P04
P12
P13
P14
P15
P16
Q00
R60
R61
Y84
X01
K24
K23
K23+X..

2)

Specify plain text when ordering.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Ordering example 1PH835.
Selection criteria

Order No.

Order codes

Motor type

Asynchronous motor, shaft height 355, IP55 degree of protection,

type IM B3,
noise level 85 dB (A), operating speed 800 rpm,
supply voltage 690 V 3 AC
intermittent duty S3 60 %
rated output 445 kW
rated torque 5312 Nm,
rated current 460 A, terminal box type 1XB7712-P01
1PH8352-7K10-0

Encoder systems

Incremental encoder HTL 1024 pulses/revolution POG 10

(Baumer-Hbner),
prepared for mounting

Shaft extension (DE)/

balancing

Featherkey + full-key balancing

Bearings

Standard (A/N)

1PH8352-7KK10-1A0

Terminal box

DE top,
cable entry right

1PH8352-7KK10-1AX0

Mounting of a supplied pulse encoder with

POG 10 mounting flange

1PH8352-7KK10-1AX0-Z

G80

230 V standstill heating

1PH8352-7KK10-1AX0-Z

G80+K45

Cable entry plate 4 x M75 x 1.5

1PH8352-7KK10-1AX0-Z

G80+K45+P03

1PH8352-7KK10-0
1PH8352-7KK10-10

Special version

Complete ordering information for required version of motor

1PH8352-7KK10-1AX0-Z
G80 K45 P03

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/33

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH8 motors, shaft height 355

Dimension drawings
G_CR01_EN_00207a

K2
K1
LE

K3

W5
LA

1)
300

K4

AG
AS

W6

T
LL
BC

AI

AD

AD

HD

EB
ED
AO

HC

P
N
D

M
DB

HA

G
GE

AG

AS

GA
GD

K
M1

AA
A
AB
AC

BC1
B
BB
L

AI Air inlet
AO Air outlet

ZxS

BA

1) Space for
mounting filter
L1

LC1
L2

LC

GC

DC

EE
CA

GB

DC

EC
EA

EE
CA1

2nd shaft extension

POG10

FA

DA

DA

GF

GH

EC
EA

2nd shaft extension + HOG28

Shaft
height
1PH8...

Dimensions to IEC
A

AA

AB

AC

CA

CA1 W5

EA

EB

EC

ED

EE

350/351

670

130

760

781

772 317

1150 254

254

375

243

795 130 120 M24 M24 250

210

220

180

25

25

352

670

130

760

781

862 317

1240 254

254

375

243

885 130 120 M24 M24 250

210

220

180

25

25

354

670

130

760

781

972 317

1350 254

254

375

243

995 130 120 M24 M24 250

210

220

180

25

25

356

670

130

760

781

1092 317

1470 254

254

375

243

1115 130 120 M24 M24 250

210

220

180

25

25

358

670

130

760

781

1212 317

1590 254

254

375

243

1235 130 120 M24 M24 250

210

220

180

25

25

Shaft
height
1PH8...

Dimensions to IEC
F

FA

GA

GB

GC

GD

GE

GF

GH

HA

HC

350/351

32

32

119

137

114

127

18

11

18

11

355

26

735

28

1523 1625 1644 1740 1861

352

32

32

119

137

114

127

18

11

18

11

355

26

735

28

1613 1715 1734 1830 1951

354

32

32

119

137

114

127

18

11

18

11

355

26

735

28

1723 1825 1844 1940 2061

356

32

32

119

137

114

127

18

11

18

11

355

26

735

28

1843 1945 1964 2060 2181

358

32

32

119

137

114

127

18

11

18

11

355

26

735

28

1963 2065 2084 2180 2301

Shaft
height
1PH8...

Terminal box
AD

AG

BA

BB

W6

Fan
DE

BC

BC1

LL

1 XB7 820

K1

DA

DB

DC

L1

L2

LC

LC1

Flange
K2

K3

K4

HD

LA

LE

M1

85 dB (A)

350/351

784

492

245

151

861 696

844 1438 282

355

1578 25

250

740 40

680 800 24

352

784

492

245

151

951 696

934 1528 282

355

1578 25

250

740 40

680 800 24

354

784

492

245

151

1061 696

1044 1638 282

355

1578 25

250

740 40

680 800 24

356

784

492

245

151

1181 696

1164 1758 282

355

1578 25

250

740 40

680 800 24

358

784

492

245

151

1301 696

1284 1878 282

355

1578 25

250

740 40

680 800 24

1 XB7 712

R60/R61 fan 60 Hz

350/351

640

377

201

12

784 370

802

1438 282

355

1578

352

640

377

201

12

874 370

892

1528 282

355

1578

354

640

377

201

12

984 370

1002 1638 282

355

1578

356

640

377

201

12

1104 370

1122 1758 282

355

1578

358

640

377

201

12

1224 370

1242 1878 282

355

1578

7/34

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7, 1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Overview

Benefits
This motor series has been designed specifically for use in conjunction with the SINAMICS S120 drive system. The motors are
characterized by their high power density within compact dimensions and can be operated at zero speed with no reduction
in the torque.
1PL6 motors are also available in shaft height 225 for hoisting
gear with a lower output. For the technical specifications, see
Catalog PM 21.
1PH7 and 1PL6 motors can also be fitted with brakes on the
non-drive end. For more information, please contact your local
Siemens representative.

Further information
All the electrical data for intermittent duty S3 is provided on the
following pages.
1PH7 and 1PL6 three-phase motors (shaft height 280)

The 1PH7 and 1PL6 asynchronous motors (shaft height 280) can
be used as hoisting motors in hoisting gear, for example. This
range of compact motors has been designed to fulfill the special
requirements of motors for lifting gear.
The 1PH7 and PL6 asynchronous motors have the following
features:
1PH7 motors are compact, externally ventilated asynchronous
motors with a squirrel-cage rotor and a degree of protection of
IP55. They are ventilated with a radial external fan unit, which
is installed as standard. With the "enhanced corrosion protection" option, the motors can also be installed outdoors.
1PL6 motors are compact, externally ventilated asynchronous
motors with a squirrel-cage rotor and a degree of protection of
IP23. They are also ventilated with a radial external fan unit,
which is installed as standard. These motors are particularly
suitable for installation in power houses.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/35

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7, 1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Technical data
Stator winding insulation
according to EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)

Utilization to temperature class 155 (F)

for a coolant temperature
of up to 40 C

Cooling
to EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6)

Radial fan NDE top mounted

(intake from NDE)

Temperature monitoring

KTY84 temperature sensor

in the stator winding
additional KTY 84 as spare

Fan supply voltage

(for technical data, see the ventilation data and sound pressure level)

400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz

480 V 3 AC, 60 Hz

Type
to EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)

IM B3, IM B35

Degree of protection
to EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)

IP 23 or IP 55

Shaft extension on the drive end

in accordance with DIN 748-3 (IEC 60072-1)

Featherkey
full or half-key balancing

Shaft and flange accuracy

in accordance with DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1) 1)

Tolerance N (normal)
Tolerance R (reduced)

Vibration magnitudes
in accordance with Siemens / EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)

Level A (normal)
Level R / A (reduced)

Sound pressure level

in accordance with EN ISO 1680
tolerance +3 dB

Sound pressure level 74 dB(A)

Maximum speeds

3300 rpm

External encoder systems

Incremental encoder HTL 1024 S/R POG 10

(Baumer-Hbner)

Connection

Terminal box NDE right or DE top

Paint finish

Standard paint finish, anthracite, RAL 7016

Options

Refer to Options and Selection and ordering data

S/R = signals/revolution

Notes
The rated motor data is specified in the selection and ordering
data for a nominal pulse frequency of 2.5 kHz.

1)

Rotational accuracy of shaft extension, concentricity of spigot and shaft

and perpendicularity of mounting face of flange to shaft.

7/36

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7, 1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Technical data (continued)

Ventilation data and sound pressure level
Motor type

Fan motor:
Current consumption at

Direction of
air flow

400 V / 50 Hz
(10 %)

400 V / 60 Hz
(10 %)

480 V / 60 Hz
(+5 %, 10 %)

Sound pressure Volume of air

level LpA (1 m)
min.
Motor + external
fan, rated load,
tolerance +3 dB,
nominal pulse frequency 2.5 kHz

dB

m3/s

2.55

2.6

2.6

NDE --> DE
DE --> NDE

74

0.42

2.55

2.6

2.6

NDE --> DE
DE --> NDE

74 1)

0.52

1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Terminal box assignment, max. connectable conductor cross-sections

Motor type

Terminal box type

Cable entry (power) Max. outer

cable
diameter 2)
mm

Number of
main terminals

Max. crosssection per

terminal

Max. current
per
terminal 3)

mm2

1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

1PH728 . - . . B

1XB7712

3 x M63 x 1.5

53

(3 + 1) 4) x 3 x M16 3 x 95

450

1XB7712

3 x M75 x 1.5

68

(3 + 1) 4) x 3 x M16 3 x 185

710

4 x M75 x 1.5

68

(3 + 1) 4) x 4 x M16 4 x 185

925

1PH7284 - . . C
1PH7284 - . . D
1PH7286 - . . C
1PH7286 - . . D
1PH7288 - . . C
1PH7288 - . . D
1PH728 . - . . F

1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

1PL628 .

1XB7712

1)

Speed range 0 to 2000 rpm.

2)

Dependent on the design of the metric cable gland.

3)

Current-carrying capacity based on EN 60204-1 and IEC 60364-5-52, routing type C.

4)

Including ground terminal.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/37

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated Rated

freoutput torque
quency Prated Mrated
frated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 400 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

Nm

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PH7 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 500 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
500

17

118

2254

206

3010

290

1000

1110

550

320

250

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

17

147

2808

256

3990

380

1150

1570

770

420

340

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

17

191

3648

332

5080

480

1150

2050

1010

550

440

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
500

17

98

1872

173

3010

290

1200

1110

550

320

250

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

17

123

2349

216

3990

380

1500

1570

770

420

340

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

17

160

3056

280

5080

480

1500

2050

1010

550

440

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

500

17

80

1529

144

3010

290

1650

1110

550

320

250

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

17

100

1909

180

3990

380

1950

1570

770

420

340

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

17

130

2481

233

5080

480

1950

2050

1010

550

440

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/38

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated
speed freoutput
nrated quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

Nm

Hz

kW

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at

1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PH7 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

27

184

2197

313 (at
400 V)

3940

610

2000

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

27

228

2722

401 (at
385 V)

5510

885

2200

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

279

3331

514 (at
370 V)

7010

1160 2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

27

154

1838

264 (at
400 V)

3940

610

2200

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

27

191

2280

340 (at
385 V)

5510

885

2200

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

234

2793

436 (at
370 V)

7010

1160 2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

27

125

1492

220 (at
400 V)

3940

610

2200

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

27

155

1850

285 (at
385 V)

5510

885

2200

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

190

2268

365 (at
370 V)

7010

1160 2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/39

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 1150 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1150

38.6

250

2076

438 (at
400 V)

5300

1200

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

38.6

309

2566

573 (at
380 V)

7150

1700

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

38.6

382

3172

692 (at
385 V)

8980

2110

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1150

38.6

209

1736

372 (at
400 V)

5300

1200

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

38.6

258

2143

489 (at
380 V)

7150

1700

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

38.6

320

2657

589 (at
385 V)

8980

2110

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1150

38.6

170

1414

314 (at
400 V)

5300

1200

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

38.6

210

1745

514 (at
380 V)

7150

1700

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

38.6

260

2160

497 (at
385 V)

8980

2110

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/40

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 400 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
2000
rpm

2500
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

3000
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 1750 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1750

58.7

331

1806

561

4660

1600

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

58.7

397

2166

669

5550

1895

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

58.7

500

2729

840

7410

2560

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1750

58.7

277

1512

473

4660

1600

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

58.7

332

1812

562

5550

1895

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

58.7

418

2281

707

7410

2560

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1750

58.7

225

1228

393

4660

1600

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

58.7

270

1474

466

5550

1895

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

58.7

340

1856

586

7410

2560

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/41

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated
speed freoutput
nrated quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 480 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PH7 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 600 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
600

20.3

140

2228

205

3230

310

1400

1620

900

500

300

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

20.3

176

2801

255

4580

435

1500

2130

1110

670

450

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

20.3

228

3629

331

6190

590

1600

2830

1500

860

570

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
600

20.3

117

1862

173

3230

310

1700

1620

900

500

300

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

20.3

148

2356

216

4580

435

1800

2130

1110

670

450

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

20.3

191

3040

279

6190

590

1900

2830

1500

860

570

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

600

20.3

95

1512

144

3230

310

2200

1620

900

500

300

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

20.3

120

1910

180

4580

435

2200

2130

1110

670

450

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

20.3

155

2467

233

6190

590

2200

2830

1500

860

570

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/42

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 1000 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1000

34

221

2111

315 (at
480 V)

4160

680

2200

2150

1270

840

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

34

272

2598

401 (at
480 V)

6250

1020

2200

3170

1900

1240

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

34

338

3228

514 (at
460 V)

7760

1295

2200

4010

2430

1570

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1000

34

185

1767

265 (at
480 V)

4160

680

2200

2150

1270

840

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

34

228

2177

340 (at
480 V)

6250

1020

2200

3170

1900

1240

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

34

283

2703

436 (at
460 V)

7760

1295

2200

4010

2430

1570

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1000

34

150

1433

220 (at
480 V)

4160

680

2200

2150

1270

840

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

34

185

1767

285 (at
480 V)

6250

1020

2200

3170

1900

1240

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

34

230

2197

365 (at
460 V)

7760

1295

2200

4010

2430

1570

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/43

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 1350 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1350

45.3

294

2080

437 (at
470 V)

5580

1255

2200

4710

2800

1900

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

45.3

360

2547

573 (at
445 V)

7490

1780

2200

5730

3440

2290

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

45.3

448

3169

693 (at
450 V)

9350

2210

2210

7640

4260

2850

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1350

45.3

246

1740

372 (at
470 V)

5580

1255

2200

4710

2800

1900

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

45.3

301

2129

489 (at
445 V)

7490

1780

2200

5730

3440

2290

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

45.3

375

2653

589 (at
450 V)

9350

2210

2200

7640

4260

2850

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1350

45.3

200

1416

314 (at
470 V)

5580

1255

2200

4710

2800

1900

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

45.3

245

1733

414 (at
445 V)

7490

1780

2200

5730

3440

2290

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

45.3

305

2158

497 (at
450 V)

9350

2210

2200

7640

4260

2850

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/44

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 455 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
2000
rpm

2500
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

3000
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 2000 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
2000

67

375

1791

562

4780

1655

2200

4780

2900

1950

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

67

456

2177

669

5740

1980

2200

5740

3460

2300

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

67

566

2703

841

7560

2625

2200

7560

4880

3300

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
2000

67

314

1499

473

4780

1655

2200

4780

2900

1950

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

67

381

1819

563

5740

1980

2200

5740

3460

2300

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

67

474

2263

707

7560

2625

2200

7560

4880

3300

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

2000

67

255

1218

393

4780

1655

2200

4780

2900

1950

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

67

310

1480

466

5740

1980

2200

5740

3460

2300

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

67

385

1838

586

7560

2625

2200

7560

4880

3300

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/45

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated
speed freoutput
nrated quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 690 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Nm

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PH7 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2 Order No. 2)

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 500 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
500

17

113

2158

114

3010

170

1050

1110

550

320

250

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

17

141

2693

143

3990

225

1250

1570

770

420

340

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

17

184

3514

185

5080

278

1150

2070

1010

550

440

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
500

17

95

1815

96

3010

170

1300

1110

550

320

250

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

17

118

2254

121

3990

225

1550

1570

770

420

340

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

17

154

2941

156

5080

278

1500

2070

1010

550

440

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

500

17

77

1471

80

3010

170

1700

1110

550

320

250

4.2

1PH7 284- AB -0 1300

17

96

1834

101

3990

225

1950

1570

770

420

340

5.2

1PH7 286- AB -0 1500

17

125

2388

130

5080

278

1950

2070

1010

550

440

6.3

1PH7 288- AB -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/46

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated
speed freoutput
nrated quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PH7 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2 Order No. 2)

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

27

169

2017

169 (at
690 V)

3940

355

2200

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

27

213

2543

223 (at
665 V)

5510

515

2200

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

272

3247

295 (at
640 V)

7010

675

2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

27

141

1683

143 (at
690 V)

3940

355

2200

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

27

178

2125

190 (at
665 V)

5510

515

2200

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

228

2722

250 (at
640 V)

7010

675

2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

27

115

1373

120 (at
690 V)

3940

355

2200

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PH7 284- AC -0 1300

27

145

1731

160 (at
665 V)

5510

515

2200

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

185

2208

210 (at
640 V)

7010

675

2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PH7 288- AC -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/47

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No. 2)

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 1150 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1150

38.6

241

2001

244 (at
690 V)

5300

700

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

38.6

298

2475

321 (at
655 V)

7150

990

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

38.6

369

3064

388 (at
665 V)

8980

1230

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1150

38.6

202

1677

208 (at
690 V)

5300

700

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

38.6

250

2076

274 (at
655 V)

7150

990

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

38.6

309

2566

331 (at
665 V)

8980

1230

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1150

38.6

164

1362

176 (at
690 V)

5300

700

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PH7 284- AD -0 1300

38.6

203

1686

233 (at
655 V)

7150

990

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PH7 286- AD -0 1500

38.6

251

2084

280 (at
665 V)

8980

1230

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PH7 288- AD -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/48

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 690 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
2000
rpm

2500
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

1PH7 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

3000
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No. 2)

kg

1PH7 28. asynchronous motors, IP55 degree of protection, operating speed 1750 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1750

58.7

319

1741

315

4660

935

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

58.7

384

2096

376

5550

1110

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

58.7

484

2641

472

7410

1495

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1750

58.7

267

1457

265

4660

935

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

58.7

321

1757

316

5550

1110

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

58.7

405

2210

398

7410

1495

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1750

58.7

217

1184

221

4660

935

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PH7 284- AF -0 1300

58.7

261

1424

262

5550

1110

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PH7 286- AF -0 1500

58.7

329

1795

330

7410

1495

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PH7 288- AF -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PH7 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/49

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated
speed freoutput
nrated quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PL6 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2 Order No.

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

27.3

263

3140

491 (at
400 V)

3940

610

1200

2860

1480

880

610

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

27.3

359

4285

643 (at
385 V)

5510

885

1400

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

27.3

456

5443

834 (at
370 V)

7010

1160

1450

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

27.3

240

2865

410 (at
400 V)

3940

610

1400

2860

1480

880

610

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

27.3

308

3677

537 (at
385 V)

5510

885

1600

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

27.3

381

4548

696 (at
370 V)

7010

1160

1700

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

27.3

195

2328

335 (at
400 V)

3940

610

1700

2860

1480

880

610

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

27.3

250

2984

440 (at
385 V)

5510

885

1900

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

27.3

310

3701

570 (at
370 V)

7010

1160

2100

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/50

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 1150 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1150

38.9

412

3421

696 (at
400 V)

5300

1200

2000

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

38.9

522

4335

926 (at
380 V)

7150

1700

2000

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

38.9

639

5306

1114 (at 8980

385 V)

2110

2100

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1150

38.9

344

2857

582 (at
400 V)

5300

1200

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

38.9

437

3629

775 (at
380 V)

7150

1700

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

38.9

535

4443

931 (at
385 V)

8980

2110

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1150

38.9

280

2325

478 (at
400 V)

5300

1200

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

38.9

355

2944

637 (at
380 V)

7150

1700

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

38.9

435

3607

765 (at
385 V)

8980

2110

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/51

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 400 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
2000
rpm

2500
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

3000
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 1750 rpm
Supply voltage 400 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1750

59

544

2969

906

4660

1600

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

59

654

3569

1085

5550

1895

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

59

823

4491

1362

7410

2560

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1750

59

455

2483

755

4660

1600

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

59

547

2985

903

5550

1895

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

59

689

3760

1133

7410

2560

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1750

59

370

2019

616

4660

1600

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

59

445

2429

736

5550

1895

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

59

560

3055

924

7410

2560

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/52

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 1000 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1000

34

345

3295

492 (at
480 V)

4160

680

1400

2150

1270

840

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

34

456

4355

643 (at
480 V)

6250

1020

1700

3170

1900

1240

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

34

566

5405

834 (at
460 V)

7760

1295

1700

4010

2430

1570

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1000

34

289

2760

410 (at
480 V)

4160

680

1700

2150

1270

840

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

34

381

3639

537 (at
480 V)

6250

1020

2100

3170

1900

1240

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

34

474

4572

696 (at
460 V)

7760

1295

2200

4010

2430

1570

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1000

34

235

2244

335 (at
480 V)

4160

680

2200

2150

1270

840

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

34

310

2961

440 (at
480 V)

6250

1020

2200

3170

1900

1240

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

34

385

3677

570 (at
460 V)

7760

1295

2200

4010

2430

1570

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/53

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 1350 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1350

45.5

478

3381

696 (at
470 V)

5580

1255

2200

4710

2800

1900

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

45.5

603

4266

925 (at
445 V)

7490

1780

2200

5730

3440

2290

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

45.5

742

5249

1114
(at
450 V)

9350

2210

2200

7640

4260

2850

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1350

45.5

400

2830

582 (at
470 V)

5580

1255

2200

4710

2800

1900

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

45.5

504

3565

774 (at
445 V)

7490

1780

2200

5730

3440

2290

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

45.5

621

4393

931 (at
450 V)

9350

2210

2200

7640

4260

2850

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1350

45.5

325

2299

478 (at
470 V)

5580

1255

2200

4710

2800

1900

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

45.5

410

2901

637 (at
445 V)

7490

1780

2200

5730

3440

2290

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

45.5

505

3573

765 (at
450 V)

9350

2210

2200

7640

4260

2850

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/54

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 455 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
2000
rpm

2500
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

3000
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No.

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 2000 rpm
Supply voltage 480 V 3 AC for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
2000

67.3

610

2913

907

4780

1655

2200

4780

2900

1950

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

67.3

735

3510

1085

5740

1980

2200

5740

3460

2300

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

67.3

926

4422

1362

7560

2625

2200

7540

4880

3300

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
2000

67.3

510

2435

755

4780

1655

2200

4780

2900

1950

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

67.3

615

2937

903

5740

1980

2200

5740

3460

2300

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

67.3

775

3701

1133

7560

2625

2200

7540

4880

3300

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

2000

67.3

415

1981

616

4780

1655

2200

4780

2900

1950

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

67.3

500

2387

736

5740

1980

2200

5740

3460

2300

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

67.3

630

3009

924

7560

2625

2200

7540

4880

3300

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/55

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated Rated Rated
speed freoutput
nrated quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1000
rpm

1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

Nm

Hz

kW

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Mo1PL6 asynchronous
ment motor, shaft height 280
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2 Order No. 2)

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 800 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
800

27

261

3115

271 (at
690 V)

3940

355

1200

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

27

353

4214

364 (at
665 V)

5510

515

1250

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

27

441

5264

467 (at
640 V)

7010

675

1250

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
800

27

228

2722

226 (at
690 V)

3940

355

1500

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

27

295

3522

305 (at
665 V)

5510

515

1700

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PH7 286- AC -0 1500

27

369

4405

390 (at
640 V)

7010

675

1700

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

800

27

185

2208

185 (at
690 V)

3940

355

2000

3200

1480

880

610

4.2

1PL6 284- AC -0 1300

27

240

2865

250 (at
665 V)

5510

515

2100

4450

2030

1200

790

5.2

1PL6 286- AC -0 1500

27

300

3581

320 (at
640 V)

7010

675

2200

5610

2610

1300

1010

6.3

1PL6 288- AC -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/56

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated
current
Irated

Max. Max.
torque curMmax rent
1)
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
1500
rpm

2000
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

2500
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No. 2)

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 1150 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1150

38.9

399

3313

393 (at
690 V)

5300

700

2100

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

38.9

506

4202

521 (at
655 V)

7150

990

2100

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

38.9

620

5149

627 (at
665 V)

8980

1230

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1150

38.9

334

2774

329 (at
690 V)

5300

700

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

38.9

424

3521

436 (at
655 V)

7150

990

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

38.9

519

4310

524 (at
665 V)

8980

1230

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1150

38.9

272

2259

270 (at
690 V)

5300

700

2200

3500

2020

1380

4.2

1PL6 284- AD -0 1300

38.9

344

2857

359 (at
655 V)

7150

990

2200

4450

2540

1700

5.2

1PL6 286- AD -0 1500

38.9

422

3504

431 (at
665 V)

8980

1230

2200

5200

3140

1900

6.3

1PL6 288- AD -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/57

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed
nrated

Rated Rated
freoutput
quency Prated
frated

Rated
torque
Mrated

Rated Max.
current torque
Irated
Mmax
at 690 V 1)

Max.
current
Imax 1)

Max.
speed at
constant
output
(field
weakening)
n2

Maximum torque
Mmax 1) at
2000
rpm

2500
rpm

rpm

Hz

Nm

rpm

Nm

Nm

kW

Nm

1PL6 asynchronous
motor, shaft height 280

Weight,
approx.

3000
rpm

Moment
of
inertia
J

Nm

kgm2

Order No. 2)

kg

1PL6 28. asynchronous motors, IP23 degree of protection, operating speed 1750 rpm
Supply voltage 690 V 3 AC 2) for SINAMICS S120 converters, Active Line Module, Vector Control
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1750

59

528

2881

510

4660

935

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

59

635

3465

611

5550

1110

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

59

799

4360

766

7410

1495

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1750

59

441

2407

425

4660

935

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

59

531

2898

509

5550

1110

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

59

668

3645

638

7410

1495

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % (S1)

1750

59

359

1959

347

4660

935

2200

3770

2420

1650

4.2

1PL6 284- AF -0 1300

59

432

2357

415

5550

1110

2200

4500

2890

1980

5.2

1PL6 286- AF -0 1500

59

543

2963

520

7410

1495

2200

5800

3750

2600

6.3

1PL6 288- AF -0 1700

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/59; for options, see Page 7/60.

For more operating characteristics and engineering data, see

the configuration manual for 1PL6 asynchronous motors.

1)

Maximum torque/current that is briefly available for dynamic operations

(e.g. accelerating). Please refer to the planning documents for the values
for thyristor or diode infeeds (e.g. Basic Line Module).

7/58

Siemens CR 1 2012

2)

With a line voltage of 690 V, the motors must be ordered with option C30.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7, 1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Order No. supplement
Position in the order number

10 11 12
.

13 14 15 16

External fan and terminal box with type IM B3/IM B35

When the external fan is mounted at the NDE, the direction of air flow is NDE > DE;
when the external fan is mounted at the DE, the direction of air flow is DE > NDE.
External fan unit
Terminal box
NDE at top

0
NDE right
NDE left
NDE at top
DE at top (not IM B35)

NDE right

0
1

5
1

NDE right
NDE left
NDE at top
DE at top (not IM B35)
NDE left

1
2
5
2

NDE right
NDE left
NDE at top
DE at top (not IM B35)
DE at top

2
5
3

NDE right
NDE left
NDE at top
DE at top (not IM B35)
DE right

NDE right
NDE left
NDE at top
DE at top (not IM B35)
DE left

NDE right
NDE left
NDE at top
DE at top (not IM B35)

Type
IM B3

IM B35

Drive type and vibration severity grade

Drive type
Vibration severity grade
Coupling

Coupling

R/A

Shaft extension, balancing

Half-key balancing

Full-key balancing

Paint finish
Primed

Standard finish, anthracite, RAL 7016

Special finish, anthracite RAL 7016

Special version 1)
1)

Order No. supplement "-Z" only if ordering with order code and plain text, if required. Specify special versions with order code,
see table on Page 7/60.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/59

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7, 1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Options
Additional ordering information for special 1PH7 and 1PL6 motor versions
Version

Order No. supplement "-Z"

with order code and plain text, if required

Winding version 690 V

C30

Fan unit with filter

G14

Pulse encoder POG10 or POG10 with centrifugal switch

(specify in the order; the built-on devices must be supplied to the factory)

G80

Second rating plate

K31

Standstill heating 230 V, 200 W

K45

Cable entry plate, terminal box, customer-specific

(plain text is required)

K55

Terminal box rotated through +90 degrees

K83

Terminal box rotated through 90 degrees

K84

Terminal box rotated through 180 degrees

K85

Condensation water drain hole provided (not sealed)

(only required for 1PH7)

L12

Enhanced corrosion protection if device is installed in industrial areas or

exposed to sea air (only possible for 1PH7 motors)

L29

Additional back-off thread on motor feet

(for ease of installation)

M83

Special paint finish RAL...

R2Y

Customized rating plate data

Y80

The KTY 84 sensor for monitoring the motor temperature is installed as standard and does not need to be ordered separately.
(A second KTY 84 sensor is also installed for backup.)
For further options, see Catalog PM 21.

7/60

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1PH7, 1PL6 motors, shaft height 280

Dimension drawings
g4
As option with air filter (G14)

k2

g2
G_CR01_EN_00050

k1

AI

p2

AD

m1

m2

AI Air inlet
AD Air discharge

n
b
f

o
e
a

w1

If encoder POG 10 (without centrifugal switch) is mounted, this increases the length k of the motor by 80 mm.

Type IM B3
For motor
Shaft Type
height
280

Dimensions in mm
DIN a
b
c
e
IEC B
A
HA BB

1P.. 284
1P.. 286
1P.. 288

684 457 22
794
924

f
AB

g2
AD

h
H

k
LB

k1

k2

m1

m2 n

AA

840 560 518 449 280 1146 489 546 108 78

950
1256 599
1080
1386 729

k1

AI Air inlet
AO Air outlet

g4

p2

Shaft extension DE
w1 d
I
t
C
D
E
GA

s
K

100 731 1042 24

841
971

190 95

u
FA

170 100 25

With optional air filter (G14)

k2

AI
f1
c1

p2

i2

G_DA65_EN_00154c

a1
b1

AO

22.5

8 x 24

If encoder POG 10 (without centrifugal switch) is mounted, this increases the length k of the motor by 80 mm.

Type IM B35
For motor
Shaft
Type
height
280

1P..284

DIN
IEC

Dimensions in mm
a1
b1
c1
P
N
LA

e1
M

f1
T

h
H

i2

k
LB

k1

k2

p2

660

600

280

170

546

1042

1146

489

1P..286

550

24

1256

599

1P..288

1386

729

For dimensions for foot mounting, shaft and terminal box, see dimension drawing of 1P..28 motors, type of construction IM B3.
Siemens CR 1 2012

7/61

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Overview
The naturally cooled hoisting gear motors of type 1LP4 and 1LP6
form a compact drive unit when combined with the fitted springoperated brake and are ideal for application as traversing motors. The DC-operated brake is designed as a holding brake, but
is also capable of emergency shutdown braking operations at
maximum motor speed. In the case of power failure, the brake is
applied automatically by its spring force and brings the drive to
a standstill.
Product range

Three-phase squirrel-cage motor 1LP with fitted DC-excited spring-operated brake

Motor
shaft height

Brake type

132

160

180

KFB 10
100 Nm

KFB 16
160 Nm

The product range includes shaft heights 132 S to 280 M

in the 5.5 kW to 132 kW power range for 4-pole motors, or in the
3 kW to 90 kW power range for 6-pole motors, for duty type S3
25 % in each case.
As the table below shows, more than one type of brake can be
fitted to a motor; this flexibility allows the user to tailor the drive
unit comprising the motor and brake to the exact requirements of the crane manufacturer.
The motors can also be ordered without a brake. The same order
numbers apply, but the brake options are excluded.

KFB 25
250 Nm

KFB 30
300 Nm

KFB 40
400 Nm

KFB 63
630 Nm

KFB 100
1000 Nm

KFB 160
1600 Nm

225

250

200

280

7/62

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Technical data
Electrical design

Standstill heating

Operating voltage

The motors can be fitted with a standstill heater. The heat outputs
are as follows:

The hoisting gear brake motors are available for the following
rated voltages:
400 V 3 AC, 50 Hz
460 V 3 AC, 50 Hz
500 V 3 AC, 50 Hz
690 V 3 AC, 50 Hz
The specifications change as follows for motors operating on a
rated frequency of 60 Hz:
Rated speed +20 %
Rated power +15 %.

Motor shaft height

Heat output
W

132 to 160

100

180 to 200

55

225 to 250
280

92
109

Voltages, see Options.

The standard model of brake coil is supplied for connection to

207 V DC (see also technical data for brakes).

It is also possible to connect a voltage (which should equal

approximately 4 to 10 % of the rated motor voltage) to stator
terminals U1 and V1. 20 to 30 % of the motor rated current is
normally sufficient to provide adequate heating.

Motor protection

Insulation

The following protective equipment can be installed (see also

Options):
3 PTC thermistors for tripping
3 PTC thermistors for tripping and 3 PTC thermistors for alarm
1 KTY 84-130 temperature sensor for evaluation in the
converter
3 bimetallic switches (Klixon) for tripping

The motor windings are designed to comply with insulation class F.

Electric strength
See Catalog D 81.1.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/63

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Technical data (continued)

Mechanical design

Auxiliary terminal designations

1LP4/1LP6 motors are naturally cooled units without fans. Depending on the shaft height, brakes with different torques can be
built onto the motors. Housing and terminal box are made of
gray cast iron. The brake itself does not have a separate terminal
box; all the brake connections, whether coil, microswitch or
heater, are taken to the motor terminal box.

Temperature sensor

Terminal designation

3 PTC thermistors for alarm

1TP1-1TP2

3 PTC thermistors for tripping

2TP1-2TP2

Bimetallic (NC contact)

2TP1-2TP2

Standstill heating (motor)

HE1-HE2

Brake coil DC

BA1-BA2

The motors are available in types of construction IM B3, IM B35,

IM V5, IM B5 and IM V1. Other types of construction on request.
The position of the condensate drain holes is determined by the
construction type.

Brake coil AC

BD1-BD2

Standstill heating (brake)

BRHE1-BRHE2

Microswitch brake opened

BRS1-BRS3

Housing

Microswitch brake air-gap monitoring

BRS1-BRS3

Types of construction

The housing and terminal box of the motor are made of gray cast
iron.
The DE flange and the feet (bolted-on) can be supplied in
SGI 40 as an option.
Degree of protection

Standard brake motors are designed with a cylindrical shaft

extension.
Maximum speed

The degree of protection of the standard motor models is IP55.

IP56 is also available as an option.
The water drain holes on motors with this degree of protection
must be opened at regular intervals as part of the maintenance
cycle to allow any condensate that has collected inside the motor to drain off.

Shaft extension

The maximum permissible speed is 3000 rpm.

Bearings
Motor shaft height

DE bearing

NDE bearing

132

6208 2ZC3

6208 2ZC3

Paint finish

160

6209 2ZC3

6209 2ZC3

The motors are coated as standard in a special finish RAL 7030

with a coat thickness of 180 . Other colors are available at an
additional cost.
A further option is an "offshore finish" with a coat thickness of 220 .

180

6210 ZC3

6210 ZC3

200

6212 ZC3

6212 ZC3

225

6213 ZC3

6213 ZC3

250

6215 ZC3

6215 ZC3

280

6217 C3

6217 C3

Mounted equipment
Sensing equipment such as the POG10 incremental encoder
(made by Baumer-Hbner) can be mounted on the motors.
The brakes themselves can be supplied with an emergency
manual release mechanism (see KFB spring-operated brake
"Emergency release with hand lever").
Terminal box
On standard models, the terminal box is mounted on the top at
the DE and is always the next size larger than on the basic models of the 1LG motor. The feet are cast on.
The terminal box can also be positioned on the left or right (as
viewed from the DE), but this option is only possible on motors
with bolted-on feet. If the motor is to have bolted-on feet and a
terminal box positioned on top, options K11 and J22 must be selected in the order.
On motors with a brake, the terminal box is fitted at the NDE
(non-drive end). The option M64 must be specified additionally.
All connecting terminals for the motor and brake including auxiliaries are housed in the motor terminal box.
Motor
shaft
height

Terminal
box

TermiMax. cross
nal stud section

Cable
Sealing
entry hole1) area

mm2

mm

132, 160

GT320

M5

16

M40 x 1.5

19 to 28

180

GT421
M5
(identical in
construction to
GK340)

16

M40 x 1.5

19 to 28

200

GT591

M6

25

M50 x 1.5

27 to 35

225

GT591

M8

35

M50 x 1.5

27 to 35

250, 280

GT691

M10

120

M63 x 1.5

32 to 42

7/64

Siemens CR 1 2012

1)

If the motor has been ordered with temperature sensor, an extra M20 x 1.5
hole is provided.
If the motor has been ordered with heater, an extra M20 x 1.5 hole is provided.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Design of KFB spring-operated brake

G_CR01_EN_00060

The electromagnetic double-disc spring-operated brake KFB,

see picture on the bottom right, is intended to operate solely as
a holding brake for this application. With the exception of emergency braking, it may only be operated as a dynamically loaded
operational brake if it is appropriately dimensioned (see Pages
2/7 and 2/9) or after consultation with the manufacturer. It is a
spring-loaded, electrically operated, double-disc brake, which
operates when the power is switched off. When the coil (2) is energized with a DC voltage, the brake is released electromagnetically. If the coil (2) is de-energized, the springs (6) press the armature plate (4) axially against the friction-lining carrier (5) which
in turn presses against the brake flange (7); this sequence provides the braking action. The brake is released when the coil (2)
is energized. The magnetic field attracts the armature plate (4)
towards the coil form (1), counteracting the spring pressure on
the coil form. The air gap can be adjusted within a wide range,
ensuring high availability of the brake. The motor and brake are
coupled by means of a flange (12). Emergency brake release is
possible by means of two emergency release screws optionally with hand lever release.
As a result of the compact design with the enclosed coil form
housing and appropriate sealing from the shaft, the brake has
degree of protection IP67 when the housing is closed.
All the brake connections such as coil, microswitch, etc. are
taken to the motor terminal box.

4
1
2
3
4
5

Rotary encoder POG10

Tacho bushing T2 with coupling and assembly components
KFB brake
IEC mounting flange
Hand lever for emergency release (option)

7
7
9

10

G_CR01_EN_00059

12 1 6 2 11 4
1
2
3
4

Coil form
Coil
Hub
Armature plate

5
6
7
8

Friction-lining carrier
Springs
Brake flange
Hand lever

9 Housing
10 Tacho assembly
components
11 Service screw
12 Mounting flange

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/65

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Design of KFB spring-operated brake (continued)

Protective element

Special versions

The brakes should be connected at the DC end, i.e. between the

rectifier and coil (see circuit diagram below). This ensures a significantly shorter closing time than if the brake were connected
at the AC end. A protective element (varistor + spark quenching)
must be fitted in parallel to each brake coil. This protects the
brake coil against excessively high de-energization voltages on
the one hand, and the contactor contacts on the other. These
protective elements must be installed close to the brake coils
where possible, e.g. in the motor terminal box or in a distribution
board on the subframes in the case of traversing gear.
Protective elements PE-400/150/5 are directly available from the
manufacturer 1) under order number 008099300249.

Emergency release with hand lever, option J25

Technical data

In addition to brake release at zero current via two emergency

release screws, it is also possible to release the brake by means
of a hand lever permanently mounted on the brake housing. The
lever is lockable.
Microswitch for "brake released" monitoring, option J26
The brake can be fitted with a microswitch for monitoring the
"brake released" state. The contact is rated for:
< 30 V DC, 5.0 A
< 125 V DC, 0.5 A
< 250 V AC, 5.0 A
Microswitch for air-gap monitoring/wear, option J24

Protective element
Max. connection voltage
(coil voltage)

400 V DC

Max. coil current

5A

Max. energy absorption of one trip

150 J

A 2nd microswitch can be fitted to monitor the "maximum air

gap" function. Tripping of this contact indicates that full braking
power is no longer available and the air gap must be adjusted
immediately. The contact load rating is identical to that of the
"brake released" microswitch.
Standstill heating, option J27

Max. continuous output (average) of 5 W

energy absorption

The installation of a heater can prevent the formation of condensate, e.g. caused by fluctuations in temperature and air humidity,
inside the brake. This heater must not be switched on when the
motor is operating.
The heater is designed for a supply voltage of 230 V AC and a
heat output of 40 W.

Trip peak at max. coil current

< 450 V

Ambient temperature

40 C to +50 C

Permissible cross section of connecting lead

0.2 to 2.5 mm2

Weight approx.

0.2 kg

Encoder mounting, option J28/J29

Degree of protection

IP20

An encoder (e.g. POG 10) can be mounted on the brake. Additional mounting components and other measures are required
on the brake to fit an encoder.

Tacho socket T2 with coupling and mounting components is ordered with option J28 (see Page 7/63, picture at top right, index 2).

L1
N
~
-

If an encoder is to be fitted at a later date, the brake can be supplied prepared for encoder mounting. This is possible with option J29. Option J29 does not include the coupling and mounting components.

Rectifier

+
~

K1

DC contactor
G_CR01_EN_00056

Protective
circuit

It is also possible to retrofit an encoder by replacing the brake

housing (the parts required, such as new housing, coupling,
etc., can be ordered directly from the manufacturer 1) using the
brake serial number as a reference).
Brake control unit BCU
A brake control unit (BCU) can also be used to supply and monitor the brake on single drives. For technical data, price, etc.,
please contact the manufacturer 1) directly.
Rectifier in terminal box, option C07/C01

Brake 1

Brake 2

Brake 3

The brake motors can also be supplied with a bridge rectifier

installed.
Notice!
It must, however, be noted that the activation time for the brake
can be a factor of 10 longer than the values specified in the
tables on Page 7/67 because it is connected at the AC current
side.
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors 1LP4, 1LP6, 60 Hz variant
The motor types 1LP4 and 1LP6 are also available in a 60 Hz
variant.
The following must be stated in addition to the order number:

1)

Vendor:
Pintsch Bamag GmbH
Hnxerstr. 149
D-46537 Dinslaken
Tel. (+49)2064/602-0
www.PintschBamag.de

7/66

Siemens CR 1 2012

400 V 1LP....-.....L5K
460 V 1LP....-.....L5L
500 V 1LP....-.....L5M
Technical data on request.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Planning information for KFB spring-operated brakes

The following dimensioning parameters must be taken into
account when a brake is selected:
Braking torque
On the assumption that the deceleration rate must be approximately equal to the acceleration rate, the braking torque should
be calculated as follows:
MBR = MJa x 2
MBR = Braking torque of mechanical brake
MJa = Accelerating torque for accelerating linear-motion
and rotating masses
Accordingly, the braking torque of the mechanical brake must
be approximately equal to the required maximum motor torque.

Braking energy on emergency trip

The braking energy for occasional emergency trips must be
checked to ensure that it does not cause the brake to overheat.
Please refer to table "Technical data of brakes" for permissible
values. The braking energy produced for traversing gear can be
calculated approximately with the following equation:
2
M Br
I tot n Br
Q = ----------------------------3- ------------------------ kJ
M
Br M L
182.4 10
Q
= Energy capability/braking energy in kJ
MBr = Existing braking torque in Nm
ML = Total of all load torques in Nm referred to the
brake (motor) shaft
nBr = Speed of brake (motor) shaft in rpm
Itot = Total moment of inertia to be braked in kgm2
reduced to the brake (motor) shaft
ML = is positive if it supports braking
(e.g. hoisting a load)
ML = is negative if it counteracts braking
(e.g. lowering a load)
The total moment of inertia Itot is the sum of the individual moments of inertia of the plant components to be braked, reduced
to the brake (motor) shaft, and the moment of inertia of the linearmotion masses. The equivalent mass inertia IEqv of a linear-motion mass m with velocity , referred to the brake (motor) speed
nBr, is calculated as follows:
2
I Eqv = 91.2 m -------- kgm 2
n Br
m
= Mass of the linear-motion load in kg

= Velocity of the linear-motion load in m/s

nBr = Speed of the brake (motor) shaft in rpm
The velocity and/or speed to be entered here must equal the
maximum values in normal operation. An increase in velocity resulting from wind forces may also need to be taken into account.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/67

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Planning information for KFB spring-operated brakes (continued)

Braking energy and energy capability
The brake must be capable of absorbing the heat produced by
the occasional emergency braking operation. The maximum
permissible energy capability Q is shown in the diagram below
as a function of the number of switching operations.

The permissible energy capability Q for a single emergency trip

can be found in table "Technical data of brakes".

(kJ/switching
operation)

Energy capability per braking operation Q

10 4

10 3

KFB 160
KFB 100
KFB 63
KFB 40
KFB 25
KFB 30
KFB 16

10

KFB 10

10 1

G_D086_EN_00057

10 0

10 -1
10 0

10 1

10 2

10 3

[ 1/h ]

Braking operations per hour z

Energy capability Q, braking speed n = 1500 rpm

7/68

Siemens CR 1 2012

10 4

When the switching energy per

braking operation and number of
braking operations per hour are
known, the brake size can be
calculated.
Example:
Q = 35 kJ/switching operations and
z = 100 braking operations/hour
= brake KFB 160

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Technical data of KFB spring-operated brakes

KFB 10

KFB 16

KFB 25

KFB 30

KFB 40

KFB 63

KFB 100

KFB 160

Nm

100

160

250

300

400

630

1000

1600

Permissible speed

rpm

6000

6000

6000

6000

5500

4700

4000

3600

Rated voltage 1)

V DC

207

207

207

207

207

207

207

207

Rated output

100

118

160

154

188

206

316

340

Rated current

0.48

0.57

0.77

0.74

0.91

1.53

1.64

Moment of inertia

kgm2

0.0017

0.0037

0.0048

0.0055

0.0068

0.017

0.036

0.05

Weight approx.

kg

19

28

42

50

55

74

106

168

Energy capability Q
at n =1500 rpm/z = 1

kJ

88

126

169

167

216

235

321

331

Energy capability Q
at n =1500 rpm/z = 100

kJ

11.7

12.6

13.8

14.5

18.4

27.1

34.8

Closing time t1

ms

55

75

80

85

90

120

135

195

Release time t2

ms

128

173

239

245

251

342

375

498

Braking torque

Q = Energy capability per braking operation [kJ per switching

operation]
n = Speed [rpm]
z = Braking operations per hour [1/h]
t1 = Closing time 2): Time from power OFF until 90 % of
rated braking torque is reached
t2 = Release time 2): Time from power ON until 10 % of rated
braking torque is reached
t = Measured at 20 C
The normal version of the brake is supplied for a coil voltage of
207 V DC. Voltages of 110 V DC and 180 V DC are also available
at no extra cost (please state in plain text in the order). Other coil
voltages on request.

1)

Rated voltage according to DIN IEC 38 with tolerances of +6 % and 10 %

according to DIN VDE 0580

2)

Switching time terms defined according to DIN VDE 0580;

Closing time t1 = Connection time t1;
Release time t2 = Disconnection time t2

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/69

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data

Shaft
height

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kg

nrated
Prated
Mrated
Irated
rpm
kW
Nm
A
4-pole, 1500 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 15 % or S2 30 min
132 S 1440
6.6
43.8
13.7

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

J
kgm2

Order No.

72

22.8

0.018

1LP6130-4CA9 55

1LP6130-4CM8 55

132 M 1440

59.7

18.3

98

30.4

0.023

1LP6133-4CA9 62

1LP6133-4CM8 62

160 M 1440

13.2

87.5

25.8

144

43

0.043

1LP6163-4CA9 100

1LP6163-4CM8 100

18

119.5

34.5

196

57

0.055

1LP6166-4CA9 114

1LP6166-4CM8 114

180 M 1455

22.2

146

42

242

70

0.099

1LP4183-4CA9 135

1LP6183-4CM8 150

180 L

1455

26.4

173

50

286

83

0.12

1LP4186-4CA9 150

1LP6186-4CM8 175

180 L

1455

36

236

71

392

118

0.14

1LP4188-4CA9 175

200 L

1455

36

236

67

392

112

0.19

1LP4207-4CA9 195

1LP6207-4CM8 220

200 L

1455

44

289

83

482

138

0.23

1LP4208-4CA9 220

1LP6208-4CM8 280

200 L

1458

54

354

102

596

170

0.29

1LP4204-4CA9 280

225 S

1467

44

286

82

480

136

0.37

1LP4220-4CA9 255

1LP6220-4CM8 290

225 M 1467

54

352

97

582

162

0.45

1LP4223-4CA9 290

1LP6223-4CM8 320

225 M 1467

66

430

119

712

198

0.49

1LP4228-4CA9 320

250 M 1474

66

427

120

710

200

0.69

1LP4253-4CA9 375

1LP6253-4CM8 445

250 M 1478

90

581

164

966

272

0.86

1LP4258-4CA9 445

1LP6258-4CM8 505

250 M 1478

108

698

195

1160

324

0.98

1LP4254-4CA9 505

90

580

164

964

272

1.2

1LP4280-4CA9 515

1LP6280-4CM8 560

280 M 1483

108

695

192

1158

320

1.4

1LP4283-4CA9 560

1LP6283-4CM8 660

280 M 1485

132

849

238

1414

396

1.71

1LP4288-4CA9 660

1LP6288-4CM8 720

280 M 1484

158

1017

294

1698

490

1.9

1LP4284-4CA9 720

160 L

Rated
speed

280 S

1440

1482

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

Order No.

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

7/70

kg

0
1
6

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kg

nrated
Prated
Mrated
Irated
rpm
kW
Nm
A
4-pole, 1500 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 25 % or S2 60 min
132 S 1455
5.5
36
11.4

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

J
kgm2

Order No.

72

22.8

0.018

1LP6130-4CA9 55

1LP6130-4CM8 55

132 M 1455

7.5

49

15.2

98

30.4

0.023

1LP6133-4CA9 62

1LP6133-4CM8 62

160 M 1460

11

72

21.5

144

43

0.043

1LP6163-4CA9 100

1LP6163-4CM8 100

1460

15

98

28.5

196

57

0.055

1LP6166-4CA9 114

1LP6166-4CM8 114

18.5

121

35

242

70

0.099

1LP4183-4CA9 135

1LP6183-4CM8 150

160 L

180 M 1465

kg

Order No.

180 L

1465

22

143

41.5

286

83

0.12

1LP4186-4CA9 150

1LP6186-4CM8 175

180 L

1465

30

196

59

392

118

0.14

1LP4188-4CA9 175

200 L

1465

30

196

56

392

112

0.19

1LP4207-4CA9 195

1LP6207-4CM8 220

200 L

1465

37

241

69

482

138

0.23

1LP4208-4CA9 220

1LP6208-4CM8 280

200 L

1468

45

293

85

596

170

0.29

1LP4204-4CA9 280

225 S

1475

37

240

68

480

136

0.37

1LP4220-4CA9 255

1LP6220-4CM8 290

225 M 1475

45

291

81

582

162

0.45

1LP4223-4CA9 290

1LP6223-4CM8 320

225 M 1475

55

356

99

712

198

0.49

1LP4228-4CA9 320

250 M 1480

55

355

100

710

200

0.69

1LP4253-4CA9 375

1LP6253-4CM8 445

250 M 1482

75

483

136

966

272

0.86

1LP4258-4CA9 445

1LP6258-4CM8 505

250 M 1482

90

580

162

1160

324

0.98

1LP4254-4CA9 505

1485

75

482

136

964

272

1.2

1LP4280-4CA9 515

1LP6280-4CM8 560

280 M 1485

90

579

160

1158

320

1.4

1LP4283-4CA9 560

1LP6283-4CM8 660

280 M 1488

110

707

198

1414

396

1.71

1LP4288-4CA9 660

1LP6288-4CM8 720

280 M 1486

132

849

245

1698

490

1.9

1LP4284-4CA9 720

280 S

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

Note
With duty type S2 60 min., the output of motors in shaft heights
132 and 160 is only 90 % of the specified values.
For ordering example, see Page 7/81.
Siemens CR 1 2012

7/71

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kg

nrated
Prated
rpm
kW
4-pole, 1500 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
132 S 1462
4.4

Mrated
Nm

Irated
A

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

J
kgm2

Order No.

28.7

10

72

22.8

0.018

1LP6130-4CA9 55

1LP6130-4CM8 55

132 M 1462

39.2

13.2

98

30.4

0.023

1LP6133-4CA9 62

1LP6133-4CM8 62

160 M 1470

8.8

57.2

18

144

43

0.043

1LP6163-4CA9 100

1LP6163-4CM8 100

1470

12

78

24.5

196

57

0.055

1LP6166-4CA9 114

1LP6166-4CM8 114

180 M 1472

14.8

96

30

242

70

0.099

1LP4183-4CA9 135

1LP6183-4CM8 150

180 L

1472

17.6

114

35

286

83

0.12

1LP4186-4CA9 150

1LP6186-4CM8 175

180 L

1472

24

156

52

392

118

0.14

1LP4188-4CA9 175

200 L

1472

24

156

47

392

112

0.19

1LP4207-4CA9 195

1LP6207-4CM8 220

200 L

1472

29

188

59

482

138

0.23

1LP4208-4CA9 220

1LP6208-4CM8 280

200 L

1474

36

233

73

596

170

0.29

1LP4204-4CA9 280

225 S

1480

29

187

57

480

136

0.37

1LP4220-4CA9 255

1LP6220-4CM8 290

225 M 1480

36

232

68

582

162

0.45

1LP4223-4CA9 290

1LP6223-4CM8 320

225 M 1480

44

284

82

712

198

0.49

1LP4228-4CA9 320

250 M 1486

44

282

82

710

200

0.69

1LP4253-4CA9 375

1LP6253-4CM8 445

250 M 1487

60

385

113

966

272

0.86

1LP4258-4CA9 445

1LP6258-4CM8 505

250 M 1487

72

462

135

1160

324

0.98

1LP4254-4CA9 505

1489

60

385

116

964

272

1.2

1LP4280-4CA9 515

1LP6280-4CM8 560

280 M 1489

72

462

131

1158

320

1.4

1LP4283-4CA9 560

1LP6283-4CM8 660

280 M 1490

88

564

168

1414

396

1.71

1LP4288-4CA9 660

1LP6288-4CM8 720

280 M 1489

105

673

208

1698

490

1.9

1LP4284-4CA9 720

160 L

Rated
speed

280 S

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

Order No.

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

7/72

kg

0
1
6

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kg

nrated
Prated
rpm
kW
4-pole, 1500 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
132 S 1475
3.3

Mrated
Nm

Irated
A

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

J
kgm2

Order No.

21.4

8.3

72

22.8

0.018

1LP6130-4CA9 55

1LP6130-4CM8 55

132 M 1475

4.5

29.1

11

98

30.4

0.023

1LP6133-4CA9 62

1LP6133-4CM8 62

160 M 1480

6.6

42.6

14.5

144

43

0.043

1LP6163-4CA9 100

1LP6163-4CM8 100

58

20

196

57

0.055

1LP6166-4CA9 114

1LP6166-4CM8 114

180 M 1480

11.1

72

25.5

242

70

0.099

1LP4183-4CA9 135

1LP6183-4CM8 150

180 L

1480

13.2

85

29

286

83

0.12

1LP4186-4CA9 150

1LP6186-4CM8 175

180 L

1480

18

116

44

392

118

0.14

1LP4188-4CA9 175

200 L

1480

18

116

39.5

392

112

0.19

1LP4207-4CA9 195

1LP6207-4CM8 220

200 L

1480

22

142

51

482

138

0.23

1LP4208-4CA9 220

1LP6208-4CM8 280

200 L

1481

27

174

63

596

170

0.29

1LP4204-4CA9 280

225 S

1485

22

141

46

480

136

0.37

1LP4220-4CA9 255

1LP6220-4CM8 290

225 M 1485

27

174

54

582

162

0.45

1LP4223-4CA9 290

1LP6223-4CM8 320

225 M 1485

33

212

65

712

198

0.49

1LP4228-4CA9 320

250 M 1490

33

211

67

710

200

0.69

1LP4253-4CA9 375

1LP6253-4CM8 445

250 M 1490

45

288

93

966

272

0.86

1LP4258-4CA9 445

1LP6258-4CM8 505

250 M 1490

54

346

111

1160

324

0.98

1LP4254-4CA9 505

1492

45

288

93

964

272

1.2

1LP4280-4CA9 515

1LP6280-4CM8 560

280 M 1492

54

346

104

1158

320

1.4

1LP4283-4CA9 560

1LP6283-4CM8 660

280 M 1492

66

422

141

1414

396

1.71

1LP4288-4CA9 660

1LP6288-4CM8 720

280 M 1491

79

506

175

1698

490

1.9

1LP4284-4CA9 720

160 L

280 S

1480

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

kg

Order No.

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/73

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kg

nrated
Prated
Mrated
Irated
Mmax
rpm
kW
Nm
A
Nm
4-pole, 1500 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1
132 S 1485
2
12.9
7.2
72

Imax
A

J
kgm2

Order No.

22.8

0.018

1LP6130-4CA9 55

1LP6130-4CM8 55

132 M 1485

2.8

18

9.2

98

30.4

0.023

1LP6133-4CA9 62

1LP6133-4CM8 62

160 M 1490

4.1

26.3

11.5

144

43

0.043

1LP6163-4CA9 100

1LP6163-4CM8 100

1490

5.6

35.9

15.5

196

57

0.055

1LP6166-4CA9 114

1LP6166-4CM8 114

180 M 1488

6.9

44.5

21

242

70

0.099

1LP4183-4CA9 135

1LP6183-4CM8 150

180 L

1488

8.2

52.7

23.5

286

83

0.12

1LP4186-4CA9 150

1LP6186-4CM8 175

180 L

1488

11.2

72

34

392

118

0.14

1LP4188-4CA9 175

200 L

1488

11.2

72

31

392

112

0.19

1LP4207-4CA9 195

1LP6207-4CM8 220

200 L

1488

13.8

89

40

482

138

0.23

1LP4208-4CA9 220

1LP6208-4CM8 280

200 L

1488

16.8

108

49

596

170

0.29

1LP4204-4CA9 280

225 S

1491

13.8

88

36

480

136

0.37

1LP4220-4CA9 255

1LP6220-4CM8 290

225 M 1491

16.8

108

42

582

162

0.45

1LP4223-4CA9 290

1LP6223-4CM8 320

225 M 1491

20

128

49

712

198

0.49

1LP4228-4CA9 320

250 M 1495

20

128

52

710

200

0.69

1LP4253-4CA9 375

1LP6253-4CM8 445

250 M 1495

28

179

74

966

272

0.86

1LP4258-4CA9 445

1LP6258-4CM8 505

250 M 1495

34

217

88

1160

324

0.98

1LP4254-4CA9 505

1496

28

179

75

964

272

1.2

1LP4280-4CA9 515

1LP6280-4CM8 560

280 M 1496

34

217

80

1158

320

1.4

1LP4283-4CA9 560

1LP6283-4CM8 660

280 M 1496

41

262

111

1414

396

1.71

1LP4288-4CA9 660

1LP6288-4CM8 720

280 M 1495

49

313

138

1698

490

1.9

1LP4284-4CA9 720

160 L

Rated
speed

280 S

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

Order No.

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

7/74

kg

0
1
6

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated
Prated
Mrated
Irated
rpm
kW
Nm
A
6-pole, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 15 % or S2 30 min
132 S 930
3.6
37
9.6

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

60

132 M 930

4.8

49.3

11.3

132 M 930

6.6

67.8

160 M 950

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

J
kgm2

Order No.

kg

16

0.015

1LP6130-6CA9 50

1LP6130-6CM8 50

80

18.8

0.019

1LP6133-6CA9 57

1LP6133-6CM8 57

15.6

110

26

0.025

1LP6134-6CA9 66

1LP6134-6CM8 66

90.5

20.5

150

34

0.044

1LP6163-6CA9 103

1LP6163-6CM8 103

kg

Order No.

160 L

950

13.2

133

29.5

218

49

0.063

1LP6166-6CA9 122

1LP6166-6CM8 122

180 L

960

18

179

35.5

296

59

0.18

1LP4186-6CA9 145

1LP6186-6CM8 170

180 L

960

22

219

45

364

75

0.2

1LP4188-6CA9 170

1LP6188-6CM8 215

180 L

965

26

257

52

432

87

0.255

1LP4184-6CA9 215

200 L

968

22

217

44

362

73

0.24

1LP4206-6CA9 185

1LP6206-6CM8 200

200 L

968

26

256

52

430

87

0.29

1LP4207-6CA9 200

1LP6207-6CM8 235

200 L

968

36

355

72

588

120

0.36

1LP4208-6CA9 235

1LP6208-6CM8 305

200 L

969

44

434

88

724

146

0.48

1LP4204-6CA9 305

225 M 974

36

353

69

586

114

0.49

1LP4223-6CA9 270

1LP6223-6CM8 315

225 M 974

44

431

84

722

140

0.62

1LP4228-6CA9 315

1LP6228-6CM8 355

225 M 974

54

529

104

880

174

0.75

1LP4224-6CA9 355

250 M 978

44

430

84

722

140

0.76

1LP4253-6CA9 355

1LP6253-6CM8 390

250 M 978

54

527

101

876

168

0.93

1LP4258-6CA9 390

1LP6258-6CM8 440

250 M 978

66

644

125

1070

208

1.07

1LP4254-6CA9 440

982

54

525

100

872

166

1.1

1LP4280-6CA9 455

1LP6280-6CM8 500

280 M 983

66

642

120

1066

200

1.4

1LP4283-6CA9 490

1LP6283-6CM8 550

280 M 982

90

875

163

1454

272

1.65

1LP4288-6CA9 550

1LP6288-6CM8 660

280 M 982

108

1050

199

1746

332

1.94

1LP4284-6CA9 660

280 S

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/75

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated
Prated
Mrated
Irated
rpm
kW
Nm
A
6-pole, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 25 % or S2 60 min
132 S 950
3
30
8

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

60

132 M 950

40

9.4

132 M 950

5.5

55

160 M 960

7.5

160 L

960

180 L

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

J
kgm2

Order No.

kg

16

0.015

1LP6130-6CA9 50

1LP6130-6CM8 50

80

18.8

0.019

1LP6133-6CA9 57

1LP6133-6CM8 57

13

110

26

0.025

1LP6134-6CA9 66

1LP6134-6CM8 66

75

17

150

34

0.044

1LP6163-6CA9 103

1LP6163-6CM8 103

11

109

24.5

218

49

0.063

1LP6166-6CA9 122

1LP6166-6CM8 122

970

15

148

29.5

296

59

0.18

1LP4186-6CA9 145

1LP6186-6CM8 170

180 L

970

18.5

182

37.5

364

75

0.2

1LP4188-6CA9 170

1LP6188-6CM8 215

180 L

975

22

216

43.5

432

87

0.255

1LP4184-6CA9 215

200 L

975

18.5

181

36.5

362

73

0.24

1LP4206-6CA9 185

1LP6206-6CM8 200

200 L

975

22

215

43.5

430

87

0.29

1LP4207-6CA9 200

1LP6207-6CM8 235

200 L

975

30

294

60

588

120

0.36

1LP4208-6CA9 235

1LP6208-6CM8 305

200 L

976

37

362

73

724

146

0.48

1LP4204-6CA9 305

225 M 978

30

293

57

586

114

0.49

1LP4223-6CA9 270

1LP6223-6CM8 315

225 M 978

37

361

70

722

140

0.62

1LP4228-6CA9 315

1LP6228-6CM8 355

225 M 978

45

440

87

880

174

0.75

1LP4224-6CA9 355

250 M 982

37

361

70

722

140

0.76

1LP4253-6CA9 355

1LP6253-6CM8 390

250 M 982

45

438

84

876

168

0.93

1LP4258-6CA9 390

1LP6258-6CM8 440

250 M 982

55

535

104

1070

208

1.07

1LP4254-6CA9 440

985

45

436

83

872

166

1.1

1LP4280-6CA9 455

1LP6280-6CM8 500

280 M 985

55

533

100

1066

200

1.4

1LP4283-6CA9 490

1LP6283-6CM8 550

280 M 985

75

727

136

1454

272

1.65

1LP4288-6CA9 550

1LP6288-6CM8 660

280 M 985

90

873

166

1746

332

1.94

1LP4284-6CA9 660

280 S

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

kg

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

7/76

Siemens CR 1 2012

L5G
L5H
L5J

Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

Note
With duty type S2 60 min., the output of motors in shaft heights
132 and 160 is only 90 % of the specified values.

Order No.

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

0
1
6

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

nrated
Prated
rpm
kW
6-pole, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 40 %
132 S 960
2.4

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Mrated
Nm

Irated
A

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

23.9

60

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

J
kgm2

Order No.

kg

16

0.015

1LP6130-6CA9 50

1LP6130-6CM8 50

kg

Order No.

132 M

960

3.2

31.8

8.3

80

18.8

0.019

1LP6133-6CA9 57

1LP6133-6CM8 57

132 M

960

4.4

43.8

11.4

110

26

0.025

1LP6134-6CA9 66

1LP6134-6CM8 66

160 M

970

59

15.5

150

34

0.044

1LP6163-6CA9 103

1LP6163-6CM8 103

160 L

970

8.8

86.5

22

218

49

0.063

1LP6166-6CA9 122

1LP6166-6CM8 122

180 L

981

12

118

24

296

59

0.18

1LP4186-6CA9 145

1LP6186-6CM8 170

180 L

981

14.8

144

32

364

75

0.2

1LP4188-6CA9 170

1LP6188-6CM8 215

180 M

984

17.6

171

37

432

87

0.255

1LP4184-6CA9 215

200 L

980

14.8

144

31.5

362

73

0.24

1LP4206-6CA9 185

1LP6206-6CM8 200

200 L

980

17.6

172

36.5

430

87

0.29

1LP4207-6CA9 200

1LP6207-6CM8 235

200 L

980

24

234

52

588

120

0.36

1LP4208-6CA9 235

1LP6208-6CM8 305

200 L

981

29

282

63

724

146

0.48

1LP4204-6CA9 305

225 M

984

24

233

46

586

114

0.49

1LP4223-6CA9 270

1LP6223-6CM8 315

225 M

984

29

281

56

722

140

0.62

1LP4228-6CA9 315

1LP6228-6CM8 355

225 M

984

36

349

70

880

174

0.75

1LP4224-6CA9 355

250 M

986

29

281

58

722

140

0.76

1LP4253-6CA9 355

1LP6253-6CM8 390

250 M

986

36

349

70

876

168

0.93

1LP4258-6CA9 390

1LP6258-6CM8 440

250 M

986

44

426

86

1070

208

1.07

1LP4254-6CA9 440

280 S

989

36

348

71

872

166

1.1

1LP4280-6CA9 455

1LP6280-6CM8 500

280 M

989

44

425

85

1066

200

1.4

1LP4283-6CA9 490

1LP6283-6CM8 550

280 M

989

60

579

116

1454

272

1.65

1LP4288-6CA9 550

1LP6288-6CM8 660

280 M

989

72

695

141

1746

332

1.94

1LP4284-6CA9 660

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/77

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

nrated
Prated
rpm
kW
6-pole, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
132 S 975
1.8

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Mrated
Nm

Irated
A

Mmax
Nm

Imax
A

17.6

6.3

60

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

J
kgm2

Order No.

kg

16

0.01

1LP6130-6CA9 50

1LP6130-6CM8 50

kg

Order No.

132 M

975

2.4

23.5

7.3

80

18.8

0.01

1LP6133-6CA9 57

1LP6133-6CM8 57

132 M

975

3.3

32.3

9.8

110

26

0.02

1LP6134-6CA9 66

1LP6134-6CM8 66

160 M

980

4.5

44

13

150

34

0.04

1LP6163-6CA9 103

1LP6163-6CM8 103

160 L

980

6.6

64.3

18.8

218

49

0.06

1LP6166-6CA9 122

1LP6166-6CM8 122

180 L

984

88

20

296

59

0.18

1LP4186-6CA9 145

1LP6186-6CM8 170

180 L

984

11.1

108

26

364

75

0.2

1LP4188-6CA9 170

1LP6188-6CM8 215

180 L

986

13.2

128

30

432

87

0.25

1LP4184-6CA9 215

200 L

986

11.1

108

26

362

73

0.24

1LP4206-6CA9 185

1LP6206-6CM8 200

200 L

986

13.2

128

29

430

87

0.29

1LP4207-6CA9 200

1LP6207-6CM8 235

200 L

986

18

174

43

588

120

0.36

1LP4208-6CA9 235

1LP6208-6CM8 305

200 L

986

22

213

52

724

146

0.48

1LP4204-6CA9 305

225 M

988

18

174

37

586

114

0.49

1LP4223-6CA9 270

1LP6223-6CM8 315

225 M

988

22

213

46

722

140

0.62

1LP4228-6CA9 315

1LP6228-6CM8 355

225 M

988

27

261

57

880

174

0.75

1LP4224-6CA9 355

250 M

990

22

212

47

722

140

0.76

1LP4253-6CA9 355

1LP6253-6CM8 390

250 M

990

27

260

57

876

168

0.93

1LP4258-6CA9 390

1LP6258-6CM8 440

250 M

990

33

318

70

1070

208

1.07

1LP4254-6CA9 440

280 S

992

27

260

56

872

166

1.1

1LP4280-6CA9 455

1LP6280-6CM8 500

280 M

992

33

318

68

1066

200

1.4

1LP4283-6CA9 490

1LP6283-6CM8 550

280 M

992

45

433

92

1454

272

1.65

1LP4288-6CA9 550

1LP6288-6CM8 660

280 M

992

54

520

113

1746

332

1.94

1LP4284-6CA9 660

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

7/78

0
1
6

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

nrated
Prated
Mrated
Irated
Mmax
rpm
kW
Nm
A
Nm
6-pole, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz
Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1
132 S 988
1.1
10.6
5.7
60

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

Imax
A

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LP4, 1LP6
Weight
1LP6
approx. for voltage
for voltages
(without 690 VY, 50 Hz
400 V, 50 Hz
brake)
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

J
kgm2

Order No.

kg

16

0.015

1LP6130-6CA9 50

1LP6130-6CM8 50

kg

Order No.

132 M

988

1.5

14.5

6.4

80

18.8

0.019

1LP6133-6CA9 57

1LP6133-6CM8 57

132 M

988

19.3

8.5

110

26

0.025

1LP6134-6CA9 66

1LP6134-6CM8 66

160 M

988

2.8

27

11

150

34

0.044

1LP6163-6CA9 103

1LP6163-6CM8 103

160 L

988

4.1

39.6

15.5

218

49

0.063

1LP6166-6CA9 122

1LP6166-6CM8 122

180 L

990

5.6

54

16

296

59

0.18

1LP4186-6CA9 145

1LP6186-6CM8 170

180 L

990

6.9

67

21

364

75

0.2

1LP4188-6CA9 170

1LP6188-6CM8 215

180 L

991

8.2

79

24.5

432

87

0.255

1LP4184-6CA9 215

200 L

991

6.9

66.5

20

362

73

0.24

1LP4206-6CA9 185

1LP6206-6CM8 200

200 L

991

8.2

79

23

430

87

0.29

1LP4207-6CA9 200

1LP6207-6CM8 235

200 L

991

11.2

108

34

588

120

0.36

1LP4208-6CA9 235

1LP6208-6CM8 305

200 L

991

13.8

133

41

724

146

0.48

1LP4204-6CA9 305

225 M

993

11.2

108

28.5

586

114

0.49

1LP4223-6CA9 270

1LP6223-6CM8 315

225 M

993

13.8

133

35

722

140

0.62

1LP4228-6CA9 315

1LP6228-6CM8 355

225 M

993

16.8

162

43.5

880

174

0.75

1LP4224-6CA9 355

250 M

994

13.8

133

35

722

140

0.76

1LP4253-6CA9 355

1LP6253-6CM8 390

250 M

994

16.8

161

42

876

168

0.93

1LP4258-6CA9 390

1LP6258-6CM8 440

250 M

994

20

192

52

1070

208

1.07

1LP4254-6CA9 440

280 S

995

16.8

161

43

872

166

1.1

1LP4280-6CA9 455

1LP6280-6CM8 500

280 M

995

20

192

52

1066

200

1.4

1LP4283-6CA9 490

1LP6283-6CM8 550

280 M

995

28

269

71

1454

272

1.65

1LP4288-6CA9 550

1LP6288-6CM8 660

280 M

995

34

326

86

1746

332

1.94

1LP4284-6CA9 660

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz
Type:
IM B3, IM V5
IM V1, IM B5
IM B35

L5G
L5H
L5J

0
1
6

0
1
6

For moment of inertia and weight of brakes, see technical data of brakes on Page 7/69.

For ordering example, see Page 7/81.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/79

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Options
Options or order codes (supplement "-Z" is required)

Special motor versions

Order No. supplement "-Z"

with order code and plain text, if required

Motor protection through PTC thermistor with 3 embedded temperature

sensors for tripping

A11

Motor protection through PTC thermistor with 6 embedded temperature

sensors for tripping and alarm

A12

Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensor

KTY 84-130

A23

3 bimetallic switches (Klixon) for tripping

A31

Standstill heating for 230 V

K45

Standstill heating for 115 V

K46

Insulated bearing cartridge

L27

Acceptance test certificate 3.1 according to EN 10204

B02

Temperature class F, used acc. to B, coolant temperature 50 C, derating

approx. 8 %

C23

Temperature class F, used acc. to B, coolant temperature 60 C, derating

approx. 18 %

C25

Terminal box on RHS

K09

Terminal box on LHS

K10

Terminal box at NDE (needed for motor with brake)

M64

Bolted-on feet

K11

Foot made of SGI 40, only in conjunction with K11 or K09 / K10

J22

IP56 degree of protection (non-heavy-sea)

K52

Cable entry, maximum configuration

K55

All cable glands EMC

J05

Rotation of the terminal box through 90, entry from DE

K83

Rotation of the terminal box through 90, entry from NDE

K84

Rotation of terminal box through 180

K85

Flange end shield made of SGI 40

J20

Standard shaft made of stainless steel

M65

Special finish "Offshore" in RAL 7030, stone gray, coat thickness 220 m

M91

Special finish in other standard RAL colors:

RAL 1015, 1019, 2003, 2004, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017,
5018, 5019, 6019, 7000, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7033

Y54
and special finish RAL ....

Second rating plate, supplied separately packed

K31

Customized cable entries (plain text is required)

Y73

Extra rating plate or rating plate with different data

Y80
and info supplied by customer

This order code only determines the price of the version

additional plain text is required.

7/80

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Options or order codes (supplement "-Z" is required)
Special brake versions

Order No. supplement "-Z"

with order code and plain text, if required

Mounting of pulse encoder POG10 DN 1024 I on the brake

(possible only in conjunction with J28, option includes the encoder)

J18

Mounting of brake KFB 10

J30

Mounting of brake KFB 16

J31

Mounting of brake KFB 25

J32

Mounting of brake KFB 30

J33

Mounting of brake KFB 40

J34

Mounting of brake KFB 63

J35

Mounting of brake KFB 100

J36

Mounting of brake KFB 160

J37

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC (equivalent to DC = 180 V)

with half-wave rectifier in the terminal box

C01

Hand lever release for brake

J25

Microswitch "brake released"

J26

Microswitch "air-gap monitoring"

J24

Brake standstill heating 230 V

J27

Brake with components for mounting encoder POG10 (T2)

J28

Brake prepared for mounting an encoder POG10 (T1)

J29

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder POG10 DN 1024 I on motor without fan

(without fitted brake)

G80

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC (equivalent to DC = 207 V)

with bridge rectifier in the terminal box

C07

Non-standard brake coil voltage on request

Ordering example

Selection criteria

Order No.

Motor type

Order codes

Brake motor without external fan,

degree of protection IP55,
gray cast iron model

1LP4. . .- . . . . .

Shaft height

180 M

1LP4183- . . . . .

No. of poles/speed

4-pole

1LP4183-4 . . . .

Version

Hoisting gear version

1LP4183-4CA . .

Voltage/frequency

400 V, 50 Hz

1LP4183-4CA9 .

L5G

Type

IM B5

1LP4183-4CA91

L5G

Special version

Motor protection through PTC thermistor

with 6 embedded temperature sensors
for tripping and alarm

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12

Standstill heating for 230 V

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12 K45

Mounting of brake KFB 25

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12 K45 J32

Hand lever release for brake

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12 K45 J32 J25

Microswitch "brake released"

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12 K45 J32 J25 J26

Brake standstill heating 230 V

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12 K45 J32 J25 J26 J27

Brake with components for mounting

encoder POG10 (T2)

1LP4183-4CA91-Z

L5G A12 K45 J32 J25 J26 J27 J28

Complete ordering information for required version of brake motor

1LP4183-4CA91-Z
L5G A12 K45 J32 J25 J26 J27 J28

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/81

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Dimension drawings
1LP4 and 1LP6, type IM B3
with pulse encoder POG10
G_CR01_XX_00064

L
LL

H
HA

EB

AG

AD

GA
K

DB
E

K
A

AA

AA

B
BA

BA

AB

BB

H
HA

EB

AG

AD

L*
LL

G_CR01_XX_00063

with brake and pulse encoder POG10

GA
DB

K
E

A
AA

B
BA

AA

BA

AB

BB

For motor

Dimensions in mm

Shaft
height

Type

Num- A
ber of
poles

132 S
132 M

1LP6130
1LP6133
1LP6134
1LP6163
1LP6166
1LP4183, 1LP6183
1LP4186, 1LP6186
1LP4188, 1LP6188
1LP4184
1LP4206, 1LP6206
1LP4207, 1LP6207
1LP4208, 1LP6208
1LP4204
1LP4220, 1LP6220
1LP4223, 1LP6223
1LP4228, 1LP6228
1LP4224
1LP4253, 1LP6253
1LP4258, 1LP6258
1LP4258, 1LP6258
1LP4254
1LP4280, 1LP6280
1LP4283, 1LP6283
1LP4288, 1LP6288
1LP4288, 1LP6288
1LP4284
1LP4284

4, 6
4, 6
6
4, 6
4, 6
4
4, 6
4, 6
6
6
4, 6
4, 6
4, 6
4
4, 6
4, 6
6
4, 6
6
4
4, 6
4, 6
4, 6
6
4
6
4

160 M
160 L
180 M
180 L

200 L

225 S
225 M

250 M

280 S
280 M

1)

AA

AB

AD

AG

B'

Siemens CR 1 2012

BA'

BB

HA

K'

L 1)

L' 1)

LL

397
397
397
529
529
562
562
613
643
617
617
617
734
670
670
730
780
764
764
834
834
830
830
830
940
940
990

582
582
582
714
714
714
714
765
795
764
764
764
881
830
830
890
910
930
930
1000
1000
1005
1005
1005
1115
1115
1165

178
178

216
216

53
53

256
256

228
228

208
208

140
178

49
49

180
218

89
89

132
132

15
15

12
12

16
16

254
254
279
279

60
60
65
65

300
300
339
339

256
256
325
325

208
208
260
260

210
254
241
241

57
57
70
70

111
111

256
300
328
328

108
108
121
121

160
160
180
180

18
18
20
20

15
15
15
15

19
19
19
19

318

70

378

385

300

305

80

80

355

133

200

25

19

25

356
356

80
80

436
436

410
410

300
300

286
286

85
85

110
110

361
361

149
149

225
225

34
34

19
19

25
25

406

100

490

500

380

349

100

100

409

168

250

40

24

30

457
457

100
100

540
540

540
540

380
380

368
368

100
100

151
151

479
479

190
190

280
280

40
40

24
24

30
30

279

311

419

Dimensions L and L' on request for 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 180 M to 280 M.

7/82

BA

178
178
192
192

236

236
236

307

307
307

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Dimension drawings (continued)

1LP4 and 1LP6, type IM B5
with pulse encoder POG10
Brake mounting

G_CR01_XX_00066

Brake
AG

ZS

P
N
D

EB

GA
DB

L'' with brake

mm

AD

L
LL

LA
E

KFB 10

Max. 150

KFB 16

Max. 175

KFB 25

Max. 180

KFB 30

Max. 180

KFB 40

Max. 185

KFB 63

Max. 200

KFB 100

Max. 215

KFB 160

Max. 230

Brake mounting + POG10

with brake and pulse encoder POG10

Brake
G_CR01_XX_00065

L*
L

EB

ZS
M

P
N
D

mm

AG

AD

LL

GA
DB

LA
E

For motor

Shaft extension DE

Shaft
height

Type

Number D
of poles

DB

132 S

1LP6130

4, 6

38

M12

80

132 M 1LP6133
1LP6134

4, 6
6

38

M12

160 M 1LP6163

4, 6

42

1LP6166

4, 6

42

160 L

L* with brake
+ POG10

KFB 10

Max. 315

KFB 16

Max. 330

KFB 25

Max. 345

KFB 30

Max. 345

KFB 40

Max. 355

KFB 63

Max. 370

KFB 100

Max. 385

KFB 160

Max. 400

Flange dimensions
EB

GA

LA

70

10

41

12

265

230

300

14.5

80

70

10

41

12

265

230

300

14.5

M16

110

90

12

45

13

300

250

350

18.5

M16

110

90

12

45

13

300

250

350

18.5

48

M16

110

100

14

51.5

13

300

250

350

18.5

180 L

1LP4186, 1LP6186
1LP4188, 1LP6188
1LP4184

4, 6
4, 6
6

48

M16

110

100

14

51.5

13

300

250

350

18.5

200 L

1LP4206, 1LP6206
1LP4207, 1LP6207
1LP4208, 1LP6208
1LP4204

6
4, 6
4, 6
4, 6

55

M20

110

100

16

59

15

350

300

400

18.5

225 S

1LP4220, 1LP6220

180 M 1LP4183, 1LP6183

60

M20

140

125

18

64

16

400

350

450

18.5

225 M 1LP4223, 1LP6223

1LP4228, 1LP6228
1LP4224

4, 6
4, 6
6

60

M20

140

125

18

64

16

400

350

450

18.5

250 M 1LP4253, 1LP6253

1LP4258, 1LP6258
1LP4258, 1LP6258
1LP4254

4, 6
6
4
4, 6

65

M20

140

125

18

69

18

500

450

550

22

1LP4280, 1LP6280

4, 6

75

M20

140

125

20

79.5

18

500

450

550

22

280 M 1LP4283, 1LP6283

1LP4288, 1LP6288
1LP4288, 1LP6288
1LP4284
1LP4284

4, 6
6
4
6
4

75

M20

140

125

20

79.5

18

500

450

550

22

280 S

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/83

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LP4, 1LP6 motors, shaft heights 132 to 280
Brake motors with fitted spring-operated brakes

Dimension drawings (continued)

Protective element

G_CR01_EN_00058

85.5
90.5

+++

22.5
79

7/84

Siemens CR 1 2012

- - -

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Overview
Encoder mounting
The following encoders can be mounted between the motor
NDE and the external fan (HOG 10 DN 1024 I encoders are
installed on hoisting gear):
HOG 10D........
HOG 10D...... with centrifugal switch FSL
HOG 10D...... with centrifugal switch ESL (on request).
The connections of the encoder and centrifugal switch (if applicable) are taken to an auxiliary terminal box. As a result, the fan
unit does not need to be disassembled when the encoder cables are connected on the system.
The table below shows an overview of the available motor outputs.

The separately ventilated three-phase motors 1LG4 of shaft

height 315 are especially suitable for use as hoisting motors in
medium-output drives. The axially mounted external fan means
that the motors can operate for long periods with rated torque at
low speeds, an operating characteristic required, for example,
for the hoisting gear of trestle or assembly cranes.
Product range
Motor type

1LG4316-6

Number of
poles

Winding utiliza- Power

tion factor

Rated speed

Power

Rated speed

Power

Rated speed

50 Hz

50 Hz

69 Hz

69 Hz

87 Hz

87 Hz

S1/kW

rpm

S1/kW

rpm

S1/kW

rpm

117

987

150

1367

181

1726

1LG4317-6

141

987

180

1367

219

1726

1LG4318-6

171

987

219

1367

265

1726

1LG4314-6

214

987

274

1367

332

1726

1LG4316-8

101

736

129

1022

156

1291

1LG4317-8

123

736

157

1022

191

1291

1LG4318-8

148

736

189

1022

229

1291

1LG4314-8

179

736

229

1022

277

1291

Technical data
The maximum permissible field-weakening speed is 2600 rpm
for all the variants listed above.
The following rated voltages are available:
400 V 3 AC
460 V 3 AC
500 V 3 AC
690 V 3 AC (special insulation!)
The standard version of the external fan motor is designed for
50 Hz 220 240 V 3 AC/380 420 V*, 2.0/1.15 A
60 Hz 440 480 V 3 AC*, 1.05 A
Other rated voltages can be ordered with order code Y81 in
plain text.

We recommend that the external fan motor is ordered with a

standstill for outdoor installations. Cables for the external fan motors must always enter from below. The fan cowl can be turned
accordingly.
The motors are available in types of construction B3 and B35.
Type of construction B5 on request.
The basic version of the 1LG4 motor without an external fan is
described in Catalog D 81.1. The electrical data of the motors for
intermittent duty S3 plus the relevant planning data can be found
on the following pages.
The special models normally required for hoisting gear are the
only options included in this catalog. For further options, see
Catalog D 81.1.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/85

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data

Rated
speed

Rated out- Rated

put
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated

Prated

Mrated

Irated

Mmax

Imax

rpm

kW

Nm

Nm

298

2264

426

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LG4
for voltages
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

1LG6
for voltage
690 VY, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3.2

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM8 1045

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM8 1215

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM8 1280

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM8 1045

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM8 1215

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM8 1280

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM8 1045

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM8 1215

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM8 1280

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM8 1045

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM8 1215

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM8 1280

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

6-pole, 1000 rpm, 50 Hz

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
979

169

1648

204

1990

360

2728

510

248

2419

440

3308

618

4.7

310

3024

550

4140

765

5.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
983

147

1428

260

2264

426

3.2

177

1719

312

2728

510

215

2089

380

3308

618

4.7

269

2613

478

4140

765

5.5

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
985

131

1270

232

2264

426

3.2

158

1532

278

2728

510

191

1852

340

3308

618

4.5

239

2317

428

4140

765

5.5

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1

987

117

1132

210

2264

426

3.2

141

1364

252

2728

510

171

1654

305

3308

618

4.7

214

2070

386

4140

765

5.5

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz

L5G

460 V, 50 Hz

L5H

500 V, 50 Hz

L5J

Type:
IM B3

IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/92.

7/86

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated

Prated

Mrated

Irated

Mmax

Imax

rpm

kW

Nm

Nm

275

2622

390

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LG4
for voltages
400 V, 50 Hz
460 V, 50 Hz
500 V, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

1LG6
for voltage
690 VY, 50 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3.1

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM8 1040

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM8 1135

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM8 1305

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM8 1040

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM8 1135

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM8 1305

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM8 1040

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM8 1135

8-pole, 750 rpm, 50 Hz

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
727

146

1918

178

2338

334

3192

468

3.9

215

2824

402

3840

562

4.5

259

3402

465

4646

655

5.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
731

127

1659

236

2622

390

3.1

155

2025

286

3192

468

3.9

186

2430

342

3840

562

4.5

225

2939

353

4646

655

5.5

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
734

113

1470

207

2622

390

3.1

139

1809

255

3192

468

3.9

166

2160

303

3840

562

4.5

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM8 1305

202

2628

353

4646

655

5.5

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM8 1040

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM8 1135

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM8 1305

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1

736

101

1311

187

2622

390

3.1

123

1596

227

3192

468

3.9

148

1920

272

3840

562

4.5

179

2323

320

4646

655

5.5

Voltage:
400 V, 50 Hz

L5G

460 V, 50 Hz

L5H

500 V, 50 Hz

L5J

Type:
IM B3

IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/92.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/87

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated

Prated

Mrated

Irated

Mmax

Imax

rpm

kW

Nm

Nm

388

2096

536

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LG4
for voltages
400 V, 69 Hz
460 V, 69 Hz
500 V, 69 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

1LG6
for voltage
690 VY, 69 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3.2

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5W

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5W

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5W

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5W

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5W

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5W

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5W

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5W

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5W

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5W

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5W

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

6-pole, 1380 rpm, 69 Hz

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
1356

218
261

1535
1838

455

2514

655

318
397

2240
2796

554
695

3060
3828

788
990

4.7
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1361

189

1326

335

2096

536

3.2

227

1593

396

2514

655

276
345

1937
2421

477
598

3060
3828

788
990

4.7
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1365

168

1175

298

2096

536

3.2

202

1413

353

2514

655

245
307

1714
2148

424
535

3060
3828

788
990

4.7
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1

1367

150

1048

268

2096

536

3.2

180

1257

316

2514

655

219
274

1530
1914

388
476

3060
3828

788
990

4.7
5.5

Voltage:
400 V, 69 Hz

L5N

460 V, 69 Hz

L5P

500 V, 69 Hz

L5Q

Type:
IM B3

IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/92.

7/88

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated

Prated

Mrated

Irated

Mmax

Imax

rpm

kW

Nm

Nm

351

2410

490

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LG4
for voltages
400 V, 69 Hz
460 V, 69 Hz
500 V, 69 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

1LG6
for voltage
690 VY, 69 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3.1

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5W

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5W

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5W

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5W

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5W

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5W

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5W

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5W

8-pole, 1035 rpm, 69 Hz

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
1009

187

1770

228

2158

418

2934

585

3.9

274
332

2593
3142

502
600

3532
4280

700
846

4.5
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1015

162

1524

300

2410

490

3.1

198

1863

357

2934

585

3.9

238
288

2239
2710

427
512

3532
4280

700
846

4.5
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1019

144

1350

266

2410

490

3.1

176

1649

315

2934

585

3.9

212

1987

378

3532

700

4.5

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5W

256

2399

455

4280

846

5.5

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5W

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5W

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5W

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1

1022

129

1205

239

2410

490

3.1

157

1467

280

2934

585

3.9

189
229

1766
2140

336
408

3532
4280

700
846

4.5
5.5

Voltage:
400 V, 69 Hz

L5N

460 V, 69Hz

L5P

500 V, 69 Hz

L5Q

Type:
IM B3

IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/92.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/89

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated

Prated

Mrated

Irated

Mmax

Imax

rpm

kW

Nm

Nm

461

2002

646

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LG4
for voltages
400 V, 87 Hz
460 V, 87 Hz
500 V, 87 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

1LG6
for voltage
690 VY, 87 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3.2

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5X

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5X

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5X

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5X

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5X

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5X

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5X

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5X

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5X

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

1LG4316-6CA9 925

1LG6316-6CM9 1045
L5X

1LG4317-6CA9 1015

1LG6317-6CM9 1215
L5X

1LG4318-6CA9 1215

1LG6318-6CM9 1280
L5X

1LG4314-6CA9 1435

6-pole, 1740 rpm, 87 Hz

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
1714

262

1460

318

1772

548

2424

782

384
481

2140
2680

665
848

2932
3674

932
1195

4.7
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1721

228

1265

397

2002

646

3.2

276

1532

469

2424

782

334
418

1853
2319

572
728

2932
3674

932
1195

4.7
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1724

203

1124

355

2002

646

3.2

245

1357

420

2424

782

297
372

1645
2061

509
648

2932
3674

932
1195

4.7
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1

1726

181

1001

318

2002

646

3.2

219

1212

380

2424

782

265
332

1466
1837

454
580

2932
3674

932
1195

4.7
5.5

Voltage:
400 V, 87 Hz

L5R

460 V, 87 Hz

L5S

500 V, 87 Hz

L5T

Type:
IM B3

IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/92.

7/90

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque

Rated
current
(at 400 V)

Max.
torque

Max.
current

Moment
of inertia
(without
brake)

nrated

Prated

Mrated

Irated

Mmax

Imax

rpm

kW

Nm

Nm

412

2308

578

Three-phase squirrel-cage motors

1LG4
for voltages
400 V, 87 Hz
460 V, 87 Hz
500 V, 87 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

1LG6
for voltage
690 VY, 87 Hz

Weight
approx.
(without
brake)

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Order No.

kg

3.1

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5X

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5X

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5X

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5X

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5X

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5X

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5X

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5X

8-pole, 1305 rpm, 87 Hz

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
1275

226

1693

277

2075

508

2826

735

3.9

332
402

2487
3011

609
712

3388
4098

855
1005

4.5
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
1282

196

1460

351

2308

578

3.1

241

1795

434

2826

735

3.9

288
349

2145
2600

522
610

3388
4098

855
1005

4.5
5.5

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
1287

175

1299

315

2308

578

3.1

214

1588

383

2826

735

3.9

256

1900

460

3388

855

4.5

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5X

310

2300

538

4098

1005

5.5

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

1LG4316-8CB9 900

1LG6316-8CM9 1040
L5X

1LG4317-8CB9 1055

1LG6317-8CM9 1135
L5X

1LG4318-8CB9 1135

1LG6318-8CM9 1305
L5X

1LG4314-8CB9 1415

Intermittent duty S3 - 100 % or continuous duty S1

1291

156

1154

280

2308

578

3.1

191

1413

340

2826

735

3.9

229
277

1694
2049

410
478

3388
4098

855
1005

4.5
5.5

Voltage:
400 V, 87 Hz

L5R

460 V, 87 Hz

L5S

500 V, 87 Hz

L5T

Type:
IM B3

IM B35

For ordering example, see Page 7/92.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/91

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Options
Options or order codes (supplement "-Z" is required)

Special versions

Order No. supplement "-Z"

with order code and plain text, if required

Motor protection through PTC thermistor with 3 embedded temperature

sensors for tripping

A11

Motor protection through PTC thermistor with 6 embedded temperature

sensors for tripping and alarm

A12

Motor temperature detection with embedded temperature sensor

KTY 84-130

A23

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG10 DN1024I terminal box moisture

protection

J15

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG10 DN1024I terminal box dust

protection

J16

Standstill heating for 230 V

K45

Standstill heating for 115 V

K46

Insulated bearing cartridge

L27

Special finish in other standard RAL colors:

RAL 1015, 1019, 2003, 2004, 3007, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015, 5017,
5018, 5019, 6019, 7000, 7004, 7011, 7016, 7022, 7033

Y54
and special finish RAL ....

Special finish in RAL 7030, stone gray, coat thickness 90 m

K26

Special finish "Offshore" in RAL 7030, stone gray, coat thickness 220 m

M91

Non-standard cable entry holes, specify size and number in plain text

Y73
and info supplied by customer

Terminal box on RHS

K09

Terminal box on LHS

K10

Rotation of the terminal box through 90, entry from DE

K83

Rotation of the terminal box through 90, entry from NDE

K84

Rotation of terminal box through 180

K85

Second rating plate, supplied separately packed

K31

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG10 DN1024I + FSL (speed ... rpm)
terminal box moisture protection

Y74

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG10 DN1024I + FSL (speed ... rpm)
terminal box dust protection

Y76

Extra rating plate or rating plate with different data

Y80
and info supplied by customer

Non-standard voltage and/or frequency of the external fan motor, standstill Y81
heating
and info supplied by customer
Extra rating plate with identification code

Y82
and info supplied by customer

This order code only determines the price of the version additional plain text is required.
Ordering example
Selection criteria
Motor type

Order No.

Order codes

Standard motor with improved efficiency,

IP55 degree of protection, cast-iron version

1LG4. . .- . . . . .

Shaft height

315 L

1LG4316- . . . . .

No. of poles/speed

6-pole

1LG4316-6 . . . .

Version

Hoisting gear version

1LG4316-6CA . .

Voltage/frequency

400 V, 50 Hz

1LG4316-6CA9 .

L5G

Type

IM B3

1LG4316-6CA90

L5G

Special version

Motor temperature detection with embedded 1LG4316-6CA90-Z

temperature sensor KTY 84-130

L5G A23

Standstill heating for 230 V

1LG4316-6CA90-Z

L5G A23 K45

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder

HOG10 DN1024I + FSL (speed ... rpm)
terminal box dust protection

1LG4316-6CA90-Z

L5G A23 K45 Y76

Complete ordering information for required version of hoisting motor 1LG4316-6CA90-Z

L5G A23 Y76 K45

7/92

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
1LG4, 1LG6 motors, shaft height 315 L
Hoisting motors with fitted external fan

Dimension drawings
1LG4/1LG6, type IM B3
L

AG

LL

H
HA

AC

AD

EB

GA
G_CR01_XX_00062

DB
E

K
A

B
AA

B
BA

AA

BA

AB

BB

1LG4/1LG6, type IM B35

L
AG

LL

AD

HA

P
N
D
GA

ZS
AC

EB

G_CR01_XX_00061

DB

LA
E

A
B

BA

AA

AA

BA

AB

BB

For motor

Dimensions to IEC

Type

Number A
of poles

AA

AB

AD

AG

B'

BA

BA'

BB

HA

K'

1LG4316
1LG6316

6, 8
6, 8

508

120

610

495

379

457

508

125

176

578

216

315

50

28

35

1522 610

307

1LG4317
1LG6317
1LG6317

6, 8
6
8

508

120

610

495

379

457

508

125

176

578

216

315

50

28

35

1522 610
1662
1522

307

1LG4318
1LG4318
1LG6318
1LG6318

6
8
6
8

508

120

610

495

379

457

508

155
125
155
125

250
176
250
176

666
578
666
578

216

315

30
50
30
50

28

35

1662 610
1522
1662
1662

307

1LG4314

6, 8

508

120

610

495

379

457

508

155

250

666

216

315

30

28

35

1749 610

307

For motor

Shaft extension DE

AC

LL

Flange dimensions

Type

Number D
of poles

DB

EB

GA

LA

1LG4316
1LG6316

6, 8
6, 8

80

M20

170

140

22

85

22

600

550

660

22

1LG4317
1LG6317

6, 8
6, 8

80

M20

170

140

22

85

22

600

550

660

22

1LG4318
1LG6318

6, 8
6, 8

80

M20

170

140

22

85

22

600

550

660

22

1LG4314

6, 8

80

M20

170

140

22

85

22

600

550

660

22

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/93

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Overview

Slip-ring motor with conical shaft extension

Slip-ring motor with cylindrical shaft extension

Hoisting gear drives for cranes in particular are subject to extremely high levels of torque during acceleration. Voltage dips
can also occur during acceleration phases. A high stalling
torque is essential, therefore, for ensuring that the crane operates reliably.

The relative stalling torques of the hoisting gear motors manufactured by Siemens AG are significantly higher than these values. They are largely maintained even at 25 % CDF, which ensures that cranes can still operate reliably if they are overloaded
or if voltage dips occur.

The hoisting gear motors 1LT9 and 1LT8 are designed specially
for intermittent duty and are characterized by their:
Rugged design
High stalling torque
High climate resistance

All hoisting gear motors are suitable for use with stator-circuit
phase-angle control. The tacho-generator required for recording
the speed can be mounted at the NDE of the motors.
The diagram below shows the design of slip-ring motor 1LT8
(shaft heights 225 M to 315 M).

DIN 42681 requires a relative stalling torque of at least 2.2 times

the rated torque, SEB 841 101-70 of at least 2.5 times the rated
torque at 40 % CDF.

7
10

11

3
6
5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11

Design of slip-ring motor 1LT8

7/94

Siemens CR 1 2012

G_CR01_EN_00021

Housing
End shield
Flange end shield
Foot
Rotor
Bearing
Terminal box
Fan
Fan cowl
Slip ring contact system
Operating cover

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data
Electrical design
Standard winding
The hoisting gear motors manufactured by Siemens AG are
shipped with a standard winding for the following rated voltages:
50 Hz, 380 V, 400 V, 500 V, 660 V, 690 V 3 AC
60 Hz, 460 V 3 AC
Motors with a winding for 50 Hz, 380 V / 400 V 3 AC can also be
connected to supplies with 60 Hz, 440 V / 460 V 3 AC, although
they must be operated at a maximum 110 % of the 50 Hz output.
The speed varies in proportion to the frequency and the rotor
standstill voltage in the ratio of 440 V / 380 V or 460 V / 400V. The
torque overload capability does not change (see also the Selection and ordering data).
Non-standard winding
The motors are equipped with a non-standard winding for operating voltages of between 380 and 690 V, 50 or 60 Hz that are
outside the values specified above. The technical data at 50 Hz
roughly correspond with the catalog specifications for the motors with standard windings. At 60 Hz, the rated output changes
to approximately 110 % of the rated output at 50 Hz. Further
technical data for 60 Hz are available on request.
Tolerances
According to IEC 60034-1, the following deviations from the rating data are permitted:
Slip 20 %
Stalling torque 10 %
Moment of inertia 10 %
Insulation
In the standard version, the stator and rotor windings have temperature class F.

According to IEC 60034-1, the stator windings are tested at a

test voltage of 2 xUrated + 1000 V (but at least 1500 V). The rotor
windings of hoisting gear motors are tested with 4 times the rotor
standstill voltage + 1000 V.
PTC thermistor temperature sensors
The standard 1LT motors are not shipped with temperature sensors. If required, however, three or six temperature sensors can
be installed in the stator winding of these motors for alarm and/or
tripping.
In all cases, the terminals for the temperature sensors are
located in the terminal box.
Terminal designations
Temperature sensor Terminal designation
Shaft heights 100 to 200 From shaft height 225
upwards
Alarm

1, 2

1TP1, 1TP2

Tripping

3, 4

2TP1, 2TP2

Terminal box
The terminal box is located on the top of all standard hoisting
gear motors. A side arrangement is possible up to shaft height
200L.
The terminal box for 1LT motors only has cable entries on one
side, although it can be rotated through 180 with fixed terminals. In the standard version, the cable entries are on the right
(as viewed from the drive end). All terminal boxes fulfill degree
of protection IP55.
Specially marked terminals are provided for the protective conductor.
If required, two additional holes M20 x 1.5 can be provided for
1LT8 motors. If a motor with PTC thermistors and standstill heating is ordered, two M20 x 1.5 holes are provided as standard in
the terminal box.

Motor type

Thread
Terminal bolt
Stator

Cable entry
Stator

Thread
Terminal bolt
Rotor

Cable entry
Rotor

Cable entry
Additional equipment

1LT9 107
1LT9 113
1LT9 114

M5

M25 x 1.5

M5

M25 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

1LT9 133
1LT9 134
1LT9 135

M6

M32 x 1.5

M6

M32 x 1.5

M16 x 1.5

1LT9 163
1LT9 166
1LT9 186

M8

M40 x 1.5

M8

M40 x 1.5

2 x M16 x 1.5

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

M10

M50 x 1.5

M10

M50 x 1.5

2 x M16 x 1.5

1LT8 223
1LT8 224
1LT8 253
1LT8 254-4

M8

M50 x 1.5

M8

M50 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

1LT8 254-6/8/10
1LT8 280
1LT8 283

M10

M63 x 1.5

M8

M63 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

1LT8 310
1LT8 313

M10

M63 x 1.5

M8

M63 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

1LT8 314
1LT8 315
1LT8 317 1)
1LT8 318 1)

M12

Encapsulated gland

M10

M63 x 1.5

M20 x 1.5

1)

Version 220 / 380 V/Y or 230 / 400 V/Y not available.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/95

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data (continued)

Slip-rings and brushgear
Motor type

Arrangement

Accessibility

Cover

Brushgear

Slip-ring material

1LT9 107 1LT9 207

At NDE in pot-type end shield

From above, rotatable

through 90 later

Cast iron

Two-arm clamptype brush holder

Cast bronze

1LT8 223 1LT8 313

At DE, integrated in cast-iron

housing

From above

Cast iron

Box-type brush
holder

Brass

1LT8 314 1LT8 318

At NDE in pot-type end shield

From above

Cast iron

Two-arm clamptype brush holder

Brass

Mechanical design
Types of construction
To EN 60034-7, flange to DIN 42948.
The hoisting gear motors up to shaft height 200 L can be operated in mounting positions IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, and IM V6
or IM V1 (except in the basic construction types IM B3 or IM B5).
When an order is placed, however, the installation type must always be specified (because of the position of the condensate
drain holes, for example).
For this reason, they are normally designated only with the basic
construction type on the rating plate.
If motors as of shaft height 180 in a construction type with feet
are mounted on the wall, it is recommended that the motor feet
are supported.
Hoisting gear motors as of shaft height 225 M can only be
shipped in construction types IM B3, IM B35, and IM V1.
A protective top cover is required for all construction types in
which the shaft extension is facing down.

If basic construction type IM B3 or IM B5 is used in a different

mounting position, the position of the condensate drain holes
must be taken into account (if necessary, turn the end shield).
Condensate inside the motor must be allowed to drain off
through the condensate drain holes.
Housing
The motor housing is made of gray cast iron.
Frame feet
The undersides of the feet are machined. The relevant tolerances are specified in the dimensions table.
Shaft extensions
In the standard version, the hoisting gear motors are shipped as
follows:
1LT9 up to shaft height 160: with a cylindrical shaft extension
to DIN 748 1)
1LT9 as of shaft height 180: with a conical shaft extension
to DIN 1448 2)
1LT8: with a conical shaft extension to DIN 1448 2)
Other shaft extensions (e.g. to DIN 42681) are available on request. Conical shaft extensions have a 1:10 pitch, a threaded
stem, and are shipped with a spring washer and hexagon nut.

1)

Conical shaft extension available at an additional cost.

7/96

Siemens CR 1 2012

With all motors, the end face at the ND end is accessible and is
suitable for taking speed measurements. Motors in the basic
construction types IM B3 and IM B5 can also be shipped with
two shaft extensions.
As of shaft height 180, the motors are equipped with a conical
shaft extension, which is more suitable for transmitting high impulse torques because it ensures that the coupling is attached
more securely to the shaft extension.
The featherkey on conical shaft extensions simply provides additional security. Under normal operating conditions, it does not
need to transmit any forces because the entire torque is transmitted via the conical fit. The hole for the coupling half must always be made using a taper plug gage, whereby the smallest diameter must be between 0.2 and 0.6 mm smaller than the
diameter d2 or d3 of the shaft extension.
When the coupling half is pushed onto the shaft extension, the
end face is approximately 2 6 mm from the shaft shoulder. This
ensures that the shoulder nut does not push against the thread
end when it is tightened and that it sits securely on the shaft.
The couplings are normally mounted cold. The coupling hub is
pushed on in an axial direction and expands to such an extent
that the required frictional locking for transmitting the torque is
ensured. A specific torque or gage is not required.
Mounted tachometer
In open-loop drive control systems with a control range, a tachogenerator can be fitted to record the speed at the NDE of the motor. It is mounted on the fan cowl.
The following tachometers are preferred:
On motors of shaft height 100 to 200
GMP 1.0 S-4, construction type IM B5 S
Urated = 100 V at 1000 rpm Irated = 100 mA
Brush quality H 73
Degree of protection IP55
On motors of shaft height 225 to 315
GMP 1.0 LT-4, construction type IM B5 N
Urated = 100 V at 1000 rpm
Irated = 100 mA
Brush quality H 73
Degree of protection IP55
If a different tachometer is to be fitted, information should be requested (e.g. HOG10). Tachometers are provided by the factory.

2)

Cylindrical shaft extension available at an additional cost.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data (continued)

Degree of protection to DIN VDE 0530-5

Rating plates

Hoisting gear motors are mainly operated in intermittent duty S3.

In this operating mode, there is a high risk of condensate building up inside the motor, particularly if the motor is operated outdoors. The condensate must be able to drain off, which is why
the following degrees of protection have been defined for standard hoisting gear motors:
Motor housing IP54 with open water drain holes
Terminal box IP55

A stainless steel rating plate specifying the rated motor data is

fitted to the housing or fan cowl of Siemens hoisting gear motors.

Higher degrees of protection are available (IP55), although they

are not recommended for motors that operate in intermittent duty
due to the build-up of condensate inside the motor.
If flange motors are to be fitted to a gear unit with neither an intermediate housing nor a coupling, a seal to protect against the
ingress of oil must be fitted to the flange end shield. If this seal is
not fitted on the gear unit side, the appropriate options for the
motor must be ordered. With 1LT9 motors, a radial seal is then
fitted to the DE end shield. If nothing is specified in the order regarding the mounted gearing, it is assumed that a coupling is
used for transmitting power.
Maximum permissible speed
The maximum permissible operating speed is specified in the
technical data / selection tables. In accordance with
IEC 60034-1, the motors are run at 1.2 times this speed over a
period of 2 minutes as part of an overspeed test.
Special versions of hoisting gear motors are available for higher
operating speeds (please inquire).
Water (condensate) drain holes
Hoisting gear motors with degree of protection IP54 always have
water (condensate) drain holes that prevent water from collecting inside the motor.
With degree of protection IP55, the water drain holes are always
sealed. The water drain holes on motors with this degree of protection must be opened at regular intervals as part of the maintenance cycle to allow any condensate that has collected inside
the motor to drain off.
Mechanical balance quality
The rotors in hoisting gear motors are dynamically balanced with
an inserted half featherkey. This corresponds to vibration severity grade A. The vibrational characteristics of the motor are specified in IEC 60034-14.

1LT9 motors have international rating plates, while 1LT8 motors

have dual-language ones (German/English).
Other language combinations or single-language rating plates
can also be fitted (extra charge).
The following data is specified as standard:
Operating voltage
Type
IP54 degree of protection
Rated output
Rated current
Rated speed
Rotor current
Rated output, current, and speed are specified for S3 15,
25, 40, 60, 100 % CDF.
If a higher degree of protection or insulation class is required,
this can also be specified accordingly.
Replaceability of older motors
1LT9 and 1LT8 motors can usually replace older motors. Since
various standards have changed over time, however, it is advisable in certain cases to check the technical data and mounting
dimensions. Special attention must be paid to the following:
Position of the terminal boxes
Foot dimensions and shaft heights
Shaft extensions
Characteristic rotor resistance k
u2
k = ----------------i2 3
u2 Rotor standstill voltage
i2 Rotor current
Special versions can sometimes be adapted to older versions.

If special requirements exist with regard to the mechanical balance quality, the rotors can also be balanced in accordance with
vibration severity grade B (see table on Page 7/4) (please inquire).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/97

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data (continued)

Bearings
All hoisting gear motors are equipped with standard rolling-contact bearings that comply with the following standards:
Deep-groove ball bearing
- 62..C3, DIN 625
- 63..C3, DIN 625
Cylindrical-roller bearing
- NU..., DIN 5412
The bearings of the 1LT9 motors are greased for life. An optional
regreasing device can also be installed for exceptional operating conditions. High-temperature, long-term grease is used for
lubrication. The bearings used are listed in the table in the section "Bearing assignment for 1LT9 motors". Cylindrical-roller
bearings are installed in drives with increased lateral forces.
In all cases, the bearing seal is compatible with the ordered
motor degree of protection.
The standard 1LT8 motors are equipped with bearings of dimension series 03 with permanent lubrication. The bearing play for
all deep-groove ball bearings complies with C3; for cylindricalroller bearings, the bearing play is "standard".

For drives in which high lateral forces occur (e.g. pinion output
in crane slewing gears), cylindrical-roller bearings are installed
in 1LT8 motors at the D end instead of deep-groove ball bearings (assuming that the end shield has not been modified).
The bearing seal in all motors complies with degree of protection
IP54, whereby the bearing is sealed externally by a V ring. Anticorrosion measures may be required if the motor is installed in a
corrosive environment (please inquire).
With 1LT8 motors, measurement nipples can be fitted to the end
shield to monitor the bearings in accordance with the "shock
pulse measurement" (SPM) method.
Rolling-contact bearings
The bearings for hoisting gear motors 1LT9 and 1LT8 are designed for coupling outputs. The bearings for motors up to shaft
height 313 are greased for life; as of shaft height 314, a regreasing device is installed.
If required, motors up to shaft height 313 can also be shipped
with a regreasing device (optional). Reinforced bearings are required for drives with increased lateral forces (code: K20).

An optional regreasing device can also be installed in motors for

exceptional operating conditions (e.g. coolant temperature
above 55 C). High-temperature grease is used for lubrication.
Regreasing devices are available for all motors at extra cost.
Bearing assignment for 1LT9 motors
DE bearing

V ring

NDE bearing

V ring

Figure

6206 2Z C3
6306 2Z C3
6308 C3

6206 C3
6306 C3
6308 C3

See section "Shaft

heights 100 to 132"

1LT9 163/166
1LT9 186
1LT9 206/207

6309 C3
6311 C3
6313 C3

6309 C3
6310 C3
6312 C3

See section "Shaft

heights 160 to 200"

Shaft heights 100 to 132

Shaft heights 160 to 200

Shaft height 100 and 112 motors are equipped as standard with
bearings fixed by means of retaining rings DIN 471 and DIN 472
at the NDE. With shaft height 132, the location bearing on the ND
end is positioned in the end shield hub by means of a bearing
cover.

The bearing assignment is for configuration purposes only; binding statements about the bearings for motors that have already
been shipped can be requested. Please specify the serial number.

Bearing cover

G_CR01_EN_00023

G_CR01_EN_00024

Gap seal

G_CR01_EN_00022

Type
1LT9 107
1LT9 113/114
1LT9 133/134/135

Bearing design drive end

Siemens CR 1 2012

Non-drive end bearing

Bearing design non-drive end

Bearing arrangement for shaft height 100 to 132

7/98

Drive-end bearing

Bearing arrangement for shaft height 160 to 200

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data (continued)

Bearing assignment for 1LT8 motors
The bearing assignment is for configuration purposes only; binding statements about the bearings for motors that have already

been shipped can be requested. Please specify the serial number.

V ring

NDE bearing

V ring

Figure DE bearing

Figure NDE
bearing

1LT8 223
1LT8 224

4, 6, 8
4, 6, 8

6313 C3
6313 C3

65 A
65 A

6113 C3
6113 C3

60 A
60 A

1LT8 253
1LT8 254
1LT8 254

4, 6, 8, 10
4
6, 8, 10

6315 C3
6315 C3
6316 C3

75 A
75 A
80 A

6313 C3
6313 C3
6314 C3

65 A
65 A
80 A

1LT8 280
1LT8 283
1LT8 283

4, 6, 8, 10
4
6, 8, 10

6317 C3
6317 C3
6317 C3

85 A
85 A
85 A

6314 C3
6314 C3
6314 C3

70 A
70 A
70 A

1LT8 310
1LT8 313
1LT8 314
1LT8 315
1LT8 317
1LT8 318

4, 6, 8, 10
4, 6, 8, 10
4, 6, 8
4, 6, 8
4, 6, 8
4

6319 C3
6319 C3
6320 C3
6320 C3
6320 C3
6320 C3

95 A
95 A
RB 100 1)
RB 100 1)
RB 100 1)
RB 100 1)

6316 C3
6316 C3
6317 C3 2)
6317 C3 2)
6317 C3 2)
6317 C3 2)

80 A
80 A
85 A
85 A
85 A
85 A

1
1
3
3
3
3

2
2
4
4
4
4

Figure 2

G_CR01_XX_00027

G_CR01_XX_00025

Figure 1

G_CR01_XX_00028

Number of poles DE bearing

G_CR01_XX_00026

Motor type

Figure 3

Figure 4

Bearing assignment for 1LT8 motors

Environmental influences and special versions

Ventilation
The hoisting gear motors are equipped with an external fan at
the NDE, which blows the cooling air over the housing through
the ribs distributed over the circumference (regardless of the
direction of rotation). Thermoplastic radial fans are used in standard versions. For ambient temperatures of >60 C die-cast aluminum radial fans are used.
The fan cowl for all shaft heights is made of sheet steel. If speed
monitoring devices (e.g. tacho-generator) are installed, the motors are fitted with cast-metal fan cowls. If the fans are properly
dimensioned and the flow of cooling air to the ribbed housing is
optimized, effective heat dissipation is ensured even at speeds
below the rated speed.

1)

Gamma ring

2)

For vertical construction types Q 317.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/99

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data (continued)

Paint finish to RAL 7030
The standard paint finish to RAL 7030 is suitable for indoor and
(in temperate climates) outdoor use. In extreme climates (e.g.
constantly high humidity or chemically corrosive atmospheres),
a special paint finish is required.

For other exceptional ambient conditions, special surface protectors can also be shipped (optional).

Version with

Suitable for climate group

to IEC publication 721-2-1

Temperature
resistance

Composition (a top coat only is applied to silumin parts)

Primer
Top coat

Standard finish

Moderate
For indoors and outdoors, temporarily: up to
100 % rel. humidity at temperatures of up to
+30 C

Briefly:
+120 C

Base: alkyd resin or

CN amino resin

Continuous: up to 85 % rel. humidity at temperatures of up to +25 C

Continuous:
+100 C

Up to shaft height 200

Base: nitro combi;
As of shaft height 225
Base: polyurethane

Worldwide
For outdoor use
Short term: up to 100 % rel. humidity at temperatures of up to +35 C

Briefly:
+140 C

Base: alkyd resin or

CN amino resin

Up to shaft height 200

Base: epoxide;
As of shaft height 225
Base: polyurethane (2
coats)

Special finish

Continuous: up to 98 % rel. humidity at temperatures of up to +30 C

Additionally: for aggressive atmospheres up
to 1 % acid and alkali concentration or permanent dampness in sheltered rooms

A special paint finish is also required if it is expected that the motor will be stored outdoors for a long period of time and it cannot
be protected against rain.

Continuous:
+120 C

Standstill heating

Climate resistance of motors 1LT9 and 1LT8

Hoisting gear motors that are installed outdoors and subject to

fluctuating temperatures and humidity can additionally be
equipped with a standstill heater which prevents condensation
from forming when the motor is at a standstill. Standstill heating
is also recommended when motors are used in very cold environments. Standstill heating must not be switched on during
operation.

The version with enhanced corrosion protection is also

decontaminable. The data apply to the corrosion protection.
The temperature limits for electrical machines must also be
observed.

The table below shows the heat output of standstill heaters.

For motors 1LT9/1LT8

Supply voltage

Heat output

Shaft height

100 L to 112 M
132 M to 160 L
180 M to 200 L

115 or 230
115 or 230
115 or 230

40
100
100

225 S to 250 M
280 S to 315 L

115 or 230
115 or 230

55
100

Terminal designations
Shaft heights 100 to 200

9, 10

From shaft height 225 upwards

HE1, HE2

7/100

Siemens CR 1 2012

Standard version

Version
with enhanced corrosion protection

Climatic areas

A and T to DIN 50019

H and M to DIN 50019

Climatic group

Moderate to
IEC 721-2-1

Worldwide to
IEC 721-2-1

Radio interference
Hoisting gear motors with slip-ring rotors generally fulfill
radio interference suppression level N to EN 550014-1
(IEC/CISPR 14-1), which is sufficient for installation in
industrial and residential areas.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Technical data (continued)

Temperature and installation altitude

Effect of installation altitude

In accordance with IEC 60034, the rated outputs for intermittent

duty (S3 15, 25, 40, 60, and 100 %) apply at a frequency
of 50 Hz, with a coolant temperature (CT) of 40 C, and at an
installation altitude of up to 1000 m above sea level.

If the machine is to be operated at an altitude of between 1000 m

and 4000 m and the maximum coolant temperature has not been
defined, the following is assumed:
The reduced cooling effect caused by the altitude is compensated by a decrease in the maximum ambient temperature to
under 40 C.

Under other conditions, the permissible output must be determined in accordance with the tables below. Note that this only
applies to output (i.e. the thermal utilization of the motor). The
absolute torques that can be utilized (start-up torque, stalling
torque) are not affected and still correspond with the values in
the selection tables.
As far as dimensioning the hoisting gear motors is concerned,
this means that the factors specified below must always be
taken into account if the effective torque rather than the start-up
torque was the deciding factor in the choice of the drive motor.
Effect of the coolant temperature
At installation altitudes of up to 1000 m above sea level and
when the coolant temperature is not 40 C (CT), the factors in the
table below are used for the permissible output as a function of
the thermal class. For CT 10 up to CT 35, a correction of the temperature rise limit is thus agreed in accordance with EN 60034-1.
CT C

10

15

20

25

30

35

40 45

Pperm. / 1.16 1.13 1.11 1.08 1.06 1.03 1

Prated

50

55

60

0.96 0.92 0.87 0.82

This assumption is valid when the coolant temperatures (see

table below) as a function of the installation altitude and thermal
class are not exceeded. The motors can be operated at the
rated output as specified in the catalog.
Assuming that the coolant temperature is 40 C even at higher
altitudes, the factors listed in the table "Effect of coolant temperature and installation altitude" apply for the permissible output.
Altitude m

CT max. C at P = Prated

1000

40

2000

30

3000

19

4000

Effect of coolant temperature and installation altitude

If the coolant temperature is not specified for installation altitudes of more than 1000 m above sea level, the table under
"Effect of installation altitude" applies.
If the coolant temperatures are different to those specified in this
table, the relevant factors in the table under "Effect of coolant
temperature" and the table below must be multiplied with each
other to yield the permissible output. The coolant temperature
and installation altitude are rounded to 5 C and 500 m respectively.
If the motor is derated significantly for the above reasons, the operating values are not as favorable as a result of the partial load
utilization of the motors. Motors whose output has been derated
by 15 % or more, therefore, must be ordered with a non-standard
winding.
Altitude m

1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000

Pperm. /Prated

0.97

0.94

0.9

0.86

Siemens CR 1 2012

0.82

0.77

7/101

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L

Selection and ordering data

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

0.006

1LT9 107-4AA

40

Synchronous speed 1500 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 3000 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
100 L

1200

2.5

19.8

1.9

6.4

24

2.05

112 M

1350

3.7

27.6

112 M

1300

36.7

132 M

1370

6.8

132 M

1390

132 M

1390

9.5

160 M

1395

13

89

2.4

27.6

47

2.2

160 L

1410

19.5

132

2.7

40.9

48

3.1

180 L

1440

27

182

2.5

55

61

2.43

200 L

1425

33

221

2.3

61

95

1.48

200 L

1430

40

267

2.5

76

92

5.7

85

2.5

8.2

23

2.65

110

0.012

1LT9 113-4AA

48

2.3

11.7

27

140

0.013

1LT9 114-4AA

50

48

2.5

15

33

2.25

140

0.024

1LT9 133-4AA

69

55

2.7

17.1

31

3.15

170

0.032

1LT9 134-4AA

80

65

2.5

20.5

35

2.7

180

0.035

1LT9 135-4AA

86

180

0.062

1LT9 163-4AA

138

260

0.083

1LT9 166-4AA

150

270

0.154

1LT9 186-4AA

215

230

0.2

1LT9 206-4AA

245

1.69

270

0.24

1LT9 207-4AA

260

20

2.45

85

0.006

1LT9 107-4AA

40

Intermittent duty S3 25 %

100 L

1245

2.3

17.7

2.2

112 M

1365

3.3

24

2.9

7.5

20

3.2

110

0.012

1LT9 113-4AA

48

112 M

1325

4.5

32.4

2.6

10.5

23

3.5

140

0.013

1LT9 114-4AA

50

132 M

1390

5.7

39.6

12.8

28

2.8

140

0.024

1LT9 133-4AA

69

132 M

1400

47.8

3.1

15.1

26.5

3.8

170

0.032

1LT9 134-4AA

80

132 M

1410

8.7

59

2.7

18.6

30.5

3.05

180

0.035

1LT9 135-4AA

86

160 M

1410

11

2.9

24

40

2.6

180

0.062

1LT9 163-4AA

138

160 L

1425

16.5

111

3.3

38

40

3.75

260

0.083

1LT9 166-4AA

150

180 L

1445

23

154

2.9

48

54

2.89

270

0.154

1LT9 186-4AA

215

200 L

1435

28

186

2.7

53

77

1.72

230

0.2

1LT9 206-4AA

245

200 L

1440

34

226

2.9

64

78

270

0.24

1LT9 207-4AA

260

74.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
100 L

1290

14.9

2.6

17

2.9

85

0.006

1LT9 107-4AA

40

112 M

1380

21

3.2

6.9

18

3.55

110

0.012

1LT9 113-4AA

48

112 M

1350

28.3

9.5

19

4.25

140

0.013

1LT9 114-4AA

50

132 M

1400

34.2

3.5

11.4

25

3.25

140

0.024

1LT9 133-4AA

69

132 M

1410

6.3

42.7

3.5

13.7

24

4.25

170

0.032

1LT9 134-4AA

80

132 M

1425

7.5

50

3.2

16.2

26

3.6

180

0.035

1LT9 135-4AA

86

160 M

1425

10

57

3.2

23

36

2.9

180

0.062

1LT9 163-4AA

138

160 L

1435

14.5

96.5

3.7

35

35

4.3

260

0.083

1LT9 166-4AA

150

180 L

1450

20

133

3.3

43

46

3.39

270

0.154

1LT9 186-4AA

215

200 L

1445

24

159

3.2

46

66

2.01

230

0.2

1LT9 206-4AA

245

200 L

1445

29

192

3.4

56

66

2.36

270

0.24

1LT9 207-4AA

260

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

7/102

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

0.006

1LT9 107-4AA

40

Synchronous speed 1500 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 3000 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
100 L

1320

1.8

12.9

2.9

4.6

15

3.3

85

112 M

1400

2.6

18

3.8

6.1

16

4.3

110

0.012

1LT9 113-4AA

48

112 M

1375

3.5

24.3

3.5

9.1

16

140

0.013

1LT9 114-4AA

50

132 M

1410

4.5

30.5

3.9

10.5

22

3.7

140

0.024

1LT9 133-4AA

69

132 M

1425

5.3

35.5

4.2

12

20

5.2

170

0.032

1LT9 134-4AA

80

132 M

1430

6.6

41.1

3.7

15

23.5

4.2

180

0.035

1LT9 135-4AA

86

160 M

1435

8.5

56.6

3.8

20

30

3.45

180

0.062

1LT9 163-4AA

138

160 L

1445

12.5

82.6

4.4

33

30

260

0.083

1LT9 166-4AA

150

180 L

1455

17.5

116

3.8

39

41

3.8

270

0.154

1LT9 186-4AA

215

200 L

1450

21

138

3.7

44

57

2.33

230

0.2

1LT9 206-4AA

245

200 L

1450

25

165

3.9

50

57

2.73

270

0.24

1LT9 207-4AA

260

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

100 L

1360

1.5

10.5

3.6

4.1

12

4.1

85

0.006

1LT9 107-4AA

40

112 M

1410

2.2

15

4.5

5.6

13

4.9

110

0.012

1LT9 113-4AA

48

112 M

1390

20.6

4.1

8.3

14

5.8

140

0.013

1LT9 114-4AA

50

132 M

1420

26.9

4.4

9.5

19

4.25

140

0.024

1LT9 133-4AA

69

132 M

1430

4.8

32

4.7

11.2

17.6

5.6

170

0.032

1LT9 134-4AA

80

132 M

1440

5.5

37

4.5

13

19

5.2

180

0.035

1LT9 135-4AA

86

160 M

1440

7.5

49.6

4.3

19

27

3.85

180

0.062

1LT9 163-4AA

138

160 L

1450

72.4

32

27

5.6

260

0.083

1LT9 166-4AA

150

180 L

1460

15

94

4.5

36

35

4.45

270

0.154

1LT9 186-4AA

215

200 L

1460

18.5

121

4.2

37

50

2.66

230

0.2

1LT9 206-4AA

245

200 L

1455

22

145

4.5

45

50

3.12

270

0.24

1LT9 207-4AA

260

11

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/103

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 225 M to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

330

0.48

1LT8 224-4AA

330

Synchronous speed 1500 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2200 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
225 M

1455

53

348

2.8

96.5

99

1.92

250 M

1467

65

423

2.6

117

206

0.55

195

0.57

1LT8 253-4AA

425

250 M

1465

80

522

2.4

138

210

0.65

235

0.632

1LT8 254-4AA

450

280 S

1465

105

685

2.3

186

270

0.51

240

1.25

1LT8 280-4AA

590

280 M

1478

132

854

3.2

233

263

0.68

310

1.85

1LT8 283-4AA

710

315 S

1479

160

1034

3.3

268

319

0.56

310

2.85

1LT8 310-4AA

890

315 M

1475

190

1232

3.1

310

313

0.69

375

3.48

1LT8 313-4AA

1010

315 M

1479

225

1455

3.1

373

339

0.7

410

5.32

1LT8 314-4AA

1275

315 M

1481

270

1743

3.1

437

330

0.88

505

5.96

1LT8 315-4AA

1350

315 L

1484

340

2191

3.1

560

328

1.13

640

7.29

1LT8 317-4AA

1540

315 L

1472

430

2794

2.6

728

362

1.16

725

8.06

1LT8 318-4AA

1620

295

3.3

82

84

2.27

330

0.48

1LT8 224-4AA

330

Intermittent duty S3 25 %

225 M

1460

45

250 M

1472

55

357

99

174

0.65

195

0.57

1LT8 253-4AA

425

250 M

1470

68

442

2.8

119

179

0.77

235

0.632

1LT8 254-4AA

450

280 S

1470

90

585

2.7

159

232

0.6

240

1.25

1LT8 280-4AA

590

280 M

1480

110

710

3.9

199

219

0.82

310

1.85

1LT8 283-4AA

710

315 S

1483

132

851

221

263

0.68

310

2.85

1LT8 310-4AA

890

315 M

1480

160

1034

3.7

264

264

0.82

375

3.48

1LT8 313-4AA

1010

315 M

1482

190

1226

3.6

315

286

0.83

410

5.32

1LT8 314-4AA

1275

315 M

1483

230

1483

3.7

380

281

1.04

505

5.96

1LT8 315-4AA

1350

315 L

1486

290

1866

3.6

477

280

1.32

640

7.29

1LT8 317-4AA

1540

315 L

1479

360

2328

3.1

606

302

1.39

725

8.06

1LT8 318-4AA

1620

73

2.61

330

0.48

1LT8 224-4AA

330

152

0.74

195

0.57

1LT8 253-4AA

425

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
225 M

1465

39

254

3.8

72

250 M

1475

48

311

3.5

87.5

250 M

1475

58

376

3.3

103

152

0.89

235

0.632

1LT8 254-4AA

450

280 S

1475

75

486

3.2

135

193

0.72

240

1.25

1LT8 280-4AA

590

280 M

1483

95

612

4.5

174

189

0.95

310

1.85

1LT8 283-4AA

710

315 S

1485

115

740

4.6

195

229

0.78

310

2.85

1LT8 310-4AA

890

315 M

1482

140

903

4.3

230

231

0.94

375

3.48

1LT8 313-4AA

1010

315 M

1484

165

1062

4.2

276

249

0.95

410

5.32

1LT8 314-4AA

1275

315 M

1485

200

1288

4.2

334

245

1.19

505

5.96

1LT8 315-4AA

1350

315 L

1487

250

1608

4.2

411

241

1.53

640

7.29

1LT8 317-4AA

1540

315 L

1482

315

2033

3.6

523

260

1.61

725

8.06

1LT8 318-4AA

1620

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

7/104

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 225 M to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

330

0.48

1LT8 224-4AA

330

Synchronous speed 1500 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2200 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
225 M

1470

34

221

4.3

64

64

2.98

250 M

1478

42

271

77.5

133

0.85

195

0.57

1LT8 253-4AA

425

250 M

1477

51

330

3.7

91.5

134

1.01

235

0.632

1LT8 254-4AA

450

280 S

1475

68

440

3.5

124

175

0.79

240

1.25

1LT8 280-4AA

590

280 M

1484

85

547

5.0

160

169

1.06

310

1.85

1LT8 283-4AA

710

315 S

1487

100

643

5.3

173

199

0.9

310

2.85

1LT8 310-4AA

890

315 M

1483

125

806

4.8

208

206

1.05

375

3.48

1LT8 313-4AA

1010

315 M

1486

150

965

4.6

253

226

1.05

410

5.32

1LT8 314-4AA

1275

315 M

1486

180

1158

4.7

304

220

1.33

505

5.96

1LT8 315-4AA

1350

315 L

1489

225

1445

4.7

370

217

1.7

640

7.29

1LT8 317-4AA

1540

315 L

1485

280

1803

465

234

1.79

725

8.06

1LT8 318-4AA

1620

58

56

3.4

330

0.48

1LT8 224-4AA

330

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

225 M

1475

30

194

4.9

250 M

1482

37

238

4.5

69

117

0.96

195

0.57

1LT8 253-4AA

425

250 M

1480

45

290

4.2

82.5

118

1.15

235

0.632

1LT8 254-4AA

450

280 S

1480

60

387

112

154

0.9

240

1.25

1LT8 280-4AA

590

280 M

1486

75

482

5.7

145

149

1.2

310

1.85

1LT8 283-4AA

710

315 S

1488

90

578

5.8

158

179

310

2.85

1LT8 310-4AA

890

315 M

1485

110

708

5.4

185

181

1.2

375

3.48

1LT8 313-4AA

1010

315 M

1488

132

848

5.3

223

199

1.19

410

5.32

1LT8 314-4AA

1275

315 M

1488

160

1028

5.3

270

196

1.49

505

5.96

1LT8 315-4AA

1350

315 L

1490

200

1283

5.3

332

193

1.91

640

7.29

1LT8 317-4AA

1540

315 L

1488

250

1607

4.5

419

213

1.97

725

8.06

1LT8 318-4AA

1620

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/105

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

0.01

1LT9 107-6AA

40

Synchronous speed 1000 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2500 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
100 L

880

1.8

19.5

2.8

15

2.7

80

112 M

930

2.5

25.7

2.5

7.3

19

2.4

90

0.018

1LT9 113-6AA

48

112 M

870

3.8

43

2.1

10.8

23

2.9

115

0.018

1LT9 114-6AA

48

132 M

850

5.2

58.4

2.1

13.8

34

1.85

110

0.032

1LT9 133-6AA

69

132 M

900

64

2.4

15.7

31

2.2

130

0.038

1LT9 134-6AA

80

132 M

870

77

2.2

19.5

38

2.1

140

0.046

1LT9 135-6AA

86

160 M

930

9.5

98

2.2

28

34

2.9

180

0.094

1LT9 163-6AA

138

160 L

920

13.5

142

31

36

4.2

260

0.128

1LT9 166-6AA

150

180 L

930

21

216

2.1

45

58

2.3

230

0.193

1LT9 186-6AA

215

200 L

940

28

285

2.2

57

69

2.1

255

0.245

1LT9 207-6AA

245

Intermittent duty S3 25 %

100 L

890

1.7

18.2

2.8

5.8

13.5

80

0.01

1LT9 107-6AA

40

112 M

940

2.3

23.4

2.7

6.9

17

2.65

90

0.018

1LT9 113-6AA

48

112 M

890

3.3

37.1

2.5

9.7

20

3.3

115

0.018

1LT9 114-6AA

48

132 M

875

4.7

51.3

2.4

13.2

32

110

0.032

1LT9 133-6AA

69

132 M

920

5.2

54

2.8

14.3

26

2.7

130

0.038

1LT9 134-6AA

80

132 M

890

6.5

70

2.4

18.2

34

2.4

140

0.046

1LT9 135-6AA

86

160 M

940

81

2.7

19

29

3.6

180

0.094

1LT9 163-6AA

138

160 L

930

11.5

118

2.4

27

32

4.7

260

0.128

1LT9 166-6AA

150

180 L

940

17.5

178

2.5

38

48

2.8

230

0.193

1LT9 186-6AA

215

200 L

950

24

240

2.5

49

59

2.5

255

0.245

1LT9 207-6AA

245

16

3.1

12

3.55

80

0.01

1LT9 107-6AA

40

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
100 L

900

1.5

112 M

950

20

3.2

6.4

15.5

3.25

90

0.018

1LT9 113-6AA

48

112 M

910

32.9

2.8

9.2

18

3.7

115

0.018

1LT9 114-6AA

48

132 M

900

42.7

2.9

12.1

26

2.45

110

0.032

1LT9 133-6AA

69

132 M

930

4.5

46

3.3

13.2

22

3.1

130

0.038

1LT9 134-6AA

80

132 M

910

5.5

58

2.8

15.8

26.5

3.05

140

0.046

1LT9 135-6AA

86

160 M

950

70

3.1

17.4

25

180

0.094

1LT9 163-6AA

138

160 L

940

10

102

2.8

24

27

5.6

260

0.128

1LT9 166-6AA

150

180 L

950

15

151

2.9

34

41

3.2

230

0.193

1LT9 186-6AA

215

200 L

955

20

200

42

49

255

0.245

1LT9 207-6AA

245

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

7/106

Siemens CR 1 2012

5.6

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

80

0.01

1LT9 107-6AA

40

Synchronous speed 1000 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2500 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
100 L

920

1.3

13.5

3.6

5.7

11

4.2

112 M

960

1.8

18

3.7

6.2

13.5

3.6

90

0.018

1LT9 113-6AA

48

112 M

925

2.6

28

3.3

8.5

15

4.4

115

0.018

1LT9 114-6AA

48

132 M

910

3.6

37.8

3.3

11.4

23

2.75

110

0.032

1LT9 133-6AA

69

132 M

935

4.1

42

3.7

12.4

20

3.6

130

0.038

1LT9 134-6AA

80

132 M

925

4.8

50

3.2

15

23

3.5

140

0.046

1LT9 135-6AA

86

160 M

960

60

3.6

16.2

21

4.9

180

0.094

1LT9 163-6AA

138

160 L

950

8.5

85

3.2

22

23

6.5

260

0.128

1LT9 166-6AA

150

180 L

955

13

130

3.3

30

35

3.8

230

0.193

1LT9 186-6AA

215

200 L

960

17.5

174

3.5

38

42

3.5

255

0.245

1LT9 207-6AA

245

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

100 L

935

1.1

11.2

4.3

9.2

4.9

80

0.01

1LT9 107-6AA

40

112 M

965

1.5

15

4.5

5.7

11.5

4.1

90

0.018

1LT9 113-6AA

48

112 M

940

2.2

23.3

13

5.1

115

0.018

1LT9 114-6AA

48

132 M

920

31

11

18

3.5

110

0.032

1LT9 133-6AA

69

132 M

940

3.5

35.6

4.4

11.6

18

4.4

130

0.038

1LT9 134-6AA

80

132 M

940

40

3.8

14

18.5

4.4

140

0.046

1LT9 135-6AA

86

160 M

965

5.5

54.5

15.2

20

5.2

180

0.094

1LT9 163-6AA

138

160 L

960

7.5

74.6

3.7

20

21

7.2

260

0.128

1LT9 166-6AA

150

180 L

960

11

109

3.9

27

30

4.4

230

0.193

1LT9 186-6AA

215

200 L

965

15

148

35

36

4.1

255

0.245

1LT9 207-6AA

245

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/107

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 225 M to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Synchronous speed 1000 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2080 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
87

1.66

250

0.464

1LT8 223-6AA

305

79

90

1.86

290

0.535

1LT8 224-6AA

320

103

243

0.33

140

1LT8 253-6AA

425

126

247

0.41

175

1.61

1LT8 254-6AA

580

159

276

0.4

190

1.82

1LT8 280-6AA

600

2.1

188

276

0.49

235

2.37

1LT8 283-6AA

700

1366

2.2

253

333

0.49

260

3.95

1LT8 310-6AA

950

1613

2.1

296

329

0.54

310

4.31

1LT8 313-6AA

1000

190

1854

329

340

0.59

345

6.8

1LT8 314-6AA 1) 1290

981

230

2242

415

319

0.81

445

1LT8 315-6AA 1) 1380

983

280

2724

491

336

0.88

515

9.6

1LT8 317-6AA 1) 1590

74

2.09

250

0.464

1LT8 223-6AA

305

225 M

960

35

348

2.2

225 M

960

42

418

250 M

965

55

545

2.1

250 M

974

70

687

2.1

280 S

975

85

833

2.2

280 M

975

105

1030

315 S

980

140

315 M

978

165

315 M

980

315 M
315 L

68.5

Intermittent duty S3 25 %

225 M

965

30

297

2.8

60

225 M

965

35

347

2.5

66

75

2.29

290

0.535

1LT8 224-6AA

320

250 M

975

48

470

2.4

90

212

0.44

140

1LT8 253-6AA

425

250 M

975

60

588

2.4

111

212

0.55

175

1.61

1LT8 254-6AA

580

280 S

975

72

706

2.6

133

235

2.7

190

1.82

1LT8 280-6AA

600

280 M

975

90

883

2.4

160

236

0.61

235

2.37

1LT8 283-6AA

700

315 S

985

115

1116

2.7

206

273

0.55

260

3.95

1LT8 310-6AA

950

315 M

981

140

1365

2.5

249

279

0.64

310

4.31

1LT8 313-6AA

1000

315 M

982

160

1558

2.4

276

286

0.7

345

6.8

1LT8 314-6AA 1) 1290

315 M

984

195

1895

2.4

344

271

0.95

445

1LT8 315-6AA 1) 1380

315 L

986

240

2328

2.3

411

336

1.03

515

9.6

1LT8 317-6AA 1) 1590

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
225 M

970

25

246

3.2

49.5

62

2.33

250

0.464

1LT8 223-6AA

305

225 M

970

30

295

2.9

58

64

2.62

290

0.535

1LT8 224-6AA

320

250 M

975

40

392

3.0

76

176

0.5

140

1LT8 253-6AA

425

250 M

980

50

488

3.0

93

177

0.64

175

1.61

1LT8 254-6AA

580

280 S

980

63

615

3.2

118

205

0.56

190

1.82

1LT8 280-6AA

600

280 M

980

75

732

2.9

135

197

0.69

235

2.37

1LT8 283-6AA

700

315 S

987

100

969

3.1

181

238

0.63

260

3.95

1LT8 310-6AA

950

315 M

984

120

1166

213

239

0.75

310

4.31

1LT8 313-6AA

1000

315 M

984

140

1360

2.7

241

251

0.79

345

6.8

1LT8 314-6AA 1) 1290

315 M

986

170

1649

2.8

295

236

1.09

445

1LT8 315-6AA 1) 1380

315 L

988

210

2033

2.6

358

252

1.18

515

9.6

1LT8 317-6AA 1) 1590

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

1)

Trans-standard motors (larger trans-standard motors available on request).

7/108

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 225 M to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Synchronous speed 1000 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2080 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
55

2.62

250

0.464

1LT8 223-6AA

305

54

56

2.99

290

0.535

1LT8 224-6AA

320

65

150

0.57

140

1LT8 253-6AA

425

3.5

79

149

0.73

175

1.61

1LT8 254-6AA

580

3.6

102

173

0.65

190

1.82

1LT8 280-6AA

600

632

3.3

118

171

0.81

235

2.37

1LT8 283-6AA

700

87

842

3.6

162

207

0.73

260

3.95

1LT8 310-6AA

950

105

1018

3.4

188

209

0.86

310

4.31

1LT8 313-6AA

1000

125

1212

3.1

217

224

0.89

345

6.8

1LT8 314-6AA 1) 1290

987

150

1453

3.1

260

208

1.24

445

1LT8 315-6AA 1) 1380

989

185

1789

315

222

1.34

515

9.6

1LT8 317-6AA 1) 1590

46

3.14

250

0.464

1LT8 223-6AA

305

225 M

973

22

216

3.6

45

225 M

975

26

255

3.3

250 M

980

34

332

3.4

250 M

980

42

410

280 S

985

53

514

280 M

983

65

315 S

988

315 M

986

315 M

986

315 M
315 L

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

225 M

978

18.5

181

4.3

39.5

225 M

980

22

214

3.9

39

47

3.56

290

0.535

1LT8 224-6AA

320

250 M

980

30

292

3.8

58.5

132

0.68

140

1LT8 253-6AA

425

250 M

985

37

359

4.0

72

131

0.84

175

1.61

1LT8 254-6AA

580

280 S

987

45

436

4.2

88

146

0.75

190

1.82

1LT8 280-6AA

600

280 M

986

55

533

102

144

0.94

235

2.37

1LT8 283-6AA

700

315 S

990

75

724

4.1

143

178

0.84

260

3.95

1LT8 310-6AA

950

315 M

988

90

871

165

180

0.99

310

4.31

1LT8 313-6AA

1000

315 M

987

110

1066

3.5

193

197

1.01

345

6.8

1LT8 314-6AA

315 M

989

132

1276

3.6

228

183

1.4

445

1LT8 315-6AA 1) 1380

315 L

990

160

1545

3.5

273

192

1.55

515

9.6

1LT8 317-6AA 1) 1590

1)

1290

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

1)

Trans-standard motors (larger trans-standard motors available on request).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/109

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9 motors, shaft heights 160 L to 200 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT9
shaft heights
160 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Synchronous speed 750 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 1875 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
160 L

685

180 L

690

200 L

705

133

1.8

26

29

3.7

200

0.125

1LT9 166-8AA

150

15

208

43

50

2.64

210

0.21

1LT9 186-8AA

190

22

299

59

57

2.53

250

0.34

1LT9 207-8AA

260

9.5

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
160 L

695

110

2.2

24

26

4.4

200

0.125

1LT9 166-8AA

150

180 L

710

12.5

168

2.3

37

41

3.19

210

0.21

1LT9 186-8AA

190

200 L

715

18

241

2.4

48

44

3.14

250

0.34

1LT9 207-8AA

260

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
160 L

705

95

2.5

22

22

5.2

200

0.125

1LT9 166-8AA

150

180 L

715

10.5

140

2.7

33

34

3.79

210

0.21

1LT9 186-8AA

190

200 L

710

15

202

2.9

41

38

3.8

250

0.34

1LT9 207-8AA

260

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
160 L

710

2.9

20

18.5

6.25

200

0.125

1LT9 166-8AA

150

180 L

710

121

3.1

31

28

4.49

210

0.21

1LT9 186-8AA

190

200 L

725

13

172

3.3

38

33

4.37

250

0.34

1LT9 207-8AA

260

73.5

3.2

19

16.5

200

0.125

1LT9 166-8AA

150

97

3.8

28

23

5.51

210

0.21

1LT9 186-8AA

190

144

3.9

34

28

5.15

250

0.34

1LT9 207-8AA

260

80.7

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

160 L

715

180 L

735

200 L

730

5.5
7.5
11

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

7/110

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 225 M to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Synchronous speed 750 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 1875 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
85

1.61

220

0.464

1LT8 223-8AA

305

80

1.95

270

0.57

1LT8 224-8AA

330

173

0.5

150

1LT8 253-8AA

425

179

0.61

190

1.78

1LT8 254-8AA

600

216

0.53

200

1.95

1LT8 280-8AA

660

183

222

0.65

250

2.37

1LT8 283-8AA

710

1.8

214

239

0.72

285

3.95

1LT8 310-8AA

950

1.6

277

240

0.87

360

4.31

1LT8 313-8AA

1000

2088

1.9

308

353

0.46

280

6.8

1LT8 314-8AA 1) 1290

190

2472

1.8

362

309

0.71

380

8.1

1LT8 315-8AA 1) 1390

220

2863

1.6

420

309

0.82

440

9.8

1LT8 317-8AA 1) 1600

71

1.95

220

0.464

1LT8 223-8AA

305

225 M

705

30

407

1.8

66

225 M

720

35

465

75.5

250 M

720

42

558

1.9

86

250 M

728

55

722

1.7

110

280 S

725

70

923

1.9

142

280 M

726

90

1185

1.8

315 S

730

110

1441

315 M

730

140

1834

315 M

733

160

315 M

735

315 L

735

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
225 M

715

25

334

2.1

56

225 M

725

30

395

2.3

65

69

2.44

270

0.57

1LT8 224-8AA

330

250 M

725

35

461

2.2

72

144

0.62

150

1LT8 253-8AA

425

250 M

730

48

629

1.9

96

157

0.8

190

1.78

1LT8 254-8AA

600

280 S

730

60

786

2.2

125

185

0.66

200

1.95

1LT8 280-8AA

660

280 M

730

75

982

2.1

151

185

0.8

250

2.37

1LT8 283-8AA

710

315 S

735

93

1210

2.2

179

202

0.81

285

3.95

1LT8 310-8AA

950

315 M

732

115

1502

225

198

1.05

360

4.31

1LT8 313-8AA

1000

315 M

736

140

1819

2.2

268

309

0.52

280

6.8

1LT8 314-8AA

315 M

739

160

2070

2.1

297

260

0.84

380

8.1

1LT8 315-8AA 1) 1390

315 L

737

195

2530

1.8

372

274

0.93

440

9.8

1LT8 317-8AA 1) 1600

1)

1290

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
225 M

720

20

265

2.7

47

56

2.27

220

0.464

1LT8 223-8AA

305

225 M

730

25

327

2.8

55.5

57

2.73

270

0.57

1LT8 224-8AA

330

250 M

725

30

396

2.6

62.5

124

0.7

150

1LT8 253-8AA

425

250 M

735

40

520

2.3

81

130

0.91

190

1.78

1LT8 254-8AA

600

280 S

730

50

655

2.7

106

154

0.75

200

1.95

1LT8 280-8AA

660

280 M

735

63

820

2.6

130

156

0.93

250

2.37

1LT8 283-8AA

710

315 S

737

80

1038

2.5

157

173

0.95

285

3.95

1LT8 310-8AA

950

315 M

735

100

1301

2.3

197

172

1.21

360

4.31

1LT8 313-8AA

1000

315 M

739

115

1488

2.6

221

254

0.64

280

6.8

1LT8 314-8AA 1) 1290

315 M

740

140

1809

2.4

262

228

0.96

380

8.1

1LT8 315-8AA 1) 1390

315 L

739

170

2200

2.1

327

239

1.06

440

9.8

1LT8 317-8AA 1) 1600

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %

Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %

Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %
1)

Trans-standard motors (larger trans-standard motors available on request).

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/111

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 225 M to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Synchronous speed 750 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 1875 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
51

2.59

220

0.464

1LT8 223-8AA

305

51

3.06

270

0.57

1LT8 224-8AA

330

107

0.81

150

1LT8 253-8AA

425

104

1.05

190

1.78

1LT8 254-8AA

600

136

0.85

200

1.95

1LT8 280-8AA

660

118

136

1.06

250

2.37

1LT8 283-8AA

710

2.9

138

152

1.08

285

3.95

1LT8 310-8AA

950

2.6

173

161

1.38

360

4.31

1LT8 313-8AA

1000

1357

2.9

207

232

0.7

280

6.8

1LT8 314-8AA 1) 1290

125

1613

2.7

237

203

1.08

380

8.1

1LT8 315-8AA 1) 1390

150

1938

2.4

287

211

1.2

440

9.8

1LT8 317-8AA 1) 1600

15

197

3.6

38

42

3.02

220

0.464

1LT8 223-8AA

305

225 M

725

18

237

3.0

43

225 M

730

22

288

3.2

50.5

250 M

730

26

340

57

250 M

737

32

415

2.9

66

280 S

735

44

572

3.1

97

280 M

737

55

713

315 S

739

70

906

315 M

738

88

1140

315 M

740

105

315 M

741

315 L

740

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

225 M

728

225 M

735

18.5

240

3.8

45

43

3.63

270

0.57

1LT8 224-8AA

330

250 M

735

22

286

3.5

50

91

0.95

150

1LT8 253-8AA

425

250 M

740

27

349

3.4

56

88

1.25

190

1.78

1LT8 254-8AA

600

280 S

735

37

481

3.6

86

114

1.01

200

1.95

1LT8 280-8AA

660

280 M

740

47

607

3.4

108

116

1.3

250

2.37

1LT8 283-8AA

710

315 S

740

60

775

3.4

123

130

1.27

285

3.95

1LT8 310-8AA

950

315 M

740

75

969

3.1

153

129

1.61

360

4.31

1LT8 313-8AA

1000

315 M

742

90

1160

3.4

182

198

0.82

280

6.8

1LT8 314-8AA 1) 1290

315 M

742

110

1418

214

179

1.23

380

8.1

1LT8 315-8AA 1) 1390

315 L

742

132

1701

2.7

252

186

1.37

440

9.8

1LT8 317-8AA 1) 1600

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

1)

Trans-standard motors (larger trans-standard motors available on request).

7/112

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT8 motors, shaft heights 250 M to 315 M

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/Mrat Rated
current
ed 10
%
I
at 400 V
A

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LT8
shaft heights
250 M to 315 M

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

Synchronous speed 600 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 1500 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
250 M

575

30

499

1.8

75

148

0.49

125

0.937

1LT8 253-3AA

425

250 M

578

35

579

1.9

89

144

0.6

150

1.61

1LT8 254-3AA

580

280 S

575

48

798

1.7

119

185

0.5

160

1.82

1LT8 280-3AA

600

280 M

580

60

990

1.7

148

190

0.59

195

2.37

1LT8 283-3AA

710

315 S

584

75

1228

1.7

180

197

0.69

235

3.95

1LT8 310-3AA

1000

315 M

583

90

1476

1.7

211

195

0.84

285

4.31

1LT8 313-3AA

1050

Intermittent duty S3 25 %
250 M

580

26

428

2.1

65

129

0.56

125

0.937

1LT8 253-3AA

425

250 M

580

32

528

2.1

83

132

0.66

150

1.61

1LT8 254-3AA

580

280 S

580

42

692

112

162

0.57

160

1.82

1LT8 280-3AA

600

280 M

583

55

902

1.9

136

174

0.65

195

2.37

1LT8 283-3AA

710

315 S

584

70

1142

1.9

172

184

0.74

235

3.95

1LT8 310-3AA

1000

315 M

584

87

1425

1.8

206

189

0.87

285

4.31

1LT8 313-3AA

1050

59

114

0.63

125

0.937

1LT8 253-3AA

425

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
250 M

580

23

380

2.4

250 M

585

28

457

2.4

76

115

0.75

150

1.61

1LT8 254-3AA

580

280 S

585

37

605

2.3

105

143

0.65

160

1.82

1LT8 280-3AA

600

280 M

585

48

785

2.1

124

152

0.74

195

2.37

1LT8 283-3AA

710

315 S

585

60

976

2.2

149

158

0.86

235

3.95

1LT8 310-3AA

1000

315 M

586

75

1224

2.1

176

163

1.01

285

4.31

1LT8 313-3AA

1050

Intermittent duty S3 60 %
250 M

585

20

327

2.8

54

99

0.73

125

0.937

1LT8 253-3AA

425

250 M

587

24

391

2.8

71

99

0.87

150

1.61

1LT8 254-3AA

580

280 S

587

32

521

2.7

96

124

0.74

160

1.82

1LT8 280-3AA

600

280 M

587

42

684

2.4

116

133

0.85

195

2.37

1LT8 283-3AA

710

315 S

586

52

843

2.6

133

137

0.99

235

3.95

1LT8 310-3AA

1000

315 M

590

65

1057

2.5

155

141

1.17

285

4.31

1LT8 313-3AA

1050

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

250 M

590

16.5

267

3.4

50

82

0.88

125

0.937

1LT8 253-3AA

425

250 M

590

20

324

3.6

66

82

1.06

150

1.61

1LT8 254-3AA

580

280 S

589

27

438

3.2

94

104

0.89

160

1.82

1LT8 280-3AA

600

280 M

589

35

568

2.9

107

111

1.01

195

2.37

1LT8 283-3AA

710

315 S

590

44

710

3.1

122

116

1.17

235

3.95

1LT8 310-3AA

1000

315 M

590

55

891

3.0

134

119

1.38

285

4.31

1LT8 313-3AA

1050

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/114.

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %
Trans-standard motors (10-pole) available on request
Siemens CR 1 2012

7/113

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Order No. supplement
Position in the order number

10

11

12

Shaft height
Number of poles
Voltage and frequency
50 Hz
380 V

400 V

500 V

660 V

690 V

60 Hz
460 V

Other voltage and/or

frequency 1)

Type

IM B3

IM B5 2)

IM B35

IM V1 (with protective cover)

Special version 3)

For ordering example, see Page 7/115.

1)

Option: Order code L1Y and plain text.

2)

Only possible up to shaft height 200 L.

7/114

Siemens CR 1 2012

3)

Order No. supplement "-Z" only if ordering with order code and plain text, if
required. Specify special versions with order code, see table on Page
7/115.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Options
Additional ordering information for special 1LT9 and 1LT8 motor
versions
Version

For explanations
see Page

Order No. supplement "-Z" with

order code and/or plain text

Higher coolant temperatures or

installation altitude on request

7/99

CT ... C (round up to 5) or
installation altitude ... m above sea level
(round up to 500 m)
Specify required output

Motor protection by PTC thermistor 1)

- With three embedded temperature sensors for alarm
- With three embedded temperature sensors for tripping
- With six embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping

7/93

Non-standard cable entry

Rotation of terminal box through 180

7/93

K85

Terminal box, side, right

Terminal box, side, left
(only possible up to shaft height 200 L)

7/93

K09
K10

Second standard shaft extension 2)

7/94

K16

Radial seal at DE for flange-mounting motors 3)

7/96

K17

Reinforced bearing at DE
SPM measurement nipple (as of shaft height 225)

7/96

K20
G50

Standstill heating
- For 230 V
- For 115 V

7/98

Fitted tacho-generator GMP 1.0 s-4; IM B5

7/94

Paint finish:
- Standard paint finish in colors other than RAL 7030

7/98

A10
A11
A12

K45
K46
G37
Y53 and additional plain text:
Standard paint finish RAL...
K26
Y54 and additional plain text:
Special paint finish RAL...

- Special paint finish in RAL 7030

- Special paint finish in colors other than RAL 7030
Regreasing device

7/96

K40

IP55 degree of protection

7/95

K49

Ordering example
Selection criteria
Hoisting gear motor

Order
No.

Order
code

1LT8

75 kW at S3 40 %, shaft height 280 S

280

4-pole, 1500 rpm

Rated voltage 50 Hz, 380 V 3 AC

Type IM B3

Identification for special version

Order code for standstill heating for 230 V

Complete ordering information for required version of motor

K45
1LT8

280

K45

1)

For appropriate tripping unit, see Catalog LV1.

2)

For motors as of shaft height 180 M in vertical construction types,

the transmittable torque needs to be recalculated (please inquire).

3)

Not possible for construction type IM V3.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/115

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Outputs of 1LT9 motors in S2 duty
Shaft height Type

Rated outputs of motors 1LT9 in short-time duty S2

at
1500 rpm
for
30 min

60 min

kW

kW

90 min

at
1000 rpm
for
30 min

60 min

kW

kW

kW

90 min

at
750 rpm
for
30 min

60 min

90 min

kW

kW

kW

kW

100 L

1LT9 107

1.9

1.7

1.6

1.4

1.3

1.2

112 M

1LT9 113
1LT9 114

2.8
3.8

2.5
3.3

2.3
3.1

1.8
2.8

1.7
2.5

1.5
2.3

132 M

1LT9 133
1LT9 134
1LT9 135

5
6.6
7.3

4.5
5.7
6.3

4.2
5.2
5.8

3.9
4.8
5.3

3.4
4.1
4.6

3.1
3.8
4.3

160 M

1LT9 163

9.5

8.2

7.5

7.6

6.5

160 L

1LT9 166

14.3

12.3

11.3

11.3

9.7

8.8

180 L

1LT9 186

21

18.5

17

16

14

12.5

11

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

28
34

24
29

21
25

24

20

17.5

18

Outputs of 1LT8 motors in S2 duty available on request.

7/116

Siemens CR 1 2012

6.7

6.3

5.8

9.5

8.5

15

13

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings
Binding dimensions
The dimensions specified for the construction types listed on the
right are binding for all listed versions.

Dimensions to DIN 42939

Type

Binding dimensions

IM B3

a, b, h, s, w1, d, l, t, u

IM B5
IM B14
IM V1

b1, e1, i2, s2, d, l, t, u

IM B35

a, b, b1, e1, h, i2, s, s2, w1, d, l, t, u

Dimension Dimensions

Tolerance

In the standard version, the shaft extensions of the motors up to

shaft height 160 to DIN 748 are cylindrical while the shaft extensions for motors as of frame size 180 to DIN 1448 are conical.

a and b

Up to 250 mm
More than 250 mm up to 500 mm
More than 500 mm up to 750 mm

0.75 mm
1.0 mm
1.5 mm

Dimensional tolerance

e1

Up to 200 mm
More than 200 mm up to 500 mm
More than 500 mm

0.25 mm
0.5 mm
1.0 mm

Up to 200 mm
More than 200 mm

0.5 mm
1.0 mm

The tolerances on the right apply to the dimensions a, b, e1, and

h specified in the dimensions tables.
Keyways and featherkeys (dimensions t, t1, u, and u1) are
manufactured to DIN 6885 (sheet 2).
Fits
The shaft extensions specified in the dimensions tables and the
diameter of the centering disk are designed in accordance with
the following fits.
The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have at
least an ISO H7 fit. Cylindrical shaft extensions are equipped
with a centering thread to DIN 332, sheet 2.

Dimension ISO fit to

DIN 748, DIN 7160, DIN 7161, and DIN 42948
d and d1

b1

Up to 11 mm

j6

More than 11 mm

k6

More than 50 mm

m6

Up to 230 mm

j6

More than 230 mm

h6

Shaft extension diameter

Thread

Up to 30 mm

M10

More than 30 up to 38 mm

M12

More than 38 up to 50 mm

M16

More than 50 up to 85 mm

M20

Hexagon nuts on conical shaft extensions in standard version motors

(shoulder nuts)
Dimension

Associated
spring
washer form
B

d4, d5

d8

M30 x 2
M36 x 3
M42 x 3

5
5
5

36
42
48

e
63.5
63.5
75

m
19
19
25

s
55
55
65

DIN 127
36
42
48

M48 x 3
M56 x 4
M64 x 4

6
6
6

56
64
72

86.5
98
110

25
28
28

75
85
95

56
64
72

M72 x 4
M80 x 4

6
6

80
90

121
133

34
34

105
115

80
90

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/117

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT9

Type IM B3
G_CR01_EN_00002

k1
l1

k
q
l

p1
p

d1

u1

s3

g2
g

t1
h

t
s4

t2

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

t2

Dimensions in mm
DIN a
b
c
e
IEC B
A
HA BB

f
AB

g
AC

g2

h
H

k
L

k1
LC

p
HB

p1
HD

s 1)
K

s3
K

w1
C

w2
CA

1LT9 107

140

160

14

175

200

195

268

100

493

559

198

273

193

M10 2 x M25 x 1.5

63

236

112 M 1LT9 113

1LT9 114

140

190

14

175

235

219

282

112

531.5

597.5 222

297

200

M10 2 x M25 x 1.5

70

254

132 M 1LT9 133

1LT9 134
1LT9 135

178

216

18

220

260

260

350

132

618

713

265

327

258

M10 2 x M32 x 1.5

89

360

160 M 1LT9 163

160 L 1LT9 166

210
254

254

24

264
308

314

315

422

160

726
770

866
910

320

413

323
345

M12 2 x M40 x 1.5 108

403
425

180 L

1LT9 186

279

279

26

310

350

350

456

180

865

1005

360

450

370.5 M12 2 x M40 x 1.5 121

494.5

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

305

318

30

365

400

388

512

200

924

1064

394

496

395.5 M16 2 x M50 x 1.5 133

542.5

100 L

d3

d1

u2
d

d2

l3

u3

d4

b
f

s7

l1
l2

w2
d5

s6

Eye bolts,
diagonally opposed

e
a

w1

s5

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

cyl. shaft extensions DE 2)

DIN d
I
t
IEC D 3)
E 3)
GA 3)

u
F 3)

s4

cyl. shaft extension NDE

d1
I1
t1
DA 3)
EA 3)
GA 3)

u1
F 3)

s5

1LT9 107

28

60

31

M10

28

60

31

M10

112 M 1LT9 113

1LT9 114

28

60

31

M10

28

60

31

M10

132 M 1LT9 133

1LT9 134
1LT9 135

38

80

41

10

M12

38

80

41

10

M12

160 M 1LT9 163

160 L 1LT9 166

42

110

45

12

M16

42

110

45

12

M16

180 L

1LT9 186

48

110

51.5

14

M16

48

110

51.5

14

M16

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

55

110

59

16

M20

55

110

59

16

M20

100 L

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

conical shaft extension DE 4)

DIN d
d2
d4
I
IEC

I2

t2

u2

s6

conical shaft extension NDE

d1
d3
d5
I1

I3

t3

u3

s7

180 L

1LT9 186

48

39.8

M30 x 2 110

82

48.9

12

M10

48

39.8

M30 x 2

110

82

48.9

12

M10

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

55

46.8

M36 x 3 110

82

56.4

14

M12

55

46.8

M36 x 3

110

82

56.4

14

M12

1)

Through-holes for bolt.

3)

Designation defined for cylindrical shaft extensions only.

2)

Conical shaft extension for shaft heights 100 to 160 on request.

4)

Cyl. shaft extension for shaft height 180 and 200, non-standard.

7/118

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT9 (continued)

l1

u1

s3

t1

t
s5

u2

s7

l1
l3
d1

d2

d4

l
l1

t2

t2

Dimensions in mm
DIN a1
b1
c1
e1
IEC p
N
LA
M

45

d5

s6

45

Eyebolts,
diagonally
opposed

s2
Number of holes: 4

d3

f1
i2

u3

s4

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

e1

d1

a1
b1
d

k2

g2
g

g1

k1

Construction type V1
with protective cover

G_CR01_EN_00003a

Types IM B5, IM V1

f1
T

s2
S

z
Z

g
AC

g1

g2

i2
LE

k
L

k1
LC

k2 1)
LM

s3
K

1LT9 107

250

180

16

215

14

195

271

268

60

493

559

519

193

2 x M25 x 1.5

112 M 1LT9 113

1LT9 114

250

180

16

215

14

219

295

282

60

531.5

587.5 559

200

2 x M25 x 1.5

132 M 1LT9 133

1LT9 134
1LT9 135

300

230

20

265

14

260

325

350

80

618

713

648

258

2 x M32 x 1.5

160 M 1LT9 163

160 L 1LT9 166

350

250

20

300

18

315

410

422

110

726

866

761

323

2 x M40 x 1.5

180 L

1LT9 186

350

250

20

300

18

350

445

456

110

865

1005

903

370,5

2 x M40 x 1.5

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

400

300

20

350

18

388

485

512

110

924

1064

964

395,5

2 x M50 x 1.5

100 L

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

cyl. shaft extensions DE 2)

DIN d
I
t
IEC D 3)
E 3)
GA 3)

u
F 3)

s4

cyl. shaft extension NDE

d1
I1
t1
DA 3)
EA 3)
GA 3)

u1
F 3)

s5

1LT9 107

28

60

31

M10

28

60

31

M10

112 M 1LT9 113

1LT9 114

28

60

31

M10

28

60

31

M10

132 M 1LT9 133

1LT9 134
1LT9 135

38

80

41

10

M12

38

80

41

10

M12

160 M 1LT9 163

160 L 1LT9 166

42

110

45

12

M16

42

110

45

12

M16

180 L

1LT9 186

48

110

51,5

14

M16

48

110

51,5

14

M16

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

55

110

59

16

M20

55

110

59

16

M20

100 L

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

conical shaft extensions DE 4)

DIN d
d2
d4
I
IEC

I2

t2

u2

s6

conical shaft extension NDE

d1
d3
d5
I1

I3

t3

u3

s7

180 L

1LT9 186

48

39.8

M30 x 2

110

82

48.9

12

M10

48

39.8

M30 x 2

110

82

48.9

12

M10

200 L

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

48

39.8

M30 x 2

110

82

48.9

12

M10

48

39.8

M30 x 2

110

82

48.9

12

M10

1)

Construction type IM V1 with protective cover.

3)

Designation defined for cylindrical shaft extensions only.

2)

Conical shaft extension for shaft heights 100 to 160 (on request).

4)

Cyl. shaft extension for shaft height 180 and 200, non-standard.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/119

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM B3
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
k1
k
q
A

o
l1
z

Number
of poles

Cyl. shaft extension for

shaft height > 160 non-standard.

w1

m1
w2

a
e

DIN a

IEC B

HA D

G_CR01_XX_00004

t1

Shaft Type
height

h
c

r1

u1

d1

n
b
f

Bl

Toler- d1 Toler- e
ance
ance
d
d1

Toler- k
ance
h

AB

AC

l1

m1

LC

EA

BA

AA

DA

BB

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

311 356 25 60 m6

55 m6

368 413 390 225 0.5

957 1081 140 110

75

75

75 329

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

311 356 25 60 m6

55 m6

368 413 390 225 0.5

957 1081 140 110

75

75

75 329

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

349 406 28 70 m6

60 m6

412 471 440 250 0.5

1072 1224 140 140

84

84

84 427

1LT8 254 4

349 406 28 70 m6

60 m6

412 471 440 250 0.5

1072 1224 140 140

84

84

84 427

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

349 406 28 70 m6

60 m6

412 469 490 250 0.5

1166 1321 140 140

84

84

84 420

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

368 457 40 80 m6

65 m6

431 522 490 280 1.0

1201 1350 170 140

96

96

94 420

1LT8 280 8

368 457 40 80 m6

65 m6

482 522 490 280 1.0

1281 1430 170 140

96 138

94 500

280 M 1LT8 283 4

419 457 40 80 m6

65 m6

482 522 490 280 1.0

1281 1430 170 140

96 138

94 500

419 457 40 80 m6

65 m6

482 522 490 280 1.0

1281 1430 170 140

96 138

94 500

406 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

520 590 550 315 1.0

1363 1515 170 140 120 120 126 582

406 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

572 590 550 315 1.0

1443 1595 170 140 120 172 126 662

457 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

572 590 550 315 1.0

1443 1595 170 140 120 172 126 662

1LT8 283 6, 8, 10
315 S 1LT8 310 4
1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10
Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

k1

DIN p
(I)
B3

p
(II)
B3

r
(I)

r
r1
(II)

t1

u1

IEC HD

FA C

w2

Bl

x
(I)

x
(II)

z
(I)

z
(II)

CA

GA

GC

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

525

628 M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5 19

64

59

18 16 149 371 331 40 212

207

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

525

628 M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5 19

64

59

18 16 149 371 331 40 212

207

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

576

645 M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5 24

74.5 64

20 18 168 426 342 45 212

207

1LT8 254 4

576

645 M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5 24

74.5 64

20 18 168 426 342 45 212

207

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

638

746 M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5 24

74.5 64

20 18 168 524 411 50 280

242

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

668

776 M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5 24

85

69

22 18 190 483 411 50 280

242

1LT8 280 8

668

776 M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5 24

85

69

22 18 190 563 411 50 280

242

280 M 1LT8 283 4

668

776 M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5 24

85

69

22 18 190 512 411 50 280

242

668

776 M63 x 1.5

22 18 190 512 411 50 280

242

1LT8 283 6, 8, 10
315 S 1LT8 310 4
1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

w1

M63 x 1.5 24

85

69

735 695 781 M63 x 1.5 66 M63 x 1.5 28

95

74.5 25 20 216 583 416 55 280 387 242 242

735 695 781 M63 x 1.5 66 M63 x 1.5 28

95

74.5 25 20 216 663 416 55 280 387 242 242

735 695 781 M63 x 1.5 66 M63 x 1.5 28

95

74.5 25 20 216 612 416 55 280 387 242 242

Notes:

Center holes in the shaft extension DIN 332-DS

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

from d = 55 mm M12

BI = Minimum clearance for air inlet

from d = 60 up to d = 70 mm M16

(I) Terminal box for screwed gland DIN 46 320

up to d = 80 mm M20

(II) Terminal box with encapsulated cable gland

from d = 90 mm M24

7/120

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM B3
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
Conical shaft extension
l

G_CR01_EN_00007

t1

Taper 1:10

Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN d
IEC D

d3

d1

u1

l1
l3

d2

l2

G_CR01_EN_00008

Taper 1:10

d1
DA

d2

d3

l
E

l1
EA

l2

l3

t
GA

t1
GC

u
F

u1
FA

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

60

55

M42 x 3

M36 x 3

140

110

105

82

61.4

56.4

16

14

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

60

55

M42 x 3

M36 x 3

140

110

105

82

61.4

56.4

16

14

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

70

60

M48 x 3

M42 x 3

140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

1LT8 254 4

70

60

M48 x 3

M42 x 3

140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

70

60

M48 x 3

M42 x 3

140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

1LT8 280 8

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

280 M 1LT8 283 4

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

90

70

M56 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 283 6, 8, 10
315 S 1LT8 310 4
1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

Notes:

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

Conical shaft extensions DIN 1448

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/121

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM V1
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
t1

u1
d

l1

Bl

G_CR01_EN_00036b

Number of holes: 8
o

r1
r

k1
k

8x45

q
A
c1

2230'

b1
a1

Number
of poles

Cyl. shaft extension for

shaft height > 160 non-standard.

Shaft Type
height

e1
p

f1

DIN a1

b1

Tolerc1
ance b1

Tolerance d

d1

IEC P

Tolerance d1

e1

f1

k1

l1

p
(I)

p
(II)

LC

EA

HD

LA

DA

AC

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

450 350 h6

16

60

m6

55

m6

400 5

390

957 1081 140 110 329 525

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

957 1081 140 110 329 525

450 350 h6

16

60

m6

55

m6

400 5

390

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

550 450 h6

18

70

m6

60

m6

500 5

440 1072 1224 140 140 427 601

1LT8 254 4

550 450 h6

18

70

m6

60

m6

500 5

440 1072 1224 140 140 427 601

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

550 450 h6

18

70

m6

60

m6

500 5

490 1166 1321 140 140 420 663

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

550 450 h6

22

80

m6

65

m6

500 5

490 1201 1350 170 140 420 668

1LT8 280 8

550 450 h6

22

80

m6

65

m6

500 5

490 1281 1430 170 140 500 668

280 M 1LT8 283 4

550 450 h6

22

80

m6

65

m6

500 5

490 1281 1430 170 140 500 668

550 450 h6

22

80

m6

65

m6

500 5

490 1281 1430 170 140 500 668

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

550 1363 1515 170 140 582 750 710

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

550 1443 1595 170 140 662 750 710

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

550 1443 1595 170 140 662 750 710

1LT8 283 6, 8, 10
315 S 1LT8 310 4
1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10
Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN q

r
(I)

r
(II)

r1

s1

t1

u1

Bl

x
(I)

x
(II)

z
(I)

z
(II)

IEC

GA

GC

FA

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

628

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

18

64

59

18

16

331

40

212

207

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

628

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

18

64

59

18

16

331

40

212

207

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

645

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

18

74.5

64

20

18

342

45

212

207

1LT8 254 4

645

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

18

74.5

64

20

18

342

45

212

207

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

746

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

18

74.5

64

20

18

411

50

280

242

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

18

85

69

22

18

411

50

280

242

1LT8 280 8

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

18

85

69

22

18

411

50

280

242

280 M 1LT8 283 4

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

18

85

69

22

18

411

50

280

242

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

18

85

69

22

18

411

50

280

242

781

M63 x 1.5

66

M63 x 1.5

22

95

74.5

25

20

416

55

280

387

242

242

781

M63 x 1.5

66

M63 x 1.5

22

95

74.5

25

20

416

55

280

387

242

242

781

M63 x 1.5

66

M63 x 1.5

22

95

74.5

25

20

416

55

280

387

242

242

1LT8 283 6, 8, 10
315 S 1LT8 310 4
1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

Notes:
2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only
BI = Minimum clearance for air inlet
(I) Terminal box for screwed gland DIN 46 320
(II) Terminal box with encapsulated cable gland
as of shaft height 250 mm IM V1 available

7/122

Siemens CR 1 2012

Center holes in the shaft extension DIN 332-DS

from d = 55 mm M12
from d = 60 up to d = 70 mm M16
up to d = 80 mm M20
from d = 90 mm M24

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM V1
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54

d1

u1

l1
l3

d2

l2

G_CR01_EN_00007

t1

Taper 1:10

Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN d
IEC D

d1
DA

d2

d3

Conical shaft extension

G_CR01_EN_00008

Taper 1:10

d3

l
E

l1
EA

l2

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

60

55

M42 x 3 M36 x 3 140

110

105

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

l3

t
GA

t1
GC

u
F

u1
FA

82

61.4

56.4

16

14

60

55

M42 x 3 M36 x 3 140

110

105

82

61.4

56.4

16

14

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

70

60

M48 x 3 M42 x 3 140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

1LT8 254 4

70

60

M48 x 3 M42 x 3 140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

70

60

M48 x 3 M42 x 3 140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

80

65

M56 x 4 M42 x 3 170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

1LT8 280 8

80

65

M56 x 4 M42 x 3 170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

280 M 1LT8 283 4

80

65

M56 x 4 M42 x 3 170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

80

65

M56 x 4 M42 x 3 170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

90

70

M56 x 4 M48 x 3 170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4 M48 x 3 170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4 M48 x 3 170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 283 6, 8, 10
315 S 1LT8 310 4
1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

Notes:

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

Conical shaft extensions DIN 1448

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/123

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM B35

t1

Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

s1

f1
m
w1

Cyl. shaft extension for

shaft height > 160 non-standard.

u1
p
e1

a1
b1

d1

l1

Number of holes: 8

r1

8x45

h
c

k1
k
q
A
c1

G_CR01_EN_00005b

With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty

S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54

m1
w2

a
e

2230'

Bl

b
f

DIN a

a1

b1

Tolerance
b1

c1

Tolerance
d

d1

IEC B

Tolerance
d1

HA

LA

DA

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

311

450

356

350

h6

25

16

60

m6

55

m6

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

311

450

356

350

h6

25

16

60

m6

55

m6

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

349

550

406

450

h6

28

18

70

m6

60

m6

1LT8 254 4

349

550

406

450

h6

28

18

70

m6

60

m6

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

349

550

406

450

h6

28

18

70

m6

60

m6

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

368

550

457

450

h6

40

22

80

m6

65

m6

1LT8 280 8

368

550

457

450

h6

40

22

80

m6

65

m6

280 M 1LT8 283 4, 6, 8, 10

419

550

457

450

h6

40

22

80

m6

65

m6

315 S 1LT8 310 4

406

660

508

550

h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

406

660

508

550

h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

457

660

508

550

h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10
Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN e

e1

f1

Tolerance
h

k1

l1

m1

IEC BB

AB

AC

LC

EA

BA

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

368

400

413

390

225

0.5

957

1081

140

110

75

75

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

368

400

413

390

225

0.5

957

1081

140

110

75

75

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

412

500

471

440

250

0.5

1072

1224

140

140

84

84

1LT8 254 4

412

500

471

440

250

0.5

1072

1224

140

140

84

84

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

412

500

469

490

250

0.5

1166

1321

140

140

84

84

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

431

500

522

490

280

1.0

1201

1350

170

140

96

96

1LT8 280 8

482

500

522

490

280

1.0

1281

1430

170

140

96

138

280 M 1LT8 283 4, 6, 8, 10

482

500

522

490

280

1.0

1281

1430

170

140

96

138

315 S 1LT8 310 4

520

600

590

550

315

1.0

1363

1515

170

140

120

120

572

600

590

550

315

1.0

1443

1595

170

140

120

172

572

600

590

550

315

1.0

1443

1595

170

140

120

172

1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

7/124

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM B35
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN n

p
(I)

p
(II)

r
(I)

r
(II)

r1

s1

t1

IEC AA

HD

GA

GC

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

75

329

525

628

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

19

18

64

59

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

75

329

525

628

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

19

18

64

59

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

84

427

601

645

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

24

18

74.5

64

1LT8 254 4

84

427

601

645

M50 x 1.5

M50 x 1.5

24

18

74.5

64

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

84

420

663

746

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

24

18

74.5

64

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

94

420

668

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

24

18

85

69

1LT8 280 8

94

500

668

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

24

18

85

69

280 M 1LT8 283 4, 6, 8, 10

94

500

668

776

M63 x 1.5

M63 x 1.5

24

18

85

69

126

582

750

710

781

M63 x 1.5

66

M63 x 1.5

28

22

95

74.5

126

662

750

710

781

M63 x 1.5

66

M63 x 1.5

28

22

95

74.5

126

662

750

710

781

M63 x 1.5

66

M63 x 1.5

28

22

95

74.5

315 S 1LT8 310 4

1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10
Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN u

u1

w1

w2

Bl

x
(I)

x
(II)

z
(I)

z
(II)

IEC F

FA

CA

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

18

16

149

371

331

40

212

207

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

18

16

149

371

331

40

212

207

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

20

18

168

426

342

45

212

207

1LT8 254 4

20

18

168

426

342

45

212

207

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

20

18

168

524

411

50

280

242

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

22

18

190

483

411

50

280

242

1LT8 280 8

22

18

190

563

411

50

280

242

280 M 1LT8 283 4, 6, 8, 10

22

18

190

512

411

50

280

242

315 S 1LT8 310 4

25

20

216

583

416

55

280

387

242

242

25

20

216

663

416

55

280

387

242

242

25

20

216

612

416

55

280

387

242

242

1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

Notes:

Center holes in the shaft extension DIN 332-DS

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

from d = 55 mm M12

BI = Minimum clearance for air inlet

from d = 60 up to d = 70 mm M16

(I) Terminal box for screwed gland DIN 46 320

up to d = 80 mm M20

(II) Terminal box with encapsulated cable gland

from d = 90 mm M24

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/125

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 223 to 1LT8 313, type IM B35
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
Conical shaft extension
l

G_CR01_EN_00007

t1

Taper 1:10

Shaft Type
height

Number
of poles

DIN d
IEC D

G_CR01_EN_00008

Taper 1:10

d1
DA

d2

d3

l
E

l1
EA

l2

l3

t
GA

t1
GC

u
F

u1
FA

225 M 1LT8 223 4, 6, 8

60

55

M42 x 3

M36 x 3

140

110

105

82

61.4

56.4

16

14

1LT8 224 4, 6, 8

60

55

M42 x 3

M36 x 3

140

110

105

82

61.4

56.4

16

14

250 M 1LT8 253 4, 6, 8, 10

70

60

M48 x 3

M42 x 3

140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

1LT8 254 4

70

60

M48 x 3

M42 x 3

140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

1LT8 254 6, 8, 10

70

60

M48 x 3

M42 x 3

140

140

105

105

71.4

61.4

18

16

280 S 1LT8 280 4, 6, 10

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

1LT8 280 8

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

280 M 1LT8 283 4, 6, 8, 10

80

65

M56 x 4

M42 x 3

170

140

130

105

81.2

66.4

20

16

315 S 1LT8 310 4

90

70

M56 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 310 6, 8, 10
315 M 1LT8 313 4, 6, 8, 10

Notes:

d3

d1

u1

l1
l3

d2

l2

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

Conical shaft extensions DIN 1448

7/126

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 314 to 1LT8 318, type IM B3
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
k1
k
o
A1

l1
x

z1

Terminal box with

encapsulated cable gland

u1

x1

Shaft Type
height

s
m
w1

m1
w2

a
e

Num- DIN a
ber of
poles

IEC B

HA D

b
f

Bl

Toler- d1
ance
d

g1

AB

AC

r1

Tol- k
eran
ce h

k1

l1

m1

LC

EA

BA

AA

DA

BB

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

457 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

573 590 610 370 315 1.0

1644 1793 170 140 120 120 110

978

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

457 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

573 590 610 370 315 1.0

1644 1793 170 140 120 120 110

978

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

508 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

624 590 610 370 315 1.0

1764 1913 170 140 120 120 110 1098

508 508 44 90 m6

70 m6

624 590 610 370 315 1.0

1764 1913 170 140 120 120 110 1098

1LT8 318 4
Shaft Type
height

Num- DIN p
ber of
(I)
poles
B3

p
(II)
B3

IEC HD

Toler- e
ance
d1

g1

G_CR01_XX_00009a

t1

Cyl. shaft extension for

shaft height
> 160 non-standard.

h
c

d1

r1

G_CR01_EN_00011a

q
A

r
(I)

r
r1
(II)

GA GC

t1

u1

w1

w2

FA

CA

A1

Bl

x
(I)

x
(II)

x1

z
(I)

z
(II)

z1

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

802 762 666 M63

x 1.5

92 M63
x 1.5

28 95 74.5 25

20

216 810 230 675 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

315 M 1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

802 762 666 M63

x 1.5

92 M63
x 1.5

28 95 74.5 25

20

216 810 230 675 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

802 762 666 M63

x 1.5

92 M63
x 1.5

28 95 74.5 25

20

216 879 230 795 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

315 L 1LT8 318 4

802 762 666 M63

x 1.5

92 M63
x 1.5

28 95 74.5 25

20

216 879 230 795 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

d1

u1

l1
l3

d2

l2

G_CR01_EN_00007

G_CR01_EN_00008

t1

Taper 1:10

Shaft Type
height

Num- DIN d
ber of
poles IEC D

d3

Conical shaft extension

Taper 1:10

d1
DA

d2

d3

l
E

l1
EA

l2

l3

t
GA

t1
GC

u
F

u1
FA

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 318 4

Notes:

(I) Terminal box for screwed gland DIN 46 320

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

(II) Terminal box with encapsulated cable gland

Conical shaft extensions DIN 1448

Center holes in the shaft extension DIN 332-DS

BI = Minimum clearance for air inlet

up to d = 80 mm M20
from d = 90 mm M24
Siemens CR 1 2012

7/127

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 314 to 1LT8 318, type IM V1
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
t1

u1
1

s1

g1

r1

Terminal box with

encapsulated cable gland

Number of holes: 8

x1

G_CR01_EN_00011a

z1

o
A1

k1
k

G_CR01_EN_00037c

l1

Bl

g1

q
A

c1

2230'

b1
a1

Shaft Type
height

Number of
poles

DIN a1

b1

Toler- c1
ance
b1

Toler- d1
ance
d

IEC P

Toler- e1
ance
d1

f1

g1

AC

k1

l1

p
(I)

p
(II)

LC

EA

HD

LA

DA

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

610 370 1644 1793 170 140

978 817 777

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

610 370 1644 1793 170 140

978 817 777

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

610 370 1764 1913 170 140 1098 817 777

660 550 h6

22

90

m6

70

m6

600 6

610 370 1764 1913 170 140 1098 817 777

1LT8 318 4
Shaft Type
height

Number of
poles

DIN q

r
(I)

r
(II)

r1

s1

IEC

GA GC

t1

u1

A1

Bl

x
(I)

FA

x
(II)

x1

z
(I)

z
(II)

z1

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 22

95

74.5 25

20

230 675 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 22

95

74.5 25

20

230 675 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 22

95

74.5 25

20

230 795 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 22

95

74.5 25

20

230 795 55

315 422 212 296 296 207

1LT8 318 4

l1
l3

d1

u1

l2

G_CR01_EN_00007

G_CR01_EN_00008

t1

Taper 1:10

Shaft Type
height

Number of
poles

DIN d
IEC D

d3

Conical shaft extension

d2

e1
p
t

Cyl. shaft extension for

shaft height > 160 non-standard.

r1

f1

8x45

Taper 1:10

d1
DA

d2

d3

l
E

l1
EA

l2

l3

t
GA

t1
GC

u
F

u1
FA

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 318 4

Notes:

(I) Terminal box for screwed gland DIN 46 320

2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only

(II) Terminal box with encapsulated cable gland

Conical shaft extensions DIN 1448

Center holes in the shaft extension DIN 332-DS

BI = Minimum clearance for air inlet

up to d = 80 mm M20
from d = 90 mm M24

7/128

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 314 to 1LT8 318, type IM B35
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54

o
A1
r1

z1

Terminal box with

encapsulated cable gland

Number of holes: 8

Cyl. shaft extension

for shaft height > 160
non-standard.

Shaft Type
height

Number of
poles

c1
a
e

w1

8x45

h
c

r1

s
m1
w2

m
f1

g1

e1

u1

a1
b1
d

t1

x1

s1
p

d1

l1

G_CR01_EN_00011a

G_CR01_EN_00010b

k1
k
q
A

2230'

Bl

b
f

DIN a

a1

b1

Toler- c
ance
b1

c1

Toler- d1
ance
d

Toler- e
ance
d1

e1

f1

g1

IEC B

HA

LA

DA

BB

AB

AC

Tolerance
h

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

457 660 508 550 h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

573 600 590 6

610 370 315 1.0

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

457 660 508 550 h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

573 600 590 6

610 370 315 1.0

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

508 660 508 550 h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

624 600 590 6

610 370 315 1.0

508 660 508 550 h6

44

22

90

m6

70

m6

624 600 590 6

610 370 315 1.0

1LT8 318 4
Shaft Type
height

Number of
poles

DIN k

k1

l1

m1

p
(I)

p
(II)

r
(I)

r
(II)

r1

s1

t1

IEC L

LC

EA

BA

AA

HD

GA

GC

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

1644 1793 170 140 120 120 110

978 817 777 666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 28

22

95

74.5

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

1644 1793 170 140 120 120 110

978 817 777 666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 28

22

95

74.5

1764 1913 170 140 120 120 110 1098 817 777 666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 28

22

95

74.5

1764 1913 170 140 120 120 110 1098 817 777 666 M63 x 1.5 92

M63 x 1.5 28

22

95

74.5

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

1LT8 318 4
Shaft Type
height

Number of
poles

DIN u

u1

w1

w2

A1

Bl

x
(I)

x
(II)

IEC F

x1

z
(I)

z
(II)

z1

FA

CA

315 M 1LT8 314 4, 6, 8

25

20

216

810

230

675

55

315

422

212

296

296

207

1LT8 315 4, 6, 8

25

20

216

810

230

675

55

315

422

212

296

296

207

315 L 1LT8 317 4, 6, 8

25

20

216

879

230

795

55

315

422

212

296

296

207

25

20

216

879

230

795

55

315

422

212

296

296

207

1LT8 318 4

Notes:
2nd shaft extension for direct coupling only
Conical shaft extensions DIN 1448
BI = Minimum clearance for air inlet
(I) Terminal box for screwed gland DIN 46 320
(II) Terminal box with encapsulated cable gland

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/129

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Dimension drawings for 1LT8 (continued)

1LT8 314 to 1LT8 318, type IM B35
With surface cooling, cooling method IC 0141, intermittent duty
S3, IEC 60072, degree of protection IP54
Conical shaft extension
l

G_CR01_EN_00007

d3

d1

u1

l1
l3

d2

l2

t1

Taper 1:10

G_CR01_EN_00008

Taper 1:10

Shaft
height

Type

Number DIN d
of poles IEC D

d1
DA

d2

d3

l
E

l1
EA

l2

l3

t
GA

t1
GC

u
F

u1
FA

315 M

1LT8 314

4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 315

4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 317

4, 6, 8

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

1LT8 318

90

70

M64 x 4

M48 x 3

170

140

130

105

91.7

71.4

22

18

315 L

Notes:
Center holes in the shaft extension DIN 332-DS
up to d = 80 mm M20
from d = 90 mm M24

7/130

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LT9, 1LT8 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 315 L

Spare parts
Type

Order No.
Brush holder
1 set = 3 pcs per motor

Carbon brushes
1 set = 6 pcs per motor

Slip-ring assembly

1LT9 107

1LY7 710

1LY8 810

1LY9 910

1LT9 113
1LT9 114

1LY7 711

1LY8 811

1LY9 911

1LT9 133
1LT9 134
1LT9 135

1LY7 712

1LY8 812

1LY9 912

1LT9 163
1LT9 166

1LY7 713

1LY8 813

1LY9 913

1LT9 186

1LY7 714

1LY8 814

1LY9 914

1LT9 206
1LT9 207

1LY7 715

1LY8 815

1LY9 915

Box-type brush holder

1 set = 3 pcs

Carbon brushes
1 set = 6 pcs

Slip-ring assembly

Type

Number of
poles

Order No.

1LT8 223
1LT8 223
1LT8 224

4
6, 8
6, 8

14487 01

24745 01
01502 01
01502 01

12302 01
12302 01
12302 01

1LT8 253
1LT8 254
1LT8 254

4, 6, 8, 10
4
6, 8, 10

12275 01

50281 01
50281 01
50283 01

12286 01
12286 01
16527 01

1LT8 280
1LT8 283

4, 6
4, 6

12276 01

57441 01
57441 01

16527 01
16527 01

1LT8 280
1LT8 283

8, 10
8, 10

12275 01

50283 01
50283 01

16527 01
16527 01

1LT8 310
1LT8 313
1LT8 310
1LT8 313

4, 6
4, 6
8, 10
8, 10

12276 01

61869 01
61869 01
50285 01
50285 01

16529 01
16529 01
16529 01
16529 01

1LT8 314
1LT8 315
1LT8 317
1LT8 318

4, 6, 8
4, 6, 8
4, 6, 8
4

57402 01

57393 01
57393 01
57393 01
57393 01

57703 01
57793 01
57793 01
57793 01

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/131

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake
Electrical design

Overview

Operating voltage
1LV9 hoisting gear motors with an integral disk brake are available from the catalog for the following standard voltages:
Motor voltage

Brake voltage

380 V 3 AC, 50 Hz

220 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

400 V 3 AC, 50 Hz

230 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

500 V 3 AC, 50 Hz

290 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

660 V 3 AC, 50 Hz

380 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

690 V 3 AC, 50 Hz

400 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

440 V 3 AC, 60 Hz

265 V 1 AC, 50/60 Hz

Terminal box, conductor connection

Hoisting gear motor 1LV9 with brake

1LV9 hoisting gear motors with an integral disk brake ensure a

compact drive unit. The DC-operated single-disk brake is integrated in the motor and, in conjunction with the motor, creates a
self-contained unit. The single-disk brake, which is designed as
a holding brake, has thermal reserves and can execute emergency stops from full motor speed. Since it functions as a failsafe brake, its spring energy remains fully effective even if the
excitation voltage fails.

Technical data
Version

With the exception of the brake components, the 1LV9 motors

are the same as the 1LT9 motors described in "Three-phase slipring motors 1LT8 and 1LT9" (as of Page 7/92).
The brakes are DC-operated. The required bridge rectifier is
permanently built into the terminal box of the motor. The brake is
fitted at the NDE of the motor, and the motor shaft extends
through the brake. The rated braking torque and the air gap are
set on delivery. The brake linings are asbestos-free.

The connection cables for the integral disk brake are routed
through the motor housing to separate terminals in the terminal
box of the motor. The bridge rectifier for the brake is also located
in the terminal box.
Thermistor protection
To protect the stator winding against excessive temperature rise,
three or six temperature sensors for alarm and/or tripping can be
fitted.
Mechanical design
Types of construction
The motors can be shipped in the following basic construction
types:
IM B3
IM B5 and
IM V1 with protective cover
Other construction types are available on request.
Degree of protection
The standard 1LV9 brake motors have degree of protection IP54.
Like the 1LT motors, the motor component can also be shipped
with degree of protection IP55.

Product range

Mounted tachometer

The product range covers an output range from 1.5 kW to 29 kW

at S3 - 40 % with braking torques of 60 Nm to 250 Nm.

The brake motors can be shipped with a fitted DC tacho-generator which senses the speed and direction of rotation. It is fitted
at the NDE of the motor.

For further data and information regarding

Motor winding, tolerances
Rating plates
Slip-rings
Brush holders, brushes
Rolling-contact bearings
Water drain holes
Paint finish
Output, effect of temperature and installation altitude
Output in S2 duty
Standstill heating for motors
refer to the 1LT9 motors in the section "Three-phase slip-ring motors 1LT8 and 1LT9" (as of Page 7/92).

1)

Conical shaft extension available at an additional cost.

2)

Cylindrical shaft extension available at an additional cost.

7/132

Siemens CR 1 2012

Shaft extensions
In their standard version, the motors are shipped as follows:
1LV9 up to shaft height 160: with a cylindrical shaft extension
to DIN 748 1)
1 LV9 as of shaft height 180: with a conical shaft extension
to DIN 1448 2)
Other shaft extensions (e.g. to DIN 42681) are available on
request.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Technical data (continued)

1
9


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

G_CR01_EN_00244

4
Sgap

Magnet
Pressure springs
Adjusting ring
Sleeve bolt
Rotor
Hub
Shaft
Armature disk
Flange

View of the standard fitted brake

Brake design
Braking torque setting

Thermistor protection

The braking torque is set to the rated torque by default. It can be

changed by turning the setting ring (4). When the braking torque
MB is changed, all the closing and release times specified in the
table "Operating values of the spring-operated brake with DC
operation, rated supply voltage 1 AC 50/60 Hz" (Page 7/132)
also change.

Thermistor protection is not required for the magnet coil in the

brake. It can carry its rated current continuously without assuming a permissible high temperature.

Mechanical brake release

Insulation

To ensure that brakes can still be released even if the operating

voltage fails, all the brakes can if required be equipped with
a manual mechanical release device (specify order code K8. in
the order). A manual mechanical release device cannot be retrofitted.

The insulation for the excitation winding in the brakes fulfills thermal class B (standard).

Standstill heating
Standstill heaters are not provided for the standard fitted brakes.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/133

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Technical data (continued)

Operating values of the spring-loaded disk brake with
DC operation, rated supply voltage 1 AC 50/60 Hz
Motor
Shaft height

Type

Disk brake
Type

Braking torque
Mrated

adjustable

Work of
friction
per cycle

Nm

from
Nm

to
Nm

Closing time
with DC/AC
tripping

Release Power contime

sumption

Moment of
inertia
of brake
J

ms

ms

kgm2

100 L
112 M

1LV9 107- . . D. .
1LV9 113- . . D. .
1LV9 114- . . D. .

06.08.210
06.08.210
06.08.210

60

60

30

6500

40/200

160

52

0.561 x 103

132 M

1LV9 133- . . D. .
1LV9 134- . . D. .
1LV9 135- . . D. .

06.08.210
06.08.210
06.08.210

60

60

30

6500

40/200

160

52

0.561 x 103

132 M

1LV9 133- . . A . .
1LV9 134- . . A . .
1LV9 135- . . A . .

07.08.210
07.08.210
07.08.210

100

100

50

11000

70/650

200

65

3.402 x 103

160 M
160 L

1LV9 163- . . A . .
1LV9 166- . . A . .

07.08.210
07.08.210

100

100

50

11000

70/650

200

65

3.402 x 103

160 M
160 L

1LV9 163- . . B . .
1LV9 166- . . B . .

09.08.210
09.08.210

250

250

125

40000

130/1400

310

75

16.915 x 103

180 L

1LV9 186- . . B . .

09.08.210

250

250

125

40000

130/1400

310

75

16.915 x 103

200 L

1LV9 206- . . B . .
1LV9 207- . . B . .

09.08.210
09.08.210

250

250

125

40000

130/1400

310

75

16.915 x 103

7/134

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Technical data (continued)

Environmental influences and special versions
Climate resistance
The brake motors can be used if the following conditions are
fulfilled:
Standard version

Version with
enhanced corrosion
protection

Climatic area

A and T to
DIN 50019

H and M to
DIN 50019

Climatic group

Moderate to
IEC 721-2-1

Worldwide to
IEC 721-2-1

The version with enhanced corrosion protection is also decontaminable. The brakes are designed as follows:
Armature plate made of stainless steel
The data apply to the corrosion protection. The temperature
limits for electrical machines must also be observed.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/135

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Selection and ordering data

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/
Mrated
10 %

Rated
current
I
at 400 V

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LV9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

0.007

1LV9 107-4

48.5

Synchronous speed 1500 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 3000 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
100 L

1200

2.5

19.8

1.9

6.4

24

2.05

112 M

1350

3.7

27.6

112 M

1300

36.7

132 M

1370

6.8

132 M

1390

132 M

1390

9.5

160 M

1395

13

89

2.4

27.6

47

2.2

160 L

1410

19.5

132

2.7

40.9

48

3.1

180 L

1440

27

182

2.5

55

61

2.43

200 L

1425

33

221

2.3

61

95

1.48

200 L

1430

40

267

2.5

76

92

5.7

85

2.5

8.2

23

2.65

110

0.013

1LV9 113-4

57

2.3

11.7

27

140

0.014

1LV9 114-4

59

48

2.5

15

33

2.25

140

0.025

1LV9 133-4

78

55

2.7

17.1

31

3.15

170

0.033

1LV9 134-4

89

65

2.5

20.5

35

2.7

180

0.036

1LV9 135-4

95

180

0.065

1LV9 163-4

150

260

0.086

1LV9 166-4

162

270

0.171

1LV9 186-4

243

230

0.22

1LV9 206-4

273

1.69

270

0.26

1LV9 207-4

288

20

2.45

85

0.007

1LV9 107-4

48.5

Intermittent duty S3 25 %

100 L

1245

2.3

17.7

2.2

112 M

1365

3.3

24

2.9

7.5

20

3.2

110

0.013

1LV9 113-4

57

112 M

1325

4.5

32.4

2.6

10.5

23

3.5

140

0.014

1LV9 114-4

59

132 M

1390

5.7

39.6

12.8

28

2.8

140

0.025

1LV9 133-4

78

132 M

1400

47.8

3.1

15.1

26.5

3.8

170

0.033

1LV9 134-4

89

132 M

1410

8.7

59

2.7

18.6

30.5

3.05

180

0.036

1LV9 135-4

95

160 M

1410

11

2.9

24

40

2.6

180

0.065

1LV9 163-4

150

160 L

1425

16.5

111

3.3

38

40

3.75

260

0.086

1LV9 166-4

162

180 L

1445

23

154

2.9

48

54

2.89

270

0.171

1LV9 186-4

243

200 L

1435

28

186

2.7

53

77

1.72

230

0.22

1LV9 206-4

273

200 L

1440

34

226

2.9

64

78

270

0.26

1LV9 207-4

288

74.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
100 L

1290

14.9

2.6

17

2.9

85

0.007

1LV9 107-4

48.5

112 M

1380

21

3.2

6.9

18

3.55

110

0.013

1LV9 113-4

57

112 M

1350

28.3

9.5

19

4.25

140

0.014

1LV9 114-4

59

132 M

1400

34.2

3.5

11.4

25

3.25

140

0.025

1LV9 133-4

78

132 M

1410

6.3

42.7

3.5

13.7

24

4.25

170

0.033

1LV9 134-4

89

132 M

1425

7.5

50

3.2

16.2

26

3.6

180

0.036

1LV9 135-4

95

160 M

1425

10

57

3.2

23

36

2.9

180

0.065

1LV9 163-4

150

160 L

1435

14.5

96.5

3.7

35

35

4.3

260

0.086

1LV9 166-4

162

180 L

1450

20

133

3.3

43

46

3.39

270

0.171

1LV9 186-4

243

200 L

1445

24

159

3.2

46

66

2.01

230

0.22

1LV9 206-4

273

200 L

1445

29

192

3.4

56

66

2.36

270

0.26

1LV9 207-4

288

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/140; for options, see Page 7/141.

For ordering example, see Page 7/141.

7/136

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/
Mrated
10 %

Rated
current
I
at 400 V

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LV9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

0.007

1LV9 107-4

48.5

Synchronous speed 1500 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 3000 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
100 L

1320

1.8

12.9

2.9

4.6

15

3.3

85

112 M

1400

2.6

18

3.8

6.1

16

4.3

110

0.013

1LV9 113-4

57

112 M

1375

3.5

24.3

3.5

9.1

16

140

0.014

1LV9 114-4

59

132 M

1410

4.5

30.5

3.9

10.5

22

3.7

140

0.025

1LV9 133-4

78

132 M

1425

5.3

35.5

4.2

12

20

5.2

170

0.033

1LV9 134-4

89

132 M

1430

6.6

41.1

3.7

15

23.5

4.2

180

0.036

1LV9 135-4

95

160 M

1435

8.5

56.6

3.8

20

30

3.45

180

0.065

1LV9 163-4

150

160 L

1445

12.5

82.6

4.4

33

30

260

0.086

1LV9 166-4

162

180 L

1455

17.5

116

3.8

39

41

3.8

270

0.171

1LV9 186-4

243

200 L

1450

21

138

3.7

44

57

2.33

230

0.22

1LV9 206-4

273

200 L

1450

25

165

3.9

50

57

2.73

270

0.26

1LV9 207-4

288

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

100 L

1360

1.5

10.5

3.6

4.1

12

4.1

85

0.007

1LV9 107-4

48.5

112 M

1410

2.2

15

4.5

5.6

13

4.9

110

0.013

1LV9 113-4

57

112 M

1390

20.6

4.1

8.3

14

5.8

140

0.014

1LV9 114-4

59

132 M

1420

26.9

4.4

9.5

19

4.25

140

0.025

1LV9 133-4

78

132 M

1430

4.8

32

4.7

11.2

17.6

5.6

170

0.033

1LV9 134-4

89

132 M

1440

5.5

37

4.5

13

19

5.2

180

0.036

1LV9 135-4

95

160 M

1440

7.5

49.6

4.3

19

27

3.85

180

0.065

1LV9 163-4

150

160 L

1450

72.4

32

27

5.6

260

0.086

1LV9 166-4

162

180 L

1460

15

94

4.5

36

35

4.45

270

0.171

1LV9 186-4

243

200 L

1460

18.5

121

4.2

37

50

2.66

230

0.22

1LV9 206-4

273

200 L

1455

22

145

4.5

45

50

3.12

270

0.26

1LV9 207-4

288

11

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/140; for options, see Page 7/141.

For ordering example, see Page 7/141.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. 5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/137

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/
Mrated
10 %

Rated
current
I
at 400 V

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LV9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

0.011

1LV9 107-6

48.5

Synchronous speed 1000 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2500 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 15 %
100 L

880

1.8

19.5

2.8

15

2.7

80

112 M

930

2.5

25.7

2.5

7.3

19

2.4

90

0.019

1LV9 113-6

57

112 M

870

3.8

43

2.1

10.8

23

2.9

115

0.019

1LV9 114-6

57

132 M

850

5.2

58.4

2.1

13.8

34

1.85

110

0.033

1LV9 133-6

78

132 M

900

64

2.4

15.7

31

2.2

130

0.039

1LV9 134-6

89

132 M

870

77

2.2

19.5

38

2.1

140

0.047

1LV9 135-6

95

160 M

930

9.5

98

2.2

28

34

2.9

180

0.097

1LV9 163-6

150

160 L

920

13.5

142

31

36

4.2

260

0.131

1LV9 166-6

162

180 L

930

21

216

2.1

45

58

2.3

230

0.21

1LV9 186-6

243

200 L

940

28

285

2.2

57

69

2.1

255

0.26

1LV9 207-6

254

Intermittent duty S3 25 %

100 L

890

1.7

18.2

2.8

5.8

13.5

80

0.011

1LV9 107-6

48.5

112 M

940

2.3

23.4

2.7

6.9

17

2.65

90

0.019

1LV9 113-6

57

112 M

890

3.3

37.1

2.5

9.7

20

3.3

115

0.019

1LV9 114-6

57

132 M

875

4.7

51.3

2.4

13.2

32

110

0.033

1LV9 133-6

78

132 M

920

5.2

54

2.8

14.3

26

2.7

130

0.039

1LV9 134-6

89

132 M

890

6.5

70

2.4

18.2

34

2.4

140

0.047

1LV9 135-6

95

160 M

940

81

2.7

19

29

3.6

180

0.097

1LV9 163-6

150

160 L

930

11.5

118

2.4

27

32

4.7

260

0.131

1LV9 166-6

162

180 L

940

17.5

178

2.5

38

48

2.8

230

0.21

1LV9 186-6

243

200 L

950

24

240

2.5

49

59

2.5

255

0.26

1LV9 207-6

254

16

3.1

12

3.55

80

0.011

1LV9 107-6

48.5

Intermittent duty S3 40 %
100 L

900

1.5

5.6

112 M

950

20

3.2

6.4

15.5

3.25

90

0.019

1LV9 113-6

57

112 M

910

32.9

2.8

9.2

18

3.7

115

0.019

1LV9 114-6

57

132 M

900

42.7

2.9

12.1

26

2.45

110

0.033

1LV9 133-6

78

132 M

930

4.5

46

3.3

13.2

22

3.1

130

0.039

1LV9 134-6

89

132 M

910

5.5

58

2.8

15.8

26.5

3.05

140

0.047

1LV9 135-6

95

160 M

950

70

3.1

17.4

25

180

0.097

1LV9 163-6

150

160 L

940

10

102

2.8

24

27

5.6

260

0.131

1LV9 166-6

162

180 L

950

15

151

2.9

34

41

3.2

230

0.21

1LV9 186-6

243

200 L

955

20

200

42

49

255

0.26

1LV9 207-6

254

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/140; for options, see Page 7/141.

For ordering example, see Page 7/141.

7/138

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Shaft
height

Rated
speed

Rated
output

Rated
torque
Mrated

rpm

kW

Nm

Mk/
Mrated
10 %

Rated
current
I
at 400 V

Rotor
current
i

Characteristic
rotor resistance
k

Rotor
standstill
voltage u

Moment
of inertia
J

Three-phase
slip-ring motors
1LV9
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

Weight
approx.

kgm2

Order No.

kg

80

0.011

1LV9 107-6

48.5

Synchronous speed 1000 rpm (max. permissible operating speed 2500 rpm)
Intermittent duty S3 60 %
100 L

920

1.3

13.5

3.6

5.7

11

4.2

112 M

960

1.8

18

3.7

6.2

13.5

3.6

90

0.019

1LV9 113-6

57

112 M

925

2.6

28

3.3

8.5

15

4.4

115

0.019

1LV9 114-6

57

132 M

910

3.6

37.8

3.3

11.4

23

2.75

110

0.033

1LV9 133-6

78

132 M

935

4.1

42

3.7

12.4

20

3.6

130

0.039

1LV9 134-6

89

132 M

925

4.8

50

3.2

15

23

3.5

140

0.047

1LV9 135-6

95

160 M

960

60

3.6

16.2

21

4.9

180

0.097

1LV9 163-6

150

160 L

950

8.5

85

3.2

22

23

6.5

260

0.131

1LV9 166-6

162

180 L

955

13

130

3.3

30

35

3.8

230

0.21

1LV9 186-6

243

200 L

960

17.5

174

3.5

38

42

3.5

255

0.26

1LV9 207-6

254

Intermittent duty S3 100 %

100 L

935

1.1

11.2

4.3

9.2

4.9

80

0.011

1LV9 107-6

48.5

112 M

965

1.5

15

4.5

5.7

11.5

4.1

90

0.019

1LV9 113-6

57

112 M

940

2.2

23.3

13

5.1

115

0.019

1LV9 114-6

57

132 M

920

31

11

18

3.5

110

0.033

1LV9 133-6

78

132 M

940

3.5

35.6

4.4

11.6

18

4.4

130

0.039

1LV9 134-6

89

132 M

940

40

3.8

14

18.5

4.4

140

0.047

1LV9 135-6

95

160 M

965

5.5

54.5

15.2

20

5.2

180

0.097

1LV9 163-6

150

160 L

960

7.5

74.6

3.7

20

21

7.2

260

0.131

1LV9 166-6

162

180 L

960

11

109

3.9

27

30

4.4

230

0.21

1LV9 186-6

243

200 L

965

15

148

35

36

4.1

255

0.26

1LV9 207-6

254

For Order No. supplements, see Page 7/140; for options, see Page 7/141.

For ordering example, see Page 7/141.

At 460 V 3 AC, 60 Hz, the technical data change as follows:
Speed: approx. +20 %
Rated output: approx. +10 %
Rotor standstill voltage: approx. +15 %
Rotor current: approx. -5 %
Characteristic rotor resistance k: approx. +20 %

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/139

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Order No. supplement
Position in the order number

10

11

12

Shaft height
Number of poles
Version
Standard

With enhanced corrosion protection

Design of the brake 3)

Disk brake 100 Nm

Disk brake 250 Nm

Disk brake 60 Nm

Voltage and frequency

50 Hz
380 V

400 V

500 V

660 V

690 V

60 Hz

460 V

Other voltage and/or frequency 1)

Type
IM B3

IM B5

IM V1 (with protective cover)

Special version 2)

For ordering example, see Page 7/141.

1)

Option: Order code L1Y and plain text.

2)

Order No. supplement "-Z" only if ordering with order code and plain text, if
required. Specify special versions with order code, see table on Page
7/141.

7/140

Siemens CR 1 2012

3)

Availability dependent on the shaft height as shown in the table on Page

7/134.

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Options
Additional ordering information for special 1LV9 motor versions
Version

For explanations
see Page

Order No. supplement "-Z" with

order code and/or plain text

Higher coolant temperatures or

installation altitude on request

7/99

CT ... C (round up to 5) or
installation altitude ... m above sea level
(round up to 500 m)
Specify required output

Motor protection by PTC thermistor 1)

- With three embedded temperature sensors for alarm
- With three embedded temperature sensors for tripping
- With six embedded temperature sensors for alarm and tripping

7/130

Non-standard cable entry

Rotation of terminal box through 180

7/93

K85

Terminal box, side, right

Terminal box, side, left

7/93

K09
K10

Second standard shaft extension 2)

7/94

K16

Radial seal at DE for flange-mounting motors 3)

7/96

K17

Reinforced bearing at DE

7/96

K20

Standstill heating
- For 230 V
- For 115 V

7/98

Fitted tacho-generator GMP 1.0 s-4; IM B5

7/130

Paint finish:
- Standard paint finish in colors other than RAL 7030

7/98

A10
A11
A12

K45
K46
G37
Y53 and additional plain text:
Standard paint finish RAL...
K26
Y54 and additional plain text:
Special paint finish RAL...

- Special paint finish in RAL 7030

- Special paint finish in colors other than RAL 7030
Regreasing device

7/96

K40

Degree of protection IP55 for motor

7/130

K49

Manual brake release

7/131

K86 Manual brake release 60 Nm

K87 Manual brake release 100 Nm
K88 Manual brake release 250 Nm

Ordering example
Selection criteria

Hoisting gear motor with disk brake

Order
No.

Order
code

1LV9

Shaft height 160 L (10 kW at S3 40 %)

166

6-pole, 1000 rpm

Standard version

Braking torque MB = 250 Nm

Rated voltage 50 Hz, 380 V 3 AC

Type IM B3

Identification for special version

Order code for manual brake release 250 Nm

Complete ordering information for required version of motor

K88
1LV9

166

K88

1)

For appropriate tripping unit, see Catalog LV1.

2)

For motors as of shaft height 180 M in vertical construction types,

the transmittable torque needs to be recalculated (please inquire).

3)

Not possible for construction type IM V3.

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/141

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Dimension drawings
Binding dimensions

For motors Dimensions

Version according to DIN

The dimensions specified for the construction types listed on the

right are binding for all listed versions.

IM B3

a, b, h, s, w1, d, I, t, u

42681

IM B5
IM V1

b1, e1, i2, s2, d, I, t, u

42948

In accordance with DIN 332, sheet 2, all shaft extensions have a

centering thread (see table on right):

Shaft extension diameter

Thread

Up to 30 mm

M10

More than 30 up to 38 mm

M12

More than 38 up to 50 mm

M16

More than 50 up to 85 mm

M20

Dimensions
Dimension

Fit

Version according
to DIN

Fits
Flange dimension b1, shaft extension dimension d, as well as
keyway and featherkey dimensions t and u are as shown on the
right:

Tolerances
The tolerances for dimensions a, b, c1, and h as specified on the
right must be maintained:

7/142

Siemens CR 1 2012

b1

Up to 230 mm
More than 230 mm

j6
h6

7160
7160

Up to 11 mm
More than 11 up to
50 mm
More than 50 mm

j6
k6
m6

7160
7160
7160

t, u

Dimensions

Tolerances
mm
Up to 250 mm
More than 250 up to
500 mm
More than 500 up to
700 mm

0.75
1.0

c1

Up to 200 mm
More than 200 up to
500 mm
More than 500 mm

0.25
0.5

Up to 250 mm
More than 250 mm

0.5
1.0

a, b

1.5

1.0

6885, sheet 2

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Dimension drawings (continued)

Type IM B3
G_CR01_EN_00002

k1
l1

k
q
l

p1
p

d1

u1

s3

g2
g

t1
h

t
s4

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

d3

d1

u2

u3

d4
d2

t2

b
f

s7

l1
l3

l
l2

w2
d5

s6

Eye bolts,
diagonally opposed

e
a

w1

s5

t2

Dimensions in mm
DIN a
b
c
e
IEC B
A
HA BB

f
AB

g
AC

g2

h
H

k
L

k1
LC

p
HB

p1
HD

s 1)
K

s3
K

w1
C

w2
CA

1LV9 107

140

160

14

175

200

195

268

100

583

639

198

273

193

M10 2 x M25 x 1.5

63

326

112 M 1LV9 113

1LV9 114

140

190

14

175

235

219

282

112

627.5

683.5 222

297

200

M10 2 x M25 x 1.5

70

364

132 M 1LV9 133

1LV9 134
1LV9 135

178

216

18

220

260

260

350

132

727

821

265

327

258

M10 2 x M32 x 1.5

89

394

160 M 1LV9 163

160 L 1LV9 166

210
254

254

24

264
308

314

315

422

160

865
909

975
1019

320

413

232
345

M12 2 x M40 x 1.5 108

467

180 L

1LV9 186

279

279

26

310

350

350

456

180

1015

1155

360

450

370.5 M12 2 x M40 x 1.5 121

535

200 L

1LV9 206
1LV9 207

305

318

30

365

400

388

512

200

1046

1186

394

496

395.5 M16 2 x M50 x 1.5 133

573

100 L

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

cyl. shaft extensions DE 3)

DIN d
I
t
IEC D 2)
E 2)
GA 2)

u
F 2)

s4

cyl. shaft extensions NDE

d1
I1
t1
DA 2)
EA 2)
GA 2)

u1
F 2)

s5

1LV9 107

28

60

31

M10

24

50

27

M8

112 M 1LV9 113

1LV9 114

28

60

31

M10

24

50

27

M8

132 M 1LV9 133

1LV9 134
1LV9 135

38

80

41

10

M12

32

80

35

10

M12

160 M 1LV9 163

160 L 1LV9 166

42

110

45

12

M16

38

80

41

10

M12

180 L

1LV9 186

48

110

51.5

14

M16

42

110

45

12

M16

200 L

1LV9 206
1LV9 207

55

110

59

16

M20

42/48

110

45/51.5

12/14

M16

100 L

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

conical shaft extensions DE 4)

DIN d
d2
d4
I
I2
IEC

t2

u2

s6

180 L

1LV9 186

48

39.8

M30 x 2 110

82

48.9

12

M10

200 L

1LV9 206
1LV9 207

55

46.8

M36 x 3 110

82

56.4

14

M12

conical shaft extension NDE 5)

d1
d3
d5
I1
I3

t3

u3

1)

Construction type IM V1 with protective cover.

4)

Cyl. shaft extension for shaft heights 180 and 200, non-standard.

2)

Conical shaft extension for shaft heights 100 to 160 on request.

5)

On request.

3)

Designation defined for cylindrical shaft extensions only.

Siemens CR 1 2012

s7

7/143

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Dimension drawings (continued)

k

l1

u1

s3

t1

s2
Number of holes: 4

s5

Dimensions in mm
DIN a1
b1
c1
IEC B
A
LA

u2

s7

d1
t2

t2

e1
M

f1
T

s2
S

g
AC

g1

g2

i2
LE

k
L

k2 1)
LM

k1
LC

s3
K

1LV9 107

250

180

16

215

14

195

271

268

60

583

639

609

193

2 x M25 x 1.5

112 M 1LV9 113

1LV9 114

250

180

16

215

14

219

295

282

60

628

683.5

654

200

2 x M25 x 1.5

132 M 1LV9 133

1LV9 134
1LV9 135

300

230

20

265

14

260

325

350

80

727

821

757

258

2 x M32 x 1.5

160 M 1LV9 163

160 L 1LV9 166

350

250

20

300

18

315

410

422

110

865
909

975
1019

900
1048

323
345

2 x M40 x 1.5

180 L

1LV9 186

350

250

20

300

18

350

445

456

110

1015

1155

1053

370.5

2 x M40 x 1.5

200 L

1LV9 206
1LV9 207

400

300

20

350

18

388

485

512

110

1091

1231

1131

395.5

2 x M50 x 1.5

100 L

l1
l3

d2

d4

l
l1

45

d5

s6

45

Eyebolts,
diagonally
opposed

d3

f1
i2

u3

s4

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

e1

d1

a1
b1
d

k2

g2
g

g1

k1

Construction type V1
with protective cover

G_CR01_EN_00003a

Types IM B5 and IM V1

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

cyl. shaft extensions DE 2)

DIN d
I
t
IEC D 3)
E 3)
GA 3)

u
F 3)

s4

cyl. shaft extensions NDE

d1
I1
t1
DA 3)
EA 3)
GA 3)

u1
F 3)

s5

1LV9 107

28

60

31

M10

24

50

27

M8

112 M 1LV9 113

1LV9 114

28

60

31

M10

24

50

27

M8

132 M 1LV9 133

1LV9 134
1LV9 135

38

80

41

10

M12

32

80

35

10

M12

160 M 1LV9 163

160 L 1LV9 166

42

110

45

12

M16

38

80

41

10

M12

180 L

1LV9 186

48

110

51.5

14

M16

42

110

45

12

M16

200 L

1LV9 206
1LV9 207

55

110

59

16

M20

42/48

110

45/51.5

12/14

M16

100 L

For motor
Shaft
Type
height

conical shaft extensions DE 4)

DIN d
d2
d4
I
I2
IEC

t2

u2

s6

180 L

1LV9 186

48

39.8

M30 x 2 110

82

48.9

12

M10

200 L

1LV9 206
1LV9 207

55

46.8

M36 x 3 110

82

56.4

14

M12

conical shaft extension NDE 5)

d1
d3
d5
I1
I3

t3

u3

1)

Through-hole for bolt.

4)

Cyl. shaft extension for shaft height 180 and 200, non-standard.

2)

Designation defined for cylindrical shaft extensions only.

5)

On request.

3)

Conical shaft extension for shaft heights 100 to 160 on request.

7/144

Siemens CR 1 2012

s7

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
1LV9 motors, shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

Spare parts
Motor type
1LV9

Order No.
Brush holders
1 set =
3 pcs
per motor

Carbon brushes Slip-ring

assembly
1 set =
6 units
per motor

Spring-loaded brake (complete brake)

107

1LY7 710

1LY8 810

1LY9 910

113
114

1LY7 711

1LY8 811

1LY9 911

133
134
135

1LY7 712

1LY8 812

1LY9 912

163
166

1LY7 713

1LY8 813

1LY9 913

186

1LY7 714

1LY8 814

1LY9 914

206
207

1LY7 715

1LY8 815

1LY9 915

Brake with 60 Nm

Type 06.08.210

Brake with 100 Nm

Type 07.08.210

Brake with 250 Nm

Type 09.08.210

Siemens CR 1 2012

7/145

 Siemens AG 2011

Motors
Three-phase slip-ring motors
Notes

7/146

Siemens CR 1 2012

Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
8/2

Crane controllers 3SJ9

8/16

Double master controllers 3SJ3

8/25

Mounting components for double

master controller 3SJ3
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4603,
digital
Connection system for encoder with
PROFIBUS / binary output
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4603,
analog
Wire-wound potentiometer 6KA9924
Accessories for double master controller
3SJ3
Dimension drawings

8/25
8/26
8/29
8/30
8/31
8/32

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Overview

Rotatable crane controller 3SJ9 130

Rotatable crane controller, compact version

Cranes in modern production processes and large loading and

unloading facilities must satisfy demanding and varied requirements. This applies not only to the mechanical and electrical
equipment of the crane. Optimal working conditions must also
be created for the crane drivers so that they can concentrate
fully on the job in hand.

Rotatable crane controller, compact version 1)

This more compact device offers a range of possible adjustments to the driver's seat; it provides a high degree of comfort
due to the ergonomic design.

The crane controllers presented here satisfy this requirement.

They support practical arrangement of switchgear to provide the
crane driver with a clear overview of the complete working area
of the crane and minimizes the physical strain. The crane controllers are designed to be installed in extremely small and compact crane driver cabs.
They not only provide a space for mounting the master controller,
but also for pushbuttons and indicator lamps for controlling and
monitoring the crane switch and the auxiliary circuits.

Rotatable crane controller 3SJ9 130

Ergonomically shaped housings of polyurethane foam are arranged on both sides of a comfortable, high-grade upholstered
seat. Double master controllers 3SJ3, control and signaling devices as well as panel meters can be installed as standard in
these housings.
Adjustable-height armrests are fitted recessed in the housings at
the inner rear.
Advantages:
Standard unit with maximum comfort
Well-designed, self-contained unit
Rotatable by 180 to one side and 90 to the other side on a
base foot
The detailed description on the following pages also serves
as a guide for configuring other crane controllers.

Rotatable crane controller with manual and/or motorized adjustment possibilities

Rotatable crane controller with manual and/or motorized adjustment possibilities 1)

Manual adjustment:
Horizontal and vertical seat area
Adjustable inclination of the seat, backrest and armrests
Weight adjustment for optimum spring action, horizontal and
vertical control consoles
Motorized adjustment:
Height adjustment of seat with control consoles at rear and/or
front (inclination adjustment)
Longitudinal adjustment of seat with consoles
Selector pushbutton for motorized adjustment in the console,
24 V DC motor

1)

On request

8/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Design
Built-in elements
The following can be installed in each housing upper section:
On mounting surface E2 inclined within view in front of the
switching lever:
One or two panel meters, one LCD or eight indicator lamps
(22 mm ) up to 75 mm max. mounting depth
On mounting surface E1 top of housing:
One or two double master controllers 3SJ3
Up to 24 control devices 3SB (22 mm ) on the surface behind
the switching lever, if only one double master controller is
installed
Up to 15 control devices 3SB (22 mm ), if two double master
controllers are installed
Command switch (depending on the other built-in elements)
Gooseneck microphone instead of two signaling devices
Telephone in the rear area next to the armrests (can be installed recessed or positioned detached)
Rotatable crane controller 3SJ9 130

The rotatable crane controller 3SJ9 130 comprises:

A high-grade and comfortable upholstered seat, optionally
with or without headrest and seatbelt
Two ergonomically shaped housings made of polyurethane
foam. This material is particularly pleasant to touch.
Recessed armrests which are height adjustable.
Rotating foot with horizontal cross-member duct with which
the housings and the upholstered seat are connected. The
unit can be rotated by 90 to the left and 180 to the right on
its rotating foot.
The housings are divided. The upper part swings open to the
front and the outer cover of the lower part can be removed entirely, so that the built-in equipment and all connections are easily accessible.
The top surfaces of the upper parts are inclined and therefore
more easily viewed by the crane driver. This surface is intended
for important fault indicators, operator signals and meters.
The upholstered seat is secured on a cover of the cross-member
duct and can be tilted fully forward. Equipment installed in the
cross-member duct can therefore be accessed without difficulty.
The rotatable crane controller can be supplied unwired or with
completed internal wiring.
The rotatable crane controller can also be supplied with height
adjustment, i.e. the cross-member duct with the side elements
and upholstered seat is raised with respect to the rotating frame
(on request).
The crane controller can also be supplied with motorized rotation. 24 V DC motor (on request).

The following can be installed in each housing lower section:

One terminal strip with terminals up to size 6
One electronic terminal strip ET 200
Setpoint generator for variable-speed drives
Master controllers fitted with an analog or digital setpoint generator are needed for controlling variable-speed drives. The following can be fitted in the housings of the crane control seat:
Digital master controller 3SJ3 with opto-electronic encoder
(OEC)
Master controller 3SJ3 with wire-wound potentiometer
Accessories
The following can also be fitted or supplied at extra cost:
An height-adjustable headrest for the upholstered seat
A seatbelt with two-point attachment or with automatic roll and
three-point attachment
A highly flexible cable harness, connected to the cable strip,
with free cable ends can be supplied for external wiring.
Wiring
For crane controllers with finished internal wiring, the connections of all integral equipment are made on a terminal strip with
terminals up to size 6 or an electronic terminal strip ET 200.
The external wiring cables are routed from the terminal strip
through the rotating foot into the cable floor of the crane cab.
Due to the mechanical stress caused by rotation of the crane
control seat, we recommend single-core non-sheathed cables
5DR7 053 for these connections. To prevent damage to the cables during rotation of the crane controller, they must be
clamped and bunched in the cross-member duct before the
transition to the rotating foot. The cable floor of the crane driver's
cab must be at least 100 mm in depth.

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/3

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Design (continued)
Mounting possibilities Double master controllers and setpoint generators
Double master controllers 3SJ3, fitted with setpoint generators
for variable-speed drives if required, can be installed in the two
housings with the following switch arrangements.
Double master
switches
View from above

Order No.

Location of
Surface mounting switches and setpoint generators
mounting surface

Switch

3SJ3...-...08
3SJ3...-...08-Z

08
C

Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements

or
Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.

Switch

3SJ3...-...12
3SJ3...-...12-Z

12
C

Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements

or
Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.

3SJ3...-...05
3SJ3...-...05-Z

05
C/E

Switches 1 and 2: 4 to 6 contact elements

or
Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.
Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements
or
Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements
Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.
or
Switches 1 and 2: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.

3SJ3...-...06
3SJ3...-...06-Z

06
C/E

Switches 1 and 2: 4 to 6 contact elements

or
Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.
Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
Only an OEC can be fitted as the setpoint generator

3SJ3...-...07
3SJ3...-...07-Z

07
C/E

Switches 1 and 2: 4 to 6 contact elements

or
Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.
Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
Only an OEC can be fitted as the setpoint generator

3SJ3...-...15
3SJ3...-...15-Z

15
E

Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements

or
Switch 1: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator
An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.

3SJ3...-...14-Z

14
E

Switch 2: 4 to 6 contact elements + setpoint generator

An OEC or wire-wound potentiometer can be fitted as the
setpoint generator.

G_CR01_XX_00120

Direction
of motion

G_CR01_XX_00121

1+P

1+P

Switch
%

1+P

2
P

Switch
%

2+P

1
P

G_CR01_XX_00126

2
P

1 P

P 1

Switch

G_CR01_XX_00124

2+P

G_CR01_XX_00125

G_CR01_XX_00123

2
P

G_CR01_XX_00122

2+P

Switch

Switch
%

P: Encoder/wire-wound potentiometer

8/4

The full order numbers of the double master controllers are listed
on Pages 8/21 and 8/23.

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Design (continued)
Mounting possibilities Double master controllers and setpoint generators

Upholstered
seat

Installation surface E1

Installation surface E2

Control panel instruments

Indicator lamps, 22 mm

Connected drive, double master controller 3SJ3

Signaling devices, 22 mm

Cross-member duct mounted on rotating foot as support for

the upholstered seat and the housing

Arm rests, recessed, adjustable height

Phone

Digital setpoint generator or wire-wound potentiometer

G_CR01_EN_00127

Mounting possibilities for master controllers and encoders in the crane controller

Technical data
Specifications acc. to IEC 60947-5-1: 2003
Degree of protection

IP54

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60 947

Paint finish on metal parts

Anthracite gray RAL 9011

IEC 60529, DIN 40 050

Color shade of plastic housings and covers

Anthracite gray 614

Permissible ambient temperature for operation during

storage

40 C to +60 C
50 C to +60 C

Climatic stress

Damp heat, constant

Damp heat, cyclic

DIN 68 Part 2-3, DIN IEC 6068 Part 2-30

Selection and ordering data

Rotatable
crane controller

Version

Order No.

Order code

Weight
without fitted parts
approx. kg

Weight
net
approx. kg

Basic version

Rotating foot with cross-member

duct,
upholstered seat, 2 housings
without connection terminals,
no fitted equipment,
IP54 degree of protection

3SJ9 130-0A

90

Special version

Headrest on upholstered seat

K01

Seatbelt with
2-point attachment

L01

0.5

Seatbelt with
4-point attachment
braces belt

L02

Specify when ordering:

Add -Z to Order No. and specify order code.
For inquiries and orders, please copy "Inquiry and order sheets
1 to 3 (Pages 8/6 to 8/14)" and enclose them with the inquiry/
order after filling them out.

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/5

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Inquiry and order sheet 1

Customer

Item

Order reference

Date

Order No. with -Z and order code

Rotatable crane controller

to IP 54 degree of protection

3SJ9 130-0A

Head support

K01

Standard seatbelt

L01

Automatic belt

L02

Built-in elements

Installation of control and signaling devices 22

Double master controller 3SJ3

Quantity Object

QuantityOrder No.
3SJ3

Type

Pushbutton, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

Mushroom pushbutton, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB
3SB

3SJ3

Knob switch, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SJ3

CES safety lock, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

3SJ3

Illuminated pushbutton, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

Illuminated pushbutton with series element, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

If add-on parts are to be mounted on the double master controllers

-Z must be appended to the Order No.
Quantity Add-on parts, e.g.

Order code

Order No.

OEC1) - 8 Bit, PROFIBUS conn.A03/B04

6GA4603-5AA00

OEC1)

6GA4603-2AA00

- 8 Bit, digital

A05/B06

OEC1) - analog

A07/A08

6GA4603-3AA00

OEC1) - analog

A09/A010

6GA4603-4AA00

Wire-wound
potentiometer, non-linear
Wire-wound
potentiometer, linear

B01/B02

6KA9924-1

B03/B04

6KA9924-2

Indicator light

3SB

Indicator light with series element

3SB

Command switch, up to 3 contact blocks

Miscellaneous mounting components

Buzzer

Spring return
Switching gate

Control panel instruments

D01/D02
Y01

Friction brake

E01/E02

Wiring

Knee puschbutton

Left

Right

Microphone

Left

Right

Telephone

Left

Right

Electronic
terminal block

without internal wiring

ET 200

Internal wiring 1.5 mm2, highly flexible

External wiring 1.5 mm2
Highly flexible power lead with free
outputs, single- end terminal connection
1) OEC: Opto-electronic encoder

Length
m

M1 M2

G_CR01_EN_00132a

05 06 07 08
14
20
26

Siemens CR 1 2012

M4 M3

M1 M2

01 02
03 04

8/6

L18 L17
L16 L15 L14
L13 L12 L11

L7 L8
L4 L5 L6
L1 L2 L3

01 02
03 04
09
15
21
27

10
16
22
28

05
11
17
23

06
12
18
24

07
13
19
25

M4 M3

32 31
34 33
08
14
20
26

09
15
21
27

10
16
22
28

Upholstered
seat

40
46
52
58

39
45
51
57

38
44
50
56

37
43
49
55

36
42
48
54

E2

32 31
34 33
35
41
47
53

40 39 38 37 36 35
46 45 44
52 51 50
58 57 56
E1

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Notes on inquiry and order sheet 1
Inquiry and order sheet 1

$
%

&

Customer

Item

Order reference

to IP 54 degree of protection

Date
Order No. with -Z and order code

Rotatable crane controller

3SJ9 130-0A

Head support

K01

Stanard seatbelt

L01

Automatic belt

L02

Built-in elements

Installation of control and signaling devices 22

Double master controller 3SJ3

Quantity Object
Pushbutton, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

Mushroom pushbutton, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

3SJ3

Knob switch, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

3SJ3

CES safety lock, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

3SJ3

Illuminated pushbutton, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

Illuminated pushbutton with series

element, 1 NO + 1 NC

3SB

Indicator light

3SB

Indicator light with series element

3SB

If add-on parts are to be mounted on the double master controllers

-Z must be appended to the Order No.

Quantity Add-on parts, e.g.

Order code Order No.

OEC1) - 8 Bit, PROFIBUS conn.A03/B04 6GA4603-5AA00

OEC1) - 8 Bit, digital

A05/B06 6GA4603-2AA00

OEC1) - analog

A07/A08 6GA4603-3AA00

OEC1) - analog

A09/A010 6GA4603-4AA00

Wire-wound
potentiometer, non-linear

Command switch, up to 3 contact blocks

B01/B02 6KA9924-1

Miscellaneous mounting components

B03/B04 6KA9924-2

Buzzer

Wire-wound
potentiometer, linear

Spring return

Control panel instruments

D01/D02 -

Switching gate

Y01 -

Friction brake

Type

3SJ3

Quantitiy Order No.

E01/E02 -

Wiring

Knee pushbutton

Left

Right

Microphone

Left

Right

Telephone

Left

Right

Electronic
terminal block

Without internal wiring

ET 200

Internal wiring 1.5 mm2, highly flexible

External wiring 1.5 mm2
Highly flexible power lead with free
cable ends, terminated at one end
1) OEC: Opto-electronic encoder

Length
m

L18 L17
L16 L15 L14
L13 L12 L11

L7 L8
L4 L5 L6
L1 L2 L3

M1 M2
01 02
03 04

G_CR01_EN_00128a

$ Enter the name of the customer, order reference, article and date.
% Enter the quantity and
check the box for the type
required.
& Enter the quantity and full
Order No. for the double
master controller to be fitted (see "Selection and
Ordering Data")
( Enter the quantity of additional parts to be built on to
the double master controllers.
) Enter the quantity of control
and signaling devices to
be fitted.
* Enter the other devices to
be installed. In the case of
microphone and telephone, also check the box
for the relevant side.
Panel meters are always fitted in mounting surface E2
(see inquiry and order
sheet 3).
For a gooseneck microphone, two mounting locations for signaling devices
are usually required.
A telephone is installed
recessed on mounting surface E1, rear area next to
the armrest, or left
detached.
+ Check whether the device
is to be supplied without
internal wiring or with finished internal wiring, and
whether a cable harness
for external wiring is to be
supplied.

M4 M3

M1 M2

M4 M3

32 31
34 33

01 02
03 04

05 06 07 08 09 10

05 06 07 08 09 10

40 39 38 37 36 35

40 39 38 37 36 35

14 15 16

11 12 13 14 15 16

46 45 44 43 42 41

46 45 44

20 21 22
26 27 28

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

52 51 50 49 48 47
58 57 56 55 54 53

52 51 50
58 57 56

Upholstered
seat

, Mounting option 1: One or

be fitted, and are shown
two double master controlon inquiry and order
lers 3SJ3 can be fitted per
sheets 3.1 and 3.2 (Pages
side element on mounting
8/12 and 8/13).
surface E1.
, Mounting option 2: Up to
Fields 01 to 58 are
eight indicator lamps of 22
intended for control and
mm diameter, or the followsignaling devices of
ing panel meters, can be
22 mm diameter. The fields
fitted on mounting surface
which can be occupied
E2:
depend on the type of
2 with 72 x 72 mm frame
double master controller to
dimension or

E2

E1

32 31
34 33

1 with 96 x 96 mm frame
dimension or
1 with 72 x 144 mm frame
dimension or
1 LCD up to
72 x 144 mm frame dimension
Maximum mounting
depth 75 mm. See inquiry
and order sheet 3 (Page
8/10).

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/7

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Inquiry and order sheet 2
Customer

Item

Order reference

Date

Versions and designations for double master controllers

Switch
No.

Driving unit

Double master controller 3SJ3

Version
Order No.

Latching

Basic
circuit diagram No.
Add-on part
Order code

Circuit

Dest.
code

Unit wiring
diagram

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Location Side panel

No.

Signal encoder in switching lever/grip

NO contact

S1

Left

S2

Left

S3

Right

S4

Right

NC contact

Pawl

Function

Target
code

1
4

S2

S1

5
P

S3

8/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

Upholstered
seat
P

G_CR01_EN_00129

S4

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Notes on inquiry and order sheet 2
Inquiry and order sheet 2
Customer

Article

Order code

Date

Model and description of double master switches

Switch
no.

Driving unit

Duplex master controller 3SJ3

Model order no.

Latching

Basic circuit no.

Extra part
- abbr.- art. no.

Target
code

Circuitry
Unit wiring
diagram no.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8

Location Side panel

no.

Sensor in switching lever/handle

NO contact

S1

left

S2

left

S3

right

S4

right

NC contact

Target
code
Jack plug

Function

1
4

S2

S1

P
5
P
6
S3

Upholstered
chair
P

G_CR01_EN_00130

. According to the directions of movement of the

switching levers, enter the
driving unit designations,
data on the double master
controller, circuit diagram
and, in the case of wiring,
the destination reference.
/ If a mechanical pushbutton, mechanical latch or
capacitive enabling button
is to be fitted in the ball
handle of the switching
lever, enter the function
here and, in the case of
wiring, also the destination
reference.
0 The lettering of the labels
for the drives should be
entered in these field markings. The lettering can also
be in a foreign language; in
this case, please make the
entry in the required language or provide the translation on a separate sheet.
A maximum of 20 characters are possible per field.

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/9

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Inquiry and order sheet 3
Customer

Item

Order reference

Date

Indicator lights, instruments, displays on installation surface E2

Moun- Panel
ting- instrument
loca- 72 x 72 mm
tion
No. 1) Installation depth
75 mm

Panel
LCD-Display Knob
instrument max.
switch
72 x144 mm/ 72 x 144 mm
96 x 96 mm

Illuminated Indicator Indicator

puschbutton light
light
with series
element

Indicator Color Operating Labeling

light
voltage 2 x 10 letters each
with series
possible
element

Target
code

Installation depth Installation depth

75 mm

75 mm

1 NO/1 NC 1 NO/1 NC 1 NO/1 NC

Left side
M1
M2
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
Right side
M3
M4
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15

L16
L17
L18

L18 L17
L16 L15 L14
L13 L12 L11

L7 L8
L4 L5 L6
L1 L2 L3

M1

L8
L6
L3

M4

L14
L11

Further details about the versions for built-in components M1 to M4

Mounting
location

Type of instrument

Measuring range

M1
M2

M1

M2

M4

M3

M3
M4

Left side

8/10

G_CR01_EN_00131

M3

M1
Viewing
direction

Siemens CR 1 2012

Cannot be assigned
Right side

1) Check location.

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Notes on inquiry and order sheet 3
Inquiry and order sheet 3
Customer

Item

Order reference

Date

Indicator lights, instruments, displays on installation surface E2

Mounting
location
no.1)

Panel
instrument
72 x 72 mm
installation
depth 75 mm

Panel
instrument
72 x 144 mm/
96 x 96 mm
installation
depth 75 mm

LCD display Knob.

max.
switch
72 x 144 mm

Indicator
button

Indicator
Indicator
button
light
with series
element

Indicator
Color
light
with series
element

installation
depth 75 mm 1 NC/1 NO 1 NC/1 NO 1 NC/1 NO

Operating Labeling
2 x 10 letters each
voltage
possible

Dest.
code

Left side
M1
M2
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
Right side
M3
M4
L11
L12
L13
L14
L15
L16
L17
L18

L18 L17
L16 L15 L14
L13 L12 L11

L7 L8
L4 L5 L6
L1 L2 L3

Mounting
location
M1

L8
L6
L3

M4

L14
L11

Further details about the versions for built-in components M1 to M4

Type of instrument

Measuring range

M1
M2

M1

M2

M4

M3

M3
M4

Left side

G_CR01_EN_00133a

M3

M1

Viewing
direction

Cannot be assigned
Right side

The panel meters, LCD or signaling devices to be fitted on

mounting surface E2 are entered on inquiry and order sheet 3.
Only devices with a mounting depth of up to 75 mm can be fitted
on mounting surface E2. The following can optionally be fitted at
locations M1 to M4:
2 panel meters 72 x 72 mm or
1 panel meter 96 x 96 mm or
1 panel meter 72 x 144 mm or
1 LCD up to 72 x 144 mm, whereby it is important to ensure
that the maximum possible mounting depth is not exceeded.

1) Check location.

Locations L1 to L18 are primarily intended for indicator lamps. If

indicator lamps or illuminated pushbuttons with series elements
are to be fitted, the maximum possible mounting depth must be
observed here too.
The mixed mounting of indicator lamps and meters is also possible. One panel instrument 72 x 72 mm takes the space of four
indicator lamps.

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/11

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Inquiry and order sheet 3.1
Customer

Item

Order reference

Date

Signaling devices on installation surface E1 - left side element

Moun- Pushting button
location
Nr. 1)
1 NO /
1 NC

Mushroom
button

Knob
switch

CES
Safety
lock

Illuminated
pushbutton

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

Illumina- Illuminated push- ted light

button
with series
element
1 NO /
1 NC

Illuminated light
with
series
element

Control
switch
to
3 contacts

2)

2)

Color Operating Labeling

voltage 2 x 10 letters each
possible

Dest.
code

01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

01 02
03 04

01 02
03 04

01 02
03 04

01 02
03 04

05 06 07 08 09 10

05 06 07 08 09 10

05 06 07

05 06 07 08 09 10

05 06 07 08 09 10

11 12 13 14 15 16

11 12 13 14 15 16

11 12 13

14 15 16

14 15 16

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27 28

17 18 19
23 24 25 26 27 28

20 21 22
26 27 28

20 21 22
26 27 28

1) Check location.
2) Other signaling devices acc. to catalog; for special installations include a sketch.

8/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

05 06 07

26 27 28
P

G_CR01_EN_00134

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Inquiry and order sheet 3.2
Customer

Item

Order reference

Date

Signaling devices on mounting surface E1- right side element

Moun- Pushting button
location
No. 1)
1 NO /
1 NC

Mushroom
button

Knob
switch

CESSafety
lock

Illuminated
pushbutton

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

Illumina- Indicator Indicator

ted push- light
light
button
with
with series
series
element
element
1 NO /
1 NC

Control
switch
to
3 contacts

2)

2)

Color Operating Labeling

voltage 2 x 10 letters each
possible

Dest.
code

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55
56
57
58

32 31
34 33

32 31
34 33

32 31
34 33

40 39 38 37 36 35

40 39 38 37 36 35

37 36 35

40 39 38 37 36 35

40 39 38 37 36 35

46 45 44 43 42 41

46 45 44 43 42 41

43 42 41

46 45 44

46 45 44

52 51 50 49 48 47
58 57 56 55 54 53

52 51 50 49 48 47
58 57 56 55 54 53

49 48 47
58 57 56 55 54 53

52 51 50
58 57 56

52 51 50
58 57 56

37 36 35

58 57 56

G_CR01_EN_00135

32 31
34 33

1) Check location.
2) Other signaling devices acc. to catalog; for special installations include a sketch

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/13

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Notes on inquiry and order sheets 3.1 and 3.2

Inquiry and order sheet 3.2

Anfrage- und Bestellblatt 3.1

Pos.

Auftragszeichen

Customer

Datum

Ein- Druck- Pilzbau- taster schlag

platz
taster
Nr. 1)
1S/
1

1S/
1

Knebel- CESschalter Sicherheitsschloss

1S/
1

1S/
1

Leucht- Leuchttaster taster

mit Vorschaltglied
1S/
1S/
1
1

Leucht- Leuchtmelder melder

mit Vorschaltglied

Befehlsschalter
bis
3 Schaltelemente

2)

2)

Farbe Betriebs- Schildbeschriftung

spanje 2 x 10 Buchstaben
nung
mglich

32

03

33

04

34

05

35

06

36

07

37

08

38

09

39

10

40

11

41

12

42

13

43

14

44

15

45

16

46

17

47

18

48

19

49

20

50

21

51

22

52

23

53

24

54

25

55

26

56

27

57

28

58

06 07 08
12 13 14
18 19 20
24 25 26

01 02
03 04

P
09 10
15 16
21 22
27 28

05
11
17
23

06 07 08 09
12 13 14 15
18 19 20 21
24 25 26 27

10
16
22
28

05
11
17
23

06 07
P
12 13
18 19
24 25 26 27 28

01 02
03 04
05 06 07 08 09
14 15
20 21
26 27

01 02
03 04
10
16
22
28

05 06 07 08 09
14 15
20 21
26 27

10
16
22
28

05 06 07

26 27 28

1) Einbauplatz ankreuzen.
2) Weitere Meldegerte nach Katalog; bei Sondereinbauten bitte Skizze beifgen.

G_CR01_DE_00136

31

02

01 02
03 04

Loca- Push- Mushtion

button roomno.1)
head
emergency
pushbutton
1 NO / 1 NO /
1 NC 1 NC

Zielzeichen

01

05
11
17
23

Article

Order code

Date

Signal scanners on installation surface E1 - right page

Signalgerte auf der Einbauflche E1 - linkes Seitenteil

Knoboperated
momentary
contact
control
switch
1 NO /
1 NC

32 31
34 33
40
46
52
58

39 38 37 36
45 44 43 42
51 50 49 48
57 56 55 54

CES
safety
interlock

Illuminated
pushbutton

1 NO /
1 NC

1 NO /
1 NC

Illuminated
pushbutton
w. series
element
1 NO /
1 NC

Indicator Indicator
light
light
with
series
element

40
46
52
58

39 38 37
45 44 43
51 50 49
57 56 55

2)

32 31
34 33
36
42
48
54

35
41
47
53

2)

Color

Operating
voltage

2 x 10 letters possible
on each label

Target
code

P
35
41
47
53

Control
switch
up to 3
switching
elements

37
43
49
58 57 56 55

36 35
42 41
48 47
54 53

32 31
34 33
40 39 38 37 36 35
46 45 44
52 51 50
58 57 56

32 31
34 33

P
40 39
46 45
52 51
58 57

38 37 36 35
44
50
56

37 36 35

58 57 56

G_CR01_EN_00137

Kunde

1) Check location
2) Other signaling devices acc. to catalog; for special installations include a sketch.

The control and signaling devices specified on order sheet 1 are

assigned to a mounting location in inquiry and order sheets 3.1
(left side element) and 3.2 (right side element) by marking a location.

The mounting locations that can be occupied by signaling devices depend on the double master controllers installed and
setpoint generators fitted. The possibilities are clearly indicated
under the tables.

The numbers in column 1 are identical to the field numbers of the

mounting locations given in the diagrams under the table.

A telephone is usually installed recessed next to the armrest.

The telephone can also be left detached.

If a gooseneck microphone is to be fitted, mounting locations 05

and 11 or 35 and 41 are used for the purpose (unless indicated
otherwise).

Buzzers or other audible signaling devices are fitted in the interior of the housing lower section.

8/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Crane controllers 3SJ9

Dimension drawings
1136
730
570

22x2=44

Head support on request

Interconnted drive
Longitudinal adjustement
seat
90 90

981
Static springing

Foldable

481

760

Vibration travel seat 40

50

Height adj.
Armrest

G_CR01_EN_00138

300

Rotary brake
Weight setting 50 to 130 kg

Cable opening 100

14

Ra

di

us
R6 of r
60 ota
ti

on

600
763

240
300
Floor mounting

Viewing direction
180

90

Dimension drawing crane controller 3SJ9

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/15

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Overview

Applications
Double master controllers are built-in devices with IP00 degree
of protection. They are suitable for installation in:
Crane control seats, control stands and control consoles
Stationary and portable consoles
Remote and floor-control units
They are suitable for switching auxiliary circuits of up to
250 V AC at AC-12. The double contact principle and goldplated switching contacts also ensure reliable switching at low
voltages and currents.

Double master controller 3SJ3

The drive motors of hoisting gear installations are controlled by

cam switches (master controllers). One driving unit is controlled
by a master controller and two driving units are controlled by a
double master controller. Both of these can be easily and reliably
operated. They have switching elements that are actuated by
cam discs.

A strongly emphasized zero detent and, if required, easily

sensed detent positions for transition to field weakening mode
support reliable switching even under physically stressful operating conditions.
Design of double master controller 3SJ3
Built-in switch for one or two directions of movement for crane
controllers
The switching elements are available in two versions:
- With gold-plated contacts, ideally suited for low voltages
( 30 V) and currents ( 10 mA).
- With silver contacts for voltages and currents up to 250 V AC,
16 A, AC-12
Pushbutton functions in the switching lever
Opto-electronic encoders (digital master controllers) can be
fitted
Analog setpoint generators can be fitted

8/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Design
Installation
The double master controller is screwed onto the upper cover
plate of the mounting space from the exterior with four screws.
The plate on which the switch is secured should have a thickness of 2 to not more than 4 mm.
1

The mounting opening is sealed with bellows. These have a

molded seal at the bottom fold which is clamped between the
cover and the housing.

The bellows are made of highly flexible neoprene and resist oil,
acids, caustic solutions, sea water, ozone and UV radiation.

Drive block
The drive block has a switching lever and an internal articulatedshaft mechanism, with which two drive axes can be actuated
independently or jointly.

The drive axes are offset by 90. Each drive axis can be actuated
from each switching position of the other axis.
The switches for surface mounting on the side are driven via
gear segments and spur gears; the switch fitted to the base is
driven via bevel gears.

The detent disc is part of the surface mounting switch and has
an emphasized zero detent.
The drive block is available in two different versions:
Standard version:
Service life 10 x 106 switching operations
Rugged version:
Service life 20 x 106 switching operations.

G_CR01_EN_00087

At the drive block, surface mounting switches can be fitted to

one or both mounting surfaces of each drive axis. A surface
mounting switch can also be fitted to the floor surface on which
one of the two drive axes acts.

1 Switching lever with ball grip

2 Bellows
3 Front panel

4 Drive block
5 Surface mounting switch
6 Potentiometer
7 OEC encoder
8 Surface mounting switch

Design of double master controller 3SJ3

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/17

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Design (continued)
Switching lever
The switching levers are available in various versions:
Black ball grip with and without pushbutton function
Ball grip with enabling pushbutton (mechanical by keeping
the upper half of the grip pressed down)
Ball grip with signal pushbutton (by raising the lower half of the
grip)
Ball grip with mechanical zero position locking (by raising the
lower half of the grip)
Handle with and without pushbutton or switch
A pushrod that is moved by the switching lever actuates a microswitch located inside the drive block. To allow the microswitch to
be actuated from each switching position, the pushrod has a ball
segment at the lower end. The zero position locking is also actuated via the pushrod.
3SJ3 with pushbutton in the black ball grip

The pushrod travels largely wear-free in a gate with two guide

rollers.
The lever excursion is restricted to 40 on each side. The stop
plate can be replaced or exchanged for a special switching
gate.
In addition to the switching levers mentioned above, rod and ball
handles are available with many additional functions.

3SJ3 with ball grip, e.g. enabling button

3SJ3 with handle

8/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Design (continued)
Surface mounting switch
The surface mounting switch is assembled from contact blocks
each with 2 contacts which are snap-fitted on a support.
The contact blocks have special double contacts with highly reliable contacts and are available in two versions:
With gold-plated switching contacts for currents 0.2 A and
voltages 30 V (particularly suitable for use in electronic controllers)
With silver contacts for currents up to 16 A and voltages up to
250 V AC
The switching status indicators on the contact blocks indicate
the switching status of the individual contacts.
The conductors are connected to spring-loaded terminals.
Cam disc
Surface mounting switch

A cam disc is assigned to each contact. The cam discs are

clamped onto the camshaft with cup springs. After removal of
the double contact block, they can easily be replaced using a
wire hook supplied with each switch.
The cam discs are marked on one side with "N" for non-overlapping contacting and on the other side with "U" for overlapping
contacting.
With the programs cut at the factory, the "N" marking always
points to the drive side.
The cam discs have markings allowing the switching program to
be cut with a fine saw and file.
The cam discs must be seated on the switching shaft in such a
way that the same marking is always seen in the viewing direction.

Surface mounting switch with wire-wound potentiometer

8
NON

G_CR01_XX_00088

Surface mounting switch with OEC encoder

Cam disc for double master controller 3SJ3

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/19

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Design (continued)
Spring return

Fitting encoders

Spring returns can be fitted to the opposite mounting surface of

the switch for auto return of the switching lever.

On variable-speed drives, digital encoders or potentiometers

are used to preset the setpoint. For this purpose, the following
devices can be fitted on the detent side of the surface mounting
switch without intermediate gearing, with maximum resolution of
the angle of rotation:
Opto-electronic encoder (OEC) 6GA4 603-.AA00 with linear
characteristic for digital setpoints and non-linear characteristic for analog setpoints
Wire-wound potentiometer 6KA9924-. with linear or non-linear
characteristic.

The spring return is assembled on a baseplate and comprises

two levers and one compression spring. When the switching
lever is operated, the spring is tensioned by the roll lever. The
spring return is available as a single part and can be retrofitted.
Friction brake
A mechanical friction brake can be installed to achieve greater
friction force. The detents for zero position, end of control range
or field weakening are then machined into the brake disc.

The direct installation without intermediate gearing ensures that

there is no backlash or hysteresis in the actuation.

Technical data
Version

Standard version

Rugged version

Standard version

Rugged version

Type

3SJ3 0

3SJ3 1

3SJ3 5

3SJ3 6

Contacts

6 A contact 250 V AC, AC-12

16 A contact 250 V AC, AC-12

Gold-plated contacts for electronics

Silver contacts

Rated insulation voltage Ui

Test voltage
Rated voltage Ue
Rated operating current Ie
AC-15, DC-13 at
250 V AC
24 V DC
48 V DC
Short-circuit protection
(without welding effect)
DIAZED fuses,
operating class gL
Circuit-breakers with G characteristic
Mechanical life
Maximum switching frequency

Conductor cross-sections
Finely stranded with end sleeve
Solid

V AC 250
V DC 250

250
250

250
250

250
250

kV 2.5

2.5

2.5

2.5

V AC 250

250

250

250

A 2
A 1
A 0.5

2
1
0.5

A 6

16

16

A 6

16

16

20 x 106

10 x 106

20 x 106

10 x 106
Cycles/h 1000
mm2 2 x 0.5 to 1.5
mm2 2 x 1 to 2.5

2 x 0.5 to 1.5
2 x 1 to 2.5

Pushbutton in the switching lever

Rated voltage Ue
Rated current Ie/AC-15 at 250 V AC
Life of the microswitch
(1 changeover contact)
Degree of protection
to IEC 60529, DIN 40 050
Permissible ambient temperature
During operation
During storage

V 250
A 2
Operating 10 x 106
cycles

250
2
10 x 106

IP00

C 20 ... +60
C 50 ... +80

IP00

40 ... +60
50 ... +80

20 ... +60
50 ... +80

40 ... +60
50 ... +80

Climate resistance

Damp heat, constant

DIN IEC 68 Part 2-3
Damp heat, cyclic
DIN IEC 68 Part 2-30

Damp heat, constant

DIN IEC 68 Part 2-3
Damp heat, cyclic
DIN IEC 68 Part 2-30

Creepage distances and clearances

to IEC 60947-1; 2.5.46.51

Overvoltage category III,

pollution severity 3

Overvoltage category III,

pollution severity 3

Regulations

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60 947

DIN VDE 0660-200

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60 947

DIN VDE 0660-200

Approvals

CSA-LR 18831-5M

CSA-LR 18831-5M

8/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Selection and ordering data

Double master controller 3SJ3
Version

Number of contacts

Standard version
Order No.

Surface mounting

switch 1) $

With reinforced
silver contacts
for currents up to 16 A
1)

$%

4
6

3SJ3 002- A
3SJ3 003- A

1.17
1.21

3SJ3 020- A
3SJ3 022-

1.17
1.47

6
6

3SJ3 030- A
3SJ3 033-

1.21
1.55

4
6

3SJ3 502- A
3SJ3 503- A

1.17
1.21

3SJ3 520- A
3SJ3 522-

1.17
1.47

3SJ3 530- A
3SJ3 533-

1.21
1.55

With gold-plated contacts

for currents 6 A,

for electronics
1) Master controllers with up 4
to 12 contacts as well as 4
other circuits
available on request

Approx.
weight kg

Master controllers with up 4

to 12 contacts as well as
6
other circuits
6
available on request

Switching lever

With ball grip

With ball grip with pushbutton
With ball grip with enabling button
With ball grip with signaling button
With ball grip for mech. zero position locking

Circuits

"csak", "csk" for variable-speed drives with field weakening stage

(arrangement No. NEP 126 2866)
Variable-speed drives without field weakening
(arrangement No. NEP 126 2867)

SS

TT

Variable-speed drives with field weakening stage (engaged) and OEC

(arrangement No. MSP 220)

XX

Variable-speed drives without field weakening stage, with OEC

(arrangement No. MSP 210)

YY

5
4
1
6
7
Number of contacts

indicate

With contact arrangement as required: Additional order codes: "J0Y" for

surface mounting switch $, "K0Y" for surface mounting switch %, please
also enclose contact arrangement sketch (see form on Page 8/24) and indicate the corresponding surface mounting switch $ or % in the order text. up to 12

Switch

3)
A

B
E
C
4)

A 1

1 B

G_CR01_XX_00100

00

A 1
E
2

E
2

03

01

2
D

C
1

04

E
2

05

Direction of movement for

C

Switch
%

G_CR01_EN_00099

G_CR01_XX_00101

1 B

Switch
2)

2
D

02

G_CR01_XX_00098

A
E

2
D

Switch

Direction of movement for

G_CR01_XX_00102

Assignment of mounting
surfaces to direction of
movement of the
switching lever

ZZ

Viewing
direction

1 E
C

E 1

G_CR01_XX_00103a

07

06

Direction of movement
G_CR01_XX_00104a

Switch

E
1

1 B

15

A 1
G_CR01_XX_00105

08

11

10

G_CR01_XX_00106a

2)

Switching lever

3)

Lateral movement:
Mounting surfaces D, E

4)

Longitudinal movement:
Mounting surfaces A, B, C

Switch

12

G_CR01_XX_00107

Direction of movement
2
D
E
2

13

14
Siemens CR 1 2012

8/21

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Selection and ordering data

Double master controller 3SJ3
Version

Number of contacts

Rugged version
Order No.

Approx.
weight kg

Surface mounting switch 1) $

With gold-plated contacts

for currents 6 A,

for electronics
1) Master controllers with up 4
to 12 contacts as well as 4

4
6

3SJ3 102- A
3SJ3 103- A

1.47
1.51

3SJ3 120- A
3SJ3 122-

1.47
1.77

6
6

3SJ3 130- A
3SJ3 133-

1.21
1.81

4
6

3SJ3 602- A
3SJ3 603- A

1.47
1.51

3SJ3 620- A
3SJ3 622-

1.47
1.77

3SJ3 630- A
3SJ3 633-

1.21
1.85

other circuits
available on request

With reinforced
silver contacts
for currents up to 16 A
1)

Master controllers with up 4

to 12 contacts as well as
6
other circuits
6
available on request

$%

Switching lever

With ball grip

With ball grip with pushbutton
With ball grip with enabling button
With ball grip with signaling button
With ball grip for mech. zero position locking

Circuits

"csak", "csk" for variable-speed drives with field weakening stage

(arrangement No. NEP 126 2866)
Variable-speed drives without field weakening
(arrangement No. NEP 126 2867)

SS

TT

Variable-speed drives with field weakening stage (engaged) and OEC

(arrangement No. MSP 220)

XX

Variable-speed drives without field weakening stage, with OEC

(arrangement No. MSP 210)

YY

5
4
1
6
7
Number of contacts

Switch

A
E
C

3)
A

B
E
C
4)

G_CR01_XX_00101

A 1

1 B

G_CR01_XX_00100

02

00

A 1
E
2

E
2

03

01

Direction of movement for

C

Switch
%

G_CR01_EN_00099

2
D

1 B

Switch
2)

2
D

Switch

Viewing
direction

1 E
C

E 1

G_CR01_XX_00103a

07

06

Direction of movement
G_CR01_XX_00104a

Switch

E
1

1 B

15

A 1
G_CR01_XX_00105

08

11

10

G_CR01_XX_00106a

Switching lever

3)

Lateral movement:
Mounting surfaces D, E

4)

Longitudinal movement:
Mounting surfaces A, B, C

8/22

Switch

Siemens CR 1 2012

12

G_CR01_XX_00107

Direction of movement
2)

ZZ

Direction of movement for

2
D
E
2

13

14

G_CR01_XX_00102

Assignment of mounting
surfaces to direction of
movement of the
switching lever

G_CR01_XX_00098

With contact arrangement as required: Additional order codes: "J0Y" for

surface mounting switch $, "K0Y" for surface mounting switch %, please
also enclose contact arrangement sketch (see form on Page 8/24) and indicate the corresponding surface mounting switch $ or % in the order text. up to 12

2
D

C
1

04

E
2

05

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Selection and ordering data (continued)

Add-on parts
(Detailed information on opto-electronic encoders and wire-wound potentiometers can be found on Page 8/25)
Add-on parts

Order No.

Order code
(the Order No. must be
supplemented with -Z)

Opto-electronic encoder (8 bits, digital)

On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

6GA4 603-2AA00

Opto-electronic encoder (8 bits, PROFIBUS)

On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

6GA4 603-5AA00

Opto-electronic encoder (analog 10 V quadratic characteristic)

On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

6GA4 603-3AA00

Opto-electronic encoder (analog 20 mA quadratic characteristic)

On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

6GA4 603-4AA00

Non-linear wire-wound potentiometer

On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

6KA9 924-1

Linear wire-wound potentiometer

On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

6KA9 924-2

Spring return
On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

Friction brake
On surface mounting switch 1:
on surface mounting switch 2:

Gate as required

A05 1)
A06 1)
A11 2)
A12 3)
A07 4)
A08 4)
A09 4)
A10 4)
B01
B02
B03
B04
D01
D02
E01
E02
Y01
and enclose sketch of contact arrangement

Ordering example 1: Master switch for hoisting winch (variable-speed drive, 4 contacts)
Selection data

Order No.

Order codes

3SJ3 020- A
Master controller 3SJ3, standard version
Surface mounting switch 1, standard circuit acc. to equipment diagram MSP 220,
with latched field-weakening stage
Switching lever with ball grip

Contact arrangement No. MSP 220 for surface mounting switch 1 (see Page 8/24)

Arrangement of surface mounting switch on mounting surface (mounted below)

08

Special version

-Z

Opto-electronic encoder 8 bits, digital, mounted 2)

A05

Complete ordering information for the master controller

3SJ3 020- 5 X A 0 8 -Z
A05

Ordering example 2: Double master controller for gantry and trolley (variable-speed drives, 4 contacts each)
Selection data

Order No.

Double master controller 3SJ3, standard version

mounting switch 1, standard circuit acc. to equipment diagram MSP 210
mounting switch 2, standard circuit acc. to equipment diagram MSP 210

3SJ3 022-

Switching lever with ball grip, with pushbutton

Order codes

Contact arrangement No. MSP 210 for surface mounting switch 1 (see Page 8/24)
Contact arrangement No. MSP 210 for surface mounting switch 2 (see Page 8/24)
Arrangement of surface mounting switch on mounting surface (mounted below on
left side)
Special version

Y
Y
07
-Z

Opto-electronic encoder 8 bits, with PROFIBUS, mounted on surface mounting switch 1 3)

A11

Opto-electronic encoder 8 bits, digital, mounted on surface mounting switch 2 4)

Complete ordering information for the master controller

Note:
Connecting cables from the encoder to the terminal strip/electronic terminal strip and, where applicable, between the encoders must be ordered separately (see Pages 8/28 and 8/31).

A06
3SJ3 022- 5 Y Y 0 7 -Z
A11+A06

1)

Additional connecting cable 3SX4175

Additional connecting cables 3SX4235 and 3SX4236
3)
Additional connecting cable 3SX4237
4) Additional connecting cable 3SX4232
2)

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/23

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Double master controllers 3SJ3

Circuit diagrams
In accordance with DIN 40 713, the graphical symbols that the
equipment circuit diagrams contain only provide information on
the type, connection and mode of operation of devices, but not
on their type of construction.
The symbol for a closed contact is as follows:

The contacts assigned for the arrangement of the switching

cams indicate the switching state in the 0 position.
If the switching shaft (camshaft) is turned to the right,
the switching program shown to the left of the zero position is
effective.

==== ====

G_CR01_XX_00108

0
01

1
2

03

05

G_CR01_XX_00109

4
6
10 10

01

03

05

02
04
06

10 10

10 10

Arrangement No. NEP 126 2867

Circuits for variable-speed drives without field weakening
(with 3 zero contacts)

01

06

01

03

02

3
10 10

04

G_CR01_EN_00111

Arrangement No. NEP 126 2866

Circuits "csak", "csk" and for variable-speed drives with engaged field
weakening stage (with 3 zero contacts)

03

02

35 10 10 35

G_CR01_EN_00110

04

10 10

10 10

Encoder

35

10 10

02

04

35

Encoder

Arrangement No. MSP 210

Circuits for variable-speed drives without field weakening

Arrangement No. MSP 220

Circuits for variable-speed drives with engaged field weakening

Special arrangements
Switch arrangements that deviate from the standard arrangements above can be included in a sketch in accordance with the
template below and enclosed with the inquiry/order.
G_CR01_XX_00177

4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4

4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10 010

011 11

12 012

8/24

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, digital

Overview
The opto-electronic encoder 6GA4603 for digital setpoints is
available in two versions:
Version with binary outputs for connection to an electronic
terminal strip
Version with an output for a PROFIBUS connection
The opto-electronic 8 bit encoder (OEC) becomes a digital master controller when it is assembled with two contact blocks
(4 switching contacts) of a double master controller 3SJ3. Of
these 4 switching contacts, 1 contact is required for monitoring
the 0 position and 2 contacts are required for specifying the

direction of motion. The fourth contact can be used if required for

engaging at 35 degrees for transition to the field weakening
zone.
The OEC must be supplied with 24 V DC either from the controlling device or from a separately installed power supply. Connecting cables are required for connecting the OEC to a terminal
strip / electronic terminal strip (see Page 8/28).

Technical data
Order No.

6GA4 603-2AA00

6GA4 603-5AA00

Type

OEC 2-2-1

OEC 4-2-1-2

Coding

Binary

Binary

Characteristic curve

Linear

Linear

V DC 18 ... 30

Power supply
Current consumption

18 ... 30

mA 150

110

Push-pull output stage 24 V DC,

10 mA

Binary output

Temperature range

C 20 ... +60

20 ... +60

Operating 80000
hours

Service life
Connection
Degree of protection
Weight, approx.

PROFIBUS DP DIN 19245 Part 3

up to 12 Mbaud transmission rate
ID No. 045C H
The PROFIBUS address can be set via two
rotary switches. Setting range: 1-99
80000

DSUB 15
with strain relief

DSUB 9
with strain relief

IP54

IP54

kg 0.41

0.82

Accessories
For connecting cables, see Page 8/28.

Characteristics

Direction signal
Left

150
145

Direction signal
Right

10
17.5

10
17.5

G_CR01_EN_00089

150
145

Zero point alignment

Output characteristic of the opto-electronic encoder for digital master controllers

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/25

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3
Connection system
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, digital

Overview
Connection diagram for opto-electronic encoder (OEC 2) with binary output

Encoder
6AGA4603-2AA00
with binary output

3SX4 175

brown
green
yellow
gray
pink
blue
black
red

violet
gray pink
red blue
pastel green
brown green

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

Function
not assigned
D6 active-high 24 V DC
D5 active-high 24 V DC
D4 active-high 24 V DC
D3 active-high 24 V DC
D2 active-high 24 V DC
D1 active-high 24 V DC
Ground 0 V
10 V to 30 V DC supply
not assigned
not assigned
Direction left, active-high
Direction right, active-high
D8 active-high 24 V DC
D7 active-high 24 V DC
Shield

Terminal block
or
ET200 electrical terminal strip

PIN assignment
Color of conductor
on the Sub D connector in cable

G_CR01_EN_00090

Connection diagram for opto-electronic encoder (OEC 4) with PROFIBUS DP

Encoder
6AGA4603-5AA00
with PROFIBUS

X1

X2

3 8

PIN assignment
on connector
1
11

Color of conductor
in cable
brown
white

Function
V B 24 V
Ground 0 V

Terminal
block
G_CR01_EN_00091

3SX4 236
IM 153 bus module
3SX4 235

Note:
For encoders with PROFIBUS:
The contacts of the master controller(s) are not routed over
PROFIBUS.

8/26

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3
Connection system
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, digital

Overview (continued)
Connection diagram for 2 encoders (OEC 2, OEC 4)
e.g. for double master controller with PROFIBUS DP
For a double master controller with one mounted opto-electronic
encoder, one encoder (OEC 4) with a PROFIBUS connection
can be connected to one switch and one encoder (OEC 2) with
a binary output can be connected to the second switch.

The latter is connected to the second interface of the encoder

over PROFIBUS as shown in the connection diagram below. This
interface converts the binary signals into a PROFIBUS signal.
The solution is less expensive than two encoders (OEC 4) with
PROFIBUS.

IM 153 bus module

Encoder
6AGA4603-5AA00
with PROFIBUS

3SX4 235
3 8
X1

PIN assignment
on connector
1
11

X2

Color of conductor
in cable
brown
white

Function
V B 24 V
Ground 0 V

Terminal
block
G_CR01_EN_00172

Encoder with
binary output
6AGA4603-2AA00

3SX4 237

Note:
The encoder (OEC 4) with PROFIBUS can only be connected
with one bus module; connection of an additional encoder (OEC
4) with PROFIBUS is not possible.

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/27

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3
Connection system
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, digital

Overview
The following connecting cables are required:
Cable for connecting the encoder (OEC 2) to a digital binary
output

100
bared

Connecting cable between encoder (OEC 4) with PROFIBUS

and encoder (OEC 2) with binary output as well as for connecting the power supply

1
G_CR01_EN_00176a

G_CR01_EN_00173a

Connection
to OEC 4
2

2
Connection
to OEC 2

1
Connection
to OEC 2

Sub-D plug connector

Sub-D connector

Housing type CONEC

Sub-D housing

Connecting lead LIY (C) Y, 2 x 0.25 mm2 / 2 m

Connecting lead LIY (C) Y, 14 x 0.25 mm2 / 2 m

Connecting lead LIY (C) Y, 16 x 0.25 mm2 / 0.45 m

Connecting cable for digital OEC 2: 3SX4 175

Cable for connecting OEC 4 to OEC 2: 3SX4 237

Cable for connecting the encoder (OEC 4) to PROFIBUS

Cable for connecting the analog encoder (OEC 2)

a) Bus cable between encoder and bus module

Connection
to bus module

3
100
bared
G_CR01_EN_00206

1
Connection
to OEC 4

3
2

G_CR01_EN_00174a

Connection
to OEC 2

8
1

Sub-D connector SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIBUS for

PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s

Highly flexible fieldbus cable (DIN 19245 Part 3 and EN 50170)

1 x 2 x 0.64 mm2 / 2 m
Sub-D connector SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIBUS for
PROFIBUS up to 12 Mbit/s

Connecting cable for OEC 4 PROFIBUS (bus cable): 3SX4 235

Sub-D connector

Sub-D housing

Connecting lead LIY (C) Y, 7 x 0.25 mm2 / 2 m

Connecting cable for analog OEC 2: 3SX4 232

b) Cable for encoder power supply

1
G_CR01_EN_00175a

3
Connection
to OEC 4 2

Sub-D plug connector

Housing type CONEC

Connecting lead LIY (C) Y, 2 x 0.25 mm2 / 2 m

Connecting cable for OEC 4 PROFIBUS (power supply): 3SX4 236

8/28

Siemens CR 1 2012

The ordering information for the cables can be found on

Page 8/31.

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, analog

Overview
The following opto-electronic encoders (OEC) for analog setpoints are available for direct connection of the setpoint generator to the control unit or to replace the magnetoresistive potentiometer 6KA9110-3B.
Encoder (OEC 2) analog with output 10 V
Encoder (OEC 2) analog with output 20 mA

The encoders can be ordered with linear, quadratic or progressive characteristics (see the output characteristics).
The encoders with linear or progressive characteristics must be
specified with plain text in the order. The price corresponds to
that of the encoder with a quadratic characteristic.

Technical data
Order No.

6GA4 603-3AA00

6GA4 603-4AA00

Type

OEC 2-3-2-2

OEC 2-3-2-6

Coding

6 bit Gray code

6 bit Gray code

Characteristic curve

Quadratic (2)

Quadratic (2)

V DC 18 ... 36

Power supply

18 ... 36

mA 150

Current consumption

150

10 V

Output

20 mA
max. 500 , 2 %

Required load
C 20 ... +60

Temperature range

20 ... +60

Operating hours 50000

Service life

50000

Connection

Female sub D connector DA 15

with strain relief

Female sub D connector DA 15

with strain relief

Degree of protection

IP54

IP54

kg 0.35

0.35

Weight, approx.

Accessories
Order No.

3SX4 232

Connector pin assignment

Power supply +24 V

Ground 0 V
Output 10 V/20 mA

Core color

Power supply Red

Ground Black
Output Green

Length

m 1.5 m

Weight, approx.

kg 0.2

Characteristics

145
150

+10 V/
+20 mA

Direction signal
Right

= Characteristic curve
1 = Linear
2 = Quadratic
3 = Progressive

10
3

10 17.5

150
145

2
10 V/
20 mA

1
Direction signal
Left

G_CR01_EN_00093

Zero point allignment

with LED

Output characteristic of the opto-electronic encoder for analog setpoints

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/29

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3
Wire-wound potentiometer 6KA9 924

Overview
The wire-wound potentiometer has a "zero region" at its midpoint
(master controller zero position). The version with the non-linear
characteristic curve supports precise operation of the drive at
low speeds.

The wire-wound potentiometer must be powered by the control

unit via two adjustable alignment resistors or supplied externally
with a regulated DC voltage.
Other resistance values are available on request.

Technical data
Order No.

6KA9 924-1

6KA9 924-2

Type

T 178

T 130

Current-carrying capacity (20 C)

W 2.5

2.5

Linearity error

% 0.3

0.3

% 1

Resistance tolerance
Total resistance

k 2 x 1.4

2x2

Weight, approx.

kg 0.070

0.068

Non-linear

Characteristic

Linear

Cycles 107

Mech. service life

107

Integration
V

680

R'
n*

R'
R

680

G_CR01_EN_00096

G_CR01_EN_00094

n*

Speed setpoint

Circuit diagram of the non-linear wire-wound potentiometer

Voltage
Angle of rotation

Characteristic of the non-linear wire-wound potentiometer

680

n*

680

G_CR01_EN_00097

G_CR01_EN_00095

n*

Speed setpoint

Circuit diagram of the linear wire-wound potentiometer

8/30

Siemens CR 1 2012

Voltage
Angle of rotation

Characteristic of the linear wire-wound potentiometer

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Accessories for double master controller 3SJ3
Accessories/spare parts
Version

Order No.

Approx.
weight
kg

Standard version

3SX4 157-AA 1)

0.75

Rugged version

3SX4 158-AA 1)

1.05

Without
arrangement
With arrangement
Without
arrangement
With arrangement

3SX4 152-0A

0.38

Without
arrangement
With arrangement
Without
arrangement
With arrangement

3SX4 153-0A

Accessories for switching lever

Drive block with
switching lever
Surface mounting
switch

6 A (E) 2)

With 4 contacts

16 A

Detent disc
3SX4 142

6 A (E) 2)

With 6 contacts

16 A

Microswitch
3SX4 136

Contact block

With 2 contacts 2 A with gold-plated contacts (E)

With 2 contacts 4 A with silver contacts

Cam discs
Wire hook

-1 3)
0.42

-0 3)
-1A
-1 3)
3SX4 144
3SX4 144-1

0.03
0.03

(1 set = 12 items)

3SX4 145

0.1

For pulling the cam disc

3SX4 146

0.005

3SX4 103

0.1

3SX4 136

0.05

Spring return

3SX4 138

0.12

Friction brake

3SX4 171

0.12

Detent disc 4 0 4

3SX4 142

0.012

Bellows
Microswitch

1)

2)

-0 3)
-1A

With mounting parts

Detent spring

(1 set with 3 items of various strength)

3SX4 143

0.005

Detent lever

(1 set = 2 items)

3SX4 172

0.02

Opto-electronic
encoder

8 bit, digital (OEC 2 digital)

6GA4 603-2AA00

0.35

8 bit, PROFIBUS (OEC 4)

6GA4 603-5AA00

0.35

8 bit, 10 V, quadratic characteristic (OEC 2 analog)

6GA4 603-3AA00

0.35

8 bit, 20 mA, quadratic characteristic (OEC 2 analog)

6GA4 603-4AA00

0.35

Wire-wound
potentiometer

Linear

6KA9 924-2

0.06

Non-linear

6KA9 924-1

0.07

Connecting cable

For OEC 2 digital, 2 m

3SX4 175

0.2

For OEC 4 PROFIBUS (bus cable), 2 m

3SX4 235

0.3

For OEC 4 PROFIBUS (power supply), 2 m

3SX4 236

0.2

For connecting OEC 4 to OEC 2, 0.45 m

3SX4 237

0.3

For OEC 2 analog, 2 m

3SX4 232

0.2

For Order No. supplements as for double master controller 3SJ3: Insert
Order No. supplements for the switching lever or grip according to Page
8/21 and for assignment of mounting surfaces to directions of movement of
the switching lever according to Page 8/21.

2)

E = suitable for electronics

3)

For switches with arrangement: Insert Order No. supplements for the
arrangement (see Page 8/21) and specify switch serial number.

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/31

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components

Dimension drawings
L2

L1

L2

80
G_CR01_EN_00113

Optoelectronic
encoder
(OEC4)

42

Optoelectronic
Wire-wound Clearance for encoder
potentioconnection
(OEC2)
Clearance
meter
for unplugging
the connector
15

G_CR01_EN_00112

L2

15

42

80
15

L1

80

L1

80

80

Clearance
for unplugging
the connector

Ball grip

Switching
lever with
ball grip

42

42

Pushbutton

Dead man Horn button or

button
mechanical
zero
position locking
Cover plate

84

77
10

max.3

180

115

42

96

G_CR01_EN_00114

15
Wire-wound
potentioClearance for
meter
connection

G_CR01_EN_00115

For countersunk screw

AM 4x6 DIN 63

Drilling arrangement

58

84

M4

70
5.5 For Countersunk
10 screw M5x8

Double master controller 3SJ3

Type

3SJ3

8/32

Number of
contacts

Surface mounting
switch

Analog setpoint generators

Digital setpoint encoders

Opto-electronic encoder

Wire-wound
potentiometer

Opto-electronic encoder

8 bit version

PROFIBUS

Dimension
L1

L2

L2

L2

L2

54

30

26

26

47

66.5

30

26

26

47

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components

Dimension drawings (continued)

32

32

M12x0.75

12 -0.05

KEL 54

Fastening hole
M4, 5 deep

43.5
66

G_CR01_EN_00116

1
18 16

Distance between
printer conductors 1.5 mm
Leakage path 4.5 mm

5.5

6h6

45

13
7.8

Hexagonal nut
SW14, thickness 3
M2.5 terminal screw
(max. 1.5 mm2)

Wire-wound potentiometer 6KA9 924-2

35

80

35

80
36

80

4.2

9-pole DI 9
15-pole DO 15
16

42

G_CR01_EN_00119

4.2

16

35

42

LED

G_CR01_EN_00118

36

20

26
30.5

35

12

26
30.5

42
3

80

6h9
20h11

21 12
3
3

44

44
1 Zero point alignment LED

Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603-2AA00, -3AA00, -4AA00

Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603-5AA00

Siemens CR 1 2012

8/33

 Siemens AG 2011

Crane components
Notes

8/34

Siemens CR 1 2012

Siemens AG 2011

Services
and documentation
9/2

Applications

9/3

Crane-specific training

9/13

Service & Support

9/15

SparesOnWeb

9/16

My Documentation Manager

9/17
9/17

Documentation
General documentation

9/19

CAD CREATOR

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Applications
Overview
Advice on applications and implementation
We offer a variety of consultation services to help you find the
optimum solution for the SIMOTION/SINAMICS application you
want to implement.
The quotation phase includes
Clarification of technical questions
Discussion of machine concepts and customer-specific
solutions
Selection of suitable technology and
Suggestions for implementation.
A technical feasibility study is also performed at the outset. In
this way, difficult points of the application can be identified and
solved early on. We can also configure and implement your application as a complete solution including control cabinet from a
single source.
During the implementation phase a number of proven standards
can be applied. This saves engineering costs.
The system can be commissioned by experienced, competent
personnel, if required. This saves time and trouble.

Our understanding of an application is the customer-specific

solution of an automation task based on standard hardware and
software components. In this respect, industry knowledge and
technological expertise are just as important as expert knowledge about how our products and systems work. We are setting
ourselves this challenge with more than 160 application engineers at 20 locations in 13 countries.
Application centers

We currently have application centers in:

Germany:
Head Office Erlangen and 6 German regions, e.g. in Munich,
Nuremberg, Stuttgart, Mannheim, Frankfurt, Chemnitz,
Cologne, Bielefeld, Bremen, Hanover, Hamburg
Italy: Bologna, Milan
USA: Atlanta
China: Beijing, Shanghai
France: Paris
Turkey: Istanbul
India: Mumbai
Switzerland: Zurich
United Kingdom: Manchester
Brazil: Sao Paulo
Japan: Tokyo, Osaka
The Netherlands: The Hague
Denmark: Ballerup
These application centers specialize in the use of SIMOTION/
SINAMICS. You can therefore rely on automation and drive specialists for implementing successful applications. By involving
your personnel at an early stage in the process, we can provide
a solid basis for rapid knowledge transfer, maintenance and further development of your automation solution.

9/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

If servicing is required, we can support you on site or via teleservice. For further information about servicing, please see "Service
& Support".
On-site application training
Training for the implemented applications can also be organized
and carried out on site. This training for machine manufacturers
and their customers does not deal with individual products, but
the entire hardware and software system (for example, automation, drives and visualization).
From an initial concept to successful installation and commissioning: We can provide complete support for SIMOTION/
SINAMICS! Contact your Siemens representative.
For additional information, refer to:
www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/apc
Standard Applications-Selection
Cranes

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
SITRAIN

Faster and more applicable know-how:

SITRAIN highlights

Crane-specific training courses regarding the use of

SIMOCRANE

Top trainers

SITRAIN Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial

Solutions provides you with comprehensive support in solving
your tasks.

Our trainers are skilled specialists with direct practical experience. Course developers have close contact with product development, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.

Training by the market leader in automation and plant engineering enables you to make independent decisions with confidence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of products and plants are concerned.

Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach
theory effectively. But since theory has its gray areas, we attach
great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up
to half of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in practice. We train you methodically
on state-of-the-art training equipment. This training approach
will give you all the confidence you need.
Customized training
In our training centers at Zoetermeer in The Netherlands and
Shanghai in China we offer an extensive, modular, graded training program for OEMs, system integrators and crane operators.
In our training courses on the topics of configuration, engineering, service, and maintenance we place considerable emphasis
on application-oriented, crane-specific training. In all courses
theoretical learning is combined with practical exercises on
crane-specific demo equipment. All courses are conducted in
English.

First-class know-how which pays off directly: In optimum cargo

handling services, more precise and safer motion control of the
load as well as faster troubleshooting and reduced downtimes.
In other words, higher profits and lower costs.
Achieve more with SITRAIN
Shorter times for commissioning, maintenance and service
Optimized cargo handling procedures
Reliable engineering and commissioning
Minimized downtimes for the crane system
Flexible adaptation of the crane system to market requirements
Compliance with quality standards in production
Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology
and staff

Contact
Visit our Internet site at:
www.siemens.nl/training/cranes
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
Siemens Training NL
Tel.: + 31 (70) 333-3900
E-mail: siemens.training.nl@siemens.com

Siemens CR 1 2012

9/3

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
Cranes: SIMOCRANE/SIMOTION/SINAMICS
Basics Crane course
Basics course:
Crane Physics and
Drive sizing
3 days

Simocrane

Simocrane

Engineers

Maintenance
Basic Software
Engineering course
SIMOTION / SINAMICS

Basic Software
Engineering course
SIMOTION / SINAMICS
5 days

SIMOCRANE Basic
Technology "Ready to Run"

5 days

5 days

Sway Control

Maintenance
SIMOCRANE
SIMOTION / SINAMICS

5 days

5 days

SIMOCRANE Sway
Control
Commissioning
2 days

Practical crane installation

SIMOCRANE Basic
Technology "Ready to Apply"
5 days

Safety
Crane Safety

SIMOTRAS HD
Commissioning
3 days

9/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

3 days

3 days

G_CR01_EN_00320

Basic Software
Engineering course
SIMOTION / SINAMICS

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
Basics Course: Crane Physics and Drive Dimensioning (CR-Basics)
Target group

Contents

Sales engineers, business developers, HW/SW engineering personnel

The course content is:

Mechanical crane system, drum, gearbox, pulley, load, hoisting and lowering. Calculation of physical quantities such as
speed, power, torque, acceleration and deceleration
Brakes: drum brake and disc brake for hoisting gear, built-on
holding brakes for travel gear. Safety aspects. Dimensioning
of brakes.
AC motor theory
AC motor dimensioning: intermittent duty, overload capability,
thermal derating. Overview of Siemens motor range for crane
applications
AC converter theory. SINAMICS S120/G120 product family.
Power infeed concepts with BLM, SLM, ALM or AC/AC power
modules. Application manuals: drive selection, common
mode oscillation and their effect on motor windings
SINAMICS dimensioning, physical aspects

Objectives
This course teaches participants to understand the crane's
mechanical system and its demand for physical quantities such
as power, torque, speed, acceleration etc. It provides general
understanding of AC motor theory as well as AC converter
power electronics. It enables the participants to dimension the
complete electrical drive systems for cranes.
Prerequisites
Preconditional to this course is a degree in electrical engineering.

Standard duration
3 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!
Siemens CR 1 2012

9/5

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
Basic Software Engineering SIMOTION/SINAMICS (CR-SICR1)
Target group

Contents

Crane engineers

The course content is:

Objectives

Day 1

This practical course guides participants in working with

SIMOTION and SINAMICS as a basis for the use of the
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology software package. This course
is a prerequiste for the course "Commissioning of SIMOCRANE
Basic Technology". Handling of SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
for ready-to-run solutions will be part of that training.

Drive dimensioning/configuration
New platform, basic configurations, system components,
communication, SINAMICS features, SINAMICS dimensioning, Safety Integrated, service concept, comparison between
MASTERDRIVES and SINAMICS.
Motor dimensioning for crane applications is not part of this
course!
This topic is handled in "Crane Control Basics Course;
CR-BASICS"
Crane technology & application - increasing productivity
Overview of basic technology, sway control, skew control,
vehicle positioning, collision prevention, profile scanning,
optimized trajectory, position control, applications
Cabling and wiring guidelines for cranes
Background, selection of load side components, dimensioning of cable cross-sections, power cable selection, installation
of control cables

Prerequisites
Preconditional to this course is basic knowledge of SIMATIC S7,
frequency controllers and crane technology.

Day 2 - 5
SINAMICS & SIMOTION
SINAMICS and SIMOTION overview
Introduction to SCOUT/STARTER engineering tools
Communication between SINAMICS & SIMOTION & PLC & PG
with PROFIBUS/Ethernet
Practical exercises with crane training sets
Use of the SCOUT engineering tool for an STS project
SINAMICS details and how to configure a DO (drive object)
Use of the control panel in SINAMICS
Information on the CompactFlash card
The basics of the trace and function generator
SIMOTION details and introduction to the programming language DCC to understand the principles
The basic use of variables, system - global - local how to configure a TO (technology object) and use the control panel in
SIMOTION
Introduction to the programming language's MCC to understand the principles
Firmware and licenses
Saving the project to CF card
The basic use of data sets
The CX32
Overview of SIMOCRANE Basic Technology, with demonstration program

Standard duration
5 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!

9/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology "Ready to Run" (CR-SICR2)
Target group

Contents

Crane SW engineers, commissioning engineers who have to

commission SIMOCRANE Basic Technology (standard Readyto-Run solution)

The course content is:

Objectives
This practical course guides participants in working with the
standard application software - "Ready-to-Run" solution of the
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology package. The software structure
and the range of functions will be introduced in detail. The procedure for commissioning of standard applications (e.g. STS
Crane) is the focus of this course. It is not the goal of this course
to adapt the programs. For such "Ready-to-apply" users, the
next course: SIMOCRANE Basic Technology "Ready-to-Apply" is
required.
Prerequisites
The following prerequisites are required:
Basic knowledge of SIMATIC S7,
Basic knowledge of frequency converters,
Basic knowledge of crane technology,
Basic knowledge of SIMOTION and SINAMICS (S120)
(we recommend the course "Basic Software Engineering
SIMOTION/SINAMICS (CR SICR1), or DR-SNS-SI and
MC-SMO-SYS)

Day 1:
Standard application SW Structure and functions
Overview of SIMOTION & SINAMICS S120
Overview of SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
Introduction to standard application SW
Configuration, communication (S7 SIMOTION SINAMICS),
SW structure, function modules,
Crane DCC library
Day 2:
Commissioning of SINAMICS, with practice
Setpoint channel
Stationary & turning measurement
Speed controller optimization
Day 3 4:
Commissioning of SIMOTION, with practice
Function module (on Technology Object)
Axis type settings
Position controller optimization
Crane technology (in Drive Control Chart)
Setpoint channel
Master switch, start pulse,
Sequential control (in Motion Control Chart)
Structure of the program
Introduction of the different operating modes
Day 5:
Service (diagnostics and trouble-shooting)
Diagnostics with examples
Trace
Trouble-shooting
Analysis in SIMOTION/SINAMICS
Introduction of the IT commissioning tool
Practical exercises with crane training kits
Standard duration

5 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!
Siemens CR 1 2012

9/7

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology "Ready to Apply" (CR-SICR3)
Target group

Contents

Crane SW engineers, commissioning engineers who have to engineer SIMOCRANE Basic Technology (Ready-to-Apply for their
own adaptation).

The course content is:

Objectives
The goal of this course is to adapt the standard software "Ready
to Run" for a special crane application, which is known as
"Ready to Apply", e.g. when certain cranes use more or less
motions and/or functions than in the standard application.
Prerequisites
Mandatory: SIMOCRANE Basic Technology "Ready to Run"
(CR-SICR2)

Review of key points: Programming ST, MCC, DCC and software

structure
On the basis of the standard project, add one new axis, for
example, one main drive two main drives
On the basis of the standard project, delete one existing axis, for
example, two trolleys (STS) one trolley
Add a new function module, for example, a slewing gear to RMG
Axis changeover
Case 1: Standard solution - more TOs on one x DO
(boom and trolley share one drive)
Case 2: Applicative solution - more TO Config.
(boom shared with Trolley 1 and Trolley 2)
Communication
More PZD S7 SIMOTION D (application address area)
More signals: SIMOTION D SINAMICS
Change address area
How to use onboard I/O for flying referencing
Configuration
Communication
Connection
Miscellaneous
Delete one CX32
Change FB , e.g. extending input/output communication for
SINAMICS and SIMOTION
Extending script files
Change motor data set
Changing the configuration to sensorless vector control
Practical exercises with crane training kits
Standard duration
5 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!

9/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
Crane: SINAMICS/SIMOTION/SIMOCRANE Maintenance (CR-MAINT)
Target group

Contents

Maintenance supervisor, maintenance technicians of container

terminals, ports, steel mills. Technical personnel from crane
builders and service companies involved in the crane control
system service and maintenance.

The course content is:

SIMATIC S7-400
Setup communication to the SIMATIC S7 PLC and check the
proper functioning of the PLC
Restore the original program to the PLC
PROFIBUS communication
Troubleshooting PROFIBUS communication, understanding
how PROFIBUS is working and how it is implemented on a
crane
DRIVE-CliQ communication
Check the DRIVE-CliQ connections, use the topology in
SCOUT to do this. Understand the DRIVE-CliQ rules for cranes
Ethernet communication
Troubleshooting Ethernet communication, understanding how
Ethernet is working and how it is implemented on a crane
SINAMICS CU320 Control Unit
SINAMICS infeed AIM and ALM
SINAMICS Motor Modules, Sensor Modules, etc.
SIMOTION
Functions of the modules. How to troubleshoot the modules.
What to do in the case of replacing a module
Basic application of SIMOCRANE
Functionality of SIMOCRANE, how to troubleshoot. How to use
the software tools STARTER, SCOUT and SIMATIC manager
SIMOCRANE - CMS Crane Management System
How to use the system
Ground fault detection in IT network with Bender sensing
module
How to use and test the Bender sensing module
Simulation and monitoring realistic drive loading
Exercises and troubleshooting on the full-size system
SINAMICS fault handling and repair
Use of the test box for diagnostics. Replace components
Demo with SIMOSEC switchgear

Objectives
This practical course guides participants in working with
SINAMICS infeeds, inverters, motors and brakes with the actual
ratings found on modern cranes.
Due to the special configuration of the training system, 2 motors
with their original rating can be operated at full speed, voltage
and current. For 1 motor, typical loading will be simulated using
the second motor as a load simulator. A full-sized Bubenzer disk
brake is installed to practise tuning the drive for correct brake
setting and release.
Handling of infeed and inverter faults is practised to the extent
of component level repair and system recovery.
The SINAMICS infeed and inverters are controlled from a
SIMATIC S7-400 via PROFIBUS just as on the real crane control
system.
The SIMOCRANE Crane Management System is available on the
training system.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite to this course is knowledge of SINAMICS and
SIMOTION and basic application of SIMOCRANE as gained in
the CR-SICR1 course.
Basic knowledge of SIMATIC S7.

Standard duration
5 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!
Siemens CR 1 2012

9/9

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
SIMOCRANE Sway Control Commissioning (CR-SICRSWC)
Target group

Contents

Crane SW engineers, commissioning engineers who have to

commission SIMOCRANE Basic Technology along with
SIMOCRANE Sway Control or standalone Sway Control.

The course content is:

Objectives
This practical course guides participants in working with the
Sway Control System as a basis for the use of the SIMOCRANE
Sway Control package. This training is a prerequisite for commissioning of the SIMOCRANE Sway Control product.
The training for the SIMOCRANE Sway Control product is
designed for the following product families:
SIMOCRANE CeSAR
SIMOCRANE SC SIMOTION

Prerequisites
The following prerequisites are required:
Basic knowledge of SIMATIC S7,
Basic knowledge of frequency controllers,
Basic knowledge of crane technology,
Basic knowledge of SIMOTION and SINAMICS (S120)
We recommend the course: Basic Software Engineering
SIMOTION/SINAMICS (or DR-SNS-SI and MC-SMO-SYS)

Day 1:
Various sway systems
Survey, selection of Sway Control, basic configurations,
system components, communication, diagnostics tool,
features, Safety Integrated, positioning, trim-list-skew,
manual/automatic operation, unload on the fly
Preparation of the PLC program
Day 2:
Commissioning
Commissioning tool CeCOMM overview
Introduction of functions
Communication
Checking of pre-conditions
How to configure the PROFIBUS interface
Optimizing the sway controller
Adjusting the camera
Introduction of commissioning/instruction manual
The basic use of parameters
Practical exercises with the crane model
Notes
Course location is Magdeburg in Germany.
Minimum 2 persons and maximum 4 persons.
Standard duration
2 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!

9/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
Crane Safety (CR-SAFETY)
Target group

Contents

Crane control system design engineers

The course content is:

Relevance of risk assessment for the entire crane (including
mechanical system) as per ISO 12100 (safety of machinery basic concepts - general principles of design) and ISO 14121
(safety of machinery risk assessment)
Discussion of a sample risk assessment as normally prepared
by a machine builder
Basic requirements for the electrical control system as per
IEC 60204-32 (2008)
Function of crane supply switch, crane disconnect switch and
crane switch
Typical implementations of hoist control safety systems
Typical implementations of travel (bridge, trolley, gantry)
control safety systems
Behavior of control system in the event of failures. Fulfilling
redundancy and diversity requirements
Introduction of SIGUARD safety components
Implications of applying ISO 13849 and IEC 62061 (safety of
machinery functional safety of safety-related electrical, electronic and programmable electronic control systems)
Guidelines for the application of hard-wired and programmable safety-related control systems

Objectives
This course teaches participants how to work practically with the
current safety standards such as ISO 12100, ISO 14121 and
IEC 60204-32 and how to apply these standards to the engineering of control circuits using Siemens control components.
The focus will be on hard-wired safety circuits. But design
requirements resulting from IEC 13849, IEC 62061 for safetyrelated programmable electronic control systems will also be
covered.
Prerequisites
The following prerequisites are required:
Basic knowledge of SIMATIC S7,
Basic knowledge of frequency converters,
Basic knowledge of crane technology,
Basic knowledge of SIMOTION and SINAMICS (S120)
We recommend the course: Basic Software Engineering
SIMOTION/SINAMICS
Preconditional to this course is a degree in electrical engineering.

Notes
Official hard copies of ISO 12100, ISO 14121 and IEC 60204-32
will be part of the course documentation.
If you want to join the waiting list, please book for this date. As
soon as we have a date we will inform you.
Then you can decide if you want to be on this course or if you
want to stay on the waiting list.
Standard duration
3 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!
Siemens CR 1 2012

9/11

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Crane-specific training
SIMOTRAS HD Commissioning (CR-SIMOTRA)
Target group

Contents

Commissioning, engineering and maintenance engineers

Day 1:

Objectives

System overview, basic AC drives with slip-ring motors

SIMOTRAS HD functionality in comparison with older types
SIMOTRAS H and SIMOTRAS HE
Basic information about AC drives with slip-ring motors
(closed-loop control, open-loop control, torque-speed diagrams, calculation example)
Control panels, electronic boards, connections, overview of
SIMOTRAS HD training unit
Standard application and function descriptions

This theoretical and practical course guides participants in

working with SIMOTRAS HD, a microprocessor-controlled converter for speed control of slip-ring motors with stator phaseangle control and electronic phase reversal.
Prerequisites
Prerequisite to this course is a basic knowledge of AC drives
with slip-ring motors

Day 2:
Drive-specific controls, commissioning, exercises
Integrated drive-specific (crane) control
Exercises: Quick start setup
Exercises: Step by step start-up
Day 3:
Fault diagnostics, drive monitor, PROFIBUS communication
Exercises: Drive recordings with drive monitor
Measurement and tests with training unit
PROFIBUS DP communication with SIMATIC S7 automation
system
Exercises: Drive control with SIMATIC S7
Practical exercises with SIMOTRAS HD training set
Standard duration
3 days

Note:
The crane-specific SIMOCRANE training is only available in
English!

9/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle

rt
up p o
S
e
O n li n

Tec
S u p hnic a l
p or t

ld
Fie vice
r
Se

Service
Programs

Training

Sp
are
Pa
r ts

Technical
Consulting

Modernization
Services

For machine constructors, solution providers and plant operators: The service offering from Siemens Industry, Automation and
Drive Technologies includes comprehensive services for a wide
range of different users in all sectors of the manufacturing and
process industry
To accompany our products and systems, we offer integrated
and structured services that provide valuable support in every
phase of the life cycle of your machine or plant - from planning
and implementation through commissioning as far as maintenance and modernization.

Online Support

Engineering
Support

Optimization
Services

Our Service & Support accompanies you worldwide in all matters concerning automation and drives from Siemens. We provide direct on-site support in more than 100 countries through all
phases of the life cycle of your machines and plants.
You have an experienced team of specialists at your side to provide active support and bundled know-how. Regular training
courses and intensive contact among our employees - even
across continents - ensure reliable service in the most diverse
areas.

Technical Consulting
The comprehensive online information platform supports you in
all aspects of our Service & Support at any time and from any location in the world.

Support in planning and designing your project: From detailed

actual-state analysis, definition
of the goal and consulting on
product and system questions
right through to the creation of
the automation solution.

www.siemens.com/
automation/service&support

9
Technical Support

Training
Expert advice on technical
questions with a wide range of
demand-optimized services for
all our products and systems.

Extend your competitive edge through practical know-how

directly from the manufacturer.
www.siemens.com/sitrain

www.siemens.com/
automation/support-request

Contact information is available in the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Siemens CR 1 2012

9/13

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Service & Support
The unmatched complete service
for the entire life cycle

Engineering Support

Modernization
Support during project engineering and development with
services fine-tuned to your requirements, from configuration
through to implementation of an
automation project.

Field Service

You can also rely on our support

when it comes to modernization
- with comprehensive services
from the planning phase all the
way to commissioning.

Service programs
Our Field Service offers you services for commissioning and
maintenance - to ensure that
your machines and plants are
always available.

Our service programs are selected service packages for an

automation and drives system or
product group. The individual
services are coordinated with
each over to ensure smooth
coverage of the entire life cycle
and support optimum use of
your products and systems.
The services of a Service Program can be flexibly adapted at
any time and used separately.

Spare parts
In every sector worldwide,
plants and systems are required
to operate with constantly increasing reliability. We will provide you with the support you
need to prevent a standstill from
occurring in the first place: with
a worldwide network and optimum logistics chains.

Repairs
Downtimes cause problems in
the plant as well as unnecessary
costs. We can help you to reduce both to a minimum - with
our worldwide repair facilities.

Examples of service programs:

7 Service contracts
7 Plant IT Security Services
7 Life Cycle Services for Drive Engineering
7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Life Cycle Services
7 SINUMERIK Manufacturing Excellence
7 SIMATIC Remote Support Servicess
Advantages at a glance:
7 Reduced downtimes for increased productivity
7 Optimized maintenance costs due to a tailored scope of services
7 Costs that can be calculated and therefore planned
7 Service reliability due to guaranteed response times and
spare part delivery times
7 Customer service personnel will be supported and relieved of
additional tasks
7 Comprehensive service from a single source, fewer interfaces
and greater expertise

Optimization
During the service life of machines and plants, there is often
a great potential for increasing
productivity or reducing costs.
To help you achieve this potential, we are offering a complete
range of optimization services.

Contact information is available in the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/automation/partner

9/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

SparesOnWeb
Overview
SparesOnWeb Online spare parts catalog

SparesOnWeb is a web-based tool for selecting the spare parts

available for the SINAMICS system. After you have registered
and entered the serial number and Order No., the spare parts
available for the relevant unit are displayed.
The delivery state for specific orders can be displayed for all
shipped SINAMICS products.
http://workplace.automation.siemens.com/sparesonweb

Siemens CR 1 2012

9/15

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

My Documentation Manager
Overview

Design
My Documentation Manager is the web-based system to
generate personalized documentation based on standard
documents. It is part of the Service & Support Portal.

Compile customized documentation

Search in the Service & Support portal

My Documentation Manager
Customizing information
My Documentation Manager offers all Motion Control customers
an innovation with extended usability: Machine manufacturers
and end customers are not only able to assemble their own customized technical documents for a specific product or system,
they can also generate complete libraries with individually configured contents. The content that matches your topic can be
found from the full range of I IA&DT documentation stored under
Service & Support using the operator interface and assembled
using Drag & Drop into application-based libraries, generated
and even combined with your own documentation. The self-generated collections can be saved in the commonly used RTF and
PDF formats or even in XML format.
You must register for Configure and Generate/Manage (the existing login can be used, e.g. Industry Mall
www.siemens.com/industrymall)
Document in My Documentation Manager

Benefits
Display
View, print or download standard documents or personalized
documents
7 Configure
Transfer standard documents or parts of them to personalized
documents
7 Generate/manage
Produce and manage personalized documents in the formats
PDF, RTF or XML
7

Function
Opening My Documentation Manager
There are two ways to open My Documentation Manager:
Search in the Service & Support Portal
www.siemens.com /automation/service&support
Appropriate manuals are designated as "configurable". My
Documentation Manager opens by clicking on "Display and
configure". The selected document is displayed as the current
document.
Using the direct link from the Service & Support
portal
www.automation.siemens.com /docconf/
After logon/registration, the online help is displayed as the
current document.

Further information
You can find further information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/mdm

9/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Documentation
General documentation

Overview
A high-quality programmable control or drive system can be
used to maximum effect only if the user is aware of the performance of the products used as a result of intensive training and
good technical documentation.
This is becoming more important due to the shorter innovation
cycles of modern automation products and the convergence of
electronics and mechanical engineering.
Comprehensive documentation is available for SIMOTION and
the SINAMICS S120 drive system, including the Operating Manual, Programming Manual or Configuration Manual, as well as
the Commissioning Manual.
Information is available in the following formats:
Paper version, printed copy
PDF file available on Internet as DOConWEB application with
'search all documents' function
www.siemens.com/automation/doconweb
You can find additional information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/docu
Information and documentation relating to SIMOTION are
available in the form of:
Windows Help in conjunction with the SCOUT engineering
system
Documentation (PDF) on the product CD ROM
Documents/documentation at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
10805436/133300

Applications
Explanations regarding manuals:
Equipment Manual/Configuration Manual
containing all necessary information about the intended use of
the components of a system, e.g. technical data, interfaces,
dimension drawings, characteristics and possible applications.
Phases of use: Cabinet configuration/setup, circuit diagram
configuration/drawing.
Commissioning Manual
containing all information relevant to commissioning after installation and wiring. It also contains all safety and warning notices relevant to commissioning in addition to overview drawings.
Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have already been connected, configuration of system functions.
List Manual
containing all parameters, function diagrams, and
faults/alarms for the product/system as well as their meanings
and setting options. It contains parameter data and fault/alarm
descriptions with functional correlations.
Phases of use: Commissioning of components that
have already been connected, configuration of system functions, fault cause/diagnosis.
Getting Started
providing information about getting started for the first-time
user as well as references to additional information. It contains
information about the basic steps to be taken during commissioning. The information in the other documentation should be
carefully observed for all of the other work required.
Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have already been connected.
Function Manual Drive Functions
containing all the relevant information about individual drive
functions: Description, commissioning and integration in the
drive system.
Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have already been connected, configuration of system functions.

Siemens CR 1 2012

9/17

Services and documentation

Documentation
General documentation

Selection and ordering data

Description

Order No.

Catalog PM 21 2011
German

E86060-K4921-A101-A2

English

E86060-K4921-A101-A2-7600

French

E86060-K4921-A101-A2-7700

Italian

E86060-K4921-A101-A2-7200

Catalog ST 70 2011
German

E86060-K4670-A101-B3

English

E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7600

French

E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7700

Italian

E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7200

Spanish

E86060-K4670-A101-B3-7800

Catalog ST 80/ST PC 2011

German

E86060-K4680-A101-B8

English

E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7600

French

E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7700

Italian

E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7200

Spanish

E86060-K4680-A101-B8-7800

Decentralizing with PROFIBUS DP ISBN 3-89578-074-X

Description

Order No.

User/manufacturer documentation
DOConCD
SINAMICS S120
User and Manufacturer
Documentation on CD-ROM
with Help Tool
Edition: 11/2009
Languages:
English, German

6SL3097-2CA00-0YG6

Further information
Please send any queries or suggestions to:
docu.motioncontrol@siemens.com

9/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

CAD CREATOR
Overview
CAD CREATOR
Dimension drawing and 2D/3D CAD generator

Benefits (continued)
SINUMERIK solution line
- CNC controls
- Operator components for CNC controls
SIMOTION
- SIMOTION D
- SIMOTION C
The CAD CREATOR offers a variety of options for configuring,
but also different methods of searching for a product:
According to order number
According to technical description
After successful configuration of the product, the dimension
drawings (2D/3D CAD models) are displayed with the integrated
viewer and made available for export.

Selection and ordering data

Thanks to the user-friendly operator interface of the

CAD CREATOR, it is easy to configure controls, drives and
motors. With the support of the CAD CREATOR, product-specific
dimension drawings and 2D/3D CAD models can be created
quickly. The CAD CREATOR assists the machine manufacturer's
designers, offer drafting engineers and project engineers.

Benefits
7
7
7

7
7

Description

Order No.

CAD CREATOR
Dimension drawing and 2D/3D CAD
generator on DVD-ROM
Languages:
English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish

6SL3075-0AA00-0AG0

Further information
The CAD CREATOR is available on DVD-ROM and as an Internet
application.
You can find additional information on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/cadcreator

Provision of dimension drawings as 2D/3D-CAD models in mm

and inches
Display of CAD models and dimension drawings by integrated
viewers
Support for all general geometry interfaces STEP, IGES, Parasolid, SAT, VDA, and for special interfaces such as Ideas, NX,
Solid Edge, Pro/Engineer, Autocad, Inventor,
Mechanical Desktop, Catia and Solidworks
Multilingual operator interface in English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish
Dimension drawings and 2D/3D CAD models for
Motors
- 1FT6/1FT7/1FK7 synchronous motors
- 1FE1 built-in synchronous motors
- 1FW3 torque motors
- 1FW6 built-in torque motors
- 1FT6/1FT7/1FK7/1FK7 DYA geared motors
- 1PH8 synchronous/asynchronous motors
- 1PH7/1PH4/1PL6/1PM4/1PM6 asynchronous motors
- 2SP1 motor spindles
- 1FN3 linear motors
SINAMICS S120
- Control Units
- Power Modules (booksize/chassis)
- Line Modules (booksize/chassis)
- Line-side components
- Motor Modules (booksize/chassis)
- DC link components
- Additional system components
- Load-side power components
- Encoder system connection
- Connection system MOTION-CONNECT

Siemens CR 1 2012

9/19

 Siemens AG 2011

Services and documentation

Notes

9/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

10

Siemens AG 2011

SIMOCRANE symbols
Appendix
10/2

SIMOCRANE symbols

10/11

Approvals

10/12

Contacts
at Industry Automation and
Drive Technologies

10/13
10/13

Online Services
Information and Ordering in the Internet
and on DVD

10/14
10/14
10/15

Notes on software
Software licenses
Setup texts and software update service

10/16

Metal surcharges

10/18
10/18
10/21

Indices
Subject index
Order No. index

10/28

Conditions of sale and delivery

10/28

Export regulations

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Functions of the crane management system
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Status display

Graphical visualization of crane, components and subsystems

Settings of operating parameters for crane operation

Condition monitoring

Recording of highly dynamic operating variables

Monitoring of limit values

Error diagnostics

Alarm/event reporting with archiving

Calling up contextual information
Error analysis functions

Measured value acquisition

Long-term recording of operating values

Graphical or tabular representation and evaluation

Operating data acquisition

and reporting

Acquisition of operating data, operating hours and counter values

Reporting

Reference information

Fast access to plant-related sources of information

Maintenance functions

Maintenance messages and instructions

10

10/2

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
User groups
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Crane driver

Crane driver directly on the crane

Restricted operator authorizations in crane management system

Crane driver (remote)

Crane driver at remote control desk

Restricted operator authorizations in crane management system

Maintenance technician

Maintenance or service technician for crane systems

Extended operator authorizations in crane management system
(detailed diagnostics)

Administrator

System administrator (IT)

Unrestricted operator authorizations in crane management system

Operator

Plant operators
Restricted operator authorizations in crane management system
Creation of evaluations and reports

Remote service

Maintenance or service technician for crane systems with remote

access
System specialist with remote access

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/3

10

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Installation locations
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Electrical room

Installation location for the complete drive and control technology

on a crane

Crane driver cabin

Moveable or permanently installed crane driver cabin

Maintenance building

Building/location of service and maintenance technician

at a terminal

Administration center

Terminal administration
Central control room with logistics systems
Central server landscape and IT administration

10

10/4

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Crane drives and drive axes
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Hoist

Hoisting axis for container cranes

Gantry

Gantry axis for cranes of different types

Trolley

Traversing axis for the trolley of cranes of different types

Slewing gear

Slewing gear axis for slewing luffing cranes and similar types

Grab

Holding and closing gear for grab cranes

Boom

Drive axis for the crane boom-hoist for STS or ship unloading cranes

10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/5

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Extended technological functions and products
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

SIMOCRANE
Sway Control Systems

Automatic sway control for cranes of different types

SIMOCRANE
Truck Positioning

Positioning system for trucks hitched to trailers in container terminals

SIMOCRANE CMS

Crane management system

Status display
Diagnostics
Information

Position control

Automatic picking up of a load (container) from a truck

Automatic lowering of a load (container) onto a truck
Application-specific function with the use of SIMOCRANE products
Truck Positioning and the SIMOCRANE Sway Control System

Collision Detection Stack

Collision protection in the stacking area of container terminals

Collision Detection ASC

Collision protection for automatic stacking cranes at container

terminals

Collision Detection STS

Collision protection crane ship with STS cranes

Avoidance of damage to crane or ship

10

10/6

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Extended technological functions and products (continued)
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Automatic travel

Automatic or semi-automatic loading and unloading for container

cranes
This function is derived from a function of "SIMOCRANE Sway Control
Systems"

On-the-fly unloading

On-the-fly unloading of bulk material to grab cranes

Skew control

Automatic control of the load angle on a ship to shore crane (STS)

The presence of the corresponding mechanical components is a
prerequisite for this function
This function is derived from a function of
"SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems"

Position control (stack)

Automatic positioning

Profile scanning

Automatic detection of the height profile of a container stack

in the "stack"
Prerequisite for fully automatic crane operation in the stacking area
and for avoiding collisions

Bay scanning

Automatic acquisition of the height profile of a container stack

on the ship
Prerequisite for automatic mode in conjunction with SIMOCRANE
Sway Control Systems

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/7

10

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Crane types
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Ladle crane

Ladle crane in steelworks

Straddle carrier

Mobile transport crane in container terminals

RTG (ECO RTG)

Rubber Tired Gantry

Mobile, rubber-tired stacking crane
ECO RTG
Energy-efficient and diesel-powered RTG with hybrid drive system
and reload function

GSU

Grab Ship Unloader

Grab ship unloading crane for handling bulk material in the harbor
area

STS

Ship To Shore crane

Container handling in the harbor area
Cargo handling between ship and terminal

RMG

Rail Mounted Gantry

Rail-mounted stacking crane in the container terminal
This type of crane is frequently used as an automated stacking crane
(ASC)

SLC

Slewing luffing crane

10

10/8

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Subsystems and components
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Converter

Frequency converter for three-phase motors

Motor

Motor for the hoisting gear, gantry, trolley, slewing gear etc.

Master switch

Control instrument at crane driver's seat

Cable trailing

Trailing cable system for moving crane components

Example: Container crane trolley

Cable drum

Cable drum for the main supply cable of electrically supplied cranes

Brake

Brakes for the different drive axes of a crane

10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/9

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
SIMOCRANE symbols
Subsystems and components (continued)
Function

Symbol

Description of functions

Refurbishment

Service for the modernization and conversion of older crane systems

CeSAR

Controller-supported Sway Control System

10

10/10

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Approvals
Overview
TUV: TUV Rheinland of North America Inc.
Independent public testing institution in North America
National recognized testing laboratory (NRTL)
Test symbol:
cTUVus Tested by TUV in accordance with the UL and CSA
standards
CSA: Canadian Standard Association
Independent public testing institution in Canada

G_NC01_XX_00423

Test symbol:
CSA Tested by CSA in accordance with the CSA standard
Test standard:
Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2/No. 0-M91/No. 14-05/No. 142-M1987

Many of the products in this catalog comply with UL or CSA

requirements and are labeled with the corresponding approval
designation.
All of the approvals, certificates, declarations of conformity, test
certificates, e.g. CE, UL, Safety Integrated etc. have been performed with the associated system components as they are described in the catalogs and configuration manuals.
The certificates are only valid if the products are used with the
described system components, are installed according to the installation guidelines and are used for their intended purpose.
In other cases, the vendor of these products is responsible for
arranging that new certificates are issued.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories
(independent public testing institution in North America)
Test symbol:
UL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with the UL
standard
cUL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with the
CSA standard
cULus for end products, tested by UL in accordance with the
UL and CSA standards
UR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in accordance with the UL standard
cUR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in accordance with the CSA standard
cURus for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with the UL and CSA standards
Test standards:
SIMOTION: Standard UL 508
SINAMICS: Standard UL 508C
Motors: Standard UL 547

10

Product category/file No.:

SIMOTION: E164110
SINAMICS: E192450
Motors: E93429

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/11

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Contacts at Industry Automation and Drive Technologies
Your personal contact partner and further information on cranes
can be found at:
www.automation.siemens.com/mcms/mc/en/
mechanicalengineering/crane-solutions/Pages/
crane-solutions.aspx
Siemens Internet addresses:
The latest information about SIMOTION products, product
support, and FAQs can be found on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/simotion.
Information on product support can be found on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
10805436/130000.
The latest information about SINAMICS products, product
support, and FAQs can be found on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics.
The latest information about SIMOCRANE products, product
support, and FAQs can be found on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/
10807397/130000.
Application notes:
Available on the Internet at
http://intranet.automation.siemens.com/mcms/mc/en/
services/technicalconsulting/application-support-productionmachines/standard-applicationsselection/Pages/standardapplications-selection.aspx.
Siemens I DT Application Support Cranes
e-mail: applications.cranes.aud@siemens.com
(mailto:applications.cranes.aud@siemens.com)
Training:
We also offer introductory courses to help you familiarize yourself with SIMOCRANE Basic Technology. You will find further
information at
www.siemens.nl /training/cranes.
If you have any additional questions please contact your local
Siemens sales person.

10

10/12

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Online Services
Information and Ordering
in the Internet and on DVD

Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and configuring automation
systems. It goes without saying that this information must always
be fully up-to-date.
Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies has
therefore built up a comprehensive range of information in the
World Wide Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data
required.
Under the address
www.siemens.com/industry
you will find everything you need to know about products, systems and services.

Product Selection Using the Interactive Catalog of Industry

Detailed information together with convenient interactive
functions:
The interactive catalog CA 01 covers more than 80 000 products
and thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Industry Automation and Drive Technologies product base.
Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the
fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.
All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to
work with and intuitive.
After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the
press of a button, by fax or by online link.
Information on the interactive catalog CA 01 can be found in the
Internet under
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.

10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/13

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Notes on software
Software licenses

Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined
Engineering software
Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation,e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable files generated with the runtime software for your own use or for use by
third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers various types of software license:
Floating license
Single license
Trial license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one installation of the software. The type of use licensed is specified in
the ordering data and in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types
of use include for example per device, per axis, per channel,
etc.
One single license is required
for each type of use defined.

10

Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes. It
can be transferred to another license.

10/14

Siemens CR 1 2012

Certificate of License
The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated. The delivery versions
Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with the
upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous version, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products. ServicePacks may be duplicated for the use as prescribed according to
the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and is
also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license, etc.)
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions
can be found in the "Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG"
or on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com /industrymall
(Industry Mall Online Help System)
I IA&DT/Software licenses/De 06.05.10

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Notes on software
Setup texts and software update service

Overview
The "General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives" are applicable for supplies and deliveries of
I DT software products.
Legal notes during setup for new software products
All software products feature a uniform reference to the license
conditions. The license conditions are enclosed either with the
documentation or in the software pack. When software is downloaded from the Internet, the license contract is displayed before
the ordering procedure and must be accepted by the user before downloading can continue.
Notice:
This software is protected by German and/or US copyright law
and the regulations of international agreements. Unauthorized
reproduction or sale of this software or parts of it is a criminal
offense. This will lead to criminal and civil prosecution, and may
result in significant fines and/or claims for damages. Prior to installing and using the software, please read the applicable licensing conditions for this software. You will find these in the
documentation or packaging.
If you have received this software on a CD-ROM that is marked
Trial version or accompanying software that is licensed for your
use, the software is only permitted to be used for test and validation purposes in accordance with the accompanying conditions for the trial license. To this end, it is necessary that programs, software libraries, etc., are installed on your computer.
We therefore urgently recommend that installation is performed
on a single-user computer or on a computer that is not used in
the production process or for storing important data, since it
cannot be completely excluded that existing files will be modified or overwritten. We accept no responsibility whatsoever for
damage and/or data losses that result from this installation or the
non-observance of this warning. Every other type of use of this
software is only permitted if you are in possession of a valid license from Siemens.

Software update service

Ordering
To order the software update service, an order number must be
specified. The software update service can be ordered when the
software products are ordered or at a later date. Subsequent orders require that the ordering party is in possession at least of a
single license.
Note:
It is recommended that the software update service is ordered
as early as possible. If a new software version of a software product is released for delivery by Siemens, only those customers will
receive it automatically who are entered in the appropriate delivery list at Siemens at this time. Previous software versions, or the
current software version are not supplied when the software update service is ordered. The software update service requires
that the software product is up-to-date at the time of completion
of the contract for the software update service.
Delivery
When a software update service is ordered, you will be sent the
contractual conditions of this service and the price is due for
payment. At the same time, you will be included in a delivery list
for the software product to be updated. If Siemens releases a
new software version for the corresponding software product for
general sale (function or product version), it will be delivered automatically to the goods recipient specified in the delivery address within the contract period.

Further information
Security note
In the case of software for remote maintenance or connection
to higher-level networks, suitable protection measures must be
taken (including IT security, e.g. network segmentation) to
guarantee safe operation of the system. You can find more
information on Industrial Security on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity

If you are not in possession of a valid license that can be proven

by presenting an appropriate Certificate of License/software
product certificate, please abort installation immediately and
contact a Siemens office without delay to avoid claims for damages.

10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/15

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Metal surcharges
Explanation of the metal factor
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic
official prices for these metals are exceeded.
The surcharges will be determined based on the following
criteria:
Official price of the metal
Official price on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to
the release order (=daily price) for
- silver (sale price of the processed material),
- gold (sale price of the processed material)
Source: Umicore, Hanau
(http://www.metalsmanagement.umicore.com)
and for
- copper (low DEL notation + 1%),
- aluminum (aluminum in cables) and
- lead (lead in cables)
Source: German Trade Association for Cables and Conductors (http://www.kabelverband.org)
Metal factor of the products
Certain products are assigned a metal factor. The metal factor
determines the official price as of which the metal surcharges
are charged and the calculation method used (weight or percentage method). An exact explanation is given below.

Weight method
The weight method uses the basic official price, the daily price
and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge,
the basic official price must be subtracted from the daily price.
The result is then multiplied by the raw material weight.
The basic official price can be found in the table below using the
number (2 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. The raw
material weight can be found in the respective product descriptions.
Percentage method
Use of the percentage method is indicated by the letters A-Z at
the respective digit of the metal factor.
The surcharge is increased dependent on the deviation of the
daily price compared with the basic official price using the percentage method in "steps" and consequently offers surcharges
that remain constant within the framework of this "step range". A
higher percentage rate is charged for each new step. The respective percentage level can be found in the table below.
Metal factor examples
LEA
Basis for % surcharge: List price

Structure of the metal factor

Silver: basis 150 , step range 50 , 0.5%

The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit indicates
whether the method of calculation refers to the list price or a discounted price (customer net price)
(L = list price / N = customer net price).

Copper: basis 150 , step range 50 , 0.1 %

No surcharge for aluminum
No surcharge for lead

The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for

the respective metal. If no surcharge is added, a "-" is used.
1st digit

List or customer net price using the percentage method

2nd digit

for silver (AG)

3rd digit

for copper (CU)

4th digit

for aluminum (AL)

5th digit

for lead (PB)

6th digit

for gold (AU)

No surcharge for gold

N A 6
Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price
No surcharge for silver
Copper: basis 150 , step range 50 , 0.1 %
Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
3
No basis necessary
No surcharge for silver
Copper acc. to weight, basic official price150
No surcharge for aluminum

10

No surcharge for lead

No surcharge for gold

10/16

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Metal surcharges
Values of the metal factor
Percentage
method

Basic official
price

Step range

% surcharge
1st step

% surcharge
2nd step

% surcharge
3rd step

% surcharge
4th step

Official price

Official price

Official price

Official price

% surcharge per
additional step

151 200

201 250

251 300

150

50

0.1

0.2

0.3

301 350
0.4

0.1

150

50

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

0.2
0.3

150

50

0.3

0.6

0.9

1.2

150

50

0.4

0.8

1.2

1.6

0.4

150

50

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

0.5

150

50

0.6

1.2

1.8

2.4

0.6

150

50

1.2

2.4

3.6

4.8

1.2

150

50

1.8

1.8

3.6

5.4

7.2

176 225

226 275

276 325

326 375

175

50

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.1

175

50

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

0.2

175

50

0.5

0.5

1.0

1.5

2.0

226 275

276 325

326 375

376 425

225

50

0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

0.2

225

50

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

1.0

225

50

1.0

1.5

2.0

3.0

1.0

225

50

1.2

2.5

3.5

4.5

1.0

151 175

176 200

201 225

226 250

Y
Z

150
400

25
25

0.3

0.6

0.9

1.2

401 425

426 450

451 475

476 500

0.1

0.2

0.3

0.4

0.3
0.1

Price basis (1st digit)

L

Charged on the list price

Charged on the customer net price or discounted list price

Weight method

Basic official
price

100

150

175

200

225

300

400

555

Calculation based on raw material weight

Misc.
-

No metal surcharge

10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/17

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Subject index
Chapter/Page
Numeric
3PY6 resistor grid
3PY6 301 resistor grid
3PS3 steel grid resistor units
Arrangement
Climate resistance
Connecting the cables
Degree of protection
Design
For installation one above the other
For stand-alone installation
Regulations
A
Accessories for double master controller 3SJ3
Additional functions in the application area
Container crane
Grab crane
Industry crane
Application Semi-automated container quay crane
(STS crane)
Applications
Approvals
B
Booksize format
Active Interface Modules
Active Line Modules
Basic Line Modules
Single Motor Modules
Smart Line Modules
Brief description Motors

10

6/84
9/15
6/83
6/84
6/84
6/84
6/84
6/84
6/92
6/91
6/84

8/31
3/6
3/8
3/8
5/3
9/2
10/11
6/13
6/16
6/15
6/18
6/17
6/14
7/4

C
Cabinet Modules
6/5, 6/23
Customer terminal block
6/63
Description of the options
6/59
System overview
6/5
CAD CREATOR
9/19
Chassis format
6/18
Active Interface Modules
6/21
Active Line Modules
6/20
Basic Line Modules
6/13
Single Motor Modules
6/22
Smart Line Modules
6/19
CMS Basic functions
4/12
CMS Basic single-user system
4/6
CMS function matrix
4/23
CMS options
4/15
Condition monitoring
4/15
System configuration, condition monitoring
4/16
CMS Order No. structure
4/25
CMS product components
4/19
CMS standard applications
4/19
CMS Webnavigator
4/7
CMS/RCMS hardware requirements
4/20
Configuration
4/20
Condition monitoring
4/15
Conditions of sale and delivery/export regulations
10/28
Connection system for opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603,
digital
8/26

10/18

Siemens CR 1 2012

Chapter/Page
Contactors
6/93
General
6/93
Applications
6/93
Characteristics
6/95
Climate resistance
6/93
Degree of protection
6/93
Regulations
6/93
Service life
6/93
Touch protection
6/93
Recommended selections for special operating
conditions
6/94
Selection of the contactors according to
lifetime criteria
During mixed operation
6/99
During normal and inching operation
6/98
Contacts at Industry Automation and
Drive Technologies
10/12
Container pick up and set down
5/4
Control Units
CompactFlash card
6/9
CU320 Control Unit
6/6
Crane applications
2/2
Crane components
8
Crane controllers 3SJ9 8/2
Mounting possibilities Double master controllers and
setpoint generators
8/3
Accessories
8/3
Built-in elements
8/3
Dimension drawings
8/15
Setpoint generator for variable-speed drives
8/3
Wiring
8/3
Crane solutions Components in the application
1/4
Crane topology
1/4, 1/6
D
Data monitoring and condition monitoring
Dimension drawings
For 1LG4, 1LG6 motors
For 1LP4, 1LP6 motors
For 1LT9, 1LT8 motors
For 1LV9 motors
For 1PH7, 1PL6 motors
For 1PH8 motors
For AC power controller
Device type D400/225-360 MRE
Device type D400/525 MRE
Device type D400/60-180 MRE
Device type D400/680 MRE
Device type D400/900 MRE
For crane controllers 3SJ9
For double master controller 3SJ3
For opto-electronic encoder 6GA4
603-2AA00
603-3AA00
603-4AA00
603-5AA00
For 3PS3 steel grid resistor units
3PY6 301 resistor grid
For installation one above the other
For stand-alone installation
For wire-wound potentiometer 6KA9 924-2
Documentation

4/15
7/93
7/82
7/118
7/142
7/61
7/34
6/78
6/79
6/78
6/80
6/81
8/15
8/32
8/33
8/33
8/33
8/33
6/90
6/92
6/91
8/33
9/17

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Subject index
Chapter/Page

Chapter/Page

Double master controllers 3SJ3

Cam disc
Design of double master controller 3SJ3
Drive block
Fitting encoders
Friction brake
Installation
Spring return
Surface mounting switch
Switching lever
DRIVE CONTROL CHART (DCC)
Drive systems
Resistor units

8/16
8/19
8/16
8/17
8/20
8/20
8/17
8/20
8/19
8/18
6/12
6
6/83

Mounting components for double master controller 3SJ3

Multi-user capability
Multi-user system with remote access
My Documentation Manager

E
Electronics options
Error diagnostics

6/82
4/12

F
General documentation

9/17

P
Parking and target position measurement
Preconfigured crane control modules and
automation of every type of crane

H
Harbor cranes
Hardware configuration
Hardware
SIMOTION CX32 Controller Extension
SIMOTION D435 Control Unit
I
Industrial cranes
Information and ordering options on the Internet/
on DVD
Installation sites and environment
Introduction

1/4
2/9
2/9
2/7
2/4
1/6
10/13
4/4
1/2

M
Maintenance planning
4/21
Measured-value acquisition
4/13
Metal surcharges
10/16
Motion Control Chart (MCC)
2/11
Motor dimensioning
7/8
Motors
7
1LG4 shaft height 315 L
7/85
1LG6 shaft height 315 L
7/85
1LP4 shaft heights 132 to 280
7/62
1LP6 shaft heights 132 to 280
7/62
1LT8 shaft heights 100 L to 315 L
7/94, 7/114
1LT8 shaft heights 225 M to 315 L
7/105, 7/108, 7/111
1LT8 shaft heights 250 M to 315 L
7/113
1LT9 shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
7/102
1LT9 shaft heights 100 L to 315 L
7/94, 7/114
1LT9 shaft heights 160 L to 200 L
7/110
1LV9 shaft heights 100 L to 200 L
7/132
1PH7 shaft height 280
7/35, 7/38
1PH8 shaft height 355
7/13
1PL6 shaft height 280
7/35, 7/50
Introduction
Brief description
7/4
Motor dimensioning
7/8
Calculating the effective value
7/12
Continuous duty (S1)
7/9
Intermittent duty
With effect of the start-up process (S4)
7/11
With effect of the start-up process (S5)
7/11
Without effect of the start-up process (S3)
7/10
ON duration
7/12
Short-time duty (S2)
7/9
Technical definitions
7/5
Overview
Type overview and rating data
7/2

8/25
4/15
4/7
9/16

N
Notes on software

10/14

O
Online Services
Operating data acquisition
Option Modules
Optional Drive Control Chart (DCC) packages
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, analog
Opto-electronic encoder 6GA4 603, digital

10/13
4/13
2/4
2/11
8/29
8/25

R
RCMS central server or remote CMS function
RCMS functions
Central or remote CMS
Function matrix
Order No. structure
Plant overview and remote access
RCMS server-client with central operator stations
RCMS server-single without operator stations
Recommended selections for special operating
conditions
Reporting
Resistor units
Runtime meter
S
Scope of supply
Scope of functions
Semi-automated STS crane
Container pick up and set down
Parking and target position measurement
Software structure and function modules
System configuration and ordering data
Service & Support
Services and documentation
Setup texts and software update service
SIMOCRANE Advanced Technology
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology Software
SIMOCRANE CenSOR camera measuring system
SIMOCRANE Crane Management System
DataMonitor
Status display
SIMOCRANE crane technology platform
SIMOCRANE product range
SIMOCRANE Standard Technology
SIMOCRANE Sway Control Systems
CenSOR
CeSAR Standalone
SC integrated
SIMOCRANE symbols
Crane drives and drive axes
Crane types
Extended technological functions and products
Functions of the crane management system
Installation locations
Subsystems and components
User groups

Siemens CR 1 2012

5/3
1/2
4/17
4/9
4/24
4/26
4/17
4/10
4/11
6/94
4/14
6/83
4/14
4/19
4/3
5/4
5/3
5/5
5/6
9/13
9
10/15
3
1/8
2/2
3/5
1/10, 4
1/10
1/10
1
5/2
2
1/9, 3/2
3/5
3/4
3/3
10, 10/2
10/5
10/8
10/6
10/2
10/4
10/9
10/3

10/19

10

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Subject index
Chapter/Page

10

SIMOCRANE TPS Truck Positioning

Hardware
Preparations for use
TPS for STS cranes
TPS sequence
SIMOCRANE Truck Positioning
SIMOCRANE
SIMOTION D435 platform
SIMOTION SCOUT Software Engineering System
Software structure
Standard applications
Technology functions
The function library

3/15
3/15
3/17
3/19
3/17
1/9
5
2/4
2/10
2/15
2/12
2/14
2/12

SIMOTRAS HD AC power controller

AC power controller
Basic version
Configuration information
Control characteristics for
Gantries
Hoists
Demonstration model
Dimension drawings
Load values, depending
Operating modes
Parallel connection
Reference to SIMOTRAS HE
Spare parts
Special version
Technical features
Electronics options
SINAMICS S120 converter
Booksize format
Active Interface Modules
Active Line Modules
Basic Line Modules
Single Motor Modules
Smart Line Modules
Cabinet Modules
Active Line Modules
Customer terminal block
Description of the options
Line Connection Modules
Motor Modules
Chassis format
Motor Double Choke Modules
Motor Multi Connection Modules
Switch-Over Modules
System overview
Chassis current derating
Chassis voltage derating
Degrees of protection of Cabinet Modules
Overload capability
Chassis format
Active Interface Modules
Active Line Modules
Basic Line Modules
Single Motor Modules
Smart Line Modules
Control Units
System overview
Drive components
Line-side power components
Motor-side power components
Overview of the performance ranges

6/65

10/20

Siemens CR 1 2012

6/67
6/71
6/73
6/72
6/76
6/78
6/71
6/65
6/65
6/77
6/75
6/69
6/65
6/82
6/2
6/16
6/15
6/13
6/17
6/14
6/2
6/30
6/63
6/59
6/26
6/36
6/42
6/46
6/50
6/23
6/24
6/24
6/25
6/25
6/18
6/21
6/20
6/18
6/22
6/19
6/6
6/2
6/3
6/4
6/4

Chapter/Page
Single-user system
SITRAIN
Software licenses
Software structure and function modules
SparesOnWeb
STARTER commissioning tool
Connection
Performance features
Status display
Supplementary option packages

4/6
9/3
10/14
5/5
9/15
6/10
6/11
6/10
4/12
4/21

T
Technical definitions
Three-phase slip-ring motors
Three-phase squirrel-cage motors
Training (crane-specific)
Basic Course: Crane Physics and Drive Dimensioning
(CR-Basics)
Basic Software Engineering
SIMOTION/SINAMICS (CR-SICR1)
Crane Safety (CR-SAFETY)
Cranes: SIMOCRANE/SIMOTION/SINAMICS
Cranes: SIMOCRANE/SIMOTION/SINAMICS
Maintenance (CR-MAINT)
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology "Ready to Apply"
(CR-SICR3)
SIMOCRANE Basic Technology "Ready to Run"
(CR-SICR2)
SIMOCRANE Sway Control Commissioning
(CR-SICRSWC)
SIMOTRAS HD Commissioning (CR-SIMOTRA)
Type overview and rating data

9/10
9/12
7/2

U
Unique complete offering over the entire lifecycle
User groups and functions

9/13
4/5

W
Wire-wound potentiometer 6KA9 924

8/30

7/5
7/94
7/13
9/3
9/5
9/6
9/11
9/4
9/9
9/8
9/7

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Order No. index
Chapter/Page
0
01502 01

1
12275 01
12276 01
12286 01
12302 01

14487 01
16527 01
16529 01

1L
1LG4...

1LG6...

Carbon brush
for 1LT8

7/131

Box-type brush holder

for 1LT8
Box-type brush holder
for 1LT8
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT8
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT8

7/131

Chapter/Page
1P
1PH7...

1PH8...

Box-type brush holder

for 1LT8
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT8
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT8

Three-phase squirrelcage motors 1LG4,

shaft height 315 L
Three-phase squirrelcage motors 1LG6,
shaft height 315 L

1LP6...

1PL6...

7/50 7/59

1X
1XB7

Terminal box

7/15

1XP8 001-1

Pulse encoder

6/82

Carbon brush
for 1LT8

7/131

Steel grid resistor

units
Accessories,
assembly kits to
increase the degree
of protection
Spare parts,
resistor grids

6/87

Double master
controller,
standard version
Double master
controller,
rugged version
Double master
controller,
standard version
Double master
controller,
rugged version

8/4

Rotatable crane
controller

8/5

7/131

7/131
7/131
7/131

2
24745 01

7/86 7/92

3P
3PS3 ...
3PX6 ...

7/86 7/92

Three-phase squirrel7/70 7/81

cage motors 1LP4,
shaft heights 132 to 280
Three-phase squirrel7/70 7/81
cage motors 1LP6,
shaft heights 132 to 280
Three-phase slip-ring
motor 1LT8,
shaft heights
100 L to 315 L,
shaft heights
225 M to 315 L,
shaft heights
250 M to 315 L
Three-phase slip-ring
motor 1LT9,
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L

7/104 7/105,
7/108 7/109,
7/111 7/112,
7/113,
7/114 7/116

Three-phase slip-ring
motor 1LV9,
shaft heights
100 L to 200 L
with disk brake

7/136 7/141

1LY771.

Brush holder
for 1LT9

7/131

1LY881.

Carbon brush
for 1LT9
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT9

7/131

1LT9...

1LV9...

1LY991.

7/16 7/33

Three-phase squirrelcage motors 1PL6,

shaft height 280

7/131

3SJ
3SJ3 0..

3SJ3 1..
1LT8...

7/38 7/49,
7/59 7/60

7/131

3PY6 ...
1LP4...

Three-phase squirrelcage motors 1PH7,

shaft height 280
Three-phase squirrelcage motors 1PH8,
shaft height 355

3SJ3 5..

3SJ3 6..
7/102 7/103,
7/106 7/107,
7/114 7/116

3SJ9 ...

6/89

6/89, 6/90

8/4

8/21

8/22

10

7/131

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/21

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Order No. index
Chapter/Page
3SX
3SX4 103
3SX4 136
3SX
3SX4 138

Bellows
Microswitch

8/31
8/31

Spring return

8/31

3SX4 142
3SX4 143
3SX4 144
3SX4 145
3SX4 146

Detent disc
Detent spring
Contact block
Cam disc
Wire hook

8/31
8/31
8/31
8/31
8/31

3SX4 152

Surface mounting
switch,
4 contacts
Surface mounting
switch,
6 contacts
Drive block,
standard version
Drive block,
rugged version

8/31

3SX4 153

3SX4 157
3SX4 158

8/31

8/31
8/31

3SX4 171
3SX4 172
3SX4 175

Friction brake
Detent lever
Connecting cable

8/31
8/31
8/31

3SX4 2..

Connecting cable

8/31

5
50281 01

Carbon brush
for 1LT8
Carbon brush
for 1LT8
Carbon brush
for 1LT8

50283 01
50285 01

7/131
7/131
7/131

517.307777.30

Installation instructions
for pulse encoder

6/82

57393 01

Carbon brush
for 1LT8
Box-type brush holder
for 1LT8
Carbon brush
for 1LT8
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT8
Slip-ring assembly
for 1LT8

7/131

57402 01
57441 01
57703 01
57793 01

10

10/22

Siemens CR 1 2012

Chapter/Page
6
61869 01

Carbon brush
for 1LT8

6A
6AU1660-4AA10-0AA0 SIMOCRANE
Basic Technology
6AU1810-1BA41-5XA0 SIMOTION SCOUT
V4,1 SP5
6AU1810-1HA20-5XA0 Optional Drive
Control Chart (DCC)
package for
STARTER V4.1 SP5
6AU1810-1JA20-5XA0 Optional Drive
Control Chart (DCC)
package V2.0 SP5 for
SIMOTION/SINAMICS

7/131

2/3

2/3
6/12

2/3

6AV7853-0AH34-4BA0 SIMOCRANE CMS

3/19, 4/7, 4/9
operator panel on the
crane (web client),
SIMATIC Panel PC 477B
embedded
6AV7874-0BE52-1AC0 SIMOCRANE CMS
4/6, 5/6
station on the crane
(single-user station),
SIMATIC Panel PC 677B
6ES
6ES7643-8KP41-0BA0 SIMOCRANE CMS
4/7, 4/9
station on the crane
(single-user or multi-user
station),
SIMATIC RACK PC 847B
6ES7643-8KG30-5BX0 SIMOCRANE RCMS
4/9
operator station,
SIMATIC RACK PC 847B
6ES7643-8KP41-2BA0 SIMOCRANE RCMS
4/9
server,
SIMATIC RACK PC 847B
6ES7647-7AK20-0AB0 SIMATIC Microbox
6/38
PC 427B

7/131
6ES7901-1BF00 0XA0
7/131
7/131
7/131

SIMATIC S7
connecting cable
6ES7901-4BD00 0XA0 SIMATIC DP
plug-in cable

6/11

6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0 PROFIBUS
connector without
PG/PC connection
6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0 PROFIBUS
connector with
PG/PC connection

6/8

6/11

6/8

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Order No. index
Chapter/Page
6G
6GA4603-2AA00

6GA4603-3AA00

6G
6GA4603-4AA00

6GA4603-5AA00

6GA7200
6GA7201
6GA7202
6GA7210-1.A13-.AA0
6GA7210-2.A13-.AA0
6GA7210-3.A13-.AA0
6GA7210-4.A13-.AA0

6GA7212-0.A13-0AA0
6GA7212-0.A13-1AA0
6GA7212-1.A13-0AA0
6GA7212-1.A13-1AA0
6GA7213-0.A11-0AA0

Opto-electronic
8/6, 8/7, 8/25
encoder
(8 bits, digital)
Opto-electronic
8/6, 8/7
encoder (analog 10 V
quadratic characteristic)
Opto-electronic
8/6, 8/7
encoder (analog 20 mA
quadratic characteristic)
Opto-electronic
8/6, 8/7
encoder
(8 bits, PROFIBUS)
SIMOCRANE
Sway Control
Reflector
Camera
SIMOCRANE
CMS Basic
SIMOCRANE
CMS DataMonitor
SIMOCRANE
CMS Webnavigtor
SIMOCRANE
CMS DataMonitor +
Webnavigtor
SIMOCRANE RCMS,
Server-Single-5
SIMOCRANE RCMS,
Server-Single-25
SIMOCRANE RCMS,
Server-Client-5
SIMOCRANE RCMS,
Server-Client-25
SIMOCRANE RCMS
operator station

6GA7220-1AA00-0AA0 SIMOCRANE
Truck Positioning,
Sensor Controller V1.0
6GA7221-1AA21-0AA0 3D laser swiveling unit
6GK1551-2AA00

6K
6KA9 924

6R
6RY17..

3/9
3/10
3/9

Chapter/Page
6SE
6SE7090-0XX84-0FF5

CBP 2
communication board
6SE7090-0XX84-0KA0 ADB
adapter module
6SE7090-0XX84-0KB0 EB1
terminal expansion
module
6SE7090-0XX84-0KC0 EB2
terminal expansion
module
6SE7090-0XX84-2FK0 Device operator panel
(OPS1)
6SE7090-0XX84-4HA0 LBA
Local Bus Adapter
6SE7090-0XX87-4AH0 T300
technology module
6SG
6SG70..-0EB60-0

AC power controller

4/22
6SG7000-0BA00
4/22
6SG7000-0BA76
4/22
6SG7000-0CD00
4/22

SIMOTRAS HD
operating instructions
SIMOTRAS HD
operating instructions
Operating Instructions
and Drive Monitor

6/82
6/82
6/82

6/82

6/82
6/82
6/82

6/67 6/70,
6/75
6/82
6/74
6/74

4/24

6SL
6SL3040-0MA00-0AA1 CU320 Control Unit
6SL3040-0NA00-0AA0 SIMOTION CX32

6/8
2/3

4/24

6SL3054-0AA0.-1AA0

6/9

4/24
4/24
4/24

3/21

CompactFlash card
for CU320
Control Units

6SL3055-0AA00-3AA0 SINAMICS
2/3
Terminal Module TM31
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA1 SINAMICS
2/3
Sensor Module
Cabinet-Mounted
SMC 30
6SL3055-0AA00-6AA0 SINAMICS DRIVE-CLiQ 2/3
Hub Module DMC20

3/21

PROFIBUS
6/11
communication module
CP 5512

Wire-wound
potentiometer

8/23, 8/31

PCBs, thyristors,
miscellaneous spare
parts

6/75

6SL3064-1BB00-0AA0 Spacer

6/8

6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 STARTER
commissioning tool
6SL3074-0AA01-0AA0 Firmware license,
performance
expansion 1

6/8, 6/10
6/9

Siemens CR 1 2012

10

10/23

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Order No. index
Chapter/Page
6SL3100-0BE..
6SL3120-1TE..

6SL
6SL3121-1TE..

6SL3126-1TE..

6SL3130-6AE..

6SL
6SL3130-7TE..

6SL3131-6AE..

6SL3131-7TE..

6SL3136-6AE..

6SL3136-7TE..

6SL3300-7TE..
6SL3300-7TG..

6SL3320-1TE..
6SL3320-1TG..

6/17

Smart Line Module

booksize format,
internal air cooling

6/14

Active Line Module

booksize format,
internal air cooling

6/15

Smart Line Module

booksize format,
external air cooling
Active Line Module
booksize format,
external air cooling
Smart Line Module
booksize format,
cold plate cooling
Active Line Module
booksize format,
cold plate cooling

6/14

6SL3720-1TE..

Motor Modules
in chassis format

6/40

6SL3730-7TE..

Active Line Module

(incl. Active
Interface Module)

6/34

Adapter AOP1
PMU-to-OPS1
connecting cable
PMU-to-OPS1
connecting cable

6/82
6/82

SBP
module pulse encoder
evaluation
CBP 2
communication board
CBC
communication board
SLB SIMOLINK
module

6/82

EB1 terminal
expansion module,
retrofit kit
EB2 terminal
expansion module

6/82

PCBs, thyristors,
miscellaneous
spare parts

6/75

WinCC AddOn,
PM-Maint 100
maintenance tasks

4/21

Drive Monitor
PC-to-PMU
connecting cable
(RS232)

6/82

6SL3700-0NE..

Active Interface
Module
Active Interface
Module
Single Motor Module
in chassis format
Single Motor Module
in chassis format

6SX7010-0FA00
6/14
6SX7010-0FF05
6/15

6SX7010-0FG00
6SX7010-0FJ00

6/21
6/21

6/22
6/22

6/19

Siemens CR 1 2012

6SX
6SX7010-0AA00
6SX7010-0AB03

6/15

Smart Line Module

in chassis format
Smart Line Module
in chassis format
Active Line Module
in chassis format
Active Line Module
in chassis format

6SL3700-2FE..

6SX7010-0AB05

6SL3330-6TE..

10/24

6/28

6SL3700-2EE..

6/18

6SL3330-7TG..

Line Connection
Modules
Line Connection
Modules
Motor Double Choke
Module
Motor Multi Connection
Module
Switch-Over Module

6/17

Basic Line Module

in chassis format

6SL3330-7TE..

6SL
6SL3700-0LE..

6SL3700-2AE..
Single Motor Module
booksize format,
external ventilation
Single Motor Module
booksize format,
cold plate cooling

6SL3330-1TE..

6SL3330-6TG..

10

Active Interface Module 6/16

Single Motor Module
6/17
booksize format,
internal air cooling

Chapter/Page

6SX7010-0KB00

6SX7010-0KC00

6SY
6SY17

9A
9AE7104-2SS..

6/19

6/20
6/20

9AK1012-1AA00

6/28
6/44
6/48
6/57

6/82

6/82
6/82
6/82

6/82

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Catalog improvement suggestions
Fax form

To

Your address

Siemens AG
I DT MC RMC MK 1
CR 1 - 2012
Postfach 31 80
91050 Erlangen
Fax: +49 (9131) 98-1145

Name

Job

E-mail: docu.motioncontrol@siemens.com
Company/Department

Street/No.

Postal code/City

Tel. No./Fax

E-mail address

Your opinion is important to us!

Our catalog should be an important and frequently used
document. For this reason we are continuously endeavoring to
improve it.

A small request on our part to you:

Please take time to fill in the following form and fax it to us.
Thank You!

We invite you to grade our catalog on a point system from 1 (= good) to 6 (= poor):
Do the contents of the catalog live up to your expectations?

Do the technical details meet your expectations?

Is the information easy to find?

How would you assess the graphics and tables?

Can the texts be readily understood?

Did you find any printing errors?

10

IA/DT/BT Fax En 03.09.10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/25

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Notes

10

10/26

Siemens CR 1 2012

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Notes

10

Siemens CR 1 2012

10/27

 Siemens AG 2011

Appendix
Conditions of Sale and Delivery/Export Regulations
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and services, including software products, by
any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms
apply exclusivelyfor orders placed with Siemens AG.
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry shall apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with
a Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of
Germany
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Conditions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Customers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall
apply.
For software products, the General License Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply.

10

General
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only
apply to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,
- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given these are subject to change without prior notice.
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain
silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold, if the respective basic official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges will be determined based on the official price and the
metal factor of the respective product.
The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price
on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release order.
The metal factor determines the official price as of which the
metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.
The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price
information of the respective products. An exact explanation of
the metal factor can be found on the page entitled Metal surcharges.
The text of the Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and
Delivery can be downloaded at:
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf

10/28

Siemens CR 1 2012

Export regulations
Our obligation to fulfill this agreement is subject to the proviso
that the fulfillment is not prevented by any impediments arising
out of national and international foreign trade and customs
requirements or any embargos and/or other sanctions.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/ or software and/ or technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless of
the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you shall comply with all applicable
national and international (re-) export control regulations.
If required to conduct export control checks, you, upon request
by us, shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to
particular end customer, destination and intended use of goods,
works and services provided by us, as well as any export control
restrictions existing.
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
European / German and/or US export regulations.
Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
According to current provisions, the following export regulations
must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
catalog / price list:
AL

Number of the German Export List

Products marked other than N require an export
license.
In the case of software products, the export designations of the relevant data medium must also
be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are
subject to a European or German export authorization when being exported out of the EU.

ECCN

Export Control Classification Number.

Products marked other than N are subject to a
reexport license to specific countries.
In the case of software products, the export
designations of the relevant data medium must
also be generally adhered to.
Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N
are subject to a US re-export authorization.

Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authorization may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
which the goods are to be used.
The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
IA/DT/BT VuL_mit MZ En 07.07.11

 Siemens AG 2011

Catalogs
Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD
for Industry Automation, Drive Technologies and
Low Voltage Distribution
Drive Systems
Variable-Speed Drives
SINAMICS G110, SINAMICS G120
Standard Inverters
SINAMICS G110D, SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Inverters
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM Converter Units

Catalog
CA 01

D 11.1

D 11

D 21.3

Asynchronous Motors Standardline

Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter
Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Production Machines
SINAMICS S110
The Basic Positioning Drive

D 86.1
D 86.2
DA 12
DA 21.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
DA 65.10
DA 65.11
DA 65.3
DA 65.4
PM 21
PM 22

D 81.1
D 87.1

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE

Motors
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO

NC 60

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS

Motors
Drive System SINAMICS S120

NC 61

MD 10.1
MD 30.1

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and

Electrical Installation Technology
Protection, Switching, Measuring & Monitoring Devices
Switchboards and Distribution Systems
GAMMA Building Management Systems
PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
SICUBE System Cubicles and Cubicle Air-Conditioning
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems

NC 60
NC 61
NC 82
PM 21
PM 22
CR 1

Power Supply and System Cabling

Power supply SITOP
System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect

KT 10.1
KT 10.2

D 23.1
D 84.1

Mechanical Driving Machines

FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear unit

Catalog

D 12

Three-phase Induction Motors

H-compact
H-compact PLUS

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors

Motion Control
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 828D BASIC T/BASIC M,
SINAMICS S120 Combi and 1FK7/1PH8 motors
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 and
Motors for Production Machines
SINAMICS S110
The Basic Positioning Drive
Drive and Control Components for Cranes

LV 10.1
LV 10.2
ET G1
ET D1
LV 50
LV 70

Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation
SIREC Recorders and Accessories
SIPART, Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
PDF: Process Analytical Instruments
PDF: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration

FI 01
MP 20
MP 31
WT 10
PA 01
PA 11

Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation

SI 10

SIMATIC HMI/PC-based Automation

Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation

ST 80/
ST PC

SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems

ID 10

SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

Products for Totally Integrated Automation and
Micro Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
PDF: Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication

ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7.1
ST PCS 7.2

IK PI

SINVERT Photovoltaics
Inverters and Components for Photovoltaic Installations RE 10
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
(selected content from catalog IC 10)

IC 10
IC 90

System Solutions
Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01

Download-Center
PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

PDF versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/drives/infocenter

 Siemens AG 2011

Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Drive Technologies Division
Motion Control
Postfach 3180
91050 ERLANGEN
GERMANY

Subject to change without prior notice

Order No. E86060-K1301-A101-A1-7600
3P.8322.55.11 / Dispo 18401
KG 0911 3. Ho/Aum 416 En
Printed in Germany
Siemens AG 2011

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not
always apply as described or which may change as a result of further
development of the products. An obligation to provide the respective
characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of
contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject to change
without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names of
Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their
own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

www.siemens.com/cranes
Token
Tokenfee:
fee:
3,50
10.00